This is a modern-English version of The Outline of Science, Vol. 1 (of 4): A Plain Story Simply Told, originally written by Thomson, J. Arthur (John Arthur).
It has been thoroughly updated, including changes to sentence structure, words, spelling,
and grammar—to ensure clarity for contemporary readers, while preserving the original spirit and nuance. If
you click on a paragraph, you will see the original text that we modified, and you can toggle between the two versions.
Scroll to the bottom of this page and you will find a free ePUB download link for this book.

THE GREAT SCARLET SOLAR PROMINENCES, WHICH ARE SUCH A NOTABLE FEATURE OF THE SOLAR PHENOMENA, ARE IMMENSE OUTBURSTS OF FLAMING HYDROGEN RISING SOMETIMES TO A HEIGHT OF 500,000 MILES
THE GREAT SCARLET SOLAR PROMINENCES, WHICH ARE SUCH A NOTABLE FEATURE OF THE SOLAR PHENOMENA, ARE IMMENSE OUTBURSTS OF FLAMING HYDROGEN RISING SOMETIMES TO A HEIGHT OF 500,000 MILES
THE
OUTLINE OF SCIENCE
A PLAIN STORY SIMPLY TOLD
EDITED BY
J. ARTHUR THOMSON
REGIUS PROFESSOR OF NATURAL HISTORY IN THE
UNIVERSITY OF ABERDEEN
WITH OVER 800 ILLUSTRATIONS
OF WHICH ABOUT 40 ARE IN COLOUR
WITH OVER 800 ILLUSTRATIONS
ABOUT 40 OF WHICH ARE IN COLOR
IN FOUR VOLUMES
G. P. PUTNAM'S SONS
NEW YORK AND LONDON
The Knickerbocker press
Copyright, 1922
by
G. P. Putnam's Sons
Copyright, 1922
by
G. P. Putnam's Sons
First Printing April, 1922
Second Printing April, 1922
Third Printing April, 1922
Fourth Printing April, 1922
Fifth Printing June, 1922
Sixth Printing June, 1922
Seventh Printing June, 1922
Eighth Printing June, 1922
Ninth Printing August, 1922
Tenth Printing September, 1922
Eleventh Printing Sept., 1922
Twelfth Printing, May, 1924
First Printing April, 1922
Second Printing April, 1922
Third Printing April, 1922
Fourth Printing April, 1922
Fifth Printing June, 1922
Sixth Printing June, 1922
Seventh Printing June, 1922
Eighth Printing June, 1922
Ninth Printing August, 1922
Tenth Printing September, 1922
Eleventh Printing Sept., 1922
Twelfth Printing, May, 1924
Made in the United States of America[Pg iii]
Made in the USA
INTRODUCTORY NOTE
By Professor J. Arthur Thomson
By Prof. J. Arthur Thomson
Was it not the great philosopher and mathematician Leibnitz who said that the more knowledge advances the more it becomes possible to condense it into little books? Now this "Outline of Science" is certainly not a little book, and yet it illustrates part of the meaning of Leibnitz's wise saying. For here within reasonable compass there is a library of little books—an outline of many sciences.
Wasn't it the great philosopher and mathematician Leibnitz who said that as knowledge progresses, it becomes easier to condense it into small books? Now this "Outline of Science" is definitely not a small book, but it demonstrates part of the truth in Leibnitz's insightful remark. For within a manageable size, there is a collection of small books—an overview of many sciences.
It will be profitable to the student in proportion to the discrimination with which it is used. For it is not in the least meant to be of the nature of an Encyclopædia, giving condensed and comprehensive articles with a big full stop at the end of each. Nor is it a collection of "primers," beginning at the very beginning of each subject and working methodically onwards. That is not the idea.
It will benefit the student based on how carefully they use it. It's not meant to be like an encyclopedia, providing short, complete articles with a big period at the end of each. Nor is it a set of "primers" that start from the basics and move steadily forward. That's not the intention.
What then is the aim of this book? It is to give the intelligent student-citizen, otherwise called "the man in the street," a bunch of intellectual keys by which to open doors which have been hitherto shut to him, partly because he got no glimpse of the treasures behind the doors, and partly because the portals were made forbidding by an unnecessary display of technicalities. Laying aside conventional modes of treatment and seeking rather to open up the subject as one might on a walk with a friend, the work offers the student what might be called informal introductions to the various departments of knowledge. To put it in another way, the articles are meant to be clues which the reader may follow till he has left his starting point very far behind. Perhaps when he has gone far on his own he will not be ungrateful to the simple book of "instructions to travellers" which this[Pg iv] "Outline of Science" is intended to be. The simple "bibliographies" appended to the various articles will be enough to indicate "first books." Each article is meant to be an invitation to an intellectual adventure, and the short lists of books are merely finger-posts for the beginning of the journey.
What’s the purpose of this book? It’s to provide the smart student-citizen, also known as "the person on the street," with a set of intellectual keys to unlock doors that have previously been closed to them, partly because they couldn't see the treasures behind those doors and partly because the entrance seemed intimidating due to unnecessary technical jargon. Instead of using conventional methods, the book aims to present the subject as if you're taking a stroll with a friend. It offers the student what could be seen as casual introductions to various fields of knowledge. In other words, the articles are designed to be clues that the reader can pursue until they’ve moved far beyond their starting point. Perhaps when they’ve ventured far on their own, they won't forget the simple "guide for travelers" that this[Pg iv] "Outline of Science" aims to be. The brief "bibliographies" attached to each article will be sufficient to suggest “beginner books.” Each article is intended as an invitation to an intellectual adventure, and the short book lists are merely signposts for the beginning of the journey.
We confess to being greatly encouraged by the reception that has been given to the English serial issue of "The Outline of Science." It has been very hearty—we might almost say enthusiastic. For we agree with Professor John Dewey, that "the future of our civilisation depends upon the widening spread and deepening hold of the scientific habit of mind." And we hope that this is what "The Outline of Science" makes for. Information is all to the good; interesting information is better still; but best of all is the education of the scientific habit of mind. Another modern philosopher, Professor L. T. Hobhouse, has declared that the evolutionist's mundane goal is "the mastery by the human mind of the conditions, internal as well as external, of its life and growth." Under the influence of this conviction "The Outline of Science" has been written. For life is not for science, but science for life. And even more than science, to our way of thinking, is the individual development of the scientific way of looking at things. Science is our legacy; we must use it if it is to be our very own.[Pg v]
We’re really pleased with the way "The Outline of Science" has been received in its English serial release. It’s been very positive—we might even say enthusiastic. We agree with Professor John Dewey that "the future of our civilization depends on the widespread and deepening influence of a scientific mindset." We hope that "The Outline of Science" contributes to that. Information is great; interesting information is even better; but the best thing is fostering a scientific mindset. Another modern philosopher, Professor L. T. Hobhouse, has stated that the evolutionist’s ultimate aim is "the human mind's mastery over the internal and external conditions of life and growth." Driven by this belief, "The Outline of Science" has been created. Life isn’t for science; science is for life. And even more important, in our view, is the personal development of a scientific perspective. Science is our inheritance; we need to use it if we want it to truly belong to us.[Pg v]
CONTENTS
Intro | 3 | |
I. | The Romance of the Stars | 7 |
The scale of the universe—The solar system—Regions of the sun—The surface of the sun—Measuring the speed of light—Is the sun dying?—The planets—Venus—Is there life on Mars?—Jupiter and Saturn—The moon—The mountains of the moon—Meteors and comets—Millions of meteorites—A great comet—The stellar universe—The evolution of stars—The age of stars—The nebular theory—Spiral nebulæ—The birth and death of stars—The shape of our universe—Astronomical instruments. | ||
II. | The Evolution Story | 53 |
The beginning of the earth—Making a home for life—The first living creatures—The first plants—The first animals—Beginnings of bodies—Evolution of sex—Beginning of natural death—Procession of life through the ages—Evolution of land animals—The flying dragons—The first known bird—Evidences of evolution—Factors in evolution. | ||
III. | Adapting to the Environment | 113 |
The shore of the sea—The open sea—The deep sea—The fresh waters—The dry land—The air. | ||
IV. | The Fight for Survival | 135 |
Animal and bird mimicry and disguise—Other kinds of elusiveness. | ||
V. | The Rise of Humanity | 153 |
Anatomical proof of man's relationship with a Simian stock—Physiological proof—Embryological proof—Man's pedigree—Man's arboreal apprenticeship—Tentative men—Primitive men—Races of mankind—Steps in human evolution—Factors in human progress. | [Pg vi] | |
VI. | Ongoing Evolution | 183 |
Evolutionary prospect for man—The fountain of change; variability—Evolution of plants—Romance of wheat—Changes in animal life—Story of the salmon—Forming new habits—Experiments in locomotion; new devices. | ||
VII. | The Rise of Consciousness | 205 |
A caution in regard to instinct—A useful law—Senses of fishes—The mind of a minnow—The mind and senses of amphibians—The reptilian mind—Mind in birds—Intelligence co-operating with instinct—The mind of the mammal—Instinctive aptitudes—Power of association—Why is there not more intelligence?—The mind of monkeys—Activity for activity's sake—Imitation—The mind of man—Body and mind. | ||
VIII. | Foundations of the Universe | 243 |
The world of atoms—The energy of atoms—The discovery of X-rays—The discovery of radium—The discovery of the electron—The electron theory—The structure of the atom—The new view of matter—Other new views—The nature of electricity—Electric current—The dynamo—Magnetism—Ether and waves—Light—What the blue "sky" means—Light without heat—Forms of energy—What heat is—Substitutes for coal—Dissipation of energy—What a uniform temperature would mean—Matter, ether, and Einstein—The tides—Origin of the moon—The earth slowing down—The day becoming longer. |
ILLUSTRATIONS
FACING | |
PAGE | |
The Great Scarlet Solar Prominences, which are a significant aspect of solar phenomena, are massive eruptions of flaming hydrogen that can rise up to 500,000 miles high. | Coloured Frontispiece |
Laplace | 10 |
Professor J.C. Adams | 10 |
Photo: Royal Astronomical Society. | |
Prof. Eddington from Cambridge University | 10 |
Photo: Elliot & Fry, Ltd. | |
The Planets, Displaying their Relative Distances and Sizes | 11 |
The Milky Way Galaxy | 14 |
Photo: Harvard College Observatory. | |
The Moon Moving into the Shadow Cast by the Earth | 14 |
The Great Nebula in Andromeda, Messier 31 | 15 |
From a photograph taken at the Yerkes Observatory. | |
Diagram Showing the Main Layers of the Sun | 18 |
Solar Prominences Observed During the Total Solar Eclipse, May 29, 1919. Captured in Sobral, Brazil | 18 |
Photo: Royal Observatory, Greenwich. | |
The Visible Surface of the Sun | 19 |
Photo: Mount Wilson Observatory. | |
The Sun Captured in the Light of Glowing Hydrogen | 19 |
Photo: Mount Wilson Observatory. | |
The Northern Lights (Coloured Illustration) | 20 |
Reproduced from The Forces of Nature (Messrs. Macmillan) | |
The Great Sunspot of July 17, 1905 | 22 |
Yerkes Observatory. | |
Solar Flares | 22 |
From photographs taken at the Yerkes Observatory. | |
Mars, October 5, 1909 | 23 |
Photo: Mount Wilson Observatory.[Pg viii] | |
Jupiter | 23 |
Saturn, Nov 19, 1911 | 23 |
Photo: Professor E. E. Barnard, Yerkes Observatory. | |
The Spectroscope, a tool for analyzing light; it offers a way to identify substances. (Coloured Illustration) | 24 |
The Moon | 28 |
Mars | 29 |
Drawings by Professor Percival Lowell. | |
The Moon, at Nine and Three Quarter Days | 29 |
A Map of the Main Plains and Craters of the Moon | 32 |
A diagram of a meteor stream showing the Earth passing through it. | 32 |
Comet, September 29, 1908 | 33 |
Photo: Royal Observatory, Greenwich. | |
Comet, October 3, 1908 | 33 |
Photo: Royal Observatory, Greenwich. | |
Typical Spectra | 36 |
Photo: Harvard College Observatory. | |
A Nebula Region South of Zeta Orionis | 37 |
Photo: Mount Wilson Observatory. | |
Hercules Star Cluster | 37 |
Photo: Astrophysical Observatory, Victoria, British Columbia. | |
Orion's Great Nebula | 40 |
Photo: Yerkes Observatory. | |
Giant Spiral Nebula, March 23, 1914 | 41 |
Photo: Lick Observatory. | |
An Edge-On Spiral Nebula | 44 |
Photo: Mount Wilson Observatory. | |
100-Inch Telescope, Mount Wilson | 45 |
Photo: H. J. Shepstone. | |
The Yerkes 40-Inch Telescope | 48 |
The Double-Slide Plate Holder on Yerkes 40-Inch Refracting Telescope | 49 |
Photo: H. J. Shepstone.[Pg ix] | |
Modern Direct-Reading Spectroscope | 49 |
By A. Hilger, Ltd. | |
Charles Darwin | 56 |
Photo: Rischgitz Collection. | |
Lord Kelvin | 56 |
Photo: Rischgitz Collection. | |
A giant spiral galaxy | 57 |
Photo: Lick Observatory. | |
Meteorite That Fell Near Scarborough and is Now on Display in the Natural History Museum | 57 |
Photo: Natural History Museum. | |
A limestone canyon | 60 |
Reproduced from the Smithsonian Report, 1915. | |
Evolutionary Tree of Animals | 61 |
Diagram of Amoeba | 61 |
A fragment of a reef-building coral, created by a large colony of small, sea-anemone-like polyps, each of which forms a skeleton or shell of lime from the salts of the sea. | 64 |
From the Smithsonian Report, 1917. | |
A group of chalk-producing animals, or Foraminifera, each about the size of a tiny pinhead. | 65 |
Photo: J. J. Ward, F.E.S. | |
A Common Foraminifer (Polystomella) displaying the shell in the center and the outflowing network of living matter, along which granules are constantly moving, and through which food particles are captured and drawn in. | 65 |
Reproduced by permission of the Natural History Museum (after Max Schultze). | |
A Plant-Like Animal, or Zoophyte, Called Obelia | 68 |
Photo: J. J. Ward, F.E.S. | |
Trypanosoma gambiense | 69 |
Reproduced by permission of The Quart. Journ. Mic. Sci. | |
Volvox | 69 |
Proterospongia | 69 |
Green Hydra | 72 |
Photo: J. J. Ward, F.E.S. | |
Diagram Showing the Start of Individual Life[Pg x] | 72 |
Earthworm | 72 |
Photo: J. J. Ward, F.E.S. | |
Glass Sea Anemone Model | 72 |
Reproduced from the Smithsonian Report, 1917. | |
This drawing illustrates the evolution of the brain from fish to humans. | 73 |
Okapi and Giraffe (Coloured Illustration) | 74 |
Diagram of a Simple Reflex Arc in a Backbone-less Animal Like an Earthworm | 76 |
The Yucca Moth | 76 |
Photo: British Museum (Natural History). | |
Animal Behavior Spectrum | 76 |
Venus Flytrap | 77 |
Photo: J. J. Ward, F.E.S. | |
A spider sunbathing her eggs | 77 |
Reproduced by permission from The Wonders of Instinct by J. H. Fabre. | |
The Hoatzin Lives in Guyana | 82 |
Peripatus | 83 |
Photograph, from the British Museum (Natural History), of a drawing by Mr. E. Wilson. | |
Rock Kangaroo Carrying Its Young in a Pouch | 83 |
Photo: W. S. Berridge, F.Z.S. | |
Prof. Thomas Henry Huxley (1825-95) | 86 |
Photo: Rischgitz. | |
Baron Cuvier, 1769-1832 | 86 |
An Illustration Demonstrating Different Ways to Fly and Swoop | 87 |
Cambrian Period Animals | 90 |
From Knipe's Nebula to Man. | |
A trilobite | 90 |
Photo: J. J. Ward, F.E.S. | |
The Gambian Mudfish, Protopterus | 91 |
Photo: British Museum (Natural History). | |
The Archaeopteryx | 91 |
After William Leche of Stockholm.[Pg xi] | |
Wing of a Bird, Illustrating the Layout of the Feathers | 91 |
Visual Representation of Earth's Crust Layers, with Examples of Typical Fossils (Coloured Illustration) | 92 |
Fossil of a Pterodactyl or Extinct Flying Creature | 94 |
Photo: British Museum (Natural History). | |
Pariasaurus: An Extinct Herbivorous Reptile from the Triassic Period | 94 |
From Knipe's Nebula to Man. | |
Triceratops: A Giant Extinct Reptile | 95 |
From Knipe's Nebula to Man. | |
The Duckmole, also known as the Duck-Billed Platypus, is native to Australia. | 95 |
Photo: Daily Mail. | |
Skeleton of an Extinct Flightless Toothed Bird, Hesperornis | 100 |
After Marsh. | |
Six Stages in the Evolution of the Horse, Demonstrating Gradual Increase in Size | 101 |
After Lull and Matthew. | |
Diagram Illustrating Seven Stages in the Evolution of the Fore-Limbs and Hind-Limbs of the Ancestors of the Modern Horse, Starting with the Earliest Known Horse Ancestors and Ending with Today's Horse | 104 |
After Marsh and Lull. | |
What Does Homology Mean? Fundamental Similarity in Structure, Even When the Forms May Look Very Different | 105 |
An Eight-Armed Cuttlefish or Octopus Attacking a Small Crab | 116 |
A Common Starfish that has Lost Three Arms and is Regrowing Them | 116 |
After Professor W. C. McIntosh. | |
The Paper Nautilus (Argonauta), a Creature of the Open Ocean | 117 |
Photo: J. J. Ward, F.E.S. | |
A photo of a starfish (Asterias Forreri) which has caught a large fish | 117 |
Ten-Armed Cuttlefish or Squid Hunting a Fish | 118 |
Greenland Whale | 118 |
Tiny Transparent Early Stage of a Sea Cucumber | 119 |
A Complex Colony of Open-Ocean Animals (Physophora Hydrostatica) About the Portuguese Man-of-War | 119 |
Photo: British Museum (Natural History).[Pg xii] | |
A Scene in the Deep Ocean | 119 |
Seahorse in Sargasso Seaweed | 120 |
Big Marine Lampreys (Petromyzon Marinus) | 120 |
The Deep-Sea Fish Chiasmodon Niger | 120 |
Deep-sea fish | 120 |
Flint Skeleton of Venus' Flower Basket (Euplectella), Japanese deep-sea sponge | 121 |
Egg Bank of Semotilus Atromaculatus | 121 |
The Bitterling (Rhodeus Amarus) | 124 |
Woolly Opossum with Her Babies | 124 |
Photo: W. S. Berridge. | |
Suriname Toad (Pipa Americana) with Young Ones Emerging from Little Pockets on her Back | 125 |
Storm Petrel or Mother Carey's Chicken (Procellaria Pelagica) | 125 |
Albatross: A Distinctive Ocean Bird of the Southern Sea | 128 |
The Praying Mantis (Mantis Religiosa) | 138 |
Protective Coloration: A Winter Scene in Northern Scandinavia | 138 |
The Variable Monitor (Varanus) | 139 |
Photo: A. A. White. | |
Banded Krait: A Highly Venomous Snake with Alternating Yellow and Dark Bands | 140 |
Photo: W. S. Berridge, F.Z.S. | |
The Warty Chameleon | 140 |
Photos: W. S. Berridge, F.Z.S. | |
Seasonal Color Change: Summer Scene in Northern Scandinavia | 141 |
Protective Lookalike | 142 |
Photo: J. J. Ward, F.E.S. | |
When they are just a few days old, young bitterns start to mimic their parents by raising their bills and pulling their bodies up, making them look like a cluster of reeds. | 143 |
Protective Coloration or Camouflage, Giving Animals a Cloak of Invisibility (Coloured Illustration) | 144 |
Another Example of Camouflage (Coloured Illustration)[Pg xiii] | 144 |
Dead Leaf Butterfly (Kallima Inachis) from India | 146 |
Protective Similarity between a Small Spider (to the left) and an Ant (to the right) | 146 |
The Wasp Beetle, which creates a wasp-like impression when it moves among the branches. | 147 |
Photo: J. J. Ward, F.E.S. | |
Hermit Crab with Partner Sea Anemones | 147 |
Cuckoo spit | 147 |
Photo: G. P. Duffus. | |
Chimp, Sitting | 156 |
Photo: New York Zoological Park. | |
Chimp Walking Powers | 156 |
Photo: New York Zoological Park. | |
Surface View of the Brains of Humans and Chimpanzees | 157 |
Side View of Chimp's Head | 157 |
Photo: New York Zoological Park. | |
Profile View of the Head of Pithecanthropus, the Java Ape-Man, Reconstructed from the Skull Cap | 157 |
After a model by J. H. McGregor. | |
The Flipper of a Whale and the Hand of a Man | 157 |
The Gorilla, Living in the Forest Area of the Gaboon in Africa (Coloured Illustration) | 158 |
"Darwin's Point" on Human Ear | 160 |
Professor Sir Arthur Keith, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S. | 161 |
Photo: J. Russell & Sons. | |
Skeletons of the Gibbon, Orangutan, Chimpanzee, Gorilla, and Human | 161 |
After T. H. Huxley (by permission of Messrs. Macmillan). | |
Side View of Skull of Man and Gorilla | 164 |
The Skull and Braincase of Pithecanthropus, the Java Ape-Man, as Reconstructed by J. H. McGregor from the Limited Remains | 164 |
Proposed Family Tree of Humans and Ape-like Creatures | 165 |
The Gibbon has a less developed skull and teeth compared to other apes, but it is highly specialized in adapting its limbs for life in the trees. | 166 |
Photo: New York Zoological Park.[Pg xiv] | |
The orangutan has a high, rounded skull and a long face. | 166 |
Photo: New York Zoological Park. | |
Comparing the Skeletons of Horses and Humans | 167 |
Photo: British Museum (Natural History). | |
A Reconstruction of Java Man (Coloured Illustration) | 168 |
Profile View of the Head of Pithecanthropus, the Java Ape-Man—an Early Branch from the Main Line of Human Evolution | 170 |
After a model by J. H. McGregor. | |
Piltdown Man | 170 |
From the reconstruction by J. H. McGregor. | |
Sand Pit at Mauer, near Heidelberg: Discovery Site of the Heidelberg Man's Jaw | 171 |
Reproduced by permission from Osborn's Men of the Old Stone Age. | |
Paintings on the Roof of the Altamira Cave in Northern Spain, Depicting a Bison and a Running Boar (Coloured Illustration) | 172 |
Piltdown Man, Before Neanderthal Man, Maybe 100,000 to 150,000 Years Ago | 174 |
After the restoration modelled by J. H. McGregor. | |
The Neanderthal Man from La Chapelle-aux-Saints | 175 |
After the restoration modelled by J. H. McGregor. | |
Restoration by A. Forestier of the Rhodesian Man whose skull was found in 1921 | 176-177 |
Side View of a Prehistoric Human Skull Found in 1921 in Broken Hill Cave, Northern Rhodesia | 178 |
Photo: British Museum (Natural History). | |
A Cro-Magnon man or Cro-Magnard, representative of a strong artistic group living in the south of France during the Upper Pleistocene, around 25,000 years ago. | 178 |
After the restoration modelled by J. H. McGregor. | |
Photo of a Narrow Passage in the Font-de-Gaume Cave on the Beune | 179 |
Reproduced by permission from Osborn's Men of the Old Stone Age. | |
A Mammoth Depicted on the Wall of the Font-de-Gaume Cave | 179 |
A Grazing Bison, Thoughtfully and Carefully Created, Etched on the Wall of the Altamira Cave, Northern Spain | 179 |
Photo of a Median Section through the Shell of the Pearly Nautilus[Pg xv] | 186 |
Photo of the Complete Shell of the Pearly Nautilus | 186 |
Nautilus | 186 |
Shoebill bird | 187 |
Photo: W. S. Berridge. | |
The Walking Fish or Mudskipper (Periophthalmus), Common at the mouths of rivers in tropical Africa, Asia, and northwest Australia. | 190 |
The Australian More-Pork or Podargus | 190 |
Photo: The Times. | |
Pelican's Bill, Designed for Catching and Storing Fish | 191 |
Spoonbill's Bill, Designed for Sifting Through Mud and Catching Small Animals, such as Fish, Crustaceans, and Insect Larvae, that Live There | 191 |
Avocet's Bill, Designed for a Unique Sideways Motion Scooping in the Tide Pools and Catching Small Creatures | 191 |
Hornbill's Bill, Designed for Digging a Nest in a Tree and for Grabbing and Breaking Various Types of Food, Ranging from Mammals to Tortoises, and from Roots to Fruits | 191 |
Falcon's Bill, Designed for Catching, Killing, and Ripping Apart Small Mammals and Birds | 191 |
Puffin's Bill, Designed for Catching Small Fish Near the Surface of the Sea, and for Holding Them When Caught and Carrying Them to the Nest | 191 |
Frog Life Cycle | 192 |
Hind leg of the whirligig beetle that has been beautifully adapted for swimming. | 192 |
Photo: J. J. Ward, F.E.S. | |
The Big Robber Crab (Birgus Latro), that climbs the coconut palm and breaks off the nuts | 193 |
Salmon Early Life History | 196 |
The salmon jumping at the waterfall is a truly fascinating sight. | 197 |
Diagram of the Life Cycle of the Common Eel (Anguilla Vulgaris) | 200 |
Cassowary | 201 |
Photo: Gambier Bolton.[Pg xvi] | |
The Kiwi, Another Remarkable Flightless Bird with Unique Appearance, Behaviors, and Features | 201 |
Photo: Gambier Bolton. | |
The Australian Frilled Lizard is currently attempting to become a biped. | 202 |
A Web of Gossamer | 202 |
The Water Spider | 203 |
Jackdaw Perched on a Gatepost | 208 |
Photo: O. J. Wilkinson. | |
Two Opossums Playing Dead | 208 |
From Ingersoll's The Wit of the Wild. | |
Male Three-Spined Stickleback Building a Nest from Aquatic Plants, Stuck Together with Sticky Threads Secreted from the Kidneys During Breeding Season | 209 |
A female stickleback enters the nest that the male made, lays her eggs inside, and then leaves. | 209 |
Carrier Pigeon | 212 |
Photo: Imperial War Museum. | |
Messenger Pigeon | 212 |
Photo: Imperial War Museum. | |
Yellow-Crested Penguin | 213 |
Photo: James's Press Agency. | |
Penguins are "Peculiar People" | 213 |
Photo: Cagcombe & Co. | |
Harpy Eagle | 216 |
Photo: W. S. Berridge. | |
The Dingo, or Wild Dog of Australia, might be an indigenous wild species or a domesticated dog that has turned wild or feral. | 216 |
Photo: W. S. Berridge, F.Z.S. | |
Woodpecker Hammering on a Cotton Reel Attached to a Tree | 217 |
The Beaver | 220 |
The Thrush at Its Anvil | 221 |
Photo: F. R. Hinkins & Son. | |
Alsatian Wolfdog | 226 |
Photo: Lafayette.[Pg xvii] | |
The Polar Bear from the Far North | 227 |
Photo: W. S. Berridge. | |
An Alligator "Yawning" While Waiting for Food | 227 |
From the Smithsonian Report, 1914. | |
Baby Orangutan | 232 |
Photo: W. P. Dando. | |
Orangutan | 232 |
Photo: Gambier Bolton. | |
Chimp | 233 |
Photo: James's Press Agency. | |
Baby Orangutan | 233 |
Photo: James's Press Agency. | |
Orangutan | 233 |
Photo: James's Press Agency. | |
Baby Chimps | 233 |
Photo: James's Press Agency. | |
Chimp | 238 |
Photo: W. P. Dando. | |
Young Cheetahs or Hunting Leopards | 238 |
Photo: W. S. Berridge. | |
European Otter | 239 |
Photo: C. Reid. | |
Ernest Rutherford | 246 |
Photo: Elliott & Fry. | |
J. Clerk Maxwell | 246 |
Photo: Rischgitz Collection. | |
Sir William Crookes | 247 |
Photo: Ernest H. Mills. | |
Professor Sir W. H. Bragg | 247 |
Photo: Photo Press. | |
Molecule Size Comparison | 250 |
Unimaginable Quantities and Unimaginably Tiny Particles | 250 |
What is a million? | 250 |
Brownian motion | 251 |
A soap bubble (Coloured Illustration) | 252 |
Reproduced from The Forces of Nature (Messrs. Macmillan).[Pg xviii] | |
Detecting a Small Amount of Matter | 254 |
From Scientific Ideas of To-day. | |
This X-ray image shows the hand of a soldier injured in the Great War. | 254 |
Reproduced by permission of X-Rays Ltd. | |
An X-Ray Image of a Golf Ball, Showing an Flawed Core | 254 |
Photo: National Physical Laboratory. | |
A Great X-Ray Photo | 255 |
Reproduced by permission of X-Rays Ltd. | |
Electric Discharge in a Vacuum Tube | 258 |
The Sizes of Atoms and Electrons | 258 |
Electrons Flowing from the Sun to the Earth | 259 |
Professor Sir J.J. Thomson | 262 |
Electrons Generated by X-Rays Traveling through Air | 262 |
From the Smithsonian Report, 1915. | |
Magnetic Deflection of Radium Rays | 263 |
Professor R. A. Millikan's Device for Counting Electrons | 263 |
Reproduced by permission of Scientific American. | |
Making the Hidden Visible | 266 |
The Electron Theory | 267 |
Arrangements of Atoms in a Diamond | 267 |
Atom Disintegration | 270 |
Silk Tassel Charged | 270 |
Reproduced by permission from The Interpretation of Radium (John Murray). | |
Silk Tassel Released by the Rays from Radium | 270 |
A Massive Electric Spark | 271 |
Static Electricity between Common Objects | 271 |
From Scientific Ideas of To-day. | |
An Electric Spark | 274 |
Photo: Leadbeater. | |
An Ether Disturbance around an Electron Current | 275 |
From Scientific Ideas of To-day.[Pg xix] | |
Lightning | 278 |
Photo: H. J. Shepstone. | |
Light Waves | 279 |
The Magnetic Circuit of an Electric Current | 279 |
The Magnet | 279 |
Rotating Disc of Sir Isaac Newton for Mixing Colors (Coloured Illustration) | 280 |
Wave Forms | 282 |
The Strength of a Magnet | 282 |
The Speed of Light | 283 |
Photo: The Locomotive Publishing Co., Ltd. | |
Rotating Disc by Sir Isaac Newton for Mixing Colors | 283 |
Niagara Falls | 286 |
Energy Transformation | 287 |
Photo: Stephen Cribb. | |
"Boiling" a Kettle on Ice | 287 |
Photo: Underwood & Underwood. | |
The Cause of Tides | 290 |
The Aegir on the Trent | 290 |
Photo: G. Brocklehurst. | |
A major spring tide, the Aegir on the Trent | 291 |
Photo: G. Brocklehurst. |
The Outline of Science
INTRODUCTION
There is abundant evidence of a widened and deepened interest in modern science. How could it be otherwise when we think of the magnitude and the eventfulness of recent advances?
There is plenty of evidence that interest in modern science has grown and deepened. How could it not, considering the scale and excitement of recent advancements?
But the interest of the general public would be even greater than it is if the makers of new knowledge were more willing to expound their discoveries in ways that could be "understanded of the people." No one objects very much to technicalities in a game or on board a yacht, and they are clearly necessary for terse and precise scientific description. It is certain, however, that they can be reduced to a minimum without sacrificing accuracy, when the object in view is to explain "the gist of the matter." So this Outline of Science is meant for the general reader, who lacks both time and opportunity for special study, and yet would take an intelligent interest in the progress of science which is making the world always new.
But the general public would be even more interested if the creators of new knowledge were more willing to explain their discoveries in ways that could be easily understood. No one really minds technical terms in a game or on a yacht, and they're clearly necessary for concise and precise scientific descriptions. However, it's clear that these terms can be minimized without losing accuracy when the goal is to explain "the essence of the matter." So this Science Overview is designed for the general reader, who doesn't have the time or opportunity for specialized study but still wants to engage intelligently with the scientific advancements that are constantly reshaping our world.
The story of the triumphs of modern science is one of which Man may well be proud. Science reads the secret of the distant star and anatomises the atom; foretells the date of the comet's return and predicts the kinds of chickens that will hatch from a dozen eggs; discovers the laws of the wind that bloweth where it listeth and reduces to order the disorder of disease. Science is always setting forth on Columbus voyages, discovering new worlds and conquering them by understanding. For Knowledge means Foresight and Foresight means Power.
The story of modern science's achievements is something humanity can take pride in. Science uncovers the secrets of distant stars and breaks down the atom; it predicts when comets will return and what types of chickens will come from a dozen eggs; it reveals the laws of the winds that blow wherever they please and organizes the chaos of diseases. Science is constantly embarking on voyages like Columbus, discovering new worlds and conquering them through understanding. Because Knowledge means Foresight, and Foresight means Power.
The idea of Evolution has influenced all the sciences, forcing us to think of everything as with a history behind it, for we have travelled far since Darwin's day. The solar system, the earth, the mountain ranges, and the great deeps, the rocks and[Pg 4] crystals, the plants and animals, man himself and his social institutions—all must be seen as the outcome of a long process of Becoming. There are some eighty-odd chemical elements on the earth to-day, and it is now much more than a suggestion that these are the outcome of an inorganic evolution, element giving rise to element, going back and back to some primeval stuff, from which they were all originally derived, infinitely long ago. No idea has been so powerful a tool in the fashioning of New Knowledge as this simple but profound idea of Evolution, that the present is the child of the past and the parent of the future. And with the picture of a continuity of evolution from nebula to social systems comes a promise of an increasing control—a promise that Man will become not only a more accurate student, but a more complete master of his world.
The concept of Evolution has impacted all sciences, making us view everything as having a history behind it, as we've come a long way since Darwin's time. The solar system, the Earth, the mountain ranges, the oceans, the rocks and[Pg 4] crystals, plants and animals, humans themselves, and their social structures—all need to be understood as the result of a long process of Becoming. There are about eighty chemical elements on Earth today, and it's more than just a theory that these are the product of inorganic evolution, with one element leading to another, tracing back to some primal substance from which they all originated, ages ago. No idea has been as powerful in shaping New Knowledge as this simple yet profound concept of Evolution, which states that the present is the result of the past and the precursor to the future. And with the vision of continuous evolution from nebulae to social systems comes a promise of increasing control—a promise that humanity will become not only a more precise learner but also a more complete master of its environment.
It is characteristic of modern science that the whole world is seen to be more vital than before. Everywhere there has been a passage from the static to the dynamic. Thus the new revelations of the constitution of matter, which we owe to the discoveries of men like Professor Sir J. J. Thomson, Professor Sir Ernest Rutherford, and Professor Frederick Soddy, have shown the very dust to have a complexity and an activity heretofore unimagined. Such phrases as "dead" matter and "inert" matter have gone by the board.
It’s typical of modern science that the entire world feels more vibrant than ever. There has been a shift everywhere from the static to the dynamic. The recent discoveries about the structure of matter, thanks to the work of people like Professor Sir J. J. Thomson, Professor Sir Ernest Rutherford, and Professor Frederick Soddy, have revealed that even dust has a complexity and activity previously unimagined. Terms like "dead" matter and "inert" matter are now outdated.
The new theory of the atom amounts almost to a new conception of the universe. It bids fair to reveal to us many of nature's hidden secrets. The atom is no longer the indivisible particle of matter it was once understood to be. We know now that there is an atom within the atom—that what we thought was elementary can be dissociated and broken up. The present-day theories of the atom and the constitution of matter are the outcome of the comparatively recent discovery of such things as radium, the X-rays, and the wonderful revelations of such instruments as the spectroscope and other highly perfected scientific instruments.
The new theory of the atom nearly represents a completely new understanding of the universe. It promises to uncover many of nature's concealed mysteries. The atom is no longer seen as the indivisible particle of matter it was once believed to be. We now know that there is an atom within the atom—that what we thought was fundamental can be separated and broken down. Today's theories of the atom and the structure of matter are the result of recent discoveries like radium, X-rays, and the incredible insights provided by instruments like the spectroscope and other advanced scientific tools.
The advent of the electron theory has thrown a flood of light on what before was hidden or only dimly guessed at. It has given us a new conception of the framework of the universe. We are beginning to know and realise of what matter is made[Pg 5] and what electric phenomena mean. We can glimpse the vast stores of energy locked up in matter. The new knowledge has much to tell us about the origin and phenomena, not only of our own planet, but other planets, of the stars, and the sun. New light is thrown on the source of the sun's heat; we can make more than guesses as to its probable age. The great question to-day is: is there one primordial substance from which all the varying forms of matter have been evolved?
The arrival of electron theory has shed a lot of light on what was previously hidden or only vaguely understood. It has given us a new understanding of the structure of the universe. We are starting to grasp what matter is made of[Pg 5] and what electric phenomena signify. We can see the immense amounts of energy stored in matter. This new knowledge reveals much about the origins and events not just of our own planet, but also of other planets, stars, and the sun. We now have new insights into the source of the sun's heat; we can make informed guesses about its likely age. The big question today is: is there one primordial substance from which all the different forms of matter have evolved?
But the discovery of electrons is only one of the revolutionary changes which give modern science an entrancing interest.
But the discovery of electrons is just one of the groundbreaking changes that make modern science so fascinating.
As in chemistry and physics, so in the science of living creatures there have been recent advances that have changed the whole prospect. A good instance is afforded by the discovery of the "hormones," or chemical messengers, which are produced by ductless glands, such as the thyroid, the supra-renal, and the pituitary, and are distributed throughout the body by the blood. The work of physiologists like Professor Starling and Professor Bayliss has shown that these chemical messengers regulate what may be called the "pace" of the body, and bring about that regulated harmony and smoothness of working which we know as health. It is not too much to say that the discovery of hormones has changed the whole of physiology. Our knowledge of the human body far surpasses that of the past generation.
Just like in chemistry and physics, there have been recent breakthroughs in the science of living beings that have completely transformed our understanding. A great example is the discovery of "hormones," or chemical messengers, produced by ductless glands like the thyroid, adrenal glands, and pituitary gland, which are distributed throughout the body via the bloodstream. Research by physiologists like Professor Starling and Professor Bayliss has demonstrated that these chemical messengers control what could be called the "pace" of the body, creating the regulated harmony and smooth functioning we recognize as good health. It's fair to say that the discovery of hormones has revolutionized our understanding of physiology. Our knowledge of the human body is now far greater than that of the previous generation.
The persistent patience of microscopists and technical improvements like the "ultramicroscope" have greatly increased our knowledge of the invisible world of life. To the bacteria of a past generation have been added a multitude of microscopic animal microbes, such as that which causes Sleeping Sickness. The life-histories and the weird ways of many important parasites have been unravelled; and here again knowledge means mastery. To a degree which has almost surpassed expectations there has been a revelation of the intricacy of the stones and mortar of the house of life, and the microscopic study of germ-cells has wonderfully supplemented the epoch-making experimental study of heredity which began with Mendel. It goes without saying that no one can call himself educated who does not understand the central and simple ideas of Mendelism and other new departures in biology.[Pg 6]
The ongoing patience of microscopists and advancements like the "ultramicroscope" have significantly enhanced our understanding of the unseen world of life. Alongside the bacteria known in the past, many microscopic animal microbes have been discovered, including the one that causes Sleeping Sickness. We've unraveled the life cycles and peculiar behaviors of various important parasites, showing that knowledge translates to control. We've had an unexpected revelation about the complexity of the basic building blocks of life, and the microscopic study of germ cells has greatly complemented the groundbreaking experimental research on heredity that started with Mendel. It's clear that no one can consider themselves educated without grasping the central and straightforward concepts of Mendelism and other modern developments in biology.[Pg 6]
The procession of life through the ages and the factors in the sublime movement; the peopling of the earth by plants and animals and the linking of life to life in subtle inter-relations, such as those between flowers and their insect-visitors; the life-histories of individual types and the extraordinary results of the new inquiry called "experimental embryology"—these also are among the subjects with which this Outline will deal.
The flow of life over time and the forces behind this incredible movement; the colonization of the earth by plants and animals and the intricate connections between living beings, like the relationships between flowers and the insects that visit them; the life cycles of different species and the remarkable findings from the new field of "experimental embryology"—these topics will also be covered in this Outline.
The behaviour of animals is another fascinating study, leading to a provisional picture of the dawn of mind. Indeed, no branch of science surpasses in interest that which deals with the ways and habits—the truly wonderful devices, adaptations, and instincts—of insects, birds, and mammals. We no longer deny a degree of intelligence to some members of the animal world—even the line between intelligence and reason is sometimes difficult to find.
The behavior of animals is another intriguing area of study, offering a preliminary understanding of the emergence of consciousness. In fact, no field of science is more captivating than the one that explores the behaviors and habits—the truly amazing mechanisms, adaptations, and instincts—of insects, birds, and mammals. We no longer deny a level of intelligence to some members of the animal kingdom; even the distinction between intelligence and reason can sometimes be hard to discern.
Fresh contacts between physiology and the study of man's mental life; precise studies of the ways of children and wild peoples; and new methods like those of the psycho-analyst must also receive the attention they deserve, for they are giving us a "New Psychology" and the claims of psychical research must also be recognised by the open-minded.
Fresh connections between physiology and the study of human psychology; detailed studies of the behavior of children and indigenous cultures; and new techniques like those used in psychoanalysis deserve our attention, as they are contributing to a "New Psychology." The claims of psychical research should also be acknowledged by those who are open-minded.
The general aim of the Outline is to give the reader a clear and concise view of the essentials of present-day science, so that he may follow with intelligence the modern advance and share appreciatively in man's continued conquest of his kingdom.
The main goal of the Outline is to provide the reader with a clear and straightforward understanding of the essentials of contemporary science, allowing them to intelligently keep up with modern advancements and appreciate humanity's ongoing triumph over its domain.
I
THE ROMANCE OF THE HEAVENS
THE SCALE OF THE UNIVERSE—THE SOLAR SYSTEM
§ 1
The story of the triumphs of modern science naturally opens with Astronomy. The picture of the Universe which the astronomer offers to us is imperfect; the lines he traces are often faint and uncertain. There are many problems which have been solved, there are just as many about which there is doubt, and notwithstanding our great increase in knowledge, there remain just as many which are entirely unsolved.
The story of the successes of modern science naturally starts with Astronomy. The view of the Universe that astronomers provide is incomplete; the outlines they draw can often be vague and unclear. Many problems have been resolved, but there are just as many that still raise questions, and despite our significant growth in knowledge, just as many remain completely unresolved.
The problem of the structure and duration of the universe [said the great astronomer Simon Newcomb] is the most far-reaching with which the mind has to deal. Its solution may be regarded as the ultimate object of stellar astronomy, the possibility of reaching which has occupied the minds of thinkers since the beginning of civilisation. Before our time the problem could be considered only from the imaginative or the speculative point of view. Although we can to-day attack it to a limited extent by scientific methods, it must be admitted that we have scarcely taken more than the first step toward the actual solution.... What is the duration of the universe in time? Is it fitted to last for ever in its present form, or does it contain within itself the seeds of dissolution? Must it, in the course of time, in we know not how many millions of ages, be transformed into something very different from what it now is? This question is intimately associated with the question whether the stars form[Pg 10] a system. If they do, we may suppose that system to be permanent in its general features; if not, we must look further for our conclusions.
The issue of how the universe is structured and how long it will last [said the great astronomer Simon Newcomb] is the most profound challenge for our minds to tackle. Solving it might be seen as the ultimate goal of stellar astronomy, a quest that has intrigued thinkers since civilization began. In the past, this question could only be approached in an imaginative or speculative way. Although today we can study it scientifically to a certain extent, we have barely taken the first step toward a real solution.... What is the time span of the universe? Is it meant to exist forever in its current form, or does it have within it the potential for decay? Over time, possibly millions of ages from now, will it be transformed into something entirely different from what it is now? This question is closely linked to whether the stars form[Pg 10] a system. If they do, we might assume that this system is permanent in its general characteristics; if not, we need to search further for answers.
The Heavenly Bodies
The heavenly bodies fall into two very distinct classes so far as their relation to our Earth is concerned; the one class, a very small one, comprises a sort of colony of which the Earth is a member. These bodies are called planets, or wanderers. There are eight of them, including the Earth, and they all circle round the sun. Their names, in the order of their distance from the sun, are Mercury, Venus, Earth, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, Neptune, and of these Mercury, the nearest to the sun, is rarely seen by the naked eye. Uranus is practically invisible, and Neptune quite so. These eight planets, together with the sun, constitute, as we have said, a sort of little colony; this colony is called the Solar System.
The celestial bodies fall into two very different categories when it comes to their relationship with our Earth; one category, which is quite small, includes a group of which the Earth is a part. These bodies are known as planets, or wanderers. There are eight of them, including Earth, and they all orbit the sun. Their names, in order of distance from the sun, are Mercury, Venus, Earth, Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, and Neptune. Among these, Mercury, being the closest to the sun, is rarely visible to the naked eye. Uranus is nearly invisible, and Neptune is completely so. These eight planets, along with the sun, make up what we call the Solar System.
The second class of heavenly bodies are those which lie outside the solar system. Every one of those glittering points we see on a starlit night is at an immensely greater distance from us than is any member of the Solar System. Yet the members of this little colony of ours, judged by terrestrial standards, are at enormous distances from one another. If a shell were shot in a straight line from one side of Neptune's orbit to the other it would take five hundred years to complete its journey. Yet this distance, the greatest in the Solar System as now known (excepting the far swing of some of the comets), is insignificant compared to the distances of the stars. One of the nearest stars to the earth that we know of is Alpha Centauri, estimated to be some twenty-five million millions of miles away. Sirius, the brightest star in the firmament, is double this distance from the earth.
The second group of celestial bodies is those that are outside the solar system. Each of those sparkling points we see on a starry night is much farther away from us than any object in the Solar System. Still, the members of our little colony are at vast distances from each other, even by Earthly standards. If a shell were fired in a straight line from one side of Neptune's orbit to the other, it would take five hundred years to finish its journey. However, this distance, the greatest known in the Solar System right now (excluding the far orbits of some comets), is tiny compared to the distances to the stars. One of the closest stars to Earth that we know of is Alpha Centauri, estimated to be about twenty-five trillion miles away. Sirius, the brightest star in the sky, is twice that distance from Earth.
We must imagine the colony of planets to which we belong as a compact little family swimming in an immense void. At distances which would take our shell, not hundreds, but millions[Pg 11] of years to traverse, we reach the stars—or rather, a star, for the distances between stars are as great as the distance between the nearest of them and our Sun. The Earth, the planet on which we live, is a mighty globe bounded by a crust of rock many miles in thickness; the great volumes of water which we call our oceans lie in the deeper hollows of the crust. Above the surface an ocean of invisible gas, the atmosphere, rises to a height of about three hundred miles, getting thinner and thinner as it ascends.
We should picture our colony of planets as a tight-knit family floating in a vast emptiness. At distances that would take our spacecraft not just hundreds, but millions[Pg 11] of years to cover, we reach the stars—or rather, one star, since the distances between stars are as vast as the gap between the closest one and our Sun. Earth, the planet we inhabit, is a massive sphere surrounded by a thick crust of rock that stretches many miles deep; the vast bodies of water we call our oceans sit in the deeper recesses of this crust. Above the surface, an invisible sea of gas, the atmosphere, rises to about three hundred miles high, becoming thinner as it goes up.

LAPLACE
LAPLACE
One of the greatest mathematical astronomers of all time and the originator of the nebular theory.
One of the greatest mathematical astronomers ever and the creator of the nebular theory.

Photo: Royal Astronomical Society.
Image: Royal Astronomical Society.
PROFESSOR J. C. ADAMS
PROF. J. C. ADAMS
who, anticipating the great French mathematician, Le Verrier, discovered the planet Neptune by calculations based on the irregularities of the orbit of Uranus. One of the most dramatic discoveries in the history of Science.
who, anticipating the great French mathematician Le Verrier, discovered the planet Neptune through calculations based on the irregularities in Uranus's orbit. This is one of the most dramatic discoveries in the history of science.

Photo: Elliott & Fry, Ltd.
Photo: Elliott & Fry, Ltd.
PROFESSOR EDDINGTON
PROFESSOR EDDINGTON
Professor of Astronomy at Cambridge. The most famous of the English disciples of Einstein.
Professor of Astronomy at Cambridge. The most well-known of the English followers of Einstein.

FIG. 1.—DIAGRAMS OF THE SOLAR SYSTEM
FIG. 1.—DIAGRAMS OF THE SOLAR SYSTEM
THE COMPARATIVE DISTANCES OF THE PLANETS
THE COMPARATIVE DISTANCES OF THE PLANETS
(Drawn approximately to scale)
(Drawn to scale)
The isolation of the Solar System is very great. On the above scale the nearest star (at a distance of 25 trillions of miles) would be over one half mile away. The hours, days, and years are the measures of time as we use them; that is: Jupiter's "Day" (one rotation of the planet) is made in ten of our hours; Mercury's "Year" (one revolution of the planet around the Sun) is eighty-eight of our days. Mercury's "Day" and "Year" are the same. This planet turns always the same side to the Sun.
The isolation of the Solar System is incredibly vast. On the scale mentioned above, the nearest star (which is 25 trillion miles away) would be over half a mile distant. We measure time in hours, days, and years: for example, Jupiter's "Day" (one full rotation of the planet) takes ten of our hours; Mercury's "Year" (one complete orbit around the Sun) is equivalent to eighty-eight of our days. Interestingly, Mercury's "Day" and "Year" are the same. This planet always shows the same side to the Sun.

THE COMPARATIVE SIZES OF THE SUN AND THE PLANETS
THE COMPARATIVE SIZES OF THE SUN AND THE PLANETS
(Drawn approximately to scale)
(Drawn roughly to scale)
On this scale the Sun would be 17½ inches in diameter; it is far greater than all the planets put together. Jupiter, in turn, is greater than all the other planets put together.
On this scale, the Sun would be 17½ inches wide; it's much larger than all the planets combined. Jupiter, on the other hand, is bigger than all the other planets combined.
Except when the winds rise to a high speed, we seem to live in a very tranquil world. At night, when the glare of the sun passes out of our atmosphere, the stars and planets seem to move across the heavens with a stately and solemn slowness. It was one of the first discoveries of modern astronomy that this movement is only apparent. The apparent creeping of the stars across the heavens at night is accounted for by the fact that the earth turns upon its axis once in every twenty-four hours. When we remember the size of the earth we see that this implies a prodigious speed.
Except when the winds pick up significantly, we seem to live in a very calm world. At night, when the bright light of the sun leaves our atmosphere, the stars and planets appear to drift across the sky with a slow and majestic slowness. One of the first discoveries of modern astronomy was that this movement is just an illusion. The slow movement of the stars across the night sky is due to the fact that the Earth rotates on its axis once every twenty-four hours. When we consider the size of the Earth, we realize that this means an incredibly high speed.
In addition to this the earth revolves round the sun at a speed of more than a thousand miles a minute. Its path round the sun, year in year out, measures about 580,000,000 miles. The earth is held closely to this path by the gravitational pull of the sun, which has a mass 333,432 times that of the earth. If at any moment the sun ceased to exert this pull the earth would instantly fly off into space straight in the direction in which it was moving at the time, that is to say, at a tangent. This tendency to fly off at a tangent is continuous. It is the balance between it and the sun's pull which keeps the earth to her almost circular orbit. In the same way the seven other planets are held to their orbits.
In addition to this, the Earth revolves around the sun at a speed of more than a thousand miles per minute. Its path around the sun, year after year, measures about 580 million miles. The Earth is kept closely to this path by the sun's gravitational pull, which is 333,432 times that of the Earth. If at any moment the sun stopped exerting this pull, the Earth would instantly shoot off into space in the direction it was moving at the time, meaning, at a tangent. This tendency to fly off at a tangent is constant. It’s the balance between this tendency and the sun's pull that keeps the Earth in its nearly circular orbit. In the same way, the seven other planets are held in their orbits.
Circling round the earth, in the same way as the earth circles round the sun, is our moon. Sometimes the moon passes directly between us and the sun, and cuts off the light from us.[Pg 12] We then have a total or partial eclipse of the sun. At other times the earth passes directly between the sun and the moon, and causes an eclipse of the moon. The great ball of the earth naturally trails a mighty shadow across space, and the moon is "eclipsed" when it passes into this.
Circling around the earth, just like the earth orbits the sun, is our moon. Sometimes, the moon moves directly between us and the sun, blocking out its light.[Pg 12] This creates a total or partial eclipse of the sun. At other times, the earth comes directly between the sun and the moon, causing a lunar eclipse. The massive sphere of the earth naturally casts a huge shadow into space, and the moon is "eclipsed" when it moves into this shadow.
The other seven planets, five of which have moons of their own, circle round the sun as the earth does. The sun's mass is immensely larger than that of all the planets put together, and all of them would be drawn into it and perish if they did not travel rapidly round it in gigantic orbits. So the eight planets, spinning round on their axes, follow their fixed paths round the sun. The planets are secondary bodies, but they are most important, because they are the only globes in which there can be life, as we know life.
The other seven planets, five of which have their own moons, orbit the sun just like Earth does. The sun's mass is significantly larger than the combined mass of all the planets, and if they didn't move quickly in massive orbits around it, they would be pulled in and destroyed. So, the eight planets, rotating on their axes, follow their established paths around the sun. The planets are secondary bodies, but they are incredibly important because they are the only celestial bodies where life, as we understand it, can exist.
If we could be transported in some magical way to an immense distance in space above the sun, we should see our Solar System as it is drawn in the accompanying diagram (Fig. 1), except that the planets would be mere specks, faintly visible in the light which they receive from the sun. (This diagram is drawn approximately to scale.) If we moved still farther away, trillions of miles away, the planets would fade entirely out of view, and the sun would shrink into a point of fire, a star. And here you begin to realize the nature of the universe. The sun is a star. The stars are suns. Our sun looks big simply because of its comparative nearness to us. The universe is a stupendous collection of millions of stars or suns, many of which may have planetary families like ours.
If we could magically travel an immense distance into space above the sun, we would see our Solar System as shown in the diagram (Fig. 1), but the planets would appear as tiny dots, barely visible in the light they receive from the sun. (This diagram is drawn approximately to scale.) If we went even farther, trillions of miles away, the planets would completely disappear from sight, and the sun would shrink down to a point of fire, a star. That’s when you start to grasp the nature of the universe. The sun is a star. The stars are suns. Our sun seems large simply because it’s so much closer to us. The universe is an incredible collection of millions of stars, or suns, many of which might have their own planetary systems like ours.
§ 2
The Scale of the Universe
How many stars are there? A glance at a photograph of star-clouds will tell at once that it is quite impossible to count them. The fine photograph reproduced in Figure 2 represents[Pg 13] a very small patch of that pale-white belt, the Milky Way, which spans the sky at night. It is true that this is a particularly rich area of the Milky Way, but the entire belt of light has been resolved in this way into masses or clouds of stars. Astronomers have counted the stars in typical districts here and there, and from these partial counts we get some idea of the total number of stars. There are estimated to be between two and three thousand million stars.
How many stars are there? Just looking at a photo of star clusters shows that counting them is nearly impossible. The detailed photo shown in Figure 2 represents[Pg 13] a tiny section of the pale-white band, the Milky Way, that stretches across the night sky. It's true that this is a particularly dense area of the Milky Way, but the entire band of light has been broken down in this way into groups or clusters of stars. Astronomers have counted the stars in various typical regions, and from these partial counts, we can estimate the total number of stars. It's estimated that there are between two and three billion stars.
Yet these stars are separated by inconceivable distances from each other, and it is one of the greatest triumphs of modern astronomy to have mastered, so far, the scale of the universe. For several centuries astronomers have known the relative distances from each other of the sun and the planets. If they could discover the actual distance of any one planet from any other, they could at once tell all the distances within the Solar System.
Yet these stars are separated by unimaginable distances from each other, and it’s one of the greatest achievements of modern astronomy to have understood, so far, the scale of the universe. For several centuries, astronomers have known the relative distances between the sun and the planets. If they could find out the actual distance of any one planet from another, they could immediately determine all the distances within the Solar System.
The sun is, on the latest measurements, at an average distance of 92,830,000 miles from the earth, for as the orbit of the earth is not a true circle, this distance varies. This means that in six months from now the earth will be right at the opposite side of its path round the sun, or 185,000,000 miles away from where it is now. Viewed or photographed from two positions so wide apart, the nearest stars show a tiny "shift" against the background of the most distant stars, and that is enough for the mathematician. He can calculate the distance of any star near enough to show this "shift." We have found that the nearest star to the earth, a recently discovered star, is twenty-five trillion miles away. Only thirty stars are known to be within a hundred trillion miles of us.
The sun is currently about 92,830,000 miles away from Earth on average. Since Earth's orbit isn't a perfect circle, this distance changes. In six months, Earth will be directly on the opposite side of its orbit around the sun, making it about 185,000,000 miles away from its current position. When viewed or photographed from two widely spaced locations, the nearest stars show a slight "shift" against the farthest stars in the background, which is enough for mathematicians to calculate distances. We've found that the closest star to Earth, which was recently discovered, is twenty-five trillion miles away. Only thirty stars are known to be within a hundred trillion miles of us.
This way of measuring does not, however, take us very far away in the heavens. There are only a few hundred stars within five hundred trillion miles of the earth, and at that distance the "shift" of a star against the background (parallax, the astronomer calls it) is so minute that figures are very uncertain. At this point the astronomer takes up a new method. He learns the[Pg 14] different types of stars, and then he is able to deduce more or less accurately the distance of a star of a known type from its faintness. He, of course, has instruments for gauging their light. As a result of twenty years work in this field, it is now known that the more distant stars of the Milky Way are at least a hundred thousand trillion (100,000,000,000,000,000) miles away from the sun.
This method of measurement, however, doesn't get us very far into the cosmos. There are only a few hundred stars within five hundred trillion miles of Earth, and at that distance, the "shift" of a star against the background (which astronomers call parallax) is so tiny that the measurements are quite uncertain. At this point, astronomers adopt a new approach. They study the[Pg 14] different types of stars, allowing them to estimate the distance of a star of a known type based on its brightness. They use tools to measure their light. After twenty years of research in this area, it's now understood that the most distant stars in the Milky Way are at least a hundred thousand trillion (100,000,000,000,000,000) miles away from the sun.
Our sun is in a more or less central region of the universe, or a few hundred trillion miles from the actual centre. The remainder of the stars, which are all outside our Solar System, are spread out, apparently, in an enormous disc-like collection, so vast that even a ray of light, which travels at the rate of 186,000 miles a second, would take 50,000 years to travel from one end of it to the other. This, then is what we call our universe.
Our sun is located roughly in the center of the universe, about a few hundred trillion miles away from the actual center. The other stars, all of which are outside our Solar System, are spread out in a gigantic disc-like formation, so huge that even a beam of light, traveling at 186,000 miles per second, would take 50,000 years to cross from one side to the other. This is what we refer to as our universe.
Are there other Universes?
Why do we say "our universe"? Why not the universe? It is now believed by many of our most distinguished astronomers that our colossal family of stars is only one of many universes. By a universe an astronomer means any collection of stars which are close enough to control each other's movements by gravitation; and it is clear that there might be many universes, in this sense, separated from each other by profound abysses of space. Probably there are.
Why do we call it "our universe"? Why not the universe? Many of our leading astronomers now believe that our massive collection of stars is just one of many universes. When astronomers refer to a universe, they mean any group of stars that are close enough to influence each other's movements through gravity; and it's clear that there could be numerous universes, in this sense, separated from one another by vast distances of space. There probably are.
For a long time we have been familiar with certain strange objects in the heavens which are called "spiral nebulæ" (Fig 4). We shall see at a later stage what a nebula is, and we shall see that some astronomers regard these spiral nebulæ as worlds "in the making." But some of the most eminent astronomers believe that they are separate universes—"island-universes" they call them—or great collections of millions of stars like our universe. There are certain peculiarities in the structure of the Milky Way which lead these astronomers to think that our universe may be[Pg 15] a spiral nebula, and that the other spiral nebulæ are "other universes."
For a long time, we have been aware of certain strange objects in the sky known as "spiral nebulae" (Fig 4). We will explore what a nebula is later, and some astronomers see these spiral nebulae as worlds "in the making." However, some of the most respected astronomers believe they are separate universes—what they call "island universes"—or vast collections of millions of stars like our own universe. Certain features of the Milky Way lead these astronomers to think that our universe might be [Pg 15] a spiral nebula, and that the other spiral nebulae are "other universes."

Photo: Harvard College Observatory.
Photo: Harvard College Observatory.
FIG. 2.—THE MILKY WAY
FIG. 2.—THE MILKY WAY
Note the cloud-like effect.
Notice the cloud effect.

FIG. 3—THE MOON ENTERING THE SHADOW CAST BY THE EARTH
FIG. 3—THE MOON GOING INTO THE SHADOW MADE BY THE EARTH
The diagram shows the Moon partially eclipsed.
The diagram shows the Moon partially covered by an eclipse.

From a photograph taken at the Yerkes Observatory
From a photo taken at the Yerkes Observatory
FIG. 4.—THE GREAT NEBULA IN ANDROMEDA, MESSIER 31
FIG. 4.—THE GREAT NEBULA IN ANDROMEDA, MESSIER 31
Vast as is the Solar System, then, it is excessively minute in comparison with the Stellar System, the universe of the Stars, which is on a scale far transcending anything the human mind can apprehend.
As big as the Solar System is, it’s incredibly small compared to the Stellar System, the universe of the Stars, which operates on a scale that goes far beyond anything the human mind can understand.
THE SOLAR SYSTEM
THE SUN
§ 1
But now let us turn to the Solar System, and consider the members of our own little colony.
But now let's focus on the Solar System and think about the members of our own little community.
Within the Solar System there are a large number of problems that interest us. What is the size, mass, and distance of each of the planets? What satellites, like our Moon, do they possess? What are their temperatures? And those other, sporadic members of our system, comets and meteors, what are they? What are their movements? How do they originate? And the Sun itself, what is its composition, what is the source of its heat, how did it originate? Is it running down?
Within the Solar System, there are many interesting problems to explore. What are the size, mass, and distance of each planet? What satellites, like our Moon, do they have? What are their temperatures? And what about those other, occasional members of our system, like comets and meteors—what are they? How do they move? Where do they come from? And the Sun itself, what is it made of, what generates its heat, and how did it come to be? Is it losing energy?
These last questions introduce us to a branch of astronomy which is concerned with the physical constitution of the stars, a study which, not so very many years ago, may well have appeared inconceivable. But the spectroscope enables us to answer even these questions, and the answer opens up questions of yet greater interest. We find that the stars can be arranged in an order of development—that there are stars at all stages of their life-history. The main lines of the evolution of the stellar universe can be worked out. In the sun and stars we have furnaces with temperatures enormously high; it is in such conditions that substances are resolved into their simplest forms, and it is thus we are enabled to obtain a knowledge of the most primitive forms of matter. It is in this direction that the spectroscope[Pg 16] (which we shall refer to immediately) has helped us so much. It is to this wonderful instrument that we owe our knowledge of the composition of the sun and stars, as we shall see.
These last questions introduce us to a part of astronomy that looks into the physical makeup of stars, a study that not too long ago might have seemed unimaginable. However, the spectroscope allows us to answer even these questions, and those answers lead to even more intriguing inquiries. We discover that stars can be categorized by their stages of development—that there are stars at every point in their life cycle. The main paths of stellar evolution can be mapped out. In the sun and stars, we have extremely hot furnaces; under such conditions, substances break down into their simplest forms, enabling us to understand the most basic types of matter. The spectroscope[Pg 16] (which we will discuss shortly) has been incredibly helpful in this regard. It is thanks to this amazing instrument that we gain insights into the composition of the sun and stars, as we will explore.
"That the spectroscope will detect the millionth of a milligram of matter, and on that account has discovered new elements, commands our admiration; but when we find in addition that it will detect the nature of forms of matter trillions of miles away, and moreover, that it will measure the velocities with which these forms of matter are moving with an absurdly small per cent. of possible error, we can easily acquiesce in the statement that it is the greatest instrument ever devised by the brain and hand of man."
"That the spectroscope can detect a millionth of a milligram of matter, and has thus uncovered new elements, amazes us. But when we also learn that it can reveal the nature of materials trillions of miles away, and measure the speeds at which these materials are moving with an incredibly small margin of error, we can easily agree that it is the greatest tool ever created by human intellect and ingenuity."
Such are some of the questions with which modern astronomy deals. To answer them requires the employment of instruments of almost incredible refinement and exactitude and also the full resources of mathematical genius. Whether astronomy be judged from the point of view of the phenomena studied, the vast masses, the immense distances, the æons of time, or whether it be judged as a monument of human ingenuity, patience, and the rarest type of genius, it is certainly one of the grandest, as it is also one of the oldest, of the sciences.
Such are some of the questions that modern astronomy tackles. Answering them requires the use of incredibly sophisticated and precise instruments, as well as the full capabilities of mathematical genius. Whether we view astronomy through the lens of the phenomena it studies, the massive bodies, the vast distances, the eons of time, or see it as a testament to human creativity, patience, and extraordinary intellect, it is undeniably one of the most magnificent and also one of the oldest sciences.
The Solar System
In the Solar System we include all those bodies dependent on the sun which circulate round it at various distances, deriving their light and heat from the sun—the planets and their moons, certain comets and a multitude of meteors: in other words, all bodies whose movements in space are determined by the gravitational pull of the sun.
In the Solar System, we include all the bodies that rely on the sun, which orbit it at different distances, getting their light and heat from the sun—the planets and their moons, certain comets, and countless meteors. In other words, all bodies whose movements in space are influenced by the sun's gravitational pull.
The Sun
Thanks to our wonderful modern instruments and the ingenious methods used by astronomers, we have to-day a remarkable knowledge of the sun.
Thanks to our amazing modern tools and the clever techniques used by astronomers, we have today a remarkable understanding of the sun.
Look at the figure of the sun in the frontispiece. The picture represents an eclipse of the sun; the dark body of the moon has screened the sun's shining disc and taken the glare out of our eyes; we see a silvery halo surrounding the great orb on every side. It is the sun's atmosphere, or "crown" (corona), stretching for millions of miles into space in the form of a soft silvery-looking light; probably much of its light is sunlight reflected from particles of dust, although the spectroscope shows an element in the corona that has not so far been detected anywhere else in the universe and which in consequence has been named Coronium.
Look at the image of the sun in the frontispiece. The picture shows an eclipse of the sun; the dark silhouette of the moon has blocked the sun's bright disc, taking away the glare from our eyes; we see a silvery halo surrounding the great orb on all sides. This is the sun's atmosphere, or "crown" (corona), stretching for millions of miles into space as a soft, silvery light; likely much of its light is sunlight reflecting off particles of dust, although the spectroscope reveals an element in the corona that has not yet been found anywhere else in the universe and has therefore been named Coronium.
We next notice in the illustration that at the base of the halo there are red flames peeping out from the edges of the hidden disc. When one remembers that the sun is 866,000 miles in diameter, one hardly needs to be told that these flames are really gigantic. We shall see what they are presently.
We then see in the illustration that at the bottom of the halo, there are red flames peeking out from the edges of the hidden disc. Considering that the sun is 866,000 miles in diameter, it's clear that these flames are truly massive. We'll find out what they are soon.
Regions of the Sun
The astronomer has divided the sun into definite concentric regions or layers. These layers envelop the nucleus or central body of the sun somewhat as the atmosphere envelops our earth. It is through these vapour layers that the bright white body of the sun is seen. Of the innermost region, the heart or nucleus of the sun, we know almost nothing. The central body or nucleus is surrounded by a brilliantly luminous envelope or layer of vaporous matter which is what we see when we look at the sun and which the astronomer calls the photosphere.
The astronomer has divided the sun into distinct concentric regions or layers. These layers surround the core or central body of the sun much like the atmosphere surrounds our Earth. It is through these vapor layers that we see the bright white body of the sun. We know almost nothing about the innermost region, the core of the sun. The central body or core is surrounded by a brilliantly luminous layer of vaporous matter, which is what we see when we look at the sun and what the astronomer refers to as the photosphere.
Above—that is, overlying—the photosphere there is a second layer of glowing gases, which is known as the reversing layer. This layer is cooler than the underlying photosphere; it forms a veil of smoke-like haze and is of from 500 to 1,000 miles in thickness.
Above the photosphere, there’s a second layer of glowing gases called the reversing layer. This layer is cooler than the photosphere below it; it creates a haze that looks like smoke and is about 500 to 1,000 miles thick.
A third layer or envelope immediately lying over the last one is the region known as the chromosphere. The chromosphere extends from 5,000 to 10,000 miles in thickness—a "sea" of red tumultuous surging fire. Chief among the glowing gases is the vapour of hydrogen. The intense white heat of the photosphere beneath shines through this layer, overpowering its brilliant redness. From the uppermost portion of the chromosphere great fiery tongues of glowing hydrogen and calcium vapour shoot out for many thousands of miles, driven outward by some prodigious expulsive force. It is these red "prominences" which are such a notable feature in the picture of the eclipse of the sun already referred to.
A third layer or envelope right above the last one is the area known as the chromosphere. The chromosphere ranges from 5,000 to 10,000 miles in thickness—a "sea" of red, turbulent, surging fire. The main glowing gas here is hydrogen vapor. The intense white heat of the photosphere below shines through this layer, overpowering its brilliant redness. From the upper part of the chromosphere, huge fiery tongues of glowing hydrogen and calcium vapor shoot out for many thousands of miles, propelled by some massive expelling force. These red "prominences" are a striking feature in the image of the solar eclipse that has already been mentioned.
During the solar eclipse of 1919 one of these red flames rose in less than seven hours from a height of 130,000 miles to more than 500,000 miles above the sun's surface. This immense column of red-hot gas, four or five times the thickness of the earth, was soaring upward at the rate of 60,000 miles an hour.
During the solar eclipse of 1919, one of these red flames shot up in less than seven hours from a height of 130,000 miles to over 500,000 miles above the sun's surface. This massive column of superheated gas, four or five times thicker than the earth, was ascending at a speed of 60,000 miles per hour.
These flaming jets or prominences shooting out from the chromosphere are not to be seen every day by the naked eye; the dazzling light of the sun obscures them, gigantic as they are. They can be observed, however, by the spectroscope any day, and they are visible to us for a very short time during an eclipse of the sun. Some extraordinary outbursts have been witnessed. Thus the late Professor Young described one on September 7, 1871, when he had been examining a prominence by the spectroscope:
These fiery jets or prominences shooting out from the chromosphere aren’t something you’d see every day with the naked eye; the bright light of the sun hides them, no matter how large they are. However, they can be seen with a spectroscope any day, and we can catch a glimpse of them for a brief moment during a solar eclipse. Some remarkable eruptions have been observed. For example, the late Professor Young described one on September 7, 1871, while he was examining a prominence with a spectroscope:
It had remained unchanged since noon of the previous day—a long, low, quiet-looking cloud, not very dense, or brilliant, or in any way remarkable except for its size. At 12:30 p.m. the Professor left the spectroscope for a short time, and on returning half an hour later to his observations, he was astonished to find the gigantic Sun flame shattered to pieces. The solar atmosphere was filled with flying debris, and some of these portions reached a height of 100,000 miles above the solar surface. Moving with a velocity which, even at the distance of 93,000,000 miles, was almost perceptible to the eye, these fragments doubled their height in ten minutes. On January 30, 1885, another distinguished solar observer, the late Professor Tacchini of Rome, observed one of the greatest prominences ever seen by man. Its height was no less than 142,000 miles—eighteen times the diameter of the earth. Another mighty flame was so vast that supposing the eight large planets of the solar system ranged one on top of the other, the prominence would still tower above them.[1]
It had stayed the same since noon the day before—a long, low, quiet-looking cloud, not particularly dense, brilliant, or remarkable in any way except for its size. At 12:30 p.m., the Professor stepped away from the spectroscope for a bit, and when he returned half an hour later to continue his observations, he was shocked to find the massive solar flare shattered into pieces. The solar atmosphere was filled with flying debris, and some of these fragments reached heights of 100,000 miles above the solar surface. Moving at a speed that, even at the distance of 93,000,000 miles, was almost visible to the eye, these fragments doubled their height in just ten minutes. On January 30, 1885, another renowned solar observer, the late Professor Tacchini of Rome, spotted one of the largest prominences ever seen by humans. It measured no less than 142,000 miles—eighteen times the diameter of the Earth. Another enormous flame was so vast that if you lined up the eight large planets of the solar system one on top of the other, the prominence would still stand above them.[1]
[1] The Romance of Astronomy, by H. Macpherson.
Below is a short piece of text (5 words or fewer). Modernize it into contemporary English if there's enough context, but do not add or omit any information. If context is insufficient, return it unchanged. Do not add commentary, and do not modify any placeholders. If you see placeholders of the form __A_TAG_PLACEHOLDER_x__, you must keep them exactly as-is so they can be replaced with links. [1] The Romance of Astronomy, by H. Macpherson.

FIG. 5.—DIAGRAM SHOWING THE MAIN LAYERS OF THE SUN
FIG. 5.—DIAGRAM SHOWING THE MAIN LAYERS OF THE SUN
Compare with frontispiece.
Compare with cover page.

Photo: Royal Observatory, Greenwich.
Image: Royal Observatory, Greenwich.
FIG. 6.—SOLAR PROMINENCES SEEN AT TOTAL SOLAR ECLIPSE, May 29, 1919. TAKEN AT SOBRAL, BRAZIL.
FIG. 6.—SOLAR PROMINENCES SEEN DURING A TOTAL SOLAR ECLIPSE, May 29, 1919. TAKEN AT SOBRAL, BRAZIL.
The small Corona is also visible.
The small corona is also visible.

FIG. 7.—THE VISIBLE SURFACE OF THE SUN
FIG. 7.—THE VISIBLE SURFACE OF THE SUN
A photograph taken at the Mount Wilson Observatory of the Carnegie Institution at Washington.
A photo taken at the Mount Wilson Observatory of the Carnegie Institution in Washington.

FIG. 8.—THE SUN
FIG. 8.—THE SUN
Photographed in the light of glowing hydrogen, at the Mount Wilson Observatory of the Carnegie Institution of Washington: vortex phenomena near the spots are especially prominent.
Photographed in the glow of hydrogen light at the Mount Wilson Observatory of the Carnegie Institution of Washington, vortex phenomena near the spots are particularly noticeable.
The fourth and uppermost layer or region is that of the corona, of immense extent and fading away into the surrounding sky—this we have already referred to. The diagram (Fig. 5) shows the dispositions of these various layers of the sun. It is through these several transparent layers that we see the white light body of the sun.
The fourth and highest layer or region is the corona, which stretches out greatly and blends into the surrounding sky—this has already been mentioned. The diagram (Fig. 5) illustrates the arrangement of these different layers of the sun. It is through these various transparent layers that we see the bright light of the sun.
§ 2
The Surface of the Sun
Here let us return to and see what more we know about the photosphere—the sun's surface. It is from the photosphere that we have gained most of our knowledge of the composition of the sun, which is believed not to be a solid body. Examination of the photosphere shows that the outer surface is never at rest. Small bright cloudlets come and go in rapid succession, giving the surface, through contrasts in luminosity, a granular appearance. Of course, to be visible at all at 92,830,000 miles the cloudlets cannot be small. They imply enormous activity in the photosphere. If we might speak picturesquely the sun's surface resembles a boiling ocean of white-hot metal vapours. We have to-day a wonderful instrument, which will be described later, which dilutes, as it were, the general glare of the sun, and enables us to observe these fiery eruptions at any hour. The "oceans" of red-hot gas and white-hot metal vapour at the sun's surface are constantly driven by great storms. Some unimaginable energy streams out from the body or muscles of the sun and blows its outer layers into gigantic shreds, as it were.[Pg 20]
Here, let's revisit what we know about the photosphere—the sun's surface. It's from the photosphere that we've learned most about the sun's composition, which isn't thought to be solid. When we examine the photosphere, we see that the outer surface is always in motion. Small, bright cloudlets appear and disappear rapidly, making the surface look granular due to differences in brightness. To be visible from 92,830,000 miles away, these cloudlets can't be tiny. They indicate significant activity in the photosphere. If we could put it vividly, the sun's surface looks like a boiling ocean of white-hot metal vapor. We currently have an amazing instrument, which will be described later, that reduces the overall brightness of the sun, allowing us to observe these fiery eruptions at any time. The "oceans" of red-hot gas and white-hot metal vapor at the sun's surface are constantly pushed by massive storms. Some unimaginable energy bursts forth from the body or core of the sun, tearing its outer layers into enormous shreds, so to speak.[Pg 20]
The actual temperature at the sun's surface, or what appears to us to be the surface—the photosphere—is, of course, unknown, but careful calculation suggests that it is from 5,000° C. to 7,000° C. The interior is vastly hotter. We can form no conception of such temperatures as must exist there. Not even the most obdurate solid could resist such temperatures, but would be converted almost instantaneously into gas. But it would not be gas as we know gases on the earth. The enormous pressures that exist on the sun must convert even gases into thick treacly fluids. We can only infer this state of matter. It is beyond our power to reproduce it.
The actual temperature at the surface of the sun, or what we perceive as the surface—the photosphere—is unknown, but careful calculations suggest it's between 5,000° C and 7,000° C. The interior is much hotter. We can't even imagine the temperatures that must exist there. Not even the toughest solid could withstand such heat; it would quickly turn into gas. However, it wouldn't be gas as we know it on Earth. The extreme pressures on the sun must transform even gases into thick, syrupy fluids. We can only infer this state of matter. It’s beyond our ability to recreate it.
Sun-spots
It is in the brilliant photosphere that the dark areas known as sun-spots appear. Some of these dark spots—they are dark only by contrast with the photosphere surrounding them—are of enormous size, covering many thousands of square miles of surface. What they are we cannot positively say. They look like great cavities in the sun's surface. Some think they are giant whirlpools. Certainly they seem to be great whirling streams of glowing gases with vapours above them and immense upward and downward currents within them. Round the edges of the sun-spots rise great tongues of flame.
It’s in the bright surface of the sun, called the photosphere, that dark areas known as sunspots show up. Some of these dark spots— which only appear dark compared to the surrounding photosphere— are massive, covering thousands of square miles. We can’t say for sure what they are. They look like huge indentations on the sun's surface. Some people think they’re giant whirlpools. They definitely seem to be large swirling streams of glowing gases, with vapors above them and huge upward and downward currents inside them. Around the edges of the sunspots, large tongues of flame rise.
Perhaps the most popularly known fact about sun-spots is that they are somehow connected with what we call magnetic storms on earth. These magnetic storms manifest themselves in interruptions of our telegraphic and telephonic communications, in violent disturbances of the mariner's compass, and in exceptional auroral displays. The connection between the two sets of phenomena cannot be doubted, even although at times there may be a great spot on the sun without any corresponding "magnetic storm" effects on the earth.
Perhaps the most well-known fact about sunspots is that they are connected to what we refer to as magnetic storms on Earth. These magnetic storms show up as interruptions in our telegraph and phone communications, as severe disturbances in the sailor's compass, and in extraordinary displays of the aurora. The link between these two sets of phenomena is undeniable, even though sometimes there might be a large spot on the sun without any related "magnetic storm" effects on Earth.
A surprising fact about sun-spots is that they show definite periodic variations in number. The best-defined period is one of[Pg 21] about eleven years. During this period the spots increase to a maximum in number and then diminish to a minimum, the variation being more or less regular. Now this can only mean one thing. To be periodic the spots must have some deep-seated connection with the fundamental facts of the sun's structure and activities. Looked at from this point of view their importance becomes great.
A surprising fact about sunspots is that they show clear periodic variations in their numbers. The best-defined period lasts around[Pg 21] approximately eleven years. During this time, the number of spots increases to a maximum and then decreases to a minimum, with the changes being fairly consistent. This can only mean one thing: for them to be periodic, the spots must have some deep connection with the fundamental aspects of the sun's structure and activities. Considering it this way, their significance becomes substantial.

Reproduction from "The Forces of Nature" (Messrs. Macmillan)
Reproduction from "The Forces of Nature" (Messrs. Macmillan)
THE AURORA BOREALIS
Northern Lights
The aurora borealis is one of the most beautiful spectacles in the sky. The colours and shape change every instant; sometimes a fan-like cluster of rays, at other times long golden draperies gliding one over the other. Blue, green, yellow, red, and white combine to give a glorious display of colour. The theory of its origin is still, in part, obscure, but there can be no doubt that the aurora is related to the magnetic phenomena of the earth and therefore is connected with the electrical influence of the sun.]
The aurora borealis is one of the most stunning sights in the sky. The colors and shapes change every moment; sometimes it appears as a fan-like cluster of rays, and other times as long golden drapes gliding over each other. Blue, green, yellow, red, and white blend together to create a spectacular display of color. The theory behind its origin is still partly unclear, but there's no doubt that the aurora is linked to the Earth's magnetic phenomena and, therefore, connected to the sun's electrical influence.
It is from the study of sun-spots that we have learned that the sun's surface does not appear to rotate all at the same speed. The "equatorial" regions are rotating quicker than regions farther north or south. A point forty-five degrees from the equator seems to take about two and a half days longer to complete one rotation than a point on the equator. This, of course, confirms our belief that the sun cannot be a solid body.
It’s from studying sunspots that we’ve learned the sun’s surface doesn’t rotate at the same speed everywhere. The "equatorial" regions rotate faster than those further north or south. A point forty-five degrees from the equator takes about two and a half days longer to complete one rotation than a point on the equator. This, of course, supports our belief that the sun isn't a solid body.
What is its composition? We know that there are present, in a gaseous state, such well-known elements as sodium, iron, copper, zinc, and magnesium; indeed, we know that there is practically every element in the sun that we know to be in the earth. How do we know?
What is its composition? We know that there are well-known elements like sodium, iron, copper, zinc, and magnesium present in a gaseous state; in fact, we know that almost every element found on Earth is also in the sun. How do we know?
It is from the photosphere, as has been said, that we have won most of our knowledge of the sun. The instrument used for this purpose is the spectroscope; and before proceeding to deal further with the sun and the source of its energy it will be better to describe this instrument.
It is from the photosphere, as has been said, that we have gained most of our knowledge of the sun. The instrument used for this purpose is the spectroscope; and before moving on to discuss the sun and the source of its energy, it’s better to describe this instrument.
A WONDERFUL INSTRUMENT AND WHAT IT REVEALS
The spectroscope is an instrument for analysing light. So important is it in the revelations it has given us that it will be best to describe it fully. Every substance to be examined must first be made to glow, made luminous; and as nearly everything in the heavens is luminous the instrument has a great range in Astronomy. And when we speak of analysing light, we mean that[Pg 22] the light may be broken up into waves of different lengths. What we call light is a series of minute waves in ether, and these waves are—measuring them from crest to crest, so to say—of various lengths. Each wave-length corresponds to a colour of the rainbow. The shortest waves give us a sensation of violet colour, and the largest waves cause a sensation of red. The rainbow, in fact, is a sort of natural spectrum. (The meaning of the rainbow is that the moisture-laden air has sorted out these waves, in the sun's light, according to their length.) Now the simplest form of spectroscope is a glass prism—a triangular-shaped piece of glass. If white light (sunlight, for example) passes through a glass prism, we see a series of rainbow-tinted colours. Anyone can notice this effect when sunlight is shining through any kind of cut glass—the stopper of a wine decanter, for instance. If, instead of catching with the eye the coloured lights as they emerge from the glass prism, we allow them to fall on a screen, we shall find that they pass, by continuous gradations, from red at the one end of the screen, through orange, yellow, green, blue, and indigo, to violet at the other end. In other words, what we call white light is composed of rays of these several colours. They go to make up the effect which we call white. And now just as water can be split up into its two elements, oxygen and hydrogen, so sunlight can be broken up into its primary colours, which are those we have just mentioned.
The spectroscope is a tool for analyzing light. It's so significant in what it reveals that it’s best to describe it in detail. Any substance being examined must first be made to glow, to be luminous; since almost everything in the heavens is luminous, the instrument has a wide application in Astronomy. When we talk about analyzing light, we mean that[Pg 22] light can be broken down into waves of different lengths. What we refer to as light consists of tiny waves in ether, and these waves—when measured from crest to crest—vary in length. Each wavelength corresponds to a color of the rainbow. The shortest waves create a sensation of violet, while the longest waves produce a sensation of red. The rainbow, in fact, is a sort of natural spectrum. (The rainbow occurs because moisture-laden air sorts these waves in sunlight according to their length.) The simplest type of spectroscope is a glass prism—a triangular piece of glass. When white light (like sunlight) passes through a glass prism, we see a series of rainbow-colored bands. This effect can be observed when sunlight shines through any cut glass, like the stopper of a wine decanter. Instead of seeing the colored lights as they come out of the glass prism, if we let them fall on a screen, we’ll find they transition continuously from red at one end, through orange, yellow, green, blue, and indigo, to violet at the other end. In other words, white light is made up of rays of these different colors. They combine to create what we perceive as white. Just as water can be separated into its two elements, oxygen and hydrogen, sunlight can be divided into its primary colors, which are the ones we just mentioned.
This range of colours, produced by the spectroscope, we call the solar spectrum, and these are, from the spectroscopic point of view, primary colours. Each shade of colour has its definite position in the spectrum. That is to say, the light of each shade of colour (corresponding to its wave-length) is reflected through a certain fixed angle on passing through the glass prism. Every possible kind of light has its definite position, and is denoted by a number which gives the wave-length of the vibrations constituting that particular kind of light.
This range of colors, created by the spectroscope, is known as the solar spectrum, and these are considered primary colors from a spectroscopic perspective. Each color shade has its specific spot in the spectrum. In other words, the light of each color shade (based on its wave length) is refracted at a specific fixed angle when it passes through the glass prism. Every type of light has a distinct position and is represented by a number that indicates the wave length of the vibrations making up that specific type of light.
Now, other kinds of light besides sunlight can be analysed.[Pg 23] Light from any substance which has been made incandescent may be observed with the spectroscope in the same way, and each element can be thus separated. It is found that each substance (in the same conditions of pressure, etc.) gives a constant spectrum of its own. Each metal displays its own distinctive colour. It is obvious, therefore, that the spectrum provides the means for identifying a particular substance. It was by this method that we discovered in the sun the presence of such well-known elements as sodium, iron, copper, zinc, and magnesium.
Now, other types of light besides sunlight can be analyzed.[Pg 23] Light from any substance that has been heated to the point of glowing can be examined with a spectroscope in the same way, allowing us to separate each element. It's found that each substance (under the same conditions of pressure, etc.) produces a consistent spectrum unique to it. Each metal shows its own distinct color. It's clear, therefore, that the spectrum serves as a way to identify a specific substance. This method helped us discover the presence of well-known elements like sodium, iron, copper, zinc, and magnesium in the sun.

Yerkes Observatory.
Yerkes Observatory.
FIG. 9.—THE GREAT SUN-SPOT OF JULY 17, 1905
FIG. 9.—THE GREAT SUNSPOT OF JULY 17, 1905

From photographs taken at the Yerkes Observatory.
From photos taken at the Yerkes Observatory.
FIG. 10.—SOLAR PROMINENCES
FIG. 10.—SOLAR PROMINENCES
These are about 60,000 miles in height. The two photographs show the vast changes occurring in ten minutes. October 10, 1910.
These are about 60,000 miles high. The two photos display the significant changes happening within ten minutes. October 10, 1910.

Photo: Mount Wilson Observatory.
Photo: Mount Wilson Observatory.
FIG. 11.—MARS, October 5, 1909
FIG. 11.—MARS, October 5, 1909
Showing the dark markings and the Polar Cap.
Showing the dark markings and the polar cap.

FIG. 12.—JUPITER
FIG. 12.—JUPITER
Showing the belts which are probably cloud formations.
Showing the belts that are likely cloud formations.

Photo: Professor E. E. Barnard, Yerkes Observatory.
Photo: Professor E. E. Barnard, Yerkes Observatory.
FIG. 13.—SATURN, November 19, 1911
FIG. 13.—SATURN, November 19, 1911
Showing the rings, mighty swarms of meteorites.
Showing the rings, powerful groups of meteorites.
Every chemical element known, then, has a distinctive spectrum of its own when it is raised to incandescence, and this distinctive spectrum is as reliable a means of identification for the element as a human face is for its owner. Whether it is a substance glowing in the laboratory or in a remote star makes no difference to the spectroscope; if the light of any substance reaches it, that substance will be recognised and identified by the characteristic set of waves.
Every known chemical element has its own unique spectrum when heated to the point of glowing, and this distinct spectrum is just as reliable for identifying the element as a human face is for identifying its owner. It doesn't matter if the substance is glowing in a lab or in a distant star; if the light from any substance reaches the spectroscope, it will be recognized and identified by its characteristic set of wavelengths.
The spectrum of a glowing mass of gas will consist in a number of bright lines of various colours, and at various intervals; corresponding to each kind of gas, there will be a peculiar and distinctive arrangement of bright lines. But if the light from such a mass of glowing gas be made to pass through a cool mass of the same gas it will be found that dark lines replace the bright lines in the spectrum, the reason for this being that the cool gas absorbs the rays of light emitted by the hot gas. Experiments of this kind enable us to reach the important general statement that every gas, when cold, absorbs the same rays of light which it emits when hot.
The spectrum of a glowing mass of gas consists of several bright lines in different colors and at various intervals; each type of gas has a unique and distinctive pattern of bright lines. However, when the light from such a glowing gas passes through a cooler mass of the same gas, dark lines replace the bright lines in the spectrum. This happens because the cool gas absorbs the light rays emitted by the hot gas. Experiments like these lead to the important conclusion that every gas, when cold, absorbs the same light rays it emits when hot.
Crossing the solar spectrum are hundreds and hundreds of dark lines. These could not at first be explained, because this fact of discriminative absorption was not known. We understand now. The sun's white light comes from the photosphere, but between us and the photosphere there is, as we have seen, another solar envelope of relatively cooler vapours—the reversing[Pg 24] layer. Each constituent element in this outer envelope stops its own kind of light, that is, the kind of light made by incandescent atoms of the same element in the photosphere. The "stoppages" register themselves in the solar spectrum as dark lines placed exactly where the corresponding bright lines would have been. The explanation once attained, dark lines became as significant as bright lines. The secret of the sun's composition was out. We have found practically every element in the sun that we know to be in the earth. We have identified an element in the sun before we were able to isolate it on the earth. We have been able even to point to the coolest places on the sun, the centres of sun-spots, where alone the temperature seems to have fallen sufficiently low to allow chemical compounds to form.
Crossing the solar spectrum are hundreds and hundreds of dark lines. These lines couldn't be explained at first because the concept of selective absorption wasn't known. But now we understand. The sun's white light comes from the photosphere, but between us and the photosphere is another layer of relatively cooler gases—the reversing[Pg 24] layer. Each element in this outer layer absorbs its own type of light, meaning the light produced by glowing atoms of the same element in the photosphere. The "stoppages" show up in the solar spectrum as dark lines exactly where the corresponding bright lines would have appeared. Once we figured this out, dark lines became just as important as bright lines. The mystery of the sun's composition was solved. We've identified nearly every element in the sun that we also know exists on earth. We've recognized elements in the sun before we could isolate them here. We've even been able to identify the coolest areas on the sun, the centers of sunspots, where the temperature seems low enough for chemical compounds to form.
It is thus we have been able to determine what the stars, comets, or nebulæ are made of.
This is how we have figured out what stars, comets, and nebulae are made of.
A Unique Discovery
In 1868 Sir Norman Lockyer detected a light coming from the prominences of the sun which was not given by any substance known on earth, and attributed this to an unknown gas which he called helium, from the Greek helios, the sun. In 1895 Sir William Ramsay discovered in certain minerals the same gas identified by the spectroscope. We can say, therefore, that this gas was discovered in the sun nearly thirty years before it was found on earth; this discovery of the long-lost heir is as thrilling a chapter in the detective story of science as any in the sensational stories of the day, and makes us feel quite certain that our methods really tell us of what elements sun and stars are built up. The light from the corona of the sun, as we have mentioned indicates a gas still unknown on earth, which has been christened Coronium.
In 1868, Sir Norman Lockyer noticed a light coming from the sun's prominences that wasn't produced by any known substance on Earth, and he attributed this to an unknown gas he named helium, from the Greek helios, meaning the sun. In 1895, Sir William Ramsay found the same gas in certain minerals using a spectroscope. So, we can say that this gas was discovered in the sun nearly thirty years before it was found on Earth; this revelation of the long-lost element is as exciting a chapter in the detective story of science as any sensational tale of the time, and it convinces us that our methods truly reveal the elements that make up the sun and stars. The light from the sun's corona, as we mentioned, indicates a gas still unknown on Earth, which has been named Coronium.
Measuring the Speed of Light
But this is not all; soon a new use was found for the spectroscope. We found that we could measure with it the most difficult[Pg 25] of all speeds to measure, speed in the line of sight. Movement at right angles to the direction in which one is looking is, if there is sufficient of it, easy to detect, and, if the distance of the moving body is known, easy to measure. But movement in the line of vision is both difficult to detect and difficult to measure. Yet, even at the enormous distances with which astronomers have to deal, the spectroscope can detect such movement and furnish data for its measurement. If a luminous body containing, say, sodium is moving rapidly towards the spectroscope, it will be found that the sodium lines in the spectrum have moved slightly from their usual definite positions towards the violet end of the spectrum, the amount of the change of position increasing with the speed of the luminous body. If the body is moving away from the spectroscope the shifting of the spectral lines will be in the opposite direction, towards the red end of the spectrum. In this way we have discovered and measured movements that otherwise would probably not have revealed themselves unmistakably to us for thousands of years. In the same way we have watched, and measured the speed of, tremendous movements on the sun, and so gained proof that the vast disturbances we should expect there actually do occur.
But that's not all; soon we found a new use for the spectroscope. We realized we could measure one of the most challenging speeds to assess: speed in the line of sight. Movement at a right angle to where we're looking is, if noticeable enough, easy to detect and, if the distance to the moving object is known, easy to measure. However, movement in the line of sight is both hard to detect and hard to measure. Still, even at the huge distances astronomers work with, the spectroscope can identify such movement and provide data for its measurement. If a bright object containing, say, sodium is moving quickly toward the spectroscope, the sodium lines in the spectrum will shift slightly from their usual positions toward the violet end of the spectrum, with the amount of shift increasing with the speed of the glowing object. If the object is moving away from the spectroscope, the spectral lines will shift in the opposite direction, toward the red end of the spectrum. This way, we've discovered and measured movements that otherwise might not have revealed themselves to us for thousands of years. Similarly, we've observed and measured the speed of massive movements on the sun, confirming that the vast disturbances we would expect there actually do happen.

THE SPECTROSCOPE IS AN INSTRUMENT FOR ANALYSING LIGHT; IT PROVIDES THE MEANS FOR IDENTIFYING DIFFERENT SUBSTANCES
THE SPECTROSCOPE IS A DEVICE FOR ANALYZING LIGHT; IT ALLOWS FOR THE IDENTIFICATION OF DIFFERENT SUBSTANCES.
This pictorial diagram illustrates the principal of Spectrum Analysis, showing how sunlight is decomposed into its primary colours. What we call white light is composed of seven different colours. The diagram is relieved of all detail which would unduly obscure the simple process by which a ray of light is broken up by a prism into different wave-lengths. The spectrum rays have been greatly magnified.
This illustration demonstrates the concept of Spectrum Analysis, showing how sunlight breaks down into its primary colors. What we refer to as white light consists of seven different colors. The diagram is simplified to avoid clutter, clearly showing how a ray of light is separated by a prism into different wavelengths. The spectrum rays have been significantly enlarged.
IS THE SUN DYING?
§ 3
Now let us return to our consideration of the sun.
Now let's go back to thinking about the sun.
To us on the earth the most patent and most astonishing fact about the sun is its tremendous energy. Heat and light in amazing quantities pour from it without ceasing.
To us on Earth, the most obvious and astonishing fact about the sun is its immense energy. Heat and light in incredible amounts pour from it endlessly.
Where does this energy come from? Enormous jets of red glowing gases can be seen shooting outwards from the sun, like flames from a fire, for thousands of miles. Does this argue fire, as we know fire on the earth? On this point the scientist is sure. The sun is not burning, and combustion is not the source of its[Pg 26] heat. Combustion is a chemical reaction between atoms. The conditions that make it possible are known and the results are predictable and measurable. But no chemical reaction of the nature of combustion as we know it will explain the sun's energy, nor indeed will any ordinary chemical reaction of any kind. If the sun were composed of combustible material throughout and the conditions of combustion as we understand them were always present, the sun would burn itself out in some thousands of years, with marked changes in its heat and light production as the process advanced. There is no evidence of such changes. There is, instead, strong evidence that the sun has been emitting light and heat in prodigious quantities, not for thousands, but for millions of years. Every addition to our knowledge that throws light on the sun's age seems to make for increase rather than decrease of its years. This makes the wonder of its energy greater.
Where does this energy come from? Huge jets of red glowing gases can be seen shooting out from the sun, like flames from a fire, for thousands of miles. Does this suggest fire, as we know it on Earth? On this point, scientists are certain. The sun isn't burning, and combustion isn’t the source of its[Pg 26] heat. Combustion is a chemical reaction between atoms. The conditions that enable it are understood, and the results are predictable and measurable. However, no chemical reaction like combustion as we know it can explain the sun's energy, nor can any ordinary chemical reaction of any kind. If the sun were made of combustible material throughout and the conditions for combustion as we understand them were constantly present, the sun would burn out in just a few thousand years, with noticeable changes in its heat and light output as the process went on. There is no evidence of such changes. Instead, there is compelling evidence that the sun has been emitting light and heat in huge amounts, not for thousands, but for millions of years. Every new insight into the sun's age seems to suggest it is older rather than younger. This makes the wonder of its energy even greater.
And we cannot avoid the issue of the source of the energy by saying merely that the sun is gradually radiating away an energy that originated in some unknown manner, away back at the beginning of things. Reliable calculations show that the years required for the mere cooling of a globe like the sun could not possibly run to millions. In other words, the sun's energy must be subject to continuous and more or less steady renewal. However it may have acquired its enormous energy in the past, it must have some source of energy in the present.
And we can't just ignore where the sun's energy comes from by saying it's slowly losing energy that somehow started back at the beginning of time. Accurate calculations show that the years it would take for a globe like the sun to cool off couldn't possibly be in the millions. In other words, the sun's energy must be continuously and fairly consistently renewed. No matter how it gained its massive energy in the past, it must have a current energy source.
The best explanation that we have to-day of this continuous accretion of energy is that it is due to shrinkage of the sun's bulk under the force of gravity. Gravity is one of the most mysterious forces of nature, but it is an obvious fact that bodies behave as if they attracted one another, and Newton worked out the law of this attraction. We may say, without trying to go too deeply into things, that every particle of matter attracts every other throughout the universe. If the diameter of the sun were to shrink by one mile all round, this would mean that all the millions of tons in the[Pg 27] outer one-mile thickness would have a straight drop of one mile towards the centre. And that is not all, because obviously the layers below this outer mile would also drop inwards, each to a less degree than the one above it. What a tremendous movement of matter, however slowly it might take place! And what a tremendous energy would be involved! Astronomers calculate that the above shrinkage of one mile all round would require fifty years for its completion, assuming, reasonably, that there is close and continuous relationship between loss of heat by radiation and shrinkage. Even if this were true we need not feel over-anxious on this theory; before the sun became too cold to support life many millions of years would be required.
The best explanation we have today for this ongoing buildup of energy is that it's due to the sun's size shrinking under the force of gravity. Gravity is one of the most mysterious forces in nature, but it's clear that objects act as if they attract each other, which is what Newton figured out with the law of attraction. We can say, without diving too deep, that every particle of matter attracts every other particle throughout the universe. If the sun's diameter were to shrink by one mile all around, this would mean that all the millions of tons in the outer one-mile layer would drop straight down by one mile towards the center. And that's not all; the layers beneath this outer mile would also move inward, each to a lesser extent than the one above. What a massive movement of matter, no matter how slowly it happens! And what an immense amount of energy would be involved! Astronomers estimate that this one-mile shrinkage all around would take fifty years to complete, assuming, reasonably, that there's a close and continuous link between heat loss through radiation and shrinkage. Even if this were true, we need not worry too much about this theory; it would take many millions of years before the sun became too cold to support life.
It was suggested at one time that falls of meteoric matter into the sun would account for the sun's heat. This position is hardly tenable now. The mere bulk of the meteoric matter required by the hypothesis, apart from other reasons, is against it. There is undoubtedly an enormous amount of meteoric matter moving about within the bounds of the solar system, but most of it seems to be following definite routes round the sun like the planets. The stray erratic quantities destined to meet their doom by collision with the sun can hardly be sufficient to account for the sun's heat.
At one point, it was suggested that the falling of meteoric material into the sun could explain its heat. This idea is hardly plausible now. The sheer amount of meteoric matter needed for this theory, among other reasons, makes it unlikely. There is certainly a vast amount of meteoric material moving within the solar system, but most of it appears to be following specific paths around the sun, just like the planets. The random bits that might collide with the sun probably aren't enough to account for its heat.
Recent study of radio-active bodies has suggested another factor that may be working powerfully along with the force of gravitation to maintain the sun's store of heat. In radio-active bodies certain atoms seem to be undergoing disintegration. These atoms appear to be splitting up into very minute and primitive constituents. But since matter may be split up into such constituents, may it not be built up from them?
Recent studies of radioactive materials have suggested another factor that may be strongly working alongside gravitational force to keep the sun's heat intact. In radioactive materials, certain atoms seem to be breaking down. These atoms appear to be splitting into very tiny and basic components. But since matter can be broken down into such components, could it also be built up from them?
The question is whether these "radio-active" elements are undergoing disintegration, or formation, in the sun. If they are undergoing disintegration—and the sun itself is undoubtedly radio-active—then we have another source of heat for the sun that will last indefinitely.[Pg 28]
The question is whether these "radioactive" elements are breaking down or forming in the sun. If they are breaking down—and the sun itself is definitely radioactive—then we have another source of heat for the sun that will last indefinitely.[Pg 28]
THE PLANETS
LIFE IN OTHER WORLDS?
§ 1
It is quite clear that there cannot be life on the stars. Nothing solid or even liquid can exist in such furnaces as they are. Life exists only on planets, and even on these its possibilities are limited. Whether all the stars, or how many of them, have planetary families like our sun, we cannot positively say. If they have, such planets would be too faint and small to be visible tens of trillions of miles away. Some astronomers think that our sun may be exceptional in having planets, but their reasons are speculative and unconvincing. Probably a large proportion at least of the stars have planets, and we may therefore survey the globes of our own solar system and in a general way extend the results to the rest of the universe.
It’s clear that there can’t be life on the stars. Nothing solid or even liquid can survive in such extreme heat. Life only exists on planets, and even then, its possibilities are limited. We can’t say for sure if all the stars or how many of them have planetary systems like our sun. If they do, those planets would be too faint and small to see from tens of trillions of miles away. Some astronomers think our sun might be unusual for having planets, but their reasoning is speculative and not convincing. It’s likely that a significant number of stars have planets, so we can look at the worlds in our own solar system and generally apply those findings to the rest of the universe.
In considering the possibility of life as we know it we may at once rule out the most distant planets from the sun, Uranus and Neptune. They are probably intrinsically too hot. We may also pass over the nearest planet to the sun, Mercury. We have reason to believe that it turns on its axis in the same period as it revolves round the sun, and it must therefore always present the same side to the sun. This means that the heat on the sunlit side of Mercury is above boiling-point, while the cold on the other side must be between two and three hundred degrees below freezing-point.
In looking at the possibility of life as we know it, we can immediately rule out the most distant planets from the sun, Uranus and Neptune. They are likely too hot by nature. We can also skip over the closest planet to the sun, Mercury. We have reasons to think it rotates on its axis in the same amount of time it takes to orbit the sun, which means it always shows the same side to the sun. This results in the sunlit side of Mercury being above boiling point, while the other side must be between two and three hundred degrees below freezing.
The Planet Venus
The planet Venus, the bright globe which is known to all as the morning and evening "star," seems at first sight more promising as regards the possibility of life. It is of nearly the same size as the earth, and it has a good atmosphere, but there are many astronomers who believe that, like Mercury, it always presents the same face to the sun, and it would therefore have the same disadvantage—a broiling heat on the sunny side and the cold of[Pg 29] space on the opposite side. We are not sure. The surface of Venus is so bright—the light of the sun is reflected to us by such dense masses of cloud and dust—that it is difficult to trace any permanent markings on it, and thus ascertain how long it takes to rotate on its axis. Many astronomers believe that they have succeeded, and that the planet always turns the same face to the sun. If it does, we can hardly conceive of life on its surface, in spite of the cloud-screen.
The planet Venus, the bright globe known to everyone as the morning and evening "star," seems at first glance more promising when it comes to the possibility of life. It's almost the same size as Earth and has a decent atmosphere, but many astronomers think that, like Mercury, it always shows the same side to the sun, creating a similar problem—a scorching heat on one side and the freezing cold of[Pg 29] space on the other. We're not sure. The surface of Venus is so bright—the sunlight is reflected by thick layers of cloud and dust—that it's hard to identify any permanent markings and determine how long it takes to rotate on its axis. Many astronomers believe they've figured it out and that the planet always faces the sun the same way. If that's true, it's hard to imagine life on its surface, despite the cloud cover.

FIG. 14.—THE MOON
FIG. 14.—THE MOON
Showing a great plain and some typical craters. There are thousands of these craters, and some theories of their origin are explained on page 34.
Showing a large flat area and some typical craters. There are thousands of these craters, and some theories about how they formed are explained on page 34.

FIG. 15.—MARS
FIG. 15.—MARS
1} Drawings by Prof. Lowell to accompany actual photographs
of Mars showing many of the
2} canals. Taken in 1907 by Mr. E. C. Slipher of the Lowell Observatory.
3 Drawing by Prof. Lowell made January 6, 1914.
4 Drawing by Prof. Lowell made January 21, 1914.
Nos. 1 and 2 show the effect of the planet's rotation. Nos. 3 and 4
depict quite different sections. Note the change in the polar snow-caps in
the last two.
1} Drawings by Prof. Lowell to go along with real photographs of Mars showing many of the
2} canals. Taken in 1907 by Mr. E. C. Slipher from the Lowell Observatory.
3 Drawing by Prof. Lowell created on January 6, 1914.
4 Drawing by Prof. Lowell created on January 21, 1914.
Numbers 1 and 2 show the effects of the planet's rotation. Numbers 3 and 4 depict quite different sections. Note the change in the polar snow caps in the last two.

FIG. 16.—THE MOON, AT NINE AND THREE-QUARTER DAYS
FIG. 16.—THE MOON, AT NINE AND THREE-QUARTER DAYS
Note the mysterious "rays" diverging from the almost perfectly circular craters indicated by the arrows (Tycho, upper; Copernicus, lower), and also the mountains to the right with the lunar dawn breaking on them.
Note the mysterious "rays" spreading out from the almost perfectly circular craters marked by the arrows (Tycho, top; Copernicus, bottom), and also the mountains to the right with the lunar dawn shining on them.
We turn to Mars; and we must first make it clear why there is so much speculation about life on Mars, and why it is supposed that, if there is life on Mars, it must be more advanced than life on the earth.
We look to Mars; and we need to clarify why there's so much speculation about life on Mars, and why it’s believed that if there is life on Mars, it must be more advanced than life on Earth.
Is there Life on Mars?
The basis of this belief is that if, as we saw, all the globes in our solar system are masses of metal that are cooling down, the smaller will have cooled down before the larger, and will be further ahead in their development. Now Mars is very much smaller than the earth, and must have cooled at its surface millions of years before the earth did. Hence, if a story of life began on Mars at all, it began long before the story of life on the earth. We cannot guess what sort of life-forms would be evolved in a different world, but we can confidently say that they would tend toward increasing intelligence; and thus we are disposed to look for highly intelligent beings on Mars.
The basis of this belief is that, as we saw, all the planets in our solar system are metal masses that are cooling down. The smaller ones would have cooled down before the larger ones and would be further along in their development. Mars is much smaller than Earth, so it must have cooled on its surface millions of years before Earth did. Therefore, if life ever started on Mars, it began long before life on Earth. We can't guess what kinds of life forms would develop on a different planet, but we can be confident that they would tend to become more intelligent. This leads us to look for highly intelligent beings on Mars.
But this argument supposes that the conditions of life, namely air and water, are found on Mars, and it is disputed whether they are found there in sufficient quantity. The late Professor Percival Lowell, who made a lifelong study of Mars, maintained that there are hundreds of straight lines drawn across the surface of the planet, and he claimed that they are beds of vegetation marking the sites of great channels or pipes by means of which the "Martians" draw water from their polar ocean. Professor[Pg 30] W. H. Pickering, another high authority, thinks that the lines are long, narrow marshes fed by moist winds from the poles. There are certainly white polar caps on Mars. They seem to melt in the spring, and the dark fringe round them grows broader.
But this argument assumes that life necessities, like air and water, are present on Mars, and it's still debated whether there's enough of them there. The late Professor Percival Lowell, who studied Mars for his entire life, argued that there are hundreds of straight lines across the planet's surface, claiming that they are the remnants of vegetation indicating large channels or pipes through which the "Martians" draw water from their polar ocean. Professor[Pg 30] W. H. Pickering, another respected expert, believes the lines are long, narrow marshes nourished by moist winds from the poles. There are definitely white polar caps on Mars. They appear to melt in the spring, and the dark edges around them expand.
Other astronomers, however, say that they find no trace of water-vapour in the atmosphere of Mars, and they think that the polar caps may be simply thin sheets of hoar-frost or frozen gas. They point out that, as the atmosphere of Mars is certainly scanty, and the distance from the sun is so great, it may be too cold for the fluid water to exist on the planet.
Other astronomers, however, say that they find no evidence of water vapor in the atmosphere of Mars, and they think that the polar caps might just be thin layers of frost or frozen gas. They note that, since Mars has a very thin atmosphere and is so far from the sun, it might be too cold for liquid water to exist on the planet.
If one asks why our wonderful instruments cannot settle these points, one must be reminded that Mars is never nearer than 34,000,000 miles from the earth, and only approaches to this distance once in fifteen or seventeen years. The image of Mars on the photographic negative taken in a big telescope is very small. Astronomers rely to a great extent on the eye, which is more sensitive than the photographic plate. But it is easy to have differences of opinion as to what the eye sees, and so there is a good deal of controversy.
If someone asks why our amazing instruments can't resolve these issues, it's important to remember that Mars is never closer than 34,000,000 miles from Earth, and it only comes this close once every fifteen or seventeen years. The image of Mars on a photographic negative taken with a large telescope is quite small. Astronomers depend heavily on their eyesight, which is more sensitive than the photographic plate. However, it's easy to have differing opinions about what the eye perceives, leading to a lot of debate.
In August, 1924, the planet will again be well placed for observation, and we may learn more about it. Already a few of the much-disputed lines, which people wrongly call "canals," have been traced on photographs. Astronomers who are sceptical about life on Mars are often not fully aware of the extraordinary adaptability of life. There was a time when the climate of the whole earth, from pole to pole, was semi-tropical for millions of years. No animal could then endure the least cold, yet now we have plenty of Arctic plants and animals. If the cold came slowly on Mars, as we have reason to suppose, the population could be gradually adapted to it. On the whole, it is possible that there is advanced life on Mars, and it is not impossible, in spite of the very great difficulties of a code of communication, that our "elder brothers" may yet flash across space the solution of many of our problems.[Pg 31]
In August 1924, the planet will be in a great position for observation, and we might learn more about it. Already, some of the highly debated lines that people incorrectly call "canals" have been traced in photographs. Astronomers who doubt the existence of life on Mars often don't realize how incredibly adaptable life can be. There was a time when the climate across the entire Earth, from pole to pole, was semi-tropical for millions of years. No animals could survive even a hint of cold back then, yet now we have plenty of Arctic plants and animals. If the cold gradually developed on Mars, as we have reason to believe, its inhabitants could adapt over time. Overall, it’s possible that there is advanced life on Mars, and despite the huge challenges of communication, it’s not out of the question that our "older brothers" may someday communicate solutions to many of our problems across space.[Pg 31]
§ 2
Jupiter and Saturn
Next to Mars, going outward from the sun, is Jupiter. Between Mars and Jupiter, however, there are more than three hundred million miles of space, and the older astronomers wondered why this was not occupied by a planet. We now know that it contains about nine hundred "planetoids," or small globes of from five to five hundred miles in diameter. It was at one time thought that a planet might have burst into these fragments (a theory which is not mathematically satisfactory), or it may be that the material which is scattered in them was prevented by the nearness of the great bulk of Jupiter from uniting into one globe.
Next to Mars, moving outward from the sun, is Jupiter. However, there are more than three hundred million miles of space between Mars and Jupiter, and early astronomers were puzzled about why this area wasn't filled with a planet. We now know that it contains about nine hundred "planetoids," or small bodies ranging from five to five hundred miles in diameter. At one time, it was believed that a planet might have broken apart into these fragments (a theory that isn't mathematically sound), or it could be that the material scattered among them was held back from forming a single body due to the proximity of the massive Jupiter.
For Jupiter is a giant planet, and its gravitational influence must extend far over space. It is 1,300 times as large as the earth, and has nine moons, four of which are large, in attendance on it. It is interesting to note that the outermost moons of Jupiter and Saturn revolve round these planets in a direction contrary to the usual direction taken by moons round planets, and by planets round the sun. But there is no life on Jupiter.
For Jupiter is a massive planet, and its gravitational pull extends far into space. It's 1,300 times larger than Earth and has nine moons, four of which are large. It's interesting to note that the outermost moons of Jupiter and Saturn orbit these planets in the opposite direction of the usual orbit that moons take around planets, and planets take around the sun. But there is no life on Jupiter.
The surface which we see in photographs (Fig. 12) is a mass of cloud or steam which always envelops the body of the planet. It is apparently red-hot. A red tinge is seen sometimes at the edges of its cloud-belts, and a large red region (the "red spot"), 23,000 miles in length, has been visible on it for half a century. There may be a liquid or solid core to the planet, but as a whole it is a mass of seething vapours whirling round on its axis once in every ten hours. As in the case of the sun, however, different latitudes appear to rotate at different rates. The interior of Jupiter is very hot, but the planet is not self-luminous. The planets Venus and Jupiter shine very brightly, but they have no light of their own; they reflect the sunlight.
The surface we see in photographs (Fig. 12) is a mass of clouds or steam that constantly wraps around the planet. It seems to be red-hot. A reddish tint is sometimes visible at the edges of its cloud belts, and a large red area (the "red spot"), which is 23,000 miles long, has been seen for the past fifty years. There might be a liquid or solid core inside the planet, but overall, it’s a swirling mass of steam that rotates on its axis every ten hours. Similar to the sun, however, different latitudes seem to rotate at different speeds. Jupiter's interior is extremely hot, but the planet does not emit its own light. The planets Venus and Jupiter shine very brightly, but they don’t produce their own light; they reflect sunlight.
Saturn is in the same interesting condition. The surface in the photograph (Fig. 13) is steam, and Saturn is so far away[Pg 32] from the sun that the vaporisation of its oceans must necessarily be due to its own internal heat. It is too hot for water to settle on its surface. Like Jupiter, the great globe turns on its axis once in ten hours—a prodigious speed—and must be a swirling, seething mass of metallic vapours and gases. It is instructive to compare Jupiter and Saturn in this respect with the sun. They are smaller globes and have cooled down more than the central fire.
Saturn is in a similarly fascinating state. The surface in the photo (Fig. 13) shows steam, and Saturn is so far away[Pg 32] from the sun that the evaporation of its oceans has to be from its own internal heat. It's too hot for water to remain on its surface. Like Jupiter, this massive planet completes a rotation on its axis every ten hours—a remarkable speed—and must be a turbulent, boiling mix of metallic vapors and gases. It's helpful to compare Jupiter and Saturn to the sun in this regard. They are smaller planets and have cooled off more than the central fire.
Saturn is a beautiful object in the telescope because it has ten moons (to include one which is disputed) and a wonderful system of "rings" round it. The so-called rings are a mighty swarm of meteorites—pieces of iron and stone of all sorts and sizes, which reflect the light of the sun to us. This ocean of matter is some miles deep, and stretches from a few thousand miles from the surface of the planet to 172,000 miles out in space. Some astronomers think that this is volcanic material which has been shot out of the planet. Others regard it as stuff which would have combined to form an eleventh moon but was prevented by the nearness of Saturn itself. There is no evidence of life on Saturn.
Saturn is a stunning sight through a telescope because it has ten moons (including one that's debated) and an amazing system of "rings" around it. These so-called rings are a massive collection of meteorites—pieces of iron and rock in various shapes and sizes, which reflect sunlight back to us. This sea of material is several miles deep and extends from a few thousand miles above the planet's surface to 172,000 miles into space. Some astronomers believe this is volcanic material that was ejected from the planet. Others consider it to be material that could have formed an eleventh moon but was stopped from doing so by Saturn's proximity. There is no evidence of life on Saturn.
THE MOON
Mars and Venus are therefore the only planets, besides the earth, on which we may look for life; and in the case of Venus, the possibility is very faint. But what about the moons which attend the planets? They range in size from the little ten-miles-wide moons of Mars, to Titan, a moon of Saturn, and Ganymede, a satellite of Jupiter, which are about 3,000 miles in diameter. May there not be life on some of the larger of these moons? We will take our own moon as a type of the class.
Mars and Venus are the only planets, besides Earth, where we might search for life; however, the chances on Venus are very slim. But what about the moons that orbit these planets? They vary in size, from the small ten-mile-wide moons of Mars to Titan, a moon of Saturn, and Ganymede, a moon of Jupiter, which are about 3,000 miles wide. Could there be life on some of the larger moons? Let's use our own moon as an example.
A Dead World
The moon is so very much nearer to us than any other heavenly body that we have a remarkable knowledge of it. In Fig. 14 you have a photograph, taken in one of our largest telescopes,[Pg 33] of part of its surface. In a sense such a telescope brings the moon to within about fifty miles of us. We should see a city like London as a dark, sprawling blotch on the globe. We could just detect a Zeppelin or a Diplodocus as a moving speck against the surface. But we find none of these things. It is true that a few astronomers believe that they see signs of some sort of feeble life or movement on the moon. Professor Pickering thinks that he can trace some volcanic activity. He believes that there are areas of vegetation, probably of a low order, and that the soil of the moon may retain a certain amount of water in it. He speaks of a very thin atmosphere, and of occasional light falls of snow. He has succeeded in persuading some careful observers that there probably are slight changes of some kind taking place on the moon.
The moon is much closer to us than any other celestial body, which gives us a remarkable understanding of it. In Fig. 14, you can see a photograph taken with one of our largest telescopes,[Pg 33] showing part of its surface. In a way, such a telescope brings the moon within about fifty miles of us. We would see a city like London as a dark, sprawling spot on the globe. We could barely make out a Zeppelin or a Diplodocus as a moving dot against the surface. But we don’t find any of these things. It’s true that a few astronomers think they see signs of some sort of weak life or movement on the moon. Professor Pickering believes he can trace some volcanic activity. He thinks there are areas of low-level vegetation and that the moon's soil might hold some water. He mentions a very thin atmosphere and occasional light snowfalls. He has managed to convince some careful observers that there are likely minor changes happening on the moon.

FIG. 17.—A MAP OF THE CHIEF PLAINS AND CRATERS OF THE MOON
FIG. 17.—A MAP OF THE MAIN PLAINS AND CRATERS OF THE MOON
The plains were originally supposed to be seas: hence the name "Mare."
The plains were originally meant to be seas, which is why they are called "Mare."

FIG. 18.—A DIAGRAM OF A STREAM OF METEORS SHOWING THE EARTH PASSING THROUGH THEM
FIG. 18.—A DIAGRAM OF A METEOR SHOWER SHOWING THE EARTH MOVING THROUGH IT

Photo: Royal Observatory, Greenwich.
Image: Royal Observatory, Greenwich.
FIG. 19.—COMET, September 29, 1908
FIG. 19.—COMET, Sept 29, 1908
Notice the tendency to form a number of tails. (See photograph below.)
Notice the tendency to form several tails. (See photo below.)

Photo: Royal Observatory, Greenwich.
Photo: Royal Observatory, Greenwich.
FIG. 20.—COMET, October 3, 1908
FIG. 20.—COMET, October 3, 1908
The process has gone further and a number of distinct tails can now be counted.
The process has progressed, and several distinct tails can now be counted.
But there are many things that point to absence of air on the moon. Even the photographs we reproduce tell the same story. The edges of the shadows are all hard and black. If there had been an appreciable atmosphere it would have scattered the sun's light on to the edges and produced a gradual shading off such as we see on the earth. This relative absence of air must give rise to some surprising effects. There will be no sounds on the moon, because sounds are merely air waves. Even a meteor shattering itself to a violent end against the surface of the moon would make no noise. Nor would it herald its coming by glowing into a "shooting star," as it would on entering the earth's atmosphere. There will be no floating dust, no scent, no twilight, no blue sky, no twinkling of the stars. The sky will be always black and the stars will be clearly visible by day as by night. The sun's wonderful corona, which no man on earth, even by seizing every opportunity during eclipses, can hope to see for more than two hours in all in a long lifetime, will be visible all day. So will the great red flames of the sun. Of course, there will be no life, and no landscape effects and scenery effects due to vegetation.
But there are many things that point to the lack of air on the moon. Even the photos we show tell the same story. The edges of the shadows are all sharp and dark. If there had been a significant atmosphere, it would have scattered the sun's light onto the edges and created a gradual fade like we see on Earth. This relative lack of air must lead to some surprising effects. There will be no sounds on the moon because sounds are just air waves. Even a meteor crashing violently into the moon's surface would make no noise. Nor would it announce its arrival by glowing into a "shooting star," as it would when entering Earth's atmosphere. There will be no floating dust, no scent, no twilight, no blue sky, and no twinkling of the stars. The sky will always be black, and the stars will be clearly visible both day and night. The sun's beautiful corona, which no one on Earth can hope to see for more than two hours in their entire lifetime during eclipses, will be visible all day. So will the huge red flames of the sun. Of course, there will be no life, and no landscape or scenery effects due to vegetation.
The moon takes approximately twenty-seven of our days to[Pg 34] turn once on its axis. So for fourteen days there is continuous night, when the temperature must sink away down towards the absolute cold of space. This will be followed without an instant of twilight by full daylight. For another fourteen days the sun's rays will bear straight down, with no diffusion or absorption of their heat, or light, on the way. It does not follow, however, that the temperature of the moon's surface must rise enormously. It may not even rise to the temperature of melting ice. Seeing there is no air there can be no check on radiation. The heat that the moon gets will radiate away immediately. We know that amongst the coldest places on the earth are the tops of very high mountains, the points that have reared themselves nearest to the sun but farthest out of the sheltering blanket of the earth's atmosphere. The actual temperature of the moon's surface by day is a moot point. It may be below the freezing-point or above the boiling-point of water.
The moon takes about twenty-seven of our days to[Pg 34] complete one rotation on its axis. For fourteen days, there's constant night, causing temperatures to drop significantly towards the absolute cold of space. This will then quickly transition without any twilight into full daylight. For another fourteen days, the sun's rays will shine directly down, without any diffusion or absorption of heat or light along the way. However, this doesn’t mean that the moon's surface temperature will spike drastically. It might not even reach temperatures high enough to melt ice. Since there’s no atmosphere, there's nothing to hold onto the heat. The warmth the moon receives will radiate away instantly. We know that some of the coldest places on Earth are the tops of very high mountains, which are closest to the sun but farthest from the protection of the Earth’s atmosphere. The actual temperature of the moon’s surface during the day is uncertain. It could be below freezing or above the boiling point of water.
The Mountains of the Moon
The lack of air is considered by many astronomers to furnish the explanation of the enormous number of "craters" which pit the moon's surface. There are about a hundred thousand of these strange rings, and it is now believed by many that they are spots where very large meteorites, or even planetoids, splashed into the moon when its surface was still soft. Other astronomers think that they are the remains of gigantic bubbles which were raised in the moon's "skin," when the globe was still molten, by volcanic gases from below. A few astronomers think that they are, as is popularly supposed, the craters of extinct volcanoes. Our craters, on the earth, are generally deep cups, whereas these ring-formations on the moon are more like very shallow and broad saucers. Clavius, the largest of them, is 123 miles across the interior, yet its encircling rampart is not a mile high.
The absence of air is thought by many astronomers to explain the huge number of "craters" that dot the moon's surface. There are about a hundred thousand of these peculiar rings, and many now believe that they are spots where very large meteorites, or even planetoids, impacted the moon when its surface was still soft. Other astronomers think that they are remnants of gigantic bubbles that formed in the moon's "skin" when it was still molten, caused by volcanic gases from below. A few astronomers believe, as is commonly thought, that they are the craters of extinct volcanoes. Our craters on Earth are typically deep cups, while these ring formations on the moon resemble very shallow and broad saucers. Clavius, the largest of them, is 123 miles across at its interior, yet its surrounding wall is less than a mile high.
The mountains on the moon (Fig. 16) rise to a great height,[Pg 35] and are extraordinarily gaunt and rugged. They are like fountains of lava, rising in places to 26,000 and 27,000 feet. The lunar Apennines have three thousand steep and weird peaks. Our terrestrial mountains are continually worn down by frost acting on moisture and by ice and water, but there are none of these agencies operating on the moon. Its mountains are comparatively "everlasting hills."
The mountains on the moon (Fig. 16) reach impressive heights,[Pg 35] and are incredibly tall and jagged. They resemble lava flows, rising in some spots to 26,000 and 27,000 feet. The lunar Apennines feature three thousand steep and unusual peaks. Our mountains on Earth are constantly eroded by frost interacting with moisture, as well as by ice and water, but none of these processes occur on the moon. Its mountains are relatively "everlasting hills."
The moon is interesting to us precisely because it is a dead world. It seems to show how the earth, or any cooling metal globe, will evolve in the remote future. We do not know if there was ever life on the moon, but in any case it cannot have proceeded far in development. At the most we can imagine some strange lowly forms of vegetation lingering here and there in pools of heavy gas, expanding during the blaze of the sun's long day, and frozen rigid during the long night.
The moon fascinates us mainly because it’s a lifeless world. It seems to demonstrate how the Earth, or any cooling metal planet, might change in the distant future. We don’t know if life ever existed on the moon, but if it did, it must not have advanced very far. At best, we can picture some odd, basic types of plant life lingering in pockets of thick gas, flourishing during the long daylight of the sun and freezing solid during the extended night.
METEORS AND COMETS
We may conclude our survey of the solar system with a word about "shooting stars," or meteors, and comets. There are few now who do not know that the streak of fire which suddenly lights the sky overhead at night means that a piece of stone or iron has entered our atmosphere from outer space, and has been burned up by friction. It was travelling at, perhaps, twenty or thirty miles a second. At seventy or eighty miles above our heads it began to glow, as at that height the air is thick enough to offer serious friction and raise it to a white heat. By the time the meteor reached about twenty miles or so from the earth's surface it was entirely dissipated, as a rule in fiery vapour.
We can wrap up our exploration of the solar system with a quick note about "shooting stars," or meteors, and comets. Nowadays, nearly everyone knows that the bright streak of light that suddenly appears in the night sky means that a piece of rock or metal has entered our atmosphere from space and has burned up due to friction. It was moving at speeds of around twenty or thirty miles per second. At around seventy or eighty miles above us, it started to glow because the air is dense enough at that altitude to create significant friction and heat it to a white-hot temperature. By the time the meteor got to about twenty miles above the Earth's surface, it usually vanished completely as fiery vapor.
Millions of Meteorites
It is estimated that between ten and a hundred million meteorites enter our atmosphere and are cremated, every day.[Pg 36] Most of them weigh only an ounce or two, and are invisible. Some of them weigh a ton or more, but even against these large masses the air acts as a kind of "torpedo-net." They generally burst into fragments and fall without doing damage.
It’s estimated that between ten and a hundred million meteorites enter our atmosphere and burn up every day.[Pg 36] Most of them weigh just an ounce or two and are invisible. Some weigh a ton or more, but even those big ones are stopped by the air like a "torpedo-net." They usually break into pieces and fall without causing any harm.
It is clear that "empty space" is, at least within the limits of our solar system, full of these things. They swarm like fishes in the seas. Like the fishes, moreover, they may be either solitary or gregarious. The solitary bit of cosmic rubbish is the meteorite, which we have just examined. A "social" group of meteorites is the essential part of a comet. The nucleus, or bright central part, of the head of a comet (Fig. 19) consists of a swarm, sometimes thousands of miles wide, of these pieces of iron or stone. This swarm has come under the sun's gravitational influence, and is forced to travel round it. From some dark region of space it has moved slowly into our system. It is not then a comet, for it has no tail. But as the crowded meteors approach the sun, the speed increases. They give off fine vapour-like matter and the fierce flood of light from the sun sweeps this vapour out in an ever-lengthening tail. Whatever way the comet is travelling, the tail always points away from the sun.
It’s clear that “empty space” is, at least within our solar system, filled with these objects. They swarm like fish in the ocean. Just like fish, they can be solitary or social. The solitary piece of cosmic debris is the meteorite, which we just looked at. A “social” group of meteorites is a key part of a comet. The nucleus, or bright center, of a comet’s head (Fig. 19) consists of a swarm, sometimes thousands of miles wide, of these bits of iron or stone. This swarm has entered the sun's gravitational pull and is forced to orbit it. It has slowly moved from some dark region of space into our system. At this point, it isn’t considered a comet because it has no tail. But as the group of meteors gets closer to the sun, their speed increases. They release fine, vapor-like material, and the intense light from the sun pushes this vapor out, creating a longer tail. No matter which direction the comet is moving, the tail always points away from the sun.
A Great Comet
The vapoury tail often grows to an enormous length as the comet approaches the sun. The great comet of 1843 had a tail two hundred million miles long. It is, however, composed of the thinnest vapours imaginable. Twice during the nineteenth century the earth passed through the tail of a comet, and nothing was felt. The vapours of the tail are, in fact, so attenuated that we can hardly imagine them to be white-hot. They may be lit by some electrical force. However that may be, the comet dashes round the sun, often at three or four hundred miles a second, then may pass gradually out of our system once more. It may be a thousand years, or it may be fifty years, before[Pg 37] the monarch of the system will summon it again to make its fiery journey round his throne.
The vaporous tail can stretch to an incredible length as the comet gets closer to the sun. The great comet of 1843 had a tail that was two hundred million miles long. Yet, it’s made up of the thinnest vapors imaginable. Twice during the nineteenth century, the Earth went through a comet's tail, and nothing happened. The vapors in the tail are so thin that it’s hard to believe they could be white-hot. They might be lit by some electrical energy. Regardless, the comet speeds around the sun, often at three or four hundred miles per second, and eventually makes its way out of our solar system once more. It could be a thousand years, or maybe fifty years, before[Pg 37] the ruler of the system calls it back for its fiery journey around his throne.

Photo: Harvard College Observatory.
Photo: Harvard College Observatory.
FIG. 21.—TYPICAL SPECTRA
FIG. 21.—TYPICAL SPECTRUMS
Six main types of stellar spectra. Notice the lines they have in common, showing what elements are met with in different types of stars. Each of these spectra corresponds to a different set of physical and chemical conditions.
Six main types of stellar spectra. Notice the lines they share, indicating which elements are found in different types of stars. Each of these spectra corresponds to a distinct set of physical and chemical conditions.

Photo: Mount Wilson Observatory.
Photo: Mount Wilson Observatory.
FIG. 22.—A NEBULAR REGION SOUTH OF ZETA ORIONIS
FIG. 22.—A NEBULA REGION SOUTH OF ZETA ORIONIS
Showing a great projection of "dark matter" cutting off the light from behind.
Showing a strong display of "dark matter" blocking the light from behind.

Photo: Astrophysical Observatory, Victoria, British Columbia.
Photo: Astrophysical Observatory, Victoria, British Columbia.
FIG. 23.—STAR CLUSTER IN HERCULES
FIG. 23.—STAR CLUSTER IN HERCULES
A wonderful cluster of stars. It has been estimated that the distance of this cluster is such that it would take light more than 100,000 years to reach us.
A beautiful group of stars. It has been estimated that the distance of this cluster is such that it would take light over 100,000 years to reach us.
THE STELLAR UNIVERSE
§ 1
The immensity of the Stellar Universe, as we have seen, is beyond our apprehension. The sun is nothing more than a very ordinary star, perhaps an insignificant one. There are stars enormously greater than the sun. One such, Betelgeux, has recently been measured, and its diameter is more than 300 times that of the sun.
The vastness of the Stellar Universe, as we've noted, is beyond our understanding. The sun is just a pretty ordinary star, maybe even a minor one. There are stars that are way bigger than the sun. One of them, Betelgeux, has recently been measured, and its diameter is over 300 times that of the sun.
The Evolution of Stars
The proof of the similarity between our sun and the stars has come to us through the spectroscope. The elements that we find by its means in the sun are also found in the same way in the stars. Matter, says the spectroscope, is essentially the same everywhere, in the earth and the sun, in the comet that visits us once in a thousand years, in the star whose distance is incalculable, and in the great clouds of "fire-mist" that we call nebulæ.
The proof that our sun is similar to the stars has been revealed through the spectroscope. The elements we detect in the sun using this tool are also identified in the stars. The spectroscope shows us that matter is essentially the same everywhere: on Earth, in the sun, in the comet that visits us once every thousand years, in the star that's so far away we can't even measure it, and in the massive clouds of "fire-mist" that we refer to as nebulæ.
In considering the evolution of the stars let us keep two points clearly in mind. The starting-point, the nebula, is no figment of the scientific imagination. Hundreds of thousands of nebulæ, besides even vaster irregular stretches of nebulous matter, exist in the heavens. But the stages of the evolution of this stuff into stars are very largely a matter of speculation. Possibly there is more than one line of evolution, and the various theories may be reconciled. And this applies also to the theories of the various stages through which the stars themselves pass on their way to extinction.
In thinking about how stars evolve, we should keep two things in mind. First, the starting point, the nebula, is not just a product of scientific imagination. There are hundreds of thousands of nebulas, along with even larger, irregular areas of nebulous material, in the sky. However, the processes that transform this material into stars are mostly speculative. There might be more than one path of evolution, and different theories could potentially align. This also applies to the theories regarding the various stages that stars go through as they move towards extinction.
The light of about a quarter of a million stars has been analysed in the spectroscope, and it is found that they fall into about[Pg 38] a dozen classes which generally correspond to stages in their evolution (Fig. 21).
The light from roughly a quarter of a million stars has been analyzed using a spectroscope, and it turns out that they fit into about[Pg 38] a dozen categories that typically align with their stages of evolution (Fig. 21).
The Age of Stars
In its main lines the spectrum of a star corresponds to its colour, and we may roughly group the stars into red, yellow, and white. This is also the order of increasing temperature, the red stars being the coolest and the white stars the hottest. We might therefore imagine that the white stars are the youngest, and that as they grow older and cooler they become yellowish, then red, and finally become invisible—just as a cooling white-hot iron would do. But a very interesting recent research shows that there are two kinds of red stars; some of them are amongst the oldest stars and some are amongst the youngest. The facts appear to be that when a star is first formed it is not very hot. It is an immense mass of diffuse gas glowing with a dull-red heat. It contracts under the mutual gravitation of its particles, and as it does so it grows hotter. It acquires a yellowish tinge. As it continues to contract it grows hotter and hotter until its temperature reaches a maximum as a white star. At this point the contraction process does not stop, but the heating process does. Further contraction is now accompanied by cooling, and the star goes through its colour changes again, but this time in the inverse order. It contracts and cools to yellow and finally to red. But when it again becomes a red star it is enormously denser and smaller than when it began as a red star. Consequently the red stars are divided into two classes called, appropriately, Giants and Dwarfs. This theory, which we owe to an American astronomer, H. N. Russell, has been successful in explaining a variety of phenomena, and there is consequently good reason to suppose it to be true. But the question as to how the red giant stars were formed has received less satisfactory and precise answers.
In general, a star's spectrum matches its color, so we can loosely categorize stars into red, yellow, and white. This also reflects their temperature, with red stars being the coolest and white stars the hottest. We might think that white stars are the youngest and, as they age and cool, they turn yellow, then red, eventually becoming invisible—similar to how a white-hot piece of iron cools down. However, recent research reveals that there are two types of red stars; some are among the oldest while others are among the youngest. When a star is initially formed, it isn't very hot. It's a massive cloud of gas glowing with a dull-red heat. It contracts due to the gravitational pull of its particles, and as it does, it heats up and takes on a yellowish hue. As it continues to contract, it gets hotter until it becomes a white star. At this stage, the contraction doesn’t stop, but heating does. Now, further contraction leads to cooling, and the star changes color again, but in the reverse order. It cools from yellow to red. However, when it becomes a red star again, it is much denser and smaller than when it first became a red star. As a result, red stars are divided into two categories known as Giants and Dwarfs. This theory, attributed to American astronomer H. N. Russell, has successfully explained a variety of phenomena, making it reasonable to believe it is accurate. However, the question of how red giant stars were formed remains less clearly answered.
The most commonly accepted theory is the nebular theory.[Pg 39]
The most widely accepted theory is the nebular theory.[Pg 39]
THE NEBULAR THEORY
§ 2
Nebulæ are dim luminous cloud-like patches in the heavens, more like wisps of smoke in some cases than anything else. Both photography and the telescope show that they are very numerous, hundreds of thousands being already known and the number being continually added to. They are not small. Most of them are immensely large. Actual dimensions cannot be given, because to estimate these we must first know definitely the distance of the nebulæ from the earth. The distances of some nebulæ are known approximately, and we can therefore form some idea of size in these cases. The results are staggering. The mere visible surface of some nebulæ is so large that the whole stretch of the solar system would be too small to form a convenient unit for measuring it. A ray of light would require to travel for years to cross from side to side of such a nebula. Its immensity is inconceivable to the human mind.
Nebulae are faint, glowing, cloud-like formations in the sky, sometimes resembling wisps of smoke more than anything else. Photography and telescopes reveal that they are incredibly numerous, with hundreds of thousands already documented and the count continuously increasing. They are not small; most of them are incredibly large. We can't provide exact sizes because we first need to determine the distance of the nebulae from Earth. The distances of some nebulae are known roughly, allowing us to get an idea of their sizes in those cases. The results are astonishing. The visible surface area of some nebulae is so vast that the entire solar system would be too small to serve as a convenient unit for measurement. A ray of light would take years to travel from one side of such a nebula to the other. Its enormity is unimaginable to the human mind.
There appear to be two types of nebulæ, and there is evidence suggesting that the one type is only an earlier form of the other; but this again we do not know.
There seem to be two kinds of nebulae, and there's some evidence suggesting that one type is just an earlier version of the other; but again, we don't really know.
The more primitive nebulæ would seem to be composed of gas in an extremely rarified form. It is difficult to convey an adequate idea of the rarity of nebular gases. The residual gases in a vacuum tube are dense by comparison. A cubic inch of air at ordinary pressure would contain more matter than is contained in millions of cubic inches of the gases of nebulæ. The light of even the faintest stars does not seem to be dimmed by passing through a gaseous nebula, although we cannot be sure on this point. The most remarkable physical fact about these gases is that they are luminous. Whence they derive their luminosity we do not know. It hardly seems possible to believe that extremely thin gases exposed to the terrific cold of space can be so hot as to be luminous and can retain their heat and their luminosity[Pg 40] indefinitely. A cold luminosity due to electrification, like that of the aurora borealis, would seem to fit the case better.
The more primitive nebulae appear to be made up of gas in a very rarefied state. It's hard to truly express how rare these nebular gases are. The gases left in a vacuum tube are dense in comparison. A cubic inch of air at normal pressure contains more matter than millions of cubic inches of nebular gases. Even the light from the faintest stars doesn’t seem to get dimmed when it passes through a gaseous nebula, although we can’t be completely sure about this. The most striking physical characteristic of these gases is that they are luminous. We don’t know the source of their brightness. It almost seems unbelievable that such extremely thin gases, exposed to the extreme cold of space, can be hot enough to glow and maintain that heat and brightness[Pg 40] indefinitely. A cold luminosity caused by electrification, similar to that of the aurora borealis, might be a better explanation.
Now the nebular theory is that out of great "fire-mists," such as we have described, stars are born. We do not know whether gravitation is the only or even the main force at work in a nebula, but it is supposed that under the action of gravity the far-flung "fire-mists" would begin to condense round centres of greatest density, heat being evolved in the process. Of course the condensation would be enormously slow, although the sudden irruption of a swarm of meteors or some solid body might hasten matters greatly by providing large, ready-made centres of condensation.
Now the nebular theory suggests that stars are formed from enormous "fire-mists," like the ones we’ve described. We don’t know if gravity is the only or even the main force at play in a nebula, but it’s believed that gravity causes these dispersed "fire-mists" to start condensing around areas of greatest density, with heat being released in the process. Naturally, the condensation would take an incredibly long time, though a sudden influx of meteors or some solid object could speed things up by creating large, ready-made centers for condensation.
Spiral Nebulæ
It is then supposed that the contracting mass of gas would begin to rotate and to throw off gigantic streamers, which would in their turn form centres of condensation. The whole structure would thus form a spiral, having a dense region at its centre and knots or lumps of condensed matter along its spiral arms. Besides the formless gaseous nebulæ there are hundreds of thousands of "spiral" nebulæ such as we have just mentioned in the heavens. They are at all stages of development, and they are visible to us at all angles—that is to say, some of them face directly towards us, others are edge on, and some are in intermediate positions. It appears, therefore, that we have here a striking confirmation of the nebular hypothesis. But we must not go so fast. There is much controversy as to the nature of these spiral nebulæ. Some eminent astronomers think they are other stellar universes, comparable in size with our own. In any case they are vast structures, and if they represent stars in process of condensation, they must be giving birth to huge agglomerations of stars—to star clusters at least. These vast and enigmatic objects do not throw much light on the origin of our own solar system. The nebular hypothesis, which was invented by[Pg 41] Laplace to explain the origin of our solar system, has not yet met with universal acceptance. The explanation offers grave difficulties, and it is best while the subject is still being closely investigated, to hold all opinions with reserve. It may be taken as probable, however, that the universe has developed from masses of incandescent gas.
It’s believed that the contracting mass of gas would start to spin and release massive streamers, which would then create areas of condensation. This whole structure would take on a spiral shape, with a dense region at its center and clumps of condensed matter along its spiral arms. Besides the shapeless gaseous nebulae, there are hundreds of thousands of "spiral" nebulae similar to the ones we just mentioned in the sky. They exist at all stages of development and can be seen from various angles—some facing us directly, others seen from the side, and some positioned in between. This seems to provide strong support for the nebular hypothesis. However, we shouldn't rush to conclusions. There's considerable debate regarding the nature of these spiral nebulae. Some leading astronomers believe they are separate stellar universes, comparable in size to our own. In any case, they are enormous structures, and if they represent stars forming, they must be giving rise to massive clusters of stars—at least star clusters. These vast and mysterious objects don’t shed much light on the origin of our solar system. The nebular hypothesis, proposed by[Pg 41] Laplace to explain the origin of our solar system, has not been universally accepted. The explanation presents serious challenges, and for now, while the topic is still being explored, it's best to hold all opinions with caution. It can be assumed, however, that the universe has developed from masses of incandescent gas.

Photo: Yerkes Observatory.
Image: Yerkes Observatory.
FIG. 24.—THE GREAT NEBULA IN ORION
FIG. 24.—THE GREAT NEBULA IN ORION
The most impressive nebula in the heavens. It is inconceivably greater in dimensions than the whole solar system.
The most amazing nebula in the sky. It is inconceivably larger in size than the entire solar system.

Photo: Lick Observatory.
Photo: Lick Observatory.
FIG. 25—GIANT SPIRAL NEBULA, March 23, 1914
FIG. 25—GIANT SPIRAL NEBULA, March 23, 1914
This spiral nebula is seen full on. Notice the central nucleus and the two spiral arms emerging from its opposite directions. Is matter flowing out of the nucleus into the arms or along the arms into the nucleus? In either case we should get two streams in opposite directions within the nucleus.
This spiral galaxy is viewed head-on. Take note of the central core and the two spiral arms extending from opposite sides. Is matter moving out of the core into the arms or flowing along the arms into the core? In either scenario, we should observe two streams moving in opposite directions within the core.
THE BIRTH AND DEATH OF STARS
§ 3
Variable, New, and Dark Stars: Dying Suns
Many astronomers believe that in "variable stars" we have another star, following that of the dullest red star, in the dying of suns. The light of these stars varies periodically in so many days, weeks, or years. It is interesting to speculate that they are slowly dying suns, in which the molten interior periodically bursts through the shell of thick vapours that is gathering round them. What we saw about our sun seems to point to some such stage in the future. That is, however, not the received opinion about variable stars. It may be that they are stars which periodically pass through a great swarm of meteors or a region of space that is rich in cosmic dust of some sort, when, of course, a great illumination would take place.
Many astronomers think that "variable stars" are another type of star, following the dullest red star, in the process of dying. The light from these stars changes regularly over days, weeks, or even years. It’s fascinating to consider that they might be slowly dying suns, where the molten core sometimes breaks through the thick layer of vapors surrounding them. Our observations of the sun suggest that it could reach a similar stage in the future. However, that’s not the commonly accepted view about variable stars. It’s possible that they are stars that periodically pass through a large swarm of meteors or an area of space filled with cosmic dust, which would cause a significant increase in brightness.
One class of these variable stars, which takes its name from the star Algol, is of special interest. Every third night Algol has its light reduced for several hours. Modern astronomy has discovered that in this case there are really two stars, circulating round a common centre, and that every third night the fainter of the two comes directly between us and its companion and causes an "eclipse." This was until recently regarded as a most interesting case in which a dead star revealed itself to us by passing before the light of another star. But astronomers have in recent years invented something, the "selenium-cell," which is even more sensitive than the photographic plate, and on this the[Pg 42] supposed dead star registers itself as very much alive. Algol is, however, interesting in another way. The pair of stars which we have discovered in it are hundreds of trillions of miles away from the earth, yet we know their masses and their distances from each other.
One type of these variable stars, named after the star Algol, is particularly fascinating. Every third night, Algol’s brightness drops for several hours. Modern astronomy has found that there are actually two stars orbiting around a common center, and every third night, the dimmer of the two passes directly between us and its companion, causing an "eclipse." Until recently, this was considered a remarkable case where a dead star showed itself by blocking the light of another star. However, astronomers have recently developed something called the "selenium-cell," which is even more sensitive than photographic plates, and this allows the[Pg 42] so-called dead star to show up as very much alive. Algol is also interesting for another reason. The pair of stars that we’ve discovered in it are hundreds of trillions of miles away from Earth, yet we know their masses and how far apart they are from each other.
The Death and Birth of Stars
We have no positive knowledge of dead stars; which is not surprising when we reflect that a dead star means an invisible star! But when we see so many individual stars tending toward death, when we behold a vast population of all conceivable ages, we presume that there are many already dead. On the other hand, there is no reason to suppose that the universe as a whole is "running down." Some writers have maintained this, but their argument implies that we know a great deal more about the universe than we actually do. The scientific man does not know whether the universe is finite or infinite, temporal or eternal; and he declines to speculate where there are no facts to guide him. He knows only that the great gaseous nebulæ promise myriads of worlds in the future, and he concedes the possibility that new nebulæ may be forming in the ether of space.
We don’t have any concrete knowledge about dead stars, which isn’t surprising since a dead star is basically an invisible star! However, when we see so many individual stars nearing the end of their lives, and when we observe a huge population of stars of all different ages, we assume that many must already be dead. On the flip side, there’s no reason to think that the universe as a whole is “running down.” Some writers argue this, but their reasoning suggests we understand a lot more about the universe than we really do. Scientists aren’t sure whether the universe is finite or infinite, temporary or eternal; and they won’t speculate without any facts to lead them. They only know that the massive gaseous nebulae indicate countless worlds on the horizon, and they acknowledge that new nebulae could be forming in the vastness of space.
The last, and not the least interesting, subject we have to notice is the birth of a "new star." This is an event which astronomers now announce every few years; and it is a far more portentous event than the reader imagines when it is reported in his daily paper. The story is much the same in all cases. We say that the star appeared in 1901, but you begin to realise the magnitude of the event when you learn that the distant "blaze" had really occurred about the time of the death of Luther! The light of the conflagration had been speeding toward us across space at 186,000 miles a second, yet it has taken nearly three centuries to reach us. To be visible at all to us at that distance the fiery outbreak must have been stupendous. If a mass of petroleum ten times the size of the earth were suddenly fired it would not[Pg 43] be seen at such a distance. The new star had increased its light many hundredfold in a few days.
The last, and definitely one of the more interesting, topics we need to discuss is the birth of a "new star." This is something astronomers now report every few years, and it's a much bigger deal than you might think when you read about it in your daily newspaper. The story is pretty similar in every case. We say that the star appeared in 1901, but you start to grasp the significance of the event when you learn that the distant "flash" actually happened around the time Luther died! The light from that explosion has been traveling toward us through space at 186,000 miles per second, yet it took almost three centuries to arrive. For it to be visible to us from that distance, the fiery eruption must have been massive. If a mass of oil ten times the size of Earth was set on fire, it wouldn’t[Pg 43] be seen from such a distance. The new star had increased its brightness by many hundreds of times in just a few days.
There is a considerable fascination about the speculation that in such cases we see the resurrection of a dead world, a means of renewing the population of the universe. What happens is that in some region of the sky where no star, or only a very faint star, had been registered on our charts, we almost suddenly perceive a bright star. In a few days it may rise to the highest brilliancy. By the spectroscope we learn that this distant blaze means a prodigious outpour of white-hot hydrogen at hundreds of miles a second. But the star sinks again after a few months, and we then find a nebula round it on every side. It is natural to suppose that a dead or dying sun has somehow been reconverted in whole or in part into a nebula. A few astronomers think that it may have partially collided with another star, or approached too closely to another, with the result we described on an earlier page. The general opinion now is that a faint or dead star had rushed into one of those regions of space in which there are immense stretches of nebulous matter, and been (at least in part) vaporised by the friction.
There's a significant curiosity about the idea that in such cases we witness the rebirth of a dead world, a way to refresh the population of the universe. What occurs is that in some area of the sky where no star, or just a very dim star, has been noted on our charts, we almost suddenly see a bright star. In just a few days, it might become incredibly bright. Through the spectroscope, we discover that this distant flare indicates a massive outpouring of white-hot hydrogen at hundreds of miles per second. However, the star fades again after a few months, and we then find a nebula surrounding it on every side. It’s reasonable to think that a dead or dying sun has somehow been transformed, at least in part, into a nebula. Some astronomers speculate that it may have partially collided with another star or come too close to another one, resulting in what we described earlier. The general consensus now is that a faint or dead star plunged into one of those areas of space filled with vast expanses of nebulous matter and, at least in part, got vaporized by the friction.
But the difficulties are considerable, and some astronomers prefer to think that the blazing star may merely have lit up a dark nebula which already existed. It is one of those problems on which speculation is most tempting but positive knowledge is still very incomplete. We may be content, even proud, that already we can take a conflagration that has occurred more than a thousand trillion miles away and analyse it positively into an outflame of glowing hydrogen gas at so many miles a second.
But the challenges are significant, and some astronomers prefer to think that the bright star might have just illuminated a dark nebula that was already there. It’s one of those issues that invites speculation, but our definite knowledge is still quite limited. We can feel satisfied, even proud, that we can take a fire that happened over a thousand trillion miles away and analyze it positively into an outburst of glowing hydrogen gas traveling at so many miles per second.
THE SHAPE OF OUR UNIVERSE
§ 4
Our Universe a Spiral Nebula
What is the shape of our universe, and what are its dimensions? This is a tremendous question to ask. It is like asking[Pg 44] an intelligent insect, living on a single leaf in the midst of a great Brazilian forest, to say what is the shape and size of the forest. Yet man's ingenuity has proved equal to giving an answer even to this question, and by a method exactly similar to that which would be adopted by the insect. Suppose, for instance, that the forest was shaped as an elongated oval, and the insect lived on a tree near the centre of the oval. If the trees were approximately equally spaced from one another they would appear much denser along the length of the oval than across its width. This is the simple consideration that has guided astronomers in determining the shape of our stellar universe. There is one direction in the heavens along which the stars appear denser than in the directions at right angles to it. That direction is the direction in which we look towards the Milky Way. If we count the number of stars visible all over the heavens, we find they become more and more numerous as we approach the Milky Way. As we go farther and farther from the Milky Way the stars thin out until they reach a maximum sparseness in directions at right angles to the plane of the Milky Way. We may consider the Milky Way to form, as it were, the equator of our system, and the line at right angles to point to the north and south poles.
What is the shape of our universe, and what are its dimensions? This is a huge question to ask. It's like asking[Pg 44] an intelligent insect, living on a single leaf in the middle of a vast Brazilian forest, to describe the shape and size of the forest. Yet humanity's creativity has managed to provide an answer to this question, using a method similar to what the insect would use. Imagine, for example, that the forest is shaped like an elongated oval, and the insect is living on a tree near the center of the oval. If the trees are spaced out evenly, they would seem much denser along the length of the oval than across its width. This simple idea has guided astronomers in figuring out the shape of our stellar universe. There’s one direction in the sky where the stars appear denser compared to the directions at right angles to it. That direction is where we look towards the Milky Way. If we count the number of stars visible across the sky, we find that they become more and more numerous as we approach the Milky Way. As we move farther from the Milky Way, the stars become more sparse until they are at their most sparse in directions that are perpendicular to the plane of the Milky Way. We can think of the Milky Way as forming, in a way, the equator of our system, with the lines at right angles representing the north and south poles.
Our system, in fact, is shaped something like a lens, and our sun is situated near the centre of this lens. In the remoter part of this lens, near its edge, or possibly outside it altogether, lies the great series of star clouds which make up the Milky Way. All the stars are in motion within this system, but the very remarkable discovery has been made that these motions are not entirely random. The great majority of the stars whose motions can be measured fall into two groups drifting past one another in opposite directions. The velocity of one stream relative to the other is about twenty-five miles per second. The stars forming these two groups are thoroughly well mixed; it is not a case of an inner stream going one way and an outer stream the[Pg 45] other. But there are not quite as many stars going one way as the other. For every two stars in one stream there are three in the other. Now, as we have said, some eminent astronomers hold that the spiral nebulæ are universes like our own, and if we look at the two photographs (Figs. 25 and 26) we see that these spirals present features which, in the light of what we have just said about our system, are very remarkable. The nebula in Coma Berenices is a spiral edge-on to us, and we see that it has precisely the lens-shaped middle and the general flattened shape that we have found in our own system. The nebula in Canes Venatici is a spiral facing towards us, and its shape irresistibly suggests motions along the spiral arms. This motion, whether it is towards or away from the central, lens-shaped portion, would cause a double streaming motion in that central portion of the kind we have found in our own system. Again, and altogether apart from these considerations, there are good reasons for supposing our Milky Way to possess a double-armed spiral structure. And the great patches of dark absorbing matter which are known to exist in the Milky Way (see Fig. 22) would give very much the mottled appearance we notice in the arms (which we see edge-on) of the nebula in Coma Berenices. The[Pg 46] hypothesis, therefore, that our universe is a spiral nebula has much to be said for it. If it be accepted it greatly increases our estimate of the size of the material universe. For our central, lens-shaped system is calculated to extend towards the Milky Way for more than twenty thousand times a million million miles, and about a third of this distance towards what we have called the poles. If, as we suppose, each spiral nebula is an independent stellar universe comparable in size with our own, then, since there are hundreds of thousands of spiral nebulæ, we see that the size of the whole material universe is indeed beyond our comprehension.
Our system is actually shaped like a lens, with our sun located near the center of this lens. In the more distant part of this lens, near its edge or possibly even outside of it, lies the vast collection of star clouds that make up the Milky Way. All the stars are in motion within this system, but a fascinating discovery is that these movements aren’t completely random. Most of the stars whose movements we can measure fall into two groups drifting past each other in opposite directions. One stream is moving at about twenty-five miles per second relative to the other. The stars in these two groups are well mixed; it’s not simply that one stream goes one way while the other goes another. However, there aren’t quite as many stars going one way as the other. For every two stars in one stream, there are three in the other. Now, as we mentioned, some prominent astronomers believe that the spiral nebulae are universes similar to our own, and by looking at the two photographs (Figs. 25 and 26), we see that these spirals show features that are quite remarkable in light of what we've just discussed about our system. The nebula in Coma Berenices is a spiral viewed edge-on, and it has the same lens-shaped center and general flattened shape as our own system. The nebula in Canes Venatici is a spiral facing us, and its shape strongly suggests motion along the spiral arms. This motion, whether it’s directed towards or away from the central, lens-shaped portion, would cause a dual streaming motion in that central area similar to what we’ve found in our own system. Furthermore, apart from these considerations, there are solid reasons to believe that our Milky Way has a double-armed spiral structure. The large patches of dark absorbing material confirmed to exist in the Milky Way (see Fig. 22) would give the mottled appearance we observe in the arms (which we see edge-on) of the nebula in Coma Berenices. The hypothesis, therefore, that our universe is a spiral nebula has a lot of merit. If accepted, it greatly expands our estimate of the size of the material universe. Our central, lens-shaped system is believed to extend towards the Milky Way for over twenty thousand million million miles, with about a third of that distance going toward what we refer to as the poles. If, as we think, each spiral nebula is an independent stellar universe comparable in size to our own, then, since there are hundreds of thousands of spiral nebulae, we can see that the extent of the entire material universe is truly beyond our understanding.

Photo: Mount Wilson Observatory.
Photo: Mount Wilson Observatory.
FIG. 26.—A SPIRAL NEBULA SEEN EDGE-ON
FIG. 26.—AN EDGE-ON VIEW OF A SPIRAL NEBULA
Notice the lens-shaped formation of the nucleus and the arm stretching as a band across it. See reference in the text to the resemblance between this and our stellar universe.
Notice the lens-shaped shape of the nucleus and the band that stretches across it. Check the text for the comparison between this and our stellar universe.

Photo: H. J. Shepstone.
Photo: H. J. Shepstone.
100-INCH TELESCOPE, MOUNT WILSON
100-INCH TELESCOPE, MOUNT WILSON
A reflecting telescope: the largest in the world. The mirror is situated at the base of the telescope.
A reflecting telescope: the largest in the world. The mirror is located at the bottom of the telescope.
THE SOLAR SYSTEM | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|
NAME | MEAN DISTANCE FROM SUN (IN MILLIONS OF MILES) | PERIOD OF REVOLUTION AROUND SUN (IN YEARS) | DIAMETER (IN MILES) | NUMBER OF SATELLITES |
MERCURY | 36.0 | 0.24 | 3030 | 0 |
VENUS | 67.2 | 0.62 | 7700 | 0 |
EARTH | 92.9 | 1.00 | 7918 | 1 |
MARS | 141.5 | 1.88 | 4230 | 2 |
JUPITER | 483.3 | 11.86 | 86500 | 9 |
SATURN | 886.0 | 29.46 | 73000 | 10 |
URANUS | 1781.9 | 84.02 | 31900 | 4 |
NEPTUNE | 2971.6 | 164.78 | 34800 | 1 |
SUN | ——— | ——— | 866400 | — |
MOON | ——— | ——— | 2163 | — |
FIG. 27
FIG. 27
STAR DISTANCES | |
---|---|
STAR | DISTANCE IN LIGHT-YEARS |
POLARIS | 76 |
CAPELLA | 49.4 |
RIGEL | 466 |
SIRIUS | 8.7 |
PROCYON | 10.5 |
REGULUS | 98.8 |
ARCTURUS | 43.4 |
[ALPHA] CENTAURI | 4.29 |
VEGA | 34.7 |
SMALLER MAGELLANIC CLOUD | 32,600[A] |
GREAT CLUSTER IN HERCULES | 108,600[A] |
[A] ESTIMATED
[A] ESTIMATED
FIG. 28
FIG. 28
The above distances are merely approximate and are subject to further revision. A "light-year" is the distance that light, travelling at the rate of 186,000 miles per second, would cover in one year.
The distances mentioned above are just estimates and may be updated. A "light-year" is the distance that light, moving at a speed of 186,000 miles per second, would travel in a year.
In this simple outline we have not touched on some of the more debatable questions that engage the attention of modern astronomers. Many of these questions have not yet passed the controversial stage; out of these will emerge the astronomy of the[Pg 47] future. But we have seen enough to convince us that, whatever advances the future holds in store, the science of the heavens constitutes one of the most important stones in the wonderful fabric of human knowledge.
In this basic outline, we haven't covered some of the more controversial questions that modern astronomers are debating. Many of these questions are still in the controversial phase; from them will come the astronomy of the[Pg 47] future. However, we've seen enough to be convinced that, no matter what advancements the future brings, the study of the cosmos is a fundamental part of the incredible tapestry of human knowledge.
ASTRONOMICAL INSTRUMENTS
§ 1
The Telescope
The instruments used in modern astronomy are amongst the finest triumphs of mechanical skill in the world. In a great modern observatory the different instruments are to be counted by the score, but there are two which stand out pre-eminent as the fundamental instruments of modern astronomy. These instruments are the telescope and the spectroscope, and without them astronomy, as we know it, could not exist.
The tools used in today's astronomy are some of the greatest achievements of engineering in the world. In a large modern observatory, you can count the various instruments by the dozens, but two stand out as the essential tools of contemporary astronomy. These tools are the telescope and the spectroscope, and without them, astronomy, as we understand it, wouldn't be possible.
There is still some dispute as to where and when the first telescope was constructed; as an astronomical instrument, however, it dates from the time of the great Italian scientist Galileo, who, with a very small and imperfect telescope of his own invention, first observed the spots on the sun, the mountains of the moon, and the chief four satellites of Jupiter. A good pair of modern binoculars is superior to this early instrument of Galileo's, and the history of telescope construction, from that primitive instrument to the modern giant recently erected on Mount Wilson, California, is an exciting chapter in human progress. But the early instruments have only an historic interest: the era of modern telescopes begins in the nineteenth century.
There is still some debate about where and when the first telescope was made; however, as an astronomical tool, it dates back to the time of the great Italian scientist Galileo. He used a small and basic telescope of his own design to first observe sunspots, the mountains on the moon, and the four main moons of Jupiter. A good pair of modern binoculars is better than Galileo’s early instrument, and the history of telescope development, from that basic tool to the massive one recently built on Mount Wilson, California, is an exciting chapter in human advancement. However, the early instruments are only of historical interest: the age of modern telescopes begins in the nineteenth century.
During the last century telescope construction underwent an unprecedented development. An immense amount of interest was taken in the construction of large telescopes, and the different countries of the world entered on an exciting race to produce the most powerful possible instruments. Besides this[Pg 48] rivalry of different countries there was a rivalry of methods. The telescope developed along two different lines, and each of these two types has its partisans at the present day. These types are known as refractors and reflectors, and it is necessary to mention, briefly, the principles employed in each. The refractor is the ordinary, familiar type of telescope. It consists, essentially, of a large lens at one end of a tube, and a small lens, called the eye-piece, at the other. The function of the large lens is to act as a sort of gigantic eye. It collects a large amount of light, an amount proportional to its size, and brings this light to a focus within the tube of the telescope. It thus produces a small but bright image, and the eye-piece magnifies this image. In the reflector, instead of a large lens at the top of the tube, a large mirror is placed at the bottom. This mirror is so shaped as to reflect the light that falls on it to a focus, whence the light is again led to an eye-piece. Thus the refractor and the reflector differ chiefly in their manner of gathering light. The powerfulness of the telescope depends on the size of the light-gatherer. A telescope with a lens four inches in diameter is four times as powerful as the one with a lens two inches in diameter, for the amount of light gathered obviously depends on the area of the lens, and the area varies as the square of the diameter.
During the last century, telescope construction experienced incredible advancements. There was a huge surge of interest in building large telescopes, leading countries around the world to engage in an exciting race to create the most powerful instruments possible. Beyond the competition among different nations, there were also rival approaches. Telescopes evolved in two distinct directions, and each of these types has its supporters today. These types are known as refractors and reflectors, and it's important to briefly mention the principles behind each. The refractor is the common, familiar type of telescope. It mainly consists of a large lens at one end of a tube and a smaller lens, called the eye-piece, at the other end. The large lens acts as a sort of gigantic eye. It collects a significant amount of light, proportional to its size, and focuses that light within the telescope's tube. This creates a small but bright image, which the eye-piece then magnifies. In the reflector, instead of a large lens at the top of the tube, there's a large mirror at the bottom. This mirror is designed to reflect the incoming light to a focus, from which the light is directed to an eye-piece. So, refractors and reflectors mainly differ in how they gather light. The power of a telescope depends on the size of its light-gathering element. A telescope with a four-inch diameter lens is four times as powerful as one with a two-inch lens since the amount of light gathered clearly depends on the area of the lens, and the area increases with the square of the diameter.
The largest telescopes at present in existence are reflectors. It is much easier to construct a very large mirror than to construct a very large lens; it is also cheaper. A mirror is more likely to get out of order than is a lens, however, and any irregularity in the shape of a mirror produces a greater distorting effect than in a lens. A refractor is also more convenient to handle than is a reflector. For these reasons great refractors are still made, but the largest of them, the great Yerkes' refractor, is much smaller than the greatest reflector, the one on Mount Wilson, California. The lens of the Yerkes' refractor measures three feet four inches in diameter, whereas the Mount Wilson reflector has a diameter of no less than eight feet four inches.
The largest telescopes currently in use are reflectors. It's much easier and cheaper to make a very large mirror than a very large lens. However, a mirror is more likely to become misaligned than a lens, and any irregularity in a mirror's shape causes more distortion than in a lens. A refractor is also easier to handle than a reflector. For these reasons, large refractors are still being made, but the biggest one, the great Yerkes refractor, is much smaller than the largest reflector, the one on Mount Wilson, California. The lens of the Yerkes refractor has a diameter of three feet four inches, while the Mount Wilson reflector measures a whopping eight feet four inches in diameter.

THE YERKES 40-INCH REFRACTOR
THE YERKES 40-INCH TELESCOPE
(The largest refracting telescope in the world. Its big lens weighs 1,000 pounds, and its mammoth tube, which is 62 feet long, weighs about 12,000 pounds. The parts to be moved weigh approximately 22 tons.
(The largest refracting telescope in the world. Its big lens weighs 1,000 pounds, and its massive tube, which is 62 feet long, weighs around 12,000 pounds. The parts that need to be moved weigh about 22 tons.
The great 100-inch reflector of the Mount Wilson reflecting telescope—the largest reflecting instrument in the world—weighs nearly 9,000 pounds and the moving parts of the telescope weigh about 100 tons.
The impressive 100-inch reflector of the Mount Wilson reflecting telescope—the biggest reflecting instrument in the world—weighs almost 9,000 pounds, and the telescope's moving parts weigh around 100 tons.
The new 72-inch reflector at the Dominion Astrophysical Observatory, near Victoria, B. C., weighs nearly 4,500 pounds, and the moving parts about 35 tons.)
The new 72-inch reflector at the Dominion Astrophysical Observatory, near Victoria, B.C., weighs almost 4,500 pounds, and its moving parts around 35 tons.

Photo: H. J. Shepstone.
Photo: H. J. Shepstone.
THE DOUBLE-SLIDE PLATE HOLDER ON YERKES 40-INCH REFRACTING TELESCOPE
THE DOUBLE-SLIDE PLATE HOLDER ON YERKES 40-INCH REFRACTING TELESCOPE
The smaller telescope at the top of the picture acts as a "finder"; the field of view of the large telescope is so restricted that it is difficult to recognise, as it were, the part of the heavens being surveyed. The smaller telescope takes in a larger area and enables the precise object to be examined to be easily selected.
The smaller telescope at the top of the picture works as a "finder"; the large telescope has such a narrow field of view that it’s hard to identify the area of the sky being observed. The smaller telescope covers a wider area, making it easier to choose the specific object to examine.

MODERN DIRECT-READING SPECTROSCOPE
Modern Direct-Read Spectroscope
(By A. Hilger, Ltd.)
(By A. Hilger, Ltd.)
The light is brought through one telescope, is split up by the prism, and the resulting spectrum is observed through the other telescope.
The light comes through one telescope, gets separated by the prism, and the resulting spectrum is viewed through the other telescope.
But there is a device whereby the power of these giant instruments, great as it is, can be still further heightened. That device is the simple one of allowing the photographic plate to take the place of the human eye. Nowadays an astronomer seldom spends the night with his eye glued to the great telescope. He puts a photographic plate there. The photographic plate has this advantage over the eye, that it builds up impressions. However long we stare at an object too faint to be seen, we shall never see it. With the photographic plate, however, faint impressions go on accumulating. As hour after hour passes, the star which was too faint to make a perceptible impression on the plate goes on affecting it until finally it makes an impression which can be made visible. In this way the photographic plate reveals to us phenomena in the heavens which cannot be seen even through the most powerful telescopes.
But there’s a method that allows the power of these massive instruments, impressive as it is, to be even greater. This method is simply letting the photographic plate replace the human eye. Nowadays, an astronomer rarely spends the night with his eye fixed on the big telescope. Instead, he places a photographic plate there. The photographic plate has the advantage over the eye because it captures impressions over time. No matter how long we look at something too faint to see, we’ll never spot it. However, with the photographic plate, faint impressions keep building up. As time passes, the star that was too dim to leave a noticeable mark on the plate continues to influence it until it creates a visible impression. This way, the photographic plate reveals celestial phenomena that can’t even be seen through the strongest telescopes.
Telescopes of the kind we have been discussing, telescopes for exploring the heavens, are mounted equatorially; that is to say, they are mounted on an inclined pillar parallel to the axis of the earth so that, by rotating round this pillar, the telescope is enabled to follow the apparent motion of a star due to the rotation of the earth. This motion is effected by clock-work, so that, once adjusted on a star, and the clock-work started, the telescope remains adjusted on that star for any length of time that is desired. But a great official observatory, such as Greenwich Observatory or the Observatory at Paris, also has transit instruments, or telescopes smaller than the equatorials and without the same facility of movement, but which, by a number of exquisite refinements, are more adapted to accurate measurements. It is these instruments which are chiefly used in the compilation of the Nautical Almanac. They do not follow the apparent motions of the stars. Stars are allowed to drift across the field of vision, and as each star crosses a small group of parallel wires in the eye-piece its precise time of passage is recorded. Owing to their relative fixity of position these instruments can be constructed to record the[Pg 50] positions of stars with much greater accuracy than is possible to the more general and flexible mounting of equatorials. The recording of transit is comparatively dry work; the spectacular element is entirely absent; stars are treated merely as mathematical points. But these observations furnish the very basis of modern mathematical astronomy, and without them such publications as the Nautical Almanac and the Connaissance du Temps would be robbed of the greater part of their importance.
Telescopes like the ones we've been talking about, designed for exploring the sky, are mounted equatorially; this means they're set up on a tilted pillar that aligns with the Earth's axis, allowing the telescope to rotate around this pillar and track a star's apparent motion caused by the Earth's rotation. This movement is powered by clockwork, so once it's aligned with a star and the clock is started, the telescope stays focused on that star for as long as you want. However, a major observatory, like Greenwich Observatory or the Paris Observatory, also uses transit instruments. These are smaller telescopes than the equatorial ones and don't move as easily, but with various precise refinements, they're better suited for accurate measurements. These instruments are mainly used to create the Nautical Almanac. They don't track the stars' movements; instead, stars are allowed to drift across the viewer, and as each star crosses a small set of parallel wires in the eyepiece, its exact time of passage is recorded. Because of their relatively fixed position, these instruments can be designed to record the [Pg 50] positions of stars with much more accuracy than what's possible with the more general and flexible equatorial mounts. Recording transits can be pretty tedious; there's no drama involved, and stars are treated just as mathematical points. However, these observations form the foundation of modern mathematical astronomy, and without them, publications like the Nautical Almanac and Connaissance du Temps would lose much of their significance.
§ 2
The Spectroscope
We have already learnt something of the principles of the spectroscope, the instrument which, by making it possible to learn the actual constitution of the stars, has added a vast new domain to astronomy. In the simplest form of this instrument the analysing portion consists of a single prism. Unless the prism is very large, however, only a small degree of dispersion is obtained. It is obviously desirable, for accurate analytical work, that the dispersion—that is, the separation of the different parts of the spectrum—should be as great as possible. The dispersion can be increased by using a large number of prisms, the light emerging from the first prism, entering the second, and so on. In this way each prism produces its own dispersive effect and, when a number of prisms are employed, the final dispersion is considerable. A considerable amount of light is absorbed in this way, however, so that unless our primary source of light is very strong, the final spectrum will be very feeble and hard to decipher.
We have already learned some of the principles of the spectroscope, the instrument that allows us to understand the actual composition of stars and has opened up a vast new area of astronomy. In its simplest form, this instrument uses a single prism for analysis. However, unless the prism is very large, only a small amount of dispersion is achieved. For precise analytical work, it’s clearly important that the dispersion—that is, the separation of the different parts of the spectrum—be as significant as possible. We can increase dispersion by using multiple prisms, where the light passing through the first prism goes into the second, and so on. Each prism contributes its own dispersive effect, and when multiple prisms are used, the overall dispersion becomes considerable. However, a significant amount of light is absorbed in this process, so unless our primary light source is very strong, the final spectrum will be weak and difficult to interpret.
Another way of obtaining considerable dispersion is by using a diffraction grating instead of a prism. This consists essentially of a piece of glass on which lines are ruled by a diamond point. When the lines are sufficiently close together they split up light falling on them into its constituents and produce a spectrum.[Pg 51] The modern diffraction grating is a truly wonderful piece of work. It contains several thousands of lines to the inch, and these lines have to be spaced with the greatest accuracy. But in this instrument, again, there is a considerable loss of light.
Another way to get a significant dispersion is by using a diffraction grating instead of a prism. This basically consists of a piece of glass with lines ruled on it by a diamond point. When the lines are close enough together, they separate the incoming light into its components and create a spectrum.[Pg 51] The modern diffraction grating is an impressive piece of technology. It features thousands of lines per inch, and these lines must be spaced with great precision. However, this instrument also suffers from a considerable loss of light.
We have said that every substance has its own distinctive spectrum, and it might be thought that, when a list of the spectra of different substances has been prepared, spectrum analysis would become perfectly straightforward. In practice, however, things are not quite so simple. The spectrum emitted by a substance is influenced by a variety of conditions. The pressure, the temperature, the state of motion of the object we are observing, all make a difference, and one of the most laborious tasks of the modern spectroscopist is to disentangle these effects from one another. Simple as it is in its broad outlines, spectroscopy is, in reality, one of the most intricate branches of modern science.
We’ve mentioned that every substance has its own unique spectrum, and it might seem that once we compile a list of the spectra of different substances, spectrum analysis would become very straightforward. However, things aren’t that simple in practice. The spectrum produced by a substance is affected by various factors. The pressure, temperature, and motion of the object we’re observing all play a role, and one of the most challenging tasks for today’s spectroscopist is to separate these effects. While spectroscopy may seem simple at a basic level, it’s actually one of the most complex areas of modern science.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
(The following list of books may be useful to readers wishing to pursue further the study of Astronomy.)
(The following list of books may be helpful to readers looking to further explore the study of Astronomy.)
Ball, The Story of the Heavens.
Ball, The Story of the Sun.
Forbes, History of Astronomy.
Hincks, Astronomy.
Kippax, Call of the Stars.
Lowell, Mars and Its Canals.
Lowell, Evolution of Worlds.
McKready, A Beginner's Star-Book.
Newcomb, Popular Astronomy.
Newcomb, The Stars: A Study of the
Universe.
Olcott, Field Book of the Stars.
Price, Essence of Astronomy.
Serviss, Curiosities of the Skies.
Webb, Celestial Objects for Common
Telescopes.
Young, Text-Book of General Astronomy.
Ball, The Story of the Heavens.
Ball, The Story of the Sun.
Forbes, History of Astronomy.
Hincks, Astronomy.
Kippax, Call of the Stars.
Lowell, Mars and Its Canals.
Lowell, Evolution of Worlds.
McReady, A Beginner's Star-Book.
Newcomb's, Popular Astronomy.
Newcomb, The Stars: A Study of the Universe.
Olcott, Field Book of the Stars.
Cost, Essence of Astronomy.
Serviss, Curiosities of the Skies.
Webb, Celestial Objects for Common Telescopes.
Youth, Text-Book of General Astronomy.
II
THE STORY OF EVOLUTION
INTRODUCTORY
THE BEGINNING OF THE EARTH—MAKING A HOME FOR LIFE—THE FIRST LIVING CREATURES
§ 1
The Evolution-idea is a master-key that opens many doors. It is a luminous interpretation of the world, throwing the light of the past upon the present. Everything is seen to be an antiquity, with a history behind it—a natural history, which enables us to understand in some measure how it has come to be as it is. We cannot say more than "understand in some measure," for while the fact of evolution is certain, we are only beginning to discern the factors that have been at work.
The idea of evolution is a master key that unlocks many doors. It offers a bright interpretation of the world, shining light from the past onto the present. Everything is viewed as something with history behind it— a natural history—which helps us to understand to some extent how things have come to be the way they are. We can only say "understand to some extent," because while the fact of evolution is clear, we are just starting to grasp the factors that have influenced it.
The evolution-idea is very old, going back to some of the Greek philosophers, but it is only in modern times that it has become an essential part of our mental equipment. It is now an everyday intellectual tool. It was applied to the origin of the solar system and to the making of the earth before it was applied to plants and animals; it was extended from these to man himself; it spread to language, to folk-ways, to institutions. Within recent years the evolution-idea has been applied to the chemical elements, for it appears that uranium may change into radium, that radium may produce helium, and that lead is the final stable result when the changes of uranium are complete. Perhaps all the elements may be the outcome of an inorganic evolution. Not less important is the extension of the evolution-idea to the world within as well as to the world without. For alongside of the evolution of bodies and brains is the evolution of feelings and emotions, ideas and imagination.[Pg 56]
The idea of evolution is really old, dating back to some Greek philosophers, but it's only in recent times that it has become a vital part of how we think. It’s now a common intellectual tool. It was first used to explain the origin of the solar system and the formation of the earth before being applied to plants and animals; it later expanded to include humans and spread to language, customs, and institutions. In recent years, the idea of evolution has also been used in chemistry, as it seems that uranium can transform into radium, which can produce helium, and lead is the final stable result of uranium's changes. Maybe all elements are the result of some kind of inorganic evolution. Equally important is how the idea of evolution applies both to the external world and our internal experiences. Alongside the evolution of physical bodies and brains, there is also the evolution of feelings, emotions, ideas, and imagination.[Pg 56]
Organic evolution means that the present is the child of the past and the parent of the future. It is not a power or a principle; it is a process—a process of becoming. It means that the present-day animals and plants and all the subtle inter-relations between them have arisen in a natural knowable way from a preceding state of affairs on the whole somewhat simpler, and that again from forms and inter-relations simpler still, and so on backwards and backwards for millions of years till we lose all clues in the thick mist that hangs over life's beginnings.
Organic evolution means that today is shaped by the past and influences the future. It's not a power or a principle; it's a process—a process of change. It indicates that today's animals and plants, along with all the intricate connections between them, have developed naturally and understandably from a previous state that was generally simpler, and that this continues back through forms and relationships that were even simpler, and so on, all the way back for millions of years until we lose all traces in the dense fog that surrounds the origins of life.
Our solar system was once represented by a nebula of some sort, and we may speak of the evolution of the sun and the planets. But since it has been the same material throughout that has changed in its distribution and forms, it might be clearer to use some word like genesis. Similarly, our human institutions were once very different from what they are now, and we may speak of the evolution of government or of cities. But Man works with a purpose, with ideas and ideals in some measure controlling his actions and guiding his achievements, so that it is probably clearer to keep the good old word history for all processes of social becoming in which man has been a conscious agent. Now between the genesis of the solar system and the history of civilisation there comes the vast process of organic evolution. The word development should be kept for the becoming of the individual, the chick out of the egg, for instance.
Our solar system was once formed from some kind of nebula, and we can talk about the evolution of the sun and the planets. But since it has been the same material throughout that has changed in its distribution and forms, it might make more sense to use a word like genesis. Similarly, our human institutions were once very different from what they are now, and we can discuss the evolution of government or cities. However, humans act with purpose, and our ideas and ideals somewhat control our actions and shape our achievements, so it's probably clearer to stick with the reliable word history for all processes of social development in which humans have played a conscious role. Now, between the genesis of the solar system and the history of civilization lies the extensive process of organic evolution. The word development should be reserved for the growth of the individual, like a chick emerging from an egg, for example.
Organic evolution is a continuous natural process of racial change, by successive steps in a definite direction, whereby distinctively new individualities arise, take root, and flourish, sometimes alongside of, and sometimes, sooner or later, in place of, the originative stock. Our domesticated breeds of pigeons and poultry are the results of evolutionary change whose origins are still with us in the Rock Dove and the Jungle Fowl; but in most cases in Wild Nature the ancestral stocks of present-day forms are long since extinct, and in many cases they are unknown. Evolution is a long process of coming and going, appearing and disappearing,[Pg 57] a long-drawn-out sublime process like a great piece of music.
Organic evolution is an ongoing natural process of species change, occurring through successive steps in a clear direction, where distinctly new individuals emerge, take hold, and thrive, sometimes alongside, and sometimes eventually replacing, the original stock. Our domesticated breeds of pigeons and poultry are results of this evolutionary change, tracing back to the Rock Dove and the Jungle Fowl; however, in most cases in the wild, the ancestral stocks of today’s forms have long gone extinct, and often they remain unknown. Evolution is a lengthy process of coming and going, appearing and disappearing,[Pg 57] a drawn-out sublime process, much like a grand piece of music.

Photo: Rischgitz Collection.
Image: Rischgitz Collection.
CHARLES DARWIN
Charles Darwin
Greatest of naturalists, who made the idea of evolution current intellectual coin, and in his Origin of Species (1859) made the whole world new.
Greatest of naturalists, who popularized the idea of evolution, and in his Origin of Species (1859) transformed the entire world.

Photo: Rischgitz Collection.
Photo: Rischgitz Collection.
LORD KELVIN
Laird Kelvin
One of the greatest physicists of the nineteenth century. He estimated the age of the earth at 20,000,000 years. He had not at his disposal, however, the knowledge of recent discoveries, which have resulted in this estimate being very greatly increased.
One of the greatest physicists of the nineteenth century. He estimated the age of the earth at 20,000,000 years. He didn't have access to the knowledge of recent discoveries, which have significantly increased this estimate.

Photo: Lick Observatory.
Photo: Lick Observatory.
A GIANT SPIRAL NEBULA
A massive spiral galaxy
Laplace's famous theory was that the planets and the earth were formed from great whirling nebulæ.
Laplace's well-known theory was that the planets and the Earth formed from massive swirling nebulae.

Photo: Natural History Museum.
Photo: Natural History Museum.
METEORITE WHICH FELL NEAR SCARBOROUGH, AND IS NOW TO BE SEEN IN THE NATURAL HISTORY MUSEUM
METEORITE THAT FELL NEAR SCARBOROUGH, AND IS NOW ON DISPLAY IN THE NATURAL HISTORY MUSEUM
It weighs about 56 lb., and is a "stony" meteorite, i.e., an aerolite.
It weighs about 56 lbs and is a "stony" meteorite, meaning it's an aerolite.
§ 2
The Beginning of the Earth
When we speak the language of science we cannot say "In the beginning," for we do not know of and cannot think of any condition of things that did not arise from something that went before. But we may qualify the phrase, and legitimately inquire into the beginning of the earth within the solar system. If the result of this inquiry is to trace the sun and the planets back to a nebula we reach only a relative beginning. The nebula has to be accounted for. And even before matter there may have been a pre-material world. If we say, as was said long ago, "In the beginning was Mind," we may be expressing or trying to express a great truth, but we have gone BEYOND SCIENCE.
When we talk about science, we can't say "In the beginning," because we don't know and can't imagine any situation that didn't come from something that existed before. But we can adjust that phrase and reasonably ask about the beginning of the Earth within the solar system. If our investigation takes us back to a nebula as the origin of the sun and planets, we only find a relative starting point. The nebula itself needs an explanation. Even before matter, there might have been a pre-material world. If we state, as was said long ago, "In the beginning was Mind," we might be expressing or attempting to express a significant truth, but we've gone BEYOND SCIENCE.
The Nebular Hypothesis
One of the grandest pictures that the scientific mind has ever thrown upon the screen is that of the Nebular Hypothesis. According to Laplace's famous form of this theory (1796), the solar system was once a gigantic glowing mass, spinning slowly and uniformly around its centre. As the incandescent world-cloud of gas cooled and its speed of rotation increased the shrinking mass gave off a separate whirling ring, which broke up and gathered together again as the first and most distant planet. The main mass gave off another ring and another till all the planets, including the earth, were formed. The central mass persisted as the sun.
One of the most impressive ideas that science has ever put forward is the Nebular Hypothesis. According to Laplace's well-known version of this theory (1796), the solar system used to be a massive glowing cloud, spinning slowly and uniformly around its center. As this hot cloud of gas cooled and its rotation sped up, the shrinking mass released a separate spinning ring that broke apart and reformed into the first and farthest planet. The main mass continued to release more rings until all the planets, including Earth, were created. The central mass remained as the sun.
Laplace spoke of his theory, which Kant had anticipated forty-one years before, with scientific caution: "conjectures which I present with all the distrust which everything not the result of observation or of calculation ought to inspire." Subsequent research justified his distrust, for it has been shown that the original nebula need not have been hot and need not have been gaseous.[Pg 58] Moreover, there are great difficulties in Laplace's theory of the separation of successive rings from the main mass, and of the condensation of a whirling gaseous ring into a planet.
Laplace talked about his theory, which Kant had predicted forty-one years earlier, with scientific caution: "the guesses that I'm sharing come with all the skepticism that anything not based on observation or calculation should inspire." Later research confirmed his skepticism, showing that the original nebula didn’t have to be hot and didn’t have to be gaseous. [Pg 58] Additionally, there are significant challenges in Laplace's theory regarding the separation of successive rings from the main mass and the formation of a spinning gaseous ring into a planet.
So it has come about that the picture of a hot gaseous nebula revolving as a unit body has given place to other pictures. Thus Sir Norman Lockyer pointed out (1890) that the earth is gathering to itself millions of meteorites every day; this has been going on for millions of years; in distant ages the accretion may have been vastly more rapid and voluminous; and so the earth has grown! Now the meteoritic contributions are undoubted, but they require a centre to attract them, and the difficulty is to account for the beginning of a collecting centre or planetary nucleus. Moreover, meteorites are sporadic and erratic, scattered hither and thither rather than collecting into unit-bodies. As Professor Chamberlin says, "meteorites have rather the characteristics of the wreckage of some earlier organisation than of the parentage of our planetary system." Several other theories have been propounded to account for the origin of the earth, but the one that has found most favour in the eyes of authorities is that of Chamberlin and Moulton. According to this theory a great nebular mass condensed to form the sun, from which under the attraction of passing stars planet after planet, the earth included, was heaved off in the form of knotted spiral nebulæ, like many of those now observed in the heavens.
So it has happened that the idea of a hot, gaseous nebula spinning as a single unit has changed to other concepts. Sir Norman Lockyer highlighted in 1890 that the Earth collects millions of meteorites every day; this has been happening for millions of years. In ancient times, the accumulation might have occurred much faster and in greater amounts, contributing to the Earth's growth! While meteorites definitely contribute, they need a center to be drawn towards, and the challenge lies in explaining how a collecting center or planetary nucleus began. Additionally, meteorites are scattered and unpredictable, instead of gathering into cohesive bodies. As Professor Chamberlin states, "meteorites have more characteristics of the debris from some earlier organization than of the origin of our planetary system." Several other theories have been proposed to explain the Earth's origin, but the one that has gained the most acceptance among experts is the one by Chamberlin and Moulton. According to this theory, a large nebular mass condensed to form the sun, from which, under the gravitational pull of passing stars, planets, including Earth, were expelled in the form of twisted spiral nebulæ, similar to many observed in the sky today.
Of great importance were the "knots," for they served as collecting centres drawing flying matter into their clutches. Whatever part of the primitive bolt escaped and scattered was drawn out into independent orbits round the sun, forming the "planetesimals" which behave like minute planets. These planetesimals formed the food on which the knots subsequently fed.
Of great importance were the "knots," as they acted as collection centers pulling in flying matter. Any part of the primitive bolt that escaped and scattered was pulled into independent orbits around the sun, creating the "planetesimals," which act like tiny planets. These planetesimals became the food on which the knots later fed.
The Growth of the Earth
It has been calculated that the newborn earth—the "earth-knot" of Chamberlin's theory—had a diameter of about 5,500[Pg 59] miles. But it grew by drawing planetesimals into itself until it had a diameter of over 8,100 miles at the end of its growing period. Since then it has shrunk, by periodic shrinkages which have meant the buckling up of successive series of mountains, and it has now a diameter of 7,918 miles. But during the shrinking the earth became more varied.
It has been calculated that the young Earth—the "earth-knot" of Chamberlin's theory—had a diameter of about 5,500[Pg 59] miles. It increased in size by pulling in planetesimals until its diameter exceeded 8,100 miles at the end of its growth period. Since then, it has contracted due to periodic shrinkages, which caused the formation of successive mountain ranges, and its current diameter is 7,918 miles. However, during this shrinking process, the Earth became more diverse.
A sort of slow boiling of the internally hot earth often forced molten matter through the cold outer crust, and there came about a gradual assortment of lighter materials nearer the surface and heavier materials deeper down. The continents are built of the lighter materials, such as granites, while the beds of the great oceans are made of the heavier materials such as basalts. In limited areas land has often become sea, and sea has often given place to land, but the probability is that the distinction of the areas corresponding to the great continents and oceans goes back to a very early stage.
A kind of slow boiling of the hot earth inside often pushed molten material through the cold outer crust, leading to a gradual arrangement of lighter materials closer to the surface and heavier materials deeper down. The continents are made up of the lighter materials, like granites, while the ocean floors are composed of the heavier materials, such as basalts. In some areas, land has often turned into sea, and sea has frequently become land, but it’s likely that the distinction between the areas corresponding to the major continents and oceans dates back to a very early stage.
The lithosphere is the more or less stable crust of the earth, which may have been, to begin with, about fifty miles in thickness. It seems that the young earth had no atmosphere, and that ages passed before water began to accumulate on its surface—before, in other words, there was any hydrosphere. The water came from the earth itself, to begin with, and it was long before there was any rain dissolving out saline matter from the exposed rocks and making the sea salt. The weathering of the high grounds of the ancient crust by air and water furnished the material which formed the sandstones and mudstones and other sedimentary rocks, which are said to amount to a thickness of over fifty miles in all.
The lithosphere is the relatively stable outer layer of the Earth, which may have initially been about fifty miles thick. It appears that the young Earth had no atmosphere and that a long time passed before water started to gather on its surface—before there was anything like a hydrosphere. The water initially came from the Earth itself, and it took a long time before rain began to wash out salty materials from the exposed rocks and made the seas salty. The erosion of the highlands of the ancient crust by air and water provided the material that formed sandstones, mudstones, and other sedimentary rocks, which are said to total over fifty miles in thickness.
§ 3
Making a Home for Life
It is interesting to inquire how the callous, rough-and-tumble conditions of the outer world in early days were replaced by others that allowed of the germination and growth of that[Pg 60] tender plant we call LIFE. There are very tough living creatures, but the average organism is ill suited for violence. Most living creatures are adapted to mild temperatures and gentle reactions. Hence the fundamental importance of the early atmosphere, heavy with planetesimal dust, in blanketing the earth against intensities of radiance from without, as Chamberlin says, and inequalities of radiance from within. This was the first preparation for life, but it was an atmosphere without free oxygen. Not less important was the appearance of pools and lakelets, of lakes and seas. Perhaps the early waters covered the earth. And water was the second preparation for life—water, that can dissolve a larger variety of substances in greater concentration than any other liquid; water, that in summer does not readily evaporate altogether from a pond, nor in winter freeze throughout its whole extent; water, that is such a mobile vehicle and such a subtle cleaver of substances; water, that forms over 80 per cent. of living matter itself.
It's interesting to explore how the harsh, rough conditions of the early outer world were replaced by those that allowed for the development and growth of that[Pg 60] delicate thing we call LIFE. There are some really tough living beings, but most organisms aren’t built for violence. Most living things are suited for mild temperatures and gentle interactions. That's why the early atmosphere, thick with planetesimal dust, was so crucial in shielding the Earth from extreme radiation from outside, as Chamberlin points out, and uneven radiation from within. This was the first step toward life, but it was an atmosphere without free oxygen. Equally important was the emergence of pools, small lakes, larger lakes, and seas. It’s possible that the early waters covered the planet. And water was the second key element for life—water, which can dissolve a wider range of substances in greater concentrations than any other liquid; water, which doesn’t easily evaporate completely from a pond in summer or freeze solid in winter; water, which is such a versatile solvent and can break down substances so finely; water, which makes up over 80 percent of living matter itself.
Of great significance was the abundance of carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen (in the form of carbonic acid and water) in the atmosphere of the cooling earth, for these three wonderful elements have a unique ensemble of properties—ready to enter into reactions and relations, making great diversity and complexity possible, favouring the formation of the plastic and permeable materials that build up living creatures. We must not pursue the idea, but it is clear that the stones and mortar of the inanimate world are such that they built a friendly home for life.
Of great significance was the abundance of carbon, hydrogen, and oxygen (in the form of carbonic acid and water) in the atmosphere of the cooling earth, as these three amazing elements have a unique ensemble of properties—ready to engage in reactions and relationships, allowing for great diversity and complexity, and promoting the formation of the flexible and permeable materials that make up living beings. We shouldn't dwell on the idea, but it's clear that the stones and mortar of the non-living world are structured in a way that created a welcoming environment for life.
Origin of Living Creatures upon the Earth
During the early chapters of the earth's history, no living creature that we can imagine could possibly have lived there. The temperature was too high; there was neither atmosphere nor surface water. Therefore it follows that at some uncertain, but inconceivably distant date, living creatures appeared upon[Pg 61] the earth. No one knows how, but it is interesting to consider possibilities.
During the early chapters of the earth's history, no living creature that we can imagine could have existed there. The temperature was too high; there was no atmosphere or surface water. So, at some uncertain but unimaginably distant point in time, living creatures showed up on[Pg 61] the earth. No one knows how, but it's fascinating to think about the possibilities.

Reproduced from the Smithsonian Report, 1915.
Reproduced from the Smithsonian Report, 1915.
A LIMESTONE CANYON
A limestone canyon
Many fossils of extinct animals have been found in such rock formations.
Many fossils of extinct animals have been discovered in these rock formations.

GENEALOGICAL TREE OF ANIMALS
ANIMAL FAMILY TREE
Showing in order of evolution the general relations of the chief classes into which the world of living things is divided. This scheme represents the present stage of our knowledge, but is admittedly provisional.
Showing the evolutionary relationships among the main categories into which all living things are divided. This outline reflects the current state of our understanding, but it's acknowledged to be temporary.

DIAGRAM OF AMŒBA
DIAGRAM OF AMOEBA
(Greatly magnified.)
(Greatly enlarged.)
The amœba is one of the simplest of all animals, and gives us a hint of the original ancestors. It looks like a tiny irregular speck of greyish jelly, about 1/100th of an inch in diameter. It is commonly found gliding on the mud or weeds in ponds, where it engulfs its microscopic food by means of out-flowing lobes (PS). The food vacuole (FV) contains ingested food. From the contractile vacuole (CV) the waste matter is discharged. N is the nucleus, GR, granules.
The amoeba is one of the simplest animals and gives us a glimpse of our early ancestors. It looks like a tiny, irregular blob of grayish jelly, about 1/100th of an inch across. It's often found gliding on the mud or weeds in ponds, where it takes in its microscopic food using flowing lobes (PS). The food vacuole (FV) holds the ingested food. Waste is expelled from the contractile vacuole (CV). N is the nucleus, and GR refers to granules.
From ancient times it has been a favourite answer that the dust of the earth may have become living in a way which is outside scientific description. This answer forecloses the question, and it is far too soon to do that. Science must often say "Ignoramus": Science should be slow to say "Ignorabimus."
From ancient times, people have liked to say that the dust of the earth might have turned into living beings in a way that science can’t describe yet. This answer shuts down the question, and it’s way too early to do that. Science often has to say "We don’t know": Science should be cautious in saying "We will never know."
A second position held by Helmholtz, Lord Kelvin, and others, suggests that minute living creatures may have come to the earth from elsewhere, in the cracks of a meteorite or among cosmic dust. It must be remembered that seeds can survive prolonged exposure to very low temperatures; that spores of bacteria can survive high temperature; that seeds of plants and germs of animals in a state of "latent life" can survive prolonged drought and absence of oxygen. It is possible, according to Berthelot, that as long as there is not molecular disintegration vital activities may be suspended for a time, and may afterwards recommence when appropriate conditions are restored. Therefore, one should be slow to say that a long journey through space is impossible. The obvious limitation of Lord Kelvin's theory is that it only shifts the problem of the origin of organisms (i.e. living creatures) from the earth to elsewhere.
A second view held by Helmholtz, Lord Kelvin, and others suggests that tiny living creatures may have arrived on Earth from other locations, possibly in the cracks of a meteorite or in cosmic dust. It's important to note that seeds can endure very low temperatures for a long time; that bacterial spores can withstand high temperatures; and that plant seeds and animal germs in a state of "latent life" can survive prolonged periods without water and in the absence of oxygen. According to Berthelot, as long as there's no molecular disintegration, vital activities can be paused for a while and may resume when conditions improve. Therefore, we should be cautious in claiming that a long journey through space is impossible. The clear limitation of Lord Kelvin's theory is that it merely shifts the question of where organisms (i.e., living creatures) originate from Earth to elsewhere.
The third answer is that living creatures of a very simple sort may have emerged on the earth's surface from not-living material, e.g. from some semi-fluid carbon compounds activated by ferments. The tenability of this view is suggested by the achievements of the synthetic chemists, who are able artificially to build up substances such as oxalic acid, indigo, salicylic acid, caffeine, and grape-sugar. We do not know, indeed, what in Nature's laboratory would take the place of the clever synthetic chemist, but there seems to be a tendency to complexity. Corpuscles form atoms, atoms form molecules, small molecules large ones.[Pg 62]
The third answer is that simple living organisms may have arisen on the earth's surface from non-living materials, like some semi-fluid carbon compounds activated by enzymes. This idea is supported by what synthetic chemists have accomplished, as they can artificially create substances like oxalic acid, indigo, salicylic acid, caffeine, and glucose. We don’t really know what would serve as a substitute for the skilled synthetic chemist in Nature's lab, but there appears to be a trend toward increasing complexity. Particles make up atoms, atoms form molecules, and small molecules combine into larger ones.[Pg 62]
Various concrete suggestions have been made in regard to the possible origin of living matter, which will be dealt with in a later chapter. So far as we know of what goes on to-day, there is no evidence of spontaneous generation; organisms seem always to arise from pre-existing organisms of the same kind; where any suggestion of the contrary has been fancied, there have been flaws in the experimenting. But it is one thing to accept the verdict "omne vivum e vivo" as a fact to which experiment has not yet discovered an exception and another thing to maintain that this must always have been true or must always remain true.
Various specific suggestions have been made regarding the possible origin of living matter, which will be discussed in a later chapter. As far as we know from current observations, there is no evidence of spontaneous generation; organisms always seem to come from existing organisms of the same kind. When any contrary suggestion has been proposed, there have been issues with the experiments. However, accepting the idea "omne vivum e vivo" as a fact that experiments haven't proven false is different from asserting that this must have always been true or must remain true forever.
If the synthetic chemists should go on surpassing themselves, if substances like white of egg should be made artificially, and if we should get more light on possible steps by which simple living creatures may have arisen from not-living materials, this would not greatly affect our general outlook on life, though it would increase our appreciation of what is often libelled as "inert" matter. If the dust of the earth did naturally give rise very long ago to living creatures, if they are in a real sense born of her and of the sunshine, then the whole world becomes more continuous and more vital, and all the inorganic groaning and travailing becomes more intelligible.
If synthetic chemists continue to outdo themselves, if substances like egg whites can be made artificially, and if we gain more insights into how simple living creatures may have come from non-living materials, this won’t significantly change our overall view of life, but it would enhance our appreciation for what is often wrongly labeled as "inert" matter. If the dust of the earth did naturally give rise to living creatures a long time ago, and if they are, in a real sense, born from the earth and the sunlight, then the whole world becomes more interconnected and vital, and all the inorganic struggle becomes easier to understand.
§ 4
The First Organisms upon the Earth
We cannot have more than a speculative picture of the first living creatures upon the earth or, rather, in the waters that covered the earth. A basis for speculation is to be found, however, in the simplest creatures living to-day, such as some of the bacteria and one-celled animalcules, especially those called Protists, which have not taken any very definite step towards becoming either plants or animals. No one can be sure, but there is much to be said for the theory that the first creatures were[Pg 63] microscopic globules of living matter, not unlike the simplest bacteria of to-day, but able to live on air, water, and dissolved salts. From such a source may have originated a race of one-celled marine organisms which were able to manufacture chlorophyll, or something like chlorophyll, that is to say, the green pigment which makes it possible for plants to utilise the energy of the sunlight in breaking up carbon dioxide and in building up (photosynthesis) carbon compounds like sugars and starch. These little units were probably encased in a cell-wall of cellulose, but their boxed-in energy expressed itself in the undulatory movement of a lash or flagellum, by means of which they propelled themselves energetically through the water. There are many similar organisms to-day, mostly in water, but some of them—simple one-celled plants—paint the tree-stems and even the paving-stones green in wet weather. According to Prof. A. H. Church there was a long chapter in the history of the earth when the sea that covered everything teemed with these green flagellates—the originators of the Vegetable Kingdom.
We can only have a speculative idea of the first living creatures on Earth, or rather, in the waters that once covered it. However, we can base our speculations on the simplest organisms alive today, like certain bacteria and single-celled organisms, especially those called Protists, which haven't clearly evolved into either plants or animals. While no one can be completely sure, there’s a lot to support the idea that the first living beings were[Pg 63] microscopic blobs of living matter, similar to today’s simplest bacteria, but capable of surviving on air, water, and dissolved salts. This may have led to the emergence of a type of single-celled marine organisms that could produce chlorophyll—or something like it—which is the green pigment that allows plants to capture sunlight energy for breaking down carbon dioxide and creating carbon compounds like sugars and starches (photosynthesis). These tiny units likely had a cell wall made of cellulose, and their contained energy manifested in the movement of a whip-like tail or flagellum, which they used to swim energetically through the water. Many similar organisms exist today, mostly in aquatic environments, but some—simple single-celled plants—can turn tree trunks and even sidewalks green in wet weather. According to Prof. A. H. Church, there was a long period in Earth’s history when the sea, which covered everything, was full of these green flagellates—the ancestors of the Plant Kingdom.
On another tack, however, there probably evolved a series of simple predatory creatures, not able to build up organic matter from air, water, and salts, but devouring their neighbours. These units were not closed in with cellulose, but remained naked, with their living matter or protoplasm flowing out in changeful processes, such as we see in the Amœbæ in the ditch or in our own white blood corpuscles and other amœboid cells. These were the originators of the animal kingdom. Thus from very simple Protists the first animals and the first plants may have arisen. All were still very minute, and it is worth remembering that had there been any scientific spectator after our kind upon the earth during these long ages, he would have lamented the entire absence of life, although the seas were teeming. The simplest forms of life and the protoplasm which Huxley called the physical basis of life will be dealt with in the chapter on Biology in a later section of this work.[Pg 64]
On another note, there likely developed a series of simple predatory creatures that couldn't create organic matter from air, water, and salts but instead fed on their neighbors. These organisms weren't enclosed in cellulose; they remained exposed, with their living matter or protoplasm flowing out in changing processes, similar to what we observe in amoebas in ditches or in our own white blood cells and other amoeboid cells. These were the earliest members of the animal kingdom. Thus, from very simple protists, the first animals and plants may have emerged. All of them were still quite small, and it's important to note that if there had been any scientific observer resembling us on Earth during these extensive periods, they would have bemoaned the complete lack of life, even though the seas were bustling. The simplest life forms and the protoplasm that Huxley referred to as the physical basis of life will be discussed in the chapter on Biology in a later section of this work.[Pg 64]
FIRST GREAT STEPS IN EVOLUTION
THE FIRST PLANTS—THE FIRST ANIMALS—BEGINNINGS OF BODIES—EVOLUTION OF SEX—BEGINNING OF NATURAL DEATH
§ 1
The Contrast between Plants and Animals
However it may have come about, there is no doubt at all that one of the first great steps in Organic Evolution was the forking of the genealogical tree into Plants and Animals—the most important parting of the ways in the whole history of Nature.
However it may have happened, there's no doubt that one of the first major steps in Organic Evolution was the splitting of the genealogical tree into Plants and Animals—the most significant division in the entire history of Nature.
Typical plants have chlorophyll; they are able to feed at a low chemical level on air, water, and salts, using the energy of the sunlight in their photosynthesis. They have their cells boxed in by cellulose walls, so that their opportunities for motility are greatly restricted. They manufacture much more nutritive material than they need, and live far below their income. They have no ready way of getting rid of any nitrogenous waste matter that they may form, and this probably helps to keep them sluggish.
Typical plants have chlorophyll; they can feed at a low chemical level on air, water, and salts, using sunlight for photosynthesis. Their cells are enclosed by cellulose walls, which greatly limits their ability to move. They produce much more nutrients than they require and live well below their means. They have no easy way to dispose of any nitrogenous waste they may generate, which probably contributes to their sluggishness.
Animals, on the other hand, feed at a high chemical level, on the carbohydrates (e.g. starch and sugar), fats, and proteins (e.g. gluten, albumin, casein) which are manufactured by other animals, or to begin with, by plants. Their cells have not cellulose walls, nor in most cases much wall of any kind, and motility in the majority is unrestricted. Animals live much more nearly up to their income. If we could make for an animal and a plant of equal weight two fractions showing the ratio of the upbuilding, constructive, chemical processes to the down-breaking, disruptive, chemical processes that go on in their respective bodies, the ratio for the plant would be much greater than the corresponding ratio for the animal. In other words, animals take the munitions which plants laboriously manufacture and explode them in locomotion[Pg 65] and work; and the entire system of animate nature depends upon the photosynthesis that goes on in green plants.
Animals, on the other hand, consume nutrients at a high chemical level, including carbohydrates (like starch and sugar), fats, and proteins (like gluten, albumin, and casein) that are produced by other animals or originally by plants. Their cells lack cellulose walls and, in most cases, have very little wall structure, allowing for greater mobility. Animals live much closer to their income. If we were to create two fractions for an animal and a plant of equal weight showing the ratio of the building up, constructive chemical processes to the breaking down, disruptive chemical processes occurring in their bodies, the ratio for the plant would be much higher than that for the animal. In other words, animals use the nutrients that plants painstakingly produce and convert them into energy for movement and work; the entire system of living nature relies on the photosynthesis that occurs in green plants.[Pg 65]

From the Smithsonian Report, 1917
From the Smithsonian Report, 1917
A PIECE OF A REEF-BUILDING CORAL, BUILT UP BY A LARGE COLONY OF SMALL SEA-ANEMONE-LIKE POLYPS, EACH OF WHICH FORMS FROM THE SALTS OF THE SEA A SKELETON OR SHELL OF LIME
A piece of a reef-building coral, created by a large colony of small sea-anemone-like polyps, each of which forms a skeleton or shell of lime from the salts of the sea.
The wonderful mass of corals, which are very beautiful, are the skeleton remains of hundreds of these little creatures.
The amazing mass of corals, which are really beautiful, consists of the skeleton remains of hundreds of these tiny creatures.

Photo: J. J. Ward, F.E.S.
Photo: J.J. Ward, F.E.S.
THE INSET CIRCLE SHOWS A GROUP OF CHALK-FORMING ANIMALS, OR FORAMINIFERA, EACH ABOUT THE SIZE OF A VERY SMALL PIN'S HEAD
THE INSET CIRCLE SHOWS A GROUP OF CHALK-FORMING ANIMALS, OR FORAMINIFERA, EACH ABOUT THE SIZE OF A SMALL PINHEAD.
They form a great part of the chalk cliffs of Dover and similar deposits which have been raised from the floor of an ancient sea.
They make up a large portion of the chalk cliffs of Dover and similar deposits that have been lifted from the bottom of an ancient sea.
THE ENORMOUSLY ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION IS THAT OF A COMMON FORAMINIFER (POLYSTOMELLA) SHOWING THE SHELL IN THE CENTRE AND THE OUTFLOWING NETWORK OF LIVING MATTER, ALONG WHICH GRANULES ARE CONTINUALLY TRAVELLING, AND BY WHICH FOOD PARTICLES ARE ENTANGLED AND DRAWN IN
THE HUGE ENLARGED ILLUSTRATION DEPICTS A COMMON FORAMINIFER (POLYSTOMELLA), SHOWING THE SHELL IN THE CENTER AND THE FLOWING NETWORK OF LIVING MATTER, ALONG WHICH GRANULES ARE CONSTANTLY MOVING, AND THROUGH WHICH FOOD PARTICLES ARE TRAPPED AND PULLED IN.
Reproduced by permission of the Natural History Museum (after Max Schultze).
Reproduced with permission from the Natural History Museum (after Max Schultze).
As the result of much more explosive life, animals have to deal with much in the way of nitrogenous waste products, the ashes of the living fire, but these are usually got rid of very effectively, e.g. in the kidney filters, and do not clog the system by being deposited as crystals and the like, as happens in plants. Sluggish animals like sea-squirts which have no kidneys are exceptions that prove the rule, and it need hardly be said that the statements that have been made in regard to the contrasts between plants and animals are general statements. There is often a good deal of the plant about the animal, as in sedentary sponges, zoophytes, corals, and sea-squirts, and there is often a little of the animal about the plant, as we see in the movements of all shoots and roots and leaves, and occasionally in the parts of the flower. But the important fact is that on the early forking of the genealogical tree, i.e. the divergence of plants and animals, there depended and depends all the higher life of the animal kingdom, not to speak of mankind. The continuance of civilisation, the upkeep of the human and animal population of the globe, and even the supply of oxygen to the air we breathe, depend on the silent laboratories of the green leaves, which are able with the help of the sunlight to use carbonic acid, water, and salts to build up the bread of life.
Due to a much more intense life, animals have to manage a significant amount of nitrogenous waste, the remnants of their metabolic processes. However, they typically handle this quite well, such as through kidney filtration, and these waste products don’t block their systems by forming crystals like they do in plants. Slow-moving creatures like sea-squirts that lack kidneys are exceptions that highlight this pattern, and it's worth mentioning that the differences noted between plants and animals are generalizations. Animals often share characteristics with plants, as seen in sedentary sponges, zoophytes, corals, and sea-squirts. Conversely, plants can also exhibit some animal traits, as observed in the movements of shoots, roots, and leaves, and occasionally in flower parts. The key point is that at the early branching of the evolutionary tree—the split between plants and animals—hinged all the advanced life in the animal kingdom, including humans. The continuation of civilization, the maintenance of the human and animal populations on Earth, and even the oxygen we breathe are all dependent on the quiet processes taking place in green leaves, which, with the help of sunlight, convert carbon dioxide, water, and minerals into the essentials for life.
§ 2
The Beginnings of Land Plants
It is highly probable that for long ages the waters covered the earth, and that all the primeval vegetation consisted of simple Flagellates in the universal Open Sea. But contraction of the earth's crust brought about elevations and depressions of the sea-floor, and in places the solid substratum was brought near enough the surface to allow the floating plants to begin to settle down without getting out of the light. This is how Professor[Pg 66] Church pictures the beginning of a fixed vegetation—a very momentous step in evolution. It was perhaps among this early vegetation that animals had their first successes. As the floor of the sea in these shallow areas was raised higher and higher there was a beginning of dry land. The sedentary plants already spoken of were the ancestors of the shore seaweeds, and there is no doubt that when we go down at the lowest tide and wade cautiously out among the jungle of vegetation only exposed on such occasions we are getting a glimpse of very ancient days. This is the forest primeval.
It’s very likely that for many ages, water covered the earth, and all the early plant life was made up of simple Flagellates in the vast Open Sea. However, as the earth's crust contracted, the sea floor experienced elevations and depressions, and in some areas, the solid ground came close enough to the surface to allow floating plants to start settling down while still receiving light. This is how Professor[Pg 66] Church describes the beginning of stationary vegetation—a crucial step in evolution. It’s possible that it was among this early vegetation that animals first began to thrive. As the sea floor in these shallow areas rose higher, dry land started to form. The stationary plants mentioned earlier were the ancestors of the coastal seaweeds, and there’s no doubt that when we go down at low tide and carefully wade into the dense vegetation revealed during that time, we are catching a glimpse of very ancient days. This is the primeval forest.
The Protozoa
Animals below the level of zoophytes and sponges are called Protozoa. The word obviously means "First Animals," but all that we can say is that the very simplest of them may give us some hint of the simplicity of the original first animals. For it is quite certain that the vast majority of the Protozoa to-day are far too complicated to be thought of as primitive. Though most of them are microscopic, each is an animal complete in itself, with the same fundamental bodily attributes as are manifested in ourselves. They differ from animals of higher degree in not being built up of the unit areas or corpuscles called cells. They have no cells, no tissues, no organs, in the ordinary acceptation of these words, but many of them show a great complexity of internal structure, far exceeding that of the ordinary cells that build up the tissues of higher animals. They are complete living creatures which have not gone in for body-making.
Animals below the level of zoophytes and sponges are called Protozoa. The term clearly means "First Animals," but all we can say is that the very simplest ones may give us some idea of what the original first animals were like. It's clear that the vast majority of Protozoa today are way too complex to be considered primitive. While most of them are microscopic, each one is a complete living creature, possessing the same basic bodily features found in ourselves. They differ from more advanced animals in that they aren't made up of the unit areas or cells. They have no cells, tissues, or organs in the usual sense of these terms, but many of them exhibit a significant complexity of internal structure, far beyond that of typical cells that form the tissues of higher animals. They are fully developed living organisms that haven't engaged in building up a body.
In the dim and distant past there was a time when the only animals were of the nature of Protozoa, and it is safe to say that one of the great steps in evolution was the establishment of three great types of Protozoa: (a) Some were very active, the Infusorians, like the slipper animalcule, the night-light (Noctiluca), which makes the seas phosphorescent at night, and the deadly Trypanosome, which causes Sleeping Sickness.[Pg 67] (b) Others were very sluggish, the parasitic Sporozoa, like the malaria organism which the mosquito introduces into man's body. (c) Others were neither very active nor very passive, the Rhizopods, with out-flowing processes of living matter. This amœboid line of evolution has been very successful; it is represented by the Rhizopods, such as Amœbæ and the chalk-forming Foraminifera and the exquisitely beautiful flint-shelled Radiolarians of the open sea. They have their counterparts in the amœboid cells of most multicellular animals, such as the phagocytes which migrate about in the body, engulfing and digesting intruding bacteria, serving as sappers and miners when something has to be broken down and built up again, and performing other useful offices.
In the distant past, there was a time when the only animals were protozoa. It's safe to say that one of the significant steps in evolution was the emergence of three main types of protozoa: (a) Some were very active, like Infusorians, including the slipper animalcule and Noctiluca, which makes the seas glow at night, as well as the harmful Trypanosome, responsible for Sleeping Sickness.[Pg 67] (b) Others were quite sluggish, like the parasitic Sporozoa, including the malaria organism that mosquitoes introduce into humans. (c) Some were neither particularly active nor passive, like the Rhizopods, with extensions of living material. This amœboid line of evolution has thrived; it includes Rhizopods like Amœbæ, the chalk-forming Foraminifera, and the beautifully intricate flint-shelled Radiolarians of the open sea. They have parallels in the amoeboid cells of most multicellular animals, such as the phagocytes that move around the body, engulfing and digesting invading bacteria, acting as builders and demolishers when something needs to be broken down and rebuilt, and performing other important tasks.
§ 3
The Making of a Body
The great naturalist Louis Agassiz once said that the biggest gulf in Organic Nature was that between the unicellular and the multicellular animals (Protozoa and Metazoa). But the gulf was bridged very long ago when sponges, stinging animals, and simple worms were evolved, and showed, for the first time, a "body." What would one not give to be able to account for the making of a body, one of the great steps in evolution! No one knows, but the problem is not altogether obscure.
The great naturalist Louis Agassiz once said that the biggest gap in organic nature was between unicellular and multicellular animals (Protozoa and Metazoa). But that gap was crossed a long time ago when sponges, stinging creatures, and simple worms evolved, revealing, for the first time, a "body." Who wouldn't want to understand how a body is formed, one of the major milestones in evolution? No one knows, but the issue isn't entirely unclear.
When an ordinary Protozoon or one-celled animal divides into two or more, which is its way of multiplying, the daughter-units thus formed float apart and live independent lives. But there are a few Protozoa in which the daughter-units are not quite separated off from one another, but remain coherent. Thus Volvox, a beautiful green ball, found in some canals and the like, is a colony of a thousand or even ten thousand cells. It has almost formed a body! But in this "colony-making" Protozoon, and in others like it, the component cells are all of one kind, whereas in true multicellular animals there are different kinds of[Pg 68] cells, showing division of labour. There are some other Protozoa in which the nucleus or kernel divides into many nuclei within the cell. This is seen in the Giant Amœba (Pelomyxa), sometimes found in duck-ponds, or the beautiful Opalina, which always lives in the hind part of the frog's food-canal. If a portion of the living matter of these Protozoa should gather round each of the nuclei, then that would be the beginning of a body. It would be still nearer the beginning of a body if division of labour set in, and if there was a setting apart of egg-cells and sperm-cells distinct from body-cells.
When a typical protozoa or single-celled organism divides into two or more, which is how it reproduces, the new units that form float apart and live independent lives. However, there are some protozoa in which the new units don’t completely separate but stay connected. For instance, Volvox, a beautiful green ball found in some canals and similar places, is a colony of a thousand or even ten thousand cells. It’s almost like it has formed a body! But in this "colony-forming" protozoan, and others like it, all the cells are of the same type, while in true multicellular animals, there are different types of[Pg 68] cells, which allows for division of labor. There are also some other protozoa where the nucleus divides into multiple nuclei within the cell. This can be seen in the Giant Amoeba (Pelomyxa), sometimes found in duck ponds, or the beautiful Opalina, which always lives in the back part of a frog's digestive tract. If some of the living matter of these protozoa gathers around each of the nuclei, then that would be the beginning of a body. It would be even closer to forming a body if division of labor occurs and if egg cells and sperm cells are distinguished from body cells.
It was possibly in some such way that animals and plants with a body were first evolved. Two points should be noticed, that body-making is not essentially a matter of size, though it made large size possible. For the body of a many-celled Wheel Animalcule or Rotifer is no bigger than many a Protozoon. Yet the Rotifer—we are thinking of Hydatina—has nine hundred odd cells, whereas the Protozoon has only one, except in forms like Volvox. Secondly, it is a luminous fact that every many-celled animal from sponge to man that multiplies in the ordinary way begins at the beginning again as a "single cell," the fertilised egg-cell. It is, of course, not an ordinary single cell that develops into an earthworm or a butterfly, an eagle, or a man; it is a cell in which a rich inheritance, the fruition of ages, is somehow condensed; but it is interesting to bear in mind the elementary fact that every many-celled creature, reproduced in the ordinary way and not by budding or the like, starts as a fertilised egg-cell. The coherence of the daughter-cells into which the fertilised egg-cell divides is a reminiscence, as it were, of the primeval coherence of daughter-units that made the first body possible.
It was probably in some way like this that animals and plants with a body first evolved. Two points should be noted: body formation isn’t just about size, even though it allowed for larger sizes. For example, the body of a multi-celled Wheel Animalcule or Rotifer is no larger than that of many Protozoa. However, the Rotifer—we're thinking of Hydatina—has over nine hundred cells, while the Protozoan has just one, except in forms like Volvox. Secondly, it’s a notable fact that every multi-celled animal from sponge to human that reproduces in the usual way starts over as a "single cell," the fertilized egg-cell. Of course, it’s not just any single cell that develops into an earthworm, butterfly, eagle, or human; it’s a cell that contains a rich inheritance, the outcome of ages, somehow condensed. Still, it’s interesting to remember the basic fact that every multi-celled creature, reproduced in the usual way and not by budding or similar methods, begins as a fertilized egg cell. The connection of the daughter cells into which the fertilized egg cell divides is a reminder, in a way, of the original connection of those daughter units that made the first body possible.
The Beginning of Sexual Reproduction
A freshwater Hydra, growing on the duckweed usually multiplies by budding. It forms daughter-buds, living images of itself; a check comes to nutrition and these daughter-buds go[Pg 69] free. A big sea-anemone may divide in two or more parts, which become separate animals. This is asexual reproduction, which means that the multiplication takes place by dividing into two or many portions, and not by liberating egg-cells and sperm-cells. Among animals as among plants, asexual reproduction is very common. But it has great disadvantages, for it is apt to be physiologically expensive, and it is beset with difficulties when the body shows great division of labour, and is very intimately bound into unity. Thus, no one can think of a bee or a bird multiplying by division or by budding. Moreover, if the body of the parent has suffered from injury or deterioration, the result of this is bound to be handed on to the next generation if asexual reproduction is the only method.
A freshwater Hydra, which usually grows on duckweed, typically reproduces by budding. It creates daughter buds, which are identical to itself; eventually, there's a limit to its nutrition, and these daughter buds become[Pg 69] independent. A large sea anemone can split into two or more parts, each becoming a separate organism. This is asexual reproduction, meaning that multiplication occurs by dividing into two or more pieces, rather than by releasing egg and sperm cells. Asexual reproduction is quite common among both animals and plants. However, it has significant drawbacks, as it can be physiologically costly and faces challenges when the organism exhibits a high degree of specialization and unity. For instance, no one can imagine a bee or a bird reproducing through division or budding. Additionally, if the parent organism has been injured or deteriorated, the same issues are likely to be passed on to the next generation if asexual reproduction is the only means of reproduction available.

Photos: J. J. Ward, F.E.S.
Photos: J.J. Ward, F.E.S.
A PLANT-LIKE ANIMAL, OR ZOOPHYTE, CALLED OBELIA
A plant-like animal, or zoophyte, called Obelia
Consisting of a colony of small polyps, whose stinging tentacles are well shown greatly enlarged in the lower photograph.
Consisting of a group of tiny polyps, whose stinging tentacles are clearly visible and significantly enlarged in the lower photograph.

Reproduced by permission of "The Quart. Journ. Mic. Sci."
Reproduced by permission of "The Quart. Journ. Mic. Sci."
TRYPANOSOMA GAMBIENSE
TRYPANOSOMA GAMBIENSE
(Very highly magnified.)
(Very highly zoomed in.)
The microscopic animal Trypanosome, which causes Sleeping Sickness. The study of these organisms has of late years acquired an immense importance on account of the widespread and dangerous maladies to which some of them give rise. It lives in the blood of man, who is infected by the bite of a Tse-tse fly which carries the parasite from some other host.
The tiny organism Trypanosome, which causes Sleeping Sickness. Recently, studying these organisms has become extremely important due to the widespread and serious diseases some of them cause. It lives in human blood, infecting people through the bite of a Tse-tse fly that carries the parasite from another host.

VOLVOX
VOLVOX
The Volvox is found in some canals and the like. It is one of the first animals to suggest the beginning of a body. It is a colony of a thousand or even ten thousand cells, but they are all cells of one kind. In multicellular animals the cells are of different kinds with different functions. Each of the ordinary cells (marked 5) has two lashes or flagella. Daughter colonies inside the Parent colony are being formed at 3, 4, and 2. The development of germ-cells is shown at 1.
The Volvox can be found in some canals and similar places. It’s one of the first organisms to hint at the formation of a body. It consists of a colony made up of a thousand or even ten thousand identical cells. In multicellular organisms, the cells are of different types with distinct functions. Each of the ordinary cells (marked 5) has two tails or flagella. Daughter colonies are forming within the Parent colony at 3, 4, and 2. The development of germ cells is illustrated at 1.

PROTEROSPONGIA
PROTEROSPONGIA
One of the simplest multicellular animals, illustrating the beginning of a body. There is a setting apart of egg-cells and sperm-cells, distinct from body-cells; the collared lashed cells on the margin are different in kind from those farther in. Thus, as in indubitable multicellular animals, division of labour has begun.
One of the simplest multicellular animals, showing the start of a body. There is a separation of egg cells and sperm cells, which are different from body cells; the collar cells on the edge are different from those deeper inside. So, just like in clear multicellular animals, the division of labor has begun.
Splitting into two or many parts was the old-fashioned way of multiplying, but one of the great steps in evolution was the discovery of a better method, namely, sexual reproduction. The gist of this is simply that during the process of body-building (by the development of the fertilised egg-cell) certain units, the germ-cells, do not share in forming ordinary tissues or organs, but remain apart, continuing the full inheritance which was condensed in the fertilised egg-cell. These cells kept by themselves are the originators of the future reproductive cells of the mature animal; they give rise to the egg-cells and the sperm-cells.
Splitting into two or more parts was the old way of multiplying, but one of the major advancements in evolution was the discovery of a better method, which is sexual reproduction. Essentially, during the process of building a body (through the development of the fertilized egg cell), certain units, the germ cells, don’t participate in forming regular tissues or organs. Instead, they remain separate, preserving the complete inheritance that was contained in the fertilized egg cell. These cells that stay isolated are the source of the future reproductive cells of the mature animal; they create the egg cells and sperm cells.
The advantages of this method are great. (1) The new generation is started less expensively, for it is easier to shed germ-cells into the cradle of the water than to separate off half of the body. (2) It is possible to start a great many new lives at once, and this may be of vital importance when the struggle for existence is very keen, and when parental care is impossible. (3) The germ-cells are little likely to be prejudicially affected by disadvantageous dints impressed on the body of the parent—little likely unless the dints have peculiarly penetrating consequences, as in the case of poisons. (4) A further advantage is[Pg 70] implied in the formation of two kinds of germ-cells—the ovum or egg-cell, with a considerable amount of building material and often with a legacy of nutritive yolk; the spermatozoon or sperm-cell, adapted to move in fluids and to find the ovum from a distance, thus securing change-provoking cross-fertilisation.
The benefits of this method are significant. (1) The new generation is created at a lower cost, as it’s easier to release germ cells into the water than to separate part of the body. (2) It’s possible to initiate many new lives simultaneously, which can be crucial when the competition for survival is intense and parental care isn’t feasible. (3) The germ cells are less likely to be negatively impacted by harmful effects imposed on the parent's body—unless those effects have particularly strong consequences, like with toxins. (4) Another advantage is[Pg 70] that there are two types of germ cells: the ovum or egg cell, which contains a significant amount of building material and often some nutritive yolk; and the spermatozoon or sperm cell, which is designed to move in fluids and locate the ovum from a distance, facilitating beneficial cross-fertilization.
§ 4
The Evolution of Sex
Another of the great steps in organic evolution was the differentiation of two different physiological types, the male or sperm-producer and the female or egg-producer. It seems to be a deep-seated difference in constitution, which leads one egg to develop into a male, and another, lying beside it in the nest, into a female. In the case of pigeons it seems almost certain, from the work of Professor Oscar Riddle, that there are two kinds of egg, a male-producing egg and a female-producing egg, which differ in their yolk-forming and other physiological characters.
Another significant advancement in organic evolution was the differentiation of two distinct physiological types: the male, which produces sperm, and the female, which produces eggs. There appears to be a fundamental difference in their structure, which causes one egg to develop into a male while another, positioned next to it in the nest, becomes a female. In the case of pigeons, research by Professor Oscar Riddle almost certainly indicates that there are two types of eggs—one that produces males and another that produces females—with differences in their yolk formation and other physiological characteristics.
In sea-urchins we often find two creatures superficially indistinguishable, but the one is a female with large ovaries and the other is a male with equally large testes. Here the physiological difference does not affect the body as a whole, but the reproductive organs or gonads only, though more intimate physiology would doubtless discover differences in the blood or in the chemical routine (metabolism). In a large number of cases, however, there are marked superficial differences between the sexes, and everyone is familiar with such contrasts as peacock and peahen, stag and hind. In such cases the physiological difference between the sperm-producer and the ovum-producer, for this is the essential difference, saturates through the body and expresses itself in masculine and feminine structures and modes of behaviour. The expression of the masculine and feminine characters is in some cases under the control of hormones or chemical messengers which are carried by the blood from the reproductive organs throughout the body, and pull the trigger which brings[Pg 71] about the development of an antler or a wattle or a decorative plume or a capacity for vocal and saltatory display. In some cases it is certain that the female carries in a latent state the masculine features, but these are kept from expressing themselves by other chemical messengers from the ovary. Of these chemical messengers more must be said later on.
In sea urchins, we often encounter two creatures that look very similar, but one is a female with large ovaries and the other is a male with equally large testes. Here, the physiological difference doesn't impact the body as a whole, but only the reproductive organs or gonads. However, a deeper physiological examination would likely reveal differences in the blood or metabolism. In many cases, there are obvious differences between the sexes, and everyone knows the contrasts between the peacock and peahen or the stag and hind. In such instances, the physiological difference between the sperm-producer and the ovum-producer— which is the fundamental difference—permeates the body and manifests in masculine and feminine structures and behaviors. The expression of masculine and feminine traits is sometimes regulated by hormones or chemical messengers transported by the blood from the reproductive organs throughout the body, triggering the development of an antler, a wattle, a decorative plume, or enhancing vocal and jumping displays. In some cases, it's clear that the female carries the masculine traits in a dormant state, but these traits are prevented from expressing themselves by other chemical messengers from the ovary. More will be said about these chemical messengers later on.
Recent research has shown that while the difference between male and female is very deep-rooted, corresponding to a difference in gearing, it is not always clear-cut. Thus a hen-pigeon may be very masculine, and a cock-pigeon very feminine. The difference is in degree, not in kind.
Recent research has shown that while the differences between males and females are deeply rooted, similar to differences in gearing, they aren't always straightforward. For example, a hen pigeon can exhibit very masculine traits, while a cock pigeon can have very feminine qualities. The difference lies in degree, not in kind.
§ 5
What is the meaning of the universal or almost universal inevitableness of death? A Sequoia or "Big Tree" of California has been known to live for over two thousand years, but eventually it died. A centenarian tortoise has been known, and a sea-anemone sixty years of age; but eventually they die. What is the meaning of this apparently inevitable stoppage of bodily life?
What is the meaning behind the universal or almost universal inevitability of death? A Sequoia, or "Big Tree," in California has been known to live for over two thousand years, but it eventually died. A centenarian tortoise has been documented, as well as a sea anemone that lived to be sixty; but in the end, they all die. What does this seemingly unavoidable end to physical life mean?
The Beginning of Natural Death
There are three chief kinds of death, (a) The great majority of animals come to a violent end, being devoured by others or killed by sudden and extreme changes in their surroundings. (b) When an animal enters a new habitat, or comes into new associations with other organisms, it may be invaded by a microbe or by some larger parasite to which it is unaccustomed and to which it can offer no resistance. With many parasites a "live-and-let-live" compromise is arrived at, but new parasites are apt to be fatal, as man knows to his cost when he is bitten by a tse-tse fly which infects him with the microscopic animal (a Trypanosome) that causes Sleeping Sickness. In many animals the parasites are not troublesome as long as the host is vigorous,[Pg 72] but if the host is out of condition the parasites may get the upper hand, as in the so-called "grouse disease," and become fatal. (c) But besides violent death and microbic (or parasitic) death, there is natural death. This is in great part to be regarded as the price paid for a body. A body worth having implies complexity or division of labour, and this implies certain internal furnishings of a more or less stable kind in which the effects of wear and tear are apt to accumulate. It is not the living matter itself that grows old so much as the framework in which it works—the furnishings of the vital laboratory. There are various processes of rejuvenescence, e.g. rest, repair, change, reorganisation, which work against the inevitable processes of senescence, but sooner or later the victory is with ageing. Another deep reason for natural death is to be found in the physiological expensiveness of reproduction, for many animals, from worms to eels, illustrate natural death as the nemesis of starting new lives. Now it is a very striking fact that to a large degree the simplest animals or Protozoa are exempt from natural death. They are so relatively simple that they can continually recuperate by rest and repair; they do not accumulate any bad debts. Moreover, their modes of multiplying, by dividing into two or many units, are very inexpensive physiologically. It seems that in some measure this bodily immortality of the Protozoa is shared by some simple many-celled animals like the freshwater Hydra and Planarian worms. Here is an interesting chapter in evolution, the evolution of means of evading or staving off natural death. Thus there is the well-known case of the Paloloworm of the coral-reefs where the body breaks up in liberating the germ-cells, but the head-end remains fixed in a crevice of the coral, and buds out a new body at leisure.
There are three main types of death, (a) The vast majority of animals meet a violent end, either by being eaten by others or through sudden and severe changes in their environment. (b) When an animal enters a new habitat or interacts with new organisms, it may be attacked by a microbe or a larger parasite it’s not used to and cannot defend against. Many parasites reach a "live-and-let-live" agreement with their hosts, but new parasites often prove fatal, as humans know all too well when bitten by a tsetse fly that carries the microscopic organism (a Trypanosome) causing Sleeping Sickness. For many animals, parasites are not a problem as long as the host is healthy,[Pg 72] but if the host is weakened, the parasites can gain the upper hand, as seen in the so-called "grouse disease," and can become lethal. (c) In addition to violent and microbic (or parasitic) deaths, there is natural death. This is largely seen as the price for having a body. A desirable body implies complexity or division of labor, which necessitates certain internal structures that are more or less stable and where wear and tear can build up. It’s not the living matter that ages, but rather the framework in which it functions—the infrastructure of the vital laboratory. Various rejuvenating processes, such as rest, repair, change, and reorganization, counteract the inevitable aging processes, but eventually, aging prevails. Another fundamental reason for natural death relates to the high physiological cost of reproduction, as many animals, from worms to eels, exemplify natural death as the consequence of creating new lives. It’s striking that many of the simplest animals, like Protozoa, largely evade natural death. They are simple enough to continuously recover through rest and repair; they don’t accumulate any liabilities. Additionally, their method of reproduction, which involves dividing into two or multiple units, is physiologically inexpensive. It appears that some degree of this bodily immortality is also shared by simple multicellular organisms like the freshwater Hydra and Planarian worms. This highlights an intriguing chapter in evolution—the development of means to avoid or delay natural death. For instance, consider the well-known Paloloworm of the coral reefs, where the body breaks apart to release germ cells, but the head-end stays anchored in a crevice of the coral, allowing it to leisurely bud a new body.
Along with the evolution of the ways of avoiding death should be considered also the gradual establishment of the length of life best suited to the welfare of the species, and the punctuation of the life-history to suit various conditions.
Along with the development of methods to prevent death, we should also think about the gradual determination of the ideal lifespan for the well-being of the species, and the timing of life events to adapt to different conditions.

Photo: J. J. Ward, F.E.S.
Photo: J. J. Ward, F.E.S.
GREEN HYDRA
Green Hydra
A little freshwater polyp, about half an inch long, with a crown of tentacles round the mouth. It is seen giving off a bud, a clear illustration of asexual reproduction. When a tentacle touches some small organism the latter is paralysed and drawn into the mouth.
A small freshwater polyp, about half an inch long, with a crown of tentacles around its mouth. It's seen producing a bud, clearly demonstrating asexual reproduction. When a tentacle comes into contact with a small organism, that organism is paralyzed and pulled into the mouth.

Photo: J. J. Ward, F.E.S.
Photo: J. J. Ward, F.E.S.
EARTHWORM
Earthworm
Earthworms began the profitable habit of moving with one end of the body always in front, and from worms to man the great majority of animals have bilateral symmetry.
Earthworms developed the useful habit of moving with one end of their body always leading, and from worms to humans, most animals have bilateral symmetry.

DIAGRAM ILLUSTRATING THE BEGINNING OF INDIVIDUAL LIFE
DIAGRAM ILLUSTRATING THE START OF INDIVIDUAL LIFE
1. An immature sperm-cell, with 4 chromosomes
(nuclear bodies) represented as rods.
2. A mature sperm-cell, with 2 chromosomes.
3. An immature egg-cell, with 4 chromosomes represented as curved
bodies.
4. A mature egg-cell, with 2 chromosomes.
5. The spermatozoon fertilises the ovum, introducing 2 chromosomes.
6. The fertilised ovum, with 4 chromosomes, 2 of paternal origin and 2 of
maternal origin.
7. The chromosomes lie at the equator, and each is split longitudinally.
The centrosome introduced by the spermatozoon has divided into two
centrosomes, one at each pole of the nucleus. These play an important part
in the division or segmentation of the egg.
8. The fertilised egg has divided into two cells. Each cell has 2 paternal
and 2 maternal chromosomes.
1. An immature sperm cell, with 4 chromosomes (nuclear bodies) shown as rods.
2. A mature sperm cell, with 2 chromosomes.
3. An immature egg cell, with 4 chromosomes shown as curved bodies.
4. A mature egg cell, with 2 chromosomes.
5. The sperm cell fertilizes the egg, introducing 2 chromosomes.
6. The fertilized egg, with 4 chromosomes, 2 from the father and 2 from the mother.
7. The chromosomes align at the equator and each splits down the middle. The centrosome introduced by the sperm has divided into two centrosomes, one at each pole of the nucleus. These are crucial for the division or segmentation of the egg.
8. The fertilized egg has split into two cells. Each cell has 2 chromosomes from the father and 2 from the mother.

Reproduced from the Smithsonian Report, 1917.
Reproduced from the Smithsonian Report, 1917.
GLASS MODEL OF A SEA-ANEMONE
Glass sea anemone model
A long tubular sea-anemone, with a fine crown of tentacles around the mouth. The suggestion of a flower is very obvious. By means of stinging lassoes on the tentacles minute animals on which it feeds are paralysed and captured for food.
A long, tubular sea anemone with a delicate crown of tentacles around its mouth. It clearly resembles a flower. Using stinging lasso-like structures on its tentacles, it paralyzes and captures tiny animals to feed on.

THIS DRAWING SHOWS THE EVOLUTION OF THE BRAIN FROM FISH TO MAN
THIS DRAWING SHOWS HOW THE BRAIN HAS EVOLVED FROM FISH TO HUMANS
The Cerebrum, the seat of intelligence, increases in proportion to the other parts. In mammals it becomes more and more convoluted. The brain, which lies in one plane in fishes, becomes gradually curved on itself. In birds it is more curved than the drawing shows.
The cerebrum, which is the center of intelligence, increases in size compared to other parts. In mammals, it becomes increasingly convoluted. The brain, which is flat in fish, gradually curves in on itself. In birds, it's more curved than what the illustration indicates.
§ 6
Great Acquisitions
In animals like sea-anemones and jellyfishes the general symmetry of the body is radial; that is to say, there is no right or left, and the body might be halved along many planes. It is a kind of symmetry well suited for sedentary or for drifting life. But worms began the profitable habit of moving with one end of the body always in front, and from worms to man the great majority of animals have bilateral symmetry. They have a right and a left side, and there is only one cut that halves the body. This kind of symmetry is suited for a more strenuous life than radial animals show; it is suited for pursuing food, for avoiding enemies, for chasing mates. And with the establishment of bilateral symmetry must be associated the establishment of head-brains, the beginning of which is to be found in some simple worm-types.
In creatures like sea anemones and jellyfish, the body has radial symmetry; that means there's no distinct right or left side, and the body can be divided along many lines. This type of symmetry works well for organisms that stay in one place or drift along. However, worms started the useful practice of moving with one end of their body leading, and from worms to humans, most animals developed bilateral symmetry. They have a right and a left side, and there’s only one way to split the body in half. This kind of symmetry is better suited for a more active lifestyle than what radial animals exhibit; it’s ideal for chasing food, escaping predators, and finding mates. And with the development of bilateral symmetry comes the development of head-brains, the origins of which can be traced back to certain simple types of worms.
Among the other great acquisitions gradually evolved we may notice: a well-developed head with sense-organs, the establishment of large internal surfaces such as the digestive and absorptive wall of the food-canal, the origin of quickly contracting striped muscle and of muscular appendages, the formation of blood as a distributing medium throughout the body, from which all the parts take what they need and to which they also contribute.
Among the other significant developments that happened over time, we can see: a well-defined head with sensory organs, the creation of large internal surfaces like the digestive and absorptive walls of the food canal, the emergence of rapidly contracting striped muscle and muscular appendages, and the formation of blood as a distribution system throughout the body, from which all parts receive what they need and to which they also contribute.
Another very important acquisition, almost confined (so far as is known) to backboned animals, was the evolution of what are called glands of internal secretion, such as the thyroid and the supra-renal. These manufacture subtle chemical substances which are distributed by the blood throughout the body, and have a manifold influence in regulating and harmonising the vital processes. Some of these chemical messengers are called hormones, which stimulate organs and tissues to greater activity; others are called chalones, which put on a brake. Some regulate[Pg 74] growth and others rapidly alter the pressure and composition of the blood. Some of them call into active development certain parts of the body which have been, as it were, waiting for an appropriate trigger-pulling. Thus, at the proper time, the milk-glands of a mammalian mother are awakened from their dormancy. This very interesting outcome of evolution will be dealt with in another portion of this work.
Another really important development, mostly seen in vertebrates, was the evolution of what we call internal secretion glands, like the thyroid and adrenal glands. These produce subtle chemical substances that are sent through the blood all over the body, influencing and regulating vital processes in many ways. Some of these chemical messengers are known as hormones, which boost the activity of organs and tissues; others are called chalones, which act as a brake. Some hormones regulate[Pg 74] growth, while others quickly change the pressure and composition of the blood. Some hormones activate certain parts of the body that have been waiting for the right trigger. For instance, at the right time, the milk glands in a mammalian mother are activated from their dormancy. This intriguing result of evolution will be discussed in another part of this work.
THE INCLINED PLANE OF ANIMAL BEHAVIOUR
§ 1
Before passing to a connected story of the gradual emergence of higher and higher forms of life in the course of the successive ages—the procession of life, as it may be called—it will be useful to consider the evolution of animal behaviour.
Before moving on to a connected story about the gradual development of increasingly complex forms of life over time—the progression of life, as it can be called—it’s helpful to look at the evolution of animal behavior.
Evolution of Mind
A human being begins as a microscopic fertilised egg-cell, within which there is condensed the long result of time—Man's inheritance. The long period of nine months before birth, with its intimate partnership between mother and offspring, is passed as it were in sleep, and no one can make any statement in regard to the mind of the unborn child. Even after birth the dawn of mind is as slow as it is wonderful. To begin with, there is in the ovum and early embryo no nervous system at all, and it develops very gradually from simple beginnings. Yet as mentality cannot come in from outside, we seem bound to conclude that the potentiality of it—whatever that means—resides in the individual from the very first. The particular kind of activity known to us as thinking, feeling, and willing is the most intimate part of our experience, known to us directly apart from our senses, and the possibility of that must be implicit in the germ-cell just as the genius of Newton was implicit in a very miserable specimen of an infant. Now what is true of the individual is true also of the race—there is a gradual evolution of that aspect of the living[Pg 75] creature's activity which we call mind. We cannot put our finger on any point and say: Before this stage there was no mind. Indeed, many facts suggest the conclusion that wherever there is life there is some degree of mind—even in the plants. Or it might be more accurate to put the conclusion in another way, that the activity we call life has always in some degree an inner or mental aspect.
A human starts as a tiny fertilized egg cell, containing the entire history of humanity’s inheritance. The nine-month period before birth, during which the mother and baby are closely connected, is spent almost in a state of sleep, and no one can comment on the unborn child's mind. Even after birth, the awakening of the mind occurs very slowly and is truly remarkable. Initially, the egg and early embryo lack a nervous system, which develops gradually from simple beginnings. Since mentality cannot originate from outside, we must conclude that its potential—whatever that entails—exists within the individual from the very start. The specific activities we know as thinking, feeling, and choosing are the most personal aspects of our experience, understood directly without involving our senses, and the capacity for these must be inherent in the germ cell, just as Newton's genius was latent in a very unimpressive infant. What applies to the individual also applies to the species—there's a gradual evolution of what we call the mind within living beings. We can't pinpoint an exact moment and say: Before this point, there was no mind. In fact, many observations suggest that where there is life, there is some level of mind—even in plants. Alternatively, it might be more accurate to say that the activity we define as life has always possessed some level of inner or mental quality.

OKAPI AND GIRAFFE
Okapi and giraffe
The Okapi is one of the great zoölogical discoveries. It gives a good idea of what the Giraffe's ancestors were like. The Okapi was unknown until discovered in 1900 by Sir Harry Johnston in Central Africa, where these strange animals have probably lived in dense forests from time immemorial.
The Okapi is one of the major zoological discoveries. It provides a clear idea of what the ancestors of the Giraffe were like. The Okapi was not known until it was discovered in 1900 by Sir Harry Johnston in Central Africa, where these unusual animals have likely lived in dense forests for ages.
In another part of this book there is an account of the dawn of mind in backboned animals; what we aim at here is an outline of what may be called the inclined plane of animal behaviour.
In another part of this book, there's a description of the emergence of consciousness in vertebrates; what we’re focusing on here is a summary of what could be considered the spectrum of animal behavior.
A very simple animal accumulates a little store of potential energy, and it proceeds to expend this, like an explosive, by acting on its environment. It does so in a very characteristic self-preservative fashion, so that it burns without being consumed and explodes without being blown to bits. It is characteristic of the organism that it remains a going concern for a longer or shorter period—its length of life. Living creatures that expended their energy ineffectively or self-destructively would be eliminated in the struggle for existence. When a simple one-celled organism explores a corner of the field seen under a microscope, behaving to all appearance very like a dog scouring a field seen through a telescope, it seems permissible to think of something corresponding to mental endeavour associated with its activity. This impression is strengthened when an amœba pursues another amœba, overtakes it, engulfs it, loses it, pursues it again, recaptures it, and so on. What is quite certain is that the behaviour of the animalcule is not like that of a potassium pill fizzing about in a basin of water, nor like the lurching movements of a gun that has got loose and "taken charge" on board ship. Another feature is that the locomotor activity of an animalcule often shows a distinct individuality: it may swim, for instance, in a loose spiral.
A very simple animal stores up a little potential energy and then uses it, like an explosive, to interact with its environment. It does this in a very typical self-preserving way, so it burns without being consumed and explodes without falling apart. It's typical for the organism to keep going for a longer or shorter time—its lifespan. Living creatures that waste their energy or self-destruct would be eliminated in the fight for survival. When a simple one-celled organism explores a corner of a field viewed through a microscope, acting very much like a dog sniffing around a field seen through a telescope, it seems reasonable to think there's some mental effort behind its activity. This idea is strengthened when an amoeba chases another amoeba, catches it, loses it, chases it again, catches it, and so on. What’s clear is that the behavior of the tiny creature isn’t like that of a potassium pill fizzing around in a basin of water, nor is it like the erratic movements of a loose gun on a ship. Another noticeable feature is that the movement of the tiny organism often shows a distinct individuality; for example, it may swim in a loose spiral.
But there is another side to vital activity besides acting upon[Pg 76] the surrounding world; the living creature is acted on by influences from without. The organism acts on its environment; that is the one side of the shield: the environment acts upon the organism; that is the other side. If we are to see life whole we must recognise these two sides of what we call living, and it is missing an important part of the history of animal life if we fail to see that evolution implies becoming more advantageously sensitive to the environment, making more of its influences, shutting out profitless stimuli, and opening more gateways to knowledge. The bird's world is a larger and finer world than an earthworm's; the world means more to the bird than to the worm.
But there's another aspect of vital activity besides affecting the surrounding world; living beings are also influenced by outside factors. The organism interacts with its environment; that’s one side of the equation: the environment influences the organism; that’s the other side. To fully understand life, we need to acknowledge these two aspects of what we call living, and it overlooks an important part of the story of animal life if we don’t recognize that evolution means becoming more adept at sensing the environment, maximizing its influences, filtering out useless stimuli, and opening up more pathways to knowledge. A bird's world is bigger and richer than that of an earthworm; the world holds more significance for the bird than for the worm.
The Trial and Error Method
Simple creatures act with a certain degree of spontaneity on their environment, and they likewise react effectively to surrounding stimuli. Animals come to have definite "answers back," sometimes several, sometimes only one, as in the case of the Slipper Animalcule, which reverses its cilia when it comes within the sphere of some disturbing influence, retreats, and, turning upon itself tentatively, sets off again in the same general direction as before, but at an angle to the previous line. If it misses the disturbing influence, well and good; if it strikes it again, the tactics are repeated until a satisfactory way out is discovered or the stimulation proves fatal.
Simple creatures behave spontaneously in their environment and respond effectively to things around them. Animals develop specific "answers," sometimes multiple, sometimes just one, like the Slipper Animalcule, which reverses its cilia when it encounters something disturbing, backs away, and cautiously turns on itself before moving off again in a similar direction, but at an angle to its previous path. If it avoids the disturbance, great; if it encounters it again, the same tactics are used until it finds a way out or the stimulation becomes fatal.
It may be said that the Slipper Animalcule has but one answer to every question, but there are many Protozoa which have several enregistered reactions. When there are alternative reactions which are tried one after another, the animal is pursuing what is called the trial-and-error method, and a higher note is struck.
It could be said that the Slipper Animalcule only gives one response to every question, but there are many Protozoa that display multiple recorded reactions. When there are different reactions attempted one after another, the organism is using what’s known as the trial-and-error method, leading to a more advanced response.
There is an endeavour after satisfaction, and a trial of answers. When the creature profits by experience to the extent of giving the right answer first, there is the beginning of learning.
There is an effort to find satisfaction and a search for answers. When a person learns from experience enough to give the right answer right away, that’s the start of learning.

DIAGRAM OF A SIMPLE REFLEX ARC IN A BACKBONELESS ANIMAL LIKE AN EARTHWORM
DIAGRAM OF A SIMPLE REFLEX ARC IN A BACKBONELESS ANIMAL LIKE AN EARTHWORM
1. A sensory nerve-cell (S.C.) on the surface receives a
stimulus.
2. The stimulus travels along the sensatory nerve-fibre (S.F.)
3. The sensory nerve-fibre branches in the nerve-cord.
4. Its branches come into close contact (SY1) with those of an
associative or communicating nerve-cell (A.C.).
5. Other branches of the associative cell come into close contact
(SY2) with the branches or dendrites of a motor nerve-cell
(M.C.).
6. An impulse or command travels along the motor nerve-fibre or axis
cylinder of the motor nerve-cell.
7. The motor nerve-fibre ends on a muscle-fibre (M.F.) near the surface.
This moves and the reflex action is complete.
1. A sensory nerve cell (S.C.) on the surface detects a stimulus.
2. The stimulus travels along the sensory nerve fiber (S.F.)
3. The sensory nerve fiber branches in the nerve cord.
4. Its branches come into close contact (SY1) with those of an associative or communicating nerve cell (A.C.).
5. Other branches of the associative cell come into close contact (SY2) with the branches or dendrites of a motor nerve cell (M.C.).
6. An impulse or command travels along the motor nerve fiber or axis cylinder of the motor nerve cell.
7. The motor nerve fiber ends on a muscle fiber (M.F.) near the surface. This contracts and the reflex action is complete.

Photo: British Museum (Natural History).
Image: British Museum (Natural History).
THE YUCCA MOTH
THE YUCCA MOTH
The Yucca Moth, emerging from her cocoon, flies at night to a Yucca flower and collects pollen from the stamens, holding a little ball of it in her mouth-parts. She then visits another flower and lays an egg in the seed-box. After this she applies the pollen to the tip of the pistil, thus securing the fertilisation of the flower and the growth of the ovules in the pod. Yucca flowers in Britain do not produce seeds because there are no Yucca Moths.
The Yucca Moth, coming out of her cocoon, flies at night to a Yucca flower and collects pollen from the stamens, holding a small ball of it in her mouth. She then goes to another flower and lays an egg in the seed pod. After that, she applies the pollen to the tip of the pistil, ensuring the flower is fertilized and the seeds develop in the pod. Yucca flowers in Britain don’t produce seeds because there are no Yucca Moths.

INCLINED PLANE OF ANIMAL BEHAVIOUR
Animal Behavior Incline
Diagram illustrating animal behaviour. The main line represents the general life of the creature. On the upper side are activities implying initiative; on the lower side actions which are almost automatic.
Diagram illustrating animal behavior. The main line represents the general life of the animal. On the upper side are activities that require initiative; on the lower side are actions that are almost automatic.
Upper Side.—I. Energetic actions. II. Simple tentatives. III. Trial-and-error methods. IV. Non-intelligent experiments. V. Experiential "learning." VI. Associative "learning." VII. Intelligent behaviour. VIII. Rational conduct (man).
Upper Side.—I. Energetic actions. II. Simple attempts. III. Trial-and-error methods. IV. Non-intelligent experiments. V. Experiential learning. VI. Associative learning. VII. Intelligent behavior. VIII. Rational conduct (human).
Lower Side.—1. Reactions to environment. 2. Enregistered reactions. 3. Simple reflex actions. 4. Compound reflex actions. 5. Tropisms. 6. Enregistered rhythms. 7. Simple instincts. 8. Chain instincts. 9. Instinctive activities influenced by intelligence. 10. Subconscious cerebration at a high level (man).
Lower Side.—1. Reactions to the environment. 2. Recorded reactions. 3. Simple reflex actions. 4. Compound reflex actions. 5. Tropisms. 6. Recorded rhythms. 7. Basic instincts. 8. Chain instincts. 9. Instinctive activities shaped by intelligence. 10. High-level subconscious thinking (humans).

Photo: J. J. Ward, F.E.S.
Photo: J.J. Ward, F.E.S.
VENUS' FLY-TRAP
Venus Flytrap
One of the most remarkable plants in the world, which captures its prey by means of a trap formed from part of its leaf. It has been induced to snap at and hold a bristle. If an insect lighting on the leaf touches one of six very sensitive hairs, which pull the trigger of the movement, the two halves of the leaf close rapidly and the fringing teeth on the margin interlock, preventing the insect's escape. Then follows an exudation of digestive juice.
One of the most incredible plants in the world captures its prey with a trap made from part of its leaf. It can be triggered to snap shut and hold onto a bristle. If an insect lands on the leaf and touches one of six highly sensitive hairs that activate the mechanism, the two halves of the leaf close quickly, and the fringe of teeth on the edges interlock, stopping the insect from escaping. After that, digestive juices are secreted.

Reproduced by permission from "The Wonders of Instinct" by J. H. Fabre.
Reproduced by permission from "The Wonders of Instinct" by J. H. Fabre.
A SPIDER SUNNING HER EGGS
A spider basking her eggs
A kind of spider, called Lycosa, lying head downwards at the edge of her nest, and holding her silken cocoon—the bag containing the eggs—up towards the sun in her hindmost pair of legs. This extraordinary proceeding is believed to assist in the hatching.
A type of spider, known as Lycosa, is lying head down at the edge of her nest, holding her silken cocoon—the bag with the eggs—up towards the sun with her back pair of legs. This unusual behavior is thought to help with hatching.
Reflex Actions
Among simple multicellular animals, such as sea-anemones, we find the beginnings of reflex actions, and a considerable part of the behaviour of the lower animals is reflex. That is to say, there are laid down in the animal in the course of its development certain pre-arrangements of nerve-cells and muscle-cells which secure that a fit and proper answer is given to a frequently recurrent stimulus. An earthworm half out of its burrow becomes aware of the light tread of a thrush's foot, and jerks itself back into its hole before anyone can say "reflex action." What is it that happens?
Among simple multicellular animals, like sea anemones, we see the beginnings of reflex actions, and a significant part of the behavior of lower animals is reflexive. In other words, during their development, animals have certain pre-set arrangements of nerve cells and muscle cells that ensure an appropriate response to a frequently recurring stimulus. For instance, an earthworm that is half out of its burrow senses the light step of a thrush's foot and quickly retracts into its hole before anyone can say "reflex action." What happens in that moment?
Certain sensory nerve-cells in the earthworm's skin are stimulated by vibrations in the earth; the message travels down a sensory nerve-fibre from each of the stimulated cells and enters the nerve-cord. The sensory fibres come into vital connection with branches of intermediary, associative, or communicating cells, which are likewise connected with motor nerve-cells. To these the message is thus shunted. From the motor nerve-cells an impulse or command travels by motor nerve-fibres, one from each cell, to the muscles, which contract. If this took as long to happen as it takes to describe, even in outline, it would not be of much use to the earthworm. But the motor answer follows the sensory stimulus almost instantaneously. The great advantage of establishing or enregistering these reflex chains is that the answers are practically ready-made or inborn, not requiring to be learned. It is not necessary that the brain should be stimulated if there is a brain; nor does the animal will to act, though in certain cases it may by means of higher controlling nerve-centres keep the natural reflex response from being given, as happens, for instance, when we control a cough or a sneeze on some solemn occasion. The evolutionary method, if we may use the expression, has been to enregister ready-made responses; and as we ascend the animal kingdom, we find reflex actions becoming complicated and often linked together, so that the occurrence of one pulls the[Pg 78] trigger of another, and so on in a chain. The behaviour of the insectivorous plant called Venus's fly-trap when it shuts on an insect is like a reflex action in an animal, but plants have no definite nervous system.
Certain sensory nerve cells in the earthworm's skin get activated by vibrations in the ground; the message travels down a sensory nerve fiber from each activated cell and goes into the nerve cord. The sensory fibers have essential connections with branches of intermediary, associative, or communicating cells, which are also linked to motor nerve cells. The message is then redirected to these motor cells. From the motor nerve cells, an impulse or command travels through motor nerve fibers, one from each cell, to the muscles, causing them to contract. If it took as long to happen as it takes to describe, even in brief, it wouldn't be very useful for the earthworm. But the motor response follows the sensory stimulus almost instantly. The big advantage of establishing these reflex pathways is that the responses are essentially pre-programmed or instinctual, needing no learning. It’s not necessary for the brain to be activated if there is a brain, nor does the animal consciously choose to act, although in certain cases higher nerve centers can prevent the natural reflex response, like when we hold back a cough or sneeze during a serious moment. The evolutionary method, if we can put it that way, has been to record these ready-made responses; as we progress up the animal kingdom, we see reflex actions becoming more complex and often interconnected so that the occurrence of one triggers another in a chain reaction. The behavior of the insect-eating plant known as Venus flytrap when it snaps shut on an insect is similar to a reflex action in an animal, but plants lack a defined nervous system.
What are Called Tropisms
A somewhat higher level on the inclined plane is illustrated by what are called "tropisms," obligatory movements which the animal makes, adjusting its whole body so that physiological equilibrium results in relation to gravity, pressure, currents, moisture, heat, light, electricity, and surfaces of contact. A moth is flying past a candle; the eye next the light is more illumined than the other; a physiological inequilibrium results, affecting nerve-cells and muscle-cells; the outcome is that the moth automatically adjusts its flight so that both eyes become equally illumined; in doing this it often flies into the candle.
A slightly higher level on the inclined plane can be seen in what are called "tropisms," which are automatic movements an animal makes to adjust its whole body, achieving a kind of balance in relation to gravity, pressure, currents, moisture, heat, light, electricity, and surfaces it interacts with. For example, when a moth flies near a candle, the eye closest to the light gets more illumination than the other eye. This creates an imbalance that affects its nerve and muscle cells. As a result, the moth instinctively changes its flight path so that both eyes are equally illuminated; however, this often leads it to fly directly into the candle.
It may seem bad business that the moth should fly into the candle, but the flame is an utterly artificial item in its environment to which no one can expect it to be adapted. These tropisms play an important rôle in animal behaviour.
It might look like a poor decision for the moth to fly into the candle, but the flame is completely unnatural in its environment, and no one can expect it to be adapted to it. These instincts play a significant role in animal behavior.
§ 2
Instinctive Behaviour
On a higher level is instinctive behaviour, which reaches such remarkable perfection in ants, bees, and wasps. In its typical expression instinctive behaviour depends on inborn capacities; it does not require to be learned; it is independent of practice or experience, though it may be improved by both; it is shared equally by all members of the species of the same sex (for the female's instincts are often different from the male's); it refers to particular conditions of life that are of vital importance, though they may occur only once in a lifetime. The female Yucca Moth emerges from the cocoon when the Yucca flower puts forth its bell-like blossoms. She flies to a flower, collects[Pg 79] some pollen from the stamens, kneads it into a pill-like ball, and stows this away under her chin. She flies to an older Yucca flower and lays her eggs in some of the ovules within the seed-box, but before she does so she has to deposit on the stigma the ball of pollen. From this the pollen-tubes grow down and the pollen-nucleus of a tube fertilises the egg-cell in an ovule, so that the possible seeds become real seeds, for it is only a fraction of them that the Yucca Moth has destroyed by using them as cradles for her eggs. Now it is plain that the Yucca Moth has no individual experience of Yucca flowers, yet she secures the continuance of her race by a concatenation of actions which form part of her instinctive repertory.
On a higher level is instinctive behavior, which reaches such remarkable perfection in ants, bees, and wasps. In its typical expression, instinctive behavior relies on innate abilities; it doesn’t need to be learned; it operates independently of practice or experience, although both can enhance it; it’s shared equally among all members of the species of the same sex (since female instincts are often different from male instincts); it pertains to specific life conditions that are critically important, even if they only happen once in a lifetime. The female Yucca Moth emerges from the cocoon when the Yucca flower opens its bell-like blossoms. She flies to a flower, gathers some pollen from the stamens, molds it into a pill-shaped ball, and stores this under her chin. She then flies to an older Yucca flower and lays her eggs in some of the ovules within the seed box, but before doing so, she has to place the pollen ball on the stigma. From this, the pollen tubes grow down, and the pollen nucleus of a tube fertilizes the egg cell in an ovule, turning potential seeds into actual seeds, as only a small fraction of them are destroyed by the Yucca Moth using them as cradles for her eggs. It’s clear that the Yucca Moth has no personal experience with Yucca flowers, yet she ensures the survival of her species through a series of actions that are part of her instinctive repertoire.
From a physiological point of view instinctive behaviour is like a chain of compound reflex actions, but in some cases, at least, there is reason to believe that the behaviour is suffused with awareness and backed by endeavour. This is suggested in exceptional cases where the stereotyped routine is departed from to meet exceptional conditions. It should also be noted that just as ants, hive bees, and wasps exhibit in most cases purely instinctive behaviour, but move on occasion on the main line of trial and error or of experimental initiative, so among birds and mammals the intelligent behaviour is sometimes replaced by instinctive routine. Perhaps there is no instinctive behaviour without a spice of intelligence, and no intelligent behaviour without an instinctive element. The old view that instinctive behaviour was originally intelligent, and that instinct is "lapsed intelligence," is a tempting one, and is suggested by the way in which habitual intelligent actions cease in the individual to require intelligent control, but it rests on the unproved hypothesis that the acquisitions of the individual can be entailed on the race. It is almost certain that instinct is on a line of evolution quite different from intelligence, and that it is nearer to the inborn inspirations of the calculating boy or the musical genius than to the plodding methods of intelligent learning.[Pg 80]
From a physiological perspective, instinctive behavior is similar to a series of complex reflex actions. However, in certain cases, it seems that this behavior is driven by awareness and intention. There are instances where the usual routine changes to adapt to unusual circumstances. It's worth noting that just as ants, honeybees, and wasps typically display purely instinctual behavior, they sometimes rely on trial and error or experimental initiative. Similarly, among birds and mammals, instinctual routines can sometimes overshadow intelligent behavior. Perhaps there's no instinctive behavior without a touch of intelligence, and no intelligent behavior without some instinctual aspect. The traditional idea that instinctive behavior started as intelligent and that instinct is “faded intelligence” is compelling. This is suggested by how habitual intelligent actions eventually no longer require conscious control. However, this belief is based on an unproven assumption that individual learning can be passed down to the entire species. It’s likely that instinct evolves along a different path than intelligence and is more aligned with the innate abilities of a calculating child or a musical prodigy than with the steady methods of intelligent learning.[Pg 80]
Animal Intelligence
The higher reaches of the inclined plane of behaviour show intelligence in the strict sense. They include those kinds of behaviour which cannot be described without the suggestion that the animal makes some sort of perceptual inference, not only profiting by experience but learning by ideas. Such intelligent actions show great individual variability; they are plastic and adjustable in a manner rarely hinted at in connection with instincts where routine cannot be departed from without the creature being nonplussed; they are not bound up with particular circumstances as instinctive actions are, but imply an appreciative awareness of relations.
The top levels of the inclined plane of behavior demonstrate intelligence in a strict sense. They involve behaviors that can’t be described without suggesting that the animal makes some kind of perceptual inference, not just benefiting from experience but also learning through ideas. These intelligent actions show significant individual variability; they are flexible and adaptable in ways that are seldom mentioned in relation to instincts, where routines can’t be changed without leaving the creature confused. They aren’t tied to specific situations like instinctive actions are, but indicate a conscious awareness of relationships.
When there is an experimenting with general ideas, when there is conceptual as contrasted with perceptual inference, we speak of Reason, but there is no evidence of this below the level of man. It is not, indeed, always that we can credit man with rational conduct, but he has the possibility of it ever within his reach.
When there’s an exploration of general ideas, specifically when we consider conceptual instead of perceptual reasoning, we refer to it as Reason. However, there’s no evidence of this occurring below the human level. It’s true that we can’t always attribute rational behavior to humans, but they always have the potential for it within their grasp.
Animal instinct and intelligence will be illustrated in another part of this work. We are here concerned simply with the general question of the evolution of behaviour. There is a main line of tentative experimental behaviour both below and above the level of intelligence, and it has been part of the tactics of evolution to bring about the hereditary enregistration of capacities of effective response, the advantages being that the answers come more rapidly and that the creature is left free, if it chooses, for higher adventures.
Animal instinct and intelligence will be discussed in another section of this work. Here, we're focused on the broader topic of how behavior evolves. There’s a primary line of experimental behavior that exists both below and above the intelligence level, and evolution has worked to ensure that certain effective responses are inherited. This provides the advantage of quicker reactions, allowing the creature to have the freedom, if it wants, to pursue greater challenges.
There is no doubt as to the big fact that in the course of evolution animals have shown an increasing complexity and masterfulness of behaviour, that they have become at once more controlled and more definitely free agents, and that the inner aspect of the behaviour—experimenting, learning, thinking, feeling, and willing—has come to count for more and more.[Pg 81]
There’s no question that throughout evolution, animals have demonstrated greater complexity and skill in their behavior. They have become not only more controlled but also more clearly free agents, and the mental aspects of behavior—experimenting, learning, thinking, feeling, and choosing—have increasingly gained importance.[Pg 81]
§ 3
Evolution of Parental Care
Mammals furnish a crowning instance of a trend of evolution which expresses itself at many levels—the tendency to bring forth the young at a well-advanced stage and to an increase of parental care associated with a decrease in the number of offspring. There is a British starfish called Luidia which has two hundred millions of eggs in a year, and there are said to be several millions of eggs in conger-eels and some other fishes. These illustrate the spawning method of solving the problem of survival. Some animals are naturally prolific, and the number of eggs which they sow broadcast in the waters allows for enormous infantile mortality and obviates any necessity for parental care.
Mammals provide a prime example of an evolutionary trend that shows up in various ways—the tendency to give birth to more developed young and to increase parental care while reducing the number of offspring. There’s a British starfish called Luidia that produces two hundred million eggs in a year, and conger-eels and a few other fish are said to have several million eggs as well. These examples highlight the spawning strategy as a means of addressing survival challenges. Some animals are naturally very prolific, and the vast number of eggs they release into the waters leads to high infant mortality, eliminating the need for parental care.
But some other creatures, by nature less prolific, have found an entirely different solution of the problem. They practise parental care and they secure survival with greatly economised reproduction. This is a trend of evolution particularly characteristic of the higher animals. So much so that Herbert Spencer formulated the generalisation that the size and frequency of the animal family is inverse ratio to the degree of evolution to which the animal has attained.
But some other creatures, which are naturally less abundant, have discovered a completely different solution to the problem. They practice parental care and ensure survival with much more efficient reproduction. This is a trend in evolution that is especially typical of higher animals. In fact, Herbert Spencer formulated the general idea that the size and frequency of an animal's family is inversely related to the level of evolution the animal has achieved.
Now there are many different methods of parental care which secure the safety of the young, and one of these is called viviparity. The young ones are not liberated from the parent until they are relatively well advanced and more or less able to look after themselves. This gives the young a good send-off in life, and their chances of death are greatly reduced. In other words, the animals that have varied in the direction of economised reproduction may keep their foothold in the struggle for existence if they have varied at the same time in the direction of parental care. In other cases it may have worked the other way round.
Now there are many different ways parents care for their young to ensure their safety, and one of these is called viviparity. The young are not released from the parent until they are relatively developed and somewhat capable of taking care of themselves. This gives them a better start in life, significantly lowering their chances of dying. In other words, animals that have adapted to more efficient reproduction can maintain their presence in the survival of the fittest if they've also evolved to improve parental care. In other cases, the opposite may have been true.
In the interesting archaic animal called Peripatus, which has[Pg 82] to face a modern world too severe for it, one of the methods of meeting the environing difficulties is the retention of the offspring for many months within the mother, so that it is born a fully-formed creature. There are only a few offspring at a time, and, although there are exceptional cases like the summer green-flies, which are very prolific though viviparous, the general rule is that viviparity is associated with a very small family. The case of flowering plants stands by itself, for although they illustrate a kind of viviparity, the seed being embryos, an individual plant may have a large number of flowers and therefore a huge family.
In the fascinating ancient creature known as Peripatus, which has[Pg 82] to navigate a modern world that’s too harsh for it, one way of dealing with environmental challenges is by keeping the offspring inside the mother for many months until they are born fully formed. There are typically only a few offspring at a time, and while there are exceptions like the summer green-flies that are very productive despite being viviparous, the general rule is that viviparity usually comes with a very small family size. The situation with flowering plants is different; although they demonstrate a type of viviparity, where the seeds are embryos, an individual plant can produce many flowers, leading to a large number of offspring.
Viviparity naturally finds its best illustrations among terrestrial animals, where the risks to the young life are many, and it finds its climax among mammals.
Viviparity is best exemplified in land animals, where there are many dangers to young lives, and it reaches its peak in mammals.
Now it is an interesting fact that the three lowest mammals, the Duckmole and two Spiny Ant-eaters, lay eggs, i.e. are oviparous; that the Marsupials, on the next grade, bring forth their young, as it were, prematurely, and in most cases stow them away in an external pouch; while all the others—the Placentals—show a more prolonged ante-natal life and an intimate partnership between the mother and the unborn young.
Now, interestingly, the three lowest mammals, the Duck-billed Platypus and two species of Spiny Anteaters, lay eggs, meaning they are oviparous. Next in line are the Marsupials, which give birth to their young somewhat prematurely and, in most cases, carry them in an external pouch. In contrast, all the other mammals—the Placentals—experience a longer prenatal period and have a closer relationship between the mother and her unborn offspring.
§ 4
There is another way of looking at the sublime process of evolution. It has implied a mastery of all the possible haunts of life; it has been a progressive conquest of the environment.
There’s another perspective on the amazing process of evolution. It has involved a mastery of all the potential habitats for life; it has been a gradual triumph over the environment.
1. It is highly probable that living organisms found their foothold in the stimulating conditions of the shore of the sea—the shallow water, brightly illumined, seaweed-growing shelf fringing the Continents. This littoral zone was a propitious environment where sea and fresh water, earth and air all meet, where there is stimulating change, abundant oxygenation and a copious supply of nutritive material in what the streams bring down and in the rich seaweed vegetation.
1. It's very likely that living organisms first took hold in the thriving conditions of the ocean shore—the shallow, well-lit areas filled with seaweed that border the continents. This coastal zone was a favorable environment where saltwater and freshwater, land and air all come together, creating dynamic changes, plenty of oxygen, and a vast supply of nutrients brought down by streams along with the lush seaweed.

THE HOATZIN INHABITS BRITISH GUIANA
The hoatzin lives in Guyana.
The newly hatched bird has claws on its thumb and first finger and so is enabled to climb on the branches of trees with great dexterity until such time as the wings are strong enough to sustain it in flight.
The newly hatched bird has claws on its thumb and first finger, allowing it to climb the branches of trees with great skill until its wings are strong enough to keep it in the air.

Photograph, from the British Museum (Natural History), of a drawing by Mr. E. Wilson.
Photo from the British Museum (Natural History) of a drawing by Mr. E. Wilson.
PERIPATUS
PERIPATUS
A widely distributed old-fashioned type of animal, somewhat like a permanent caterpillar. It has affinities both with worms and with insects. It has a velvety skin, minute diamond-like eyes, and short stump-like legs. A defenceless, weaponless animal, it comes out at night, and is said to capture small insects by squirting jets of slime from its mouth.
A commonly found, old-school type of animal, somewhat like a permanent caterpillar. It has connections to both worms and insects. It has soft, velvety skin, tiny diamond-like eyes, and short, stubby legs. Defenseless and without weapons, it comes out at night and is said to catch small insects by shooting jets of slime from its mouth.

Photo: W. S. Berridge, F.Z.S.
Photo: W. S. Berridge, F.Z.S.
ROCK KANGAROO CARRYING ITS YOUNG IN A POUCH
ROCK KANGAROO CARRYING ITS BABY IN A POUCH
The young are born so helpless that they cannot even suck. The mother places them in the external pouch, and fitting their mouths on the teats injects the milk. After a time the young ones go out and in as they please.
The young are born so helpless that they can't even suck. The mother places them in the external pouch, and fitting their mouths on the teats injects the milk. After a while, the young ones come and go as they please.
It is not an easy haunt of life, but none the worse for that, and it is tenanted to-day by representatives of practically every class of animals from infusorians to seashore birds and mammals.
It’s not an easy place to live, but that doesn’t make it any worse, and today it’s inhabited by representatives from nearly every class of animals, from tiny microorganisms to shorebirds and mammals.
The Cradle of the Open Sea
2. The open-sea or pelagic haunt includes all the brightly illumined surface waters beyond the shallow water of the shore area.
2. The open sea or pelagic zone includes all the brightly lit surface waters beyond the shallow shore area.
It is perhaps the easiest of all the haunts of life, for there is no crowding, there is considerable uniformity, and an abundance of food for animals is afforded by the inexhaustible floating "sea-meadows" of microscopic Algæ. These are reincarnated in minute animals like the open-sea crustaceans, which again are utilised by fishes, these in turn making life possible for higher forms like carnivorous turtles and toothed whales. It is quite possible that the open sea was the original cradle of life and perhaps Professor Church is right in picturing a long period of pelagic life before there was any sufficiently shallow water to allow the floating plants to anchor. It is rather in favour of this view that many shore animals such as crabs and starfishes, spend their youthful stages in the relatively safe cradle of the open sea, and only return to the more strenuous conditions of their birthplace after they have gained considerable strength of body. It is probably safe to say that the honour of being the original cradle of life lies between the shore of the sea and the open sea.
It’s probably the easiest of all life’s environments because there’s no overcrowding, there's a lot of uniformity, and plenty of food is available for animals thanks to the endless floating "sea-meadows" of microscopic algae. These are transformed into tiny creatures like open-sea crustaceans, which are then eaten by fish, and these, in turn, sustain higher forms of life like carnivorous turtles and toothed whales. It’s quite possible that the open sea was the original birthplace of life, and maybe Professor Church is right to suggest that there was a long period of life in the open ocean before there was shallow water for floating plants to take root. This idea is supported by the fact that many shore animals, like crabs and starfish, spend their early stages in the relatively safe environment of the open sea and only return to the harsher conditions of their birthplace after they’ve developed significant strength. It’s likely safe to say that the title of the original cradle of life lies somewhere between the shore of the sea and the open ocean.
The Great Deeps
3. A third haunt of life is the floor of the Deep Sea, the abyssal area, which occupies more than a half of the surface of the globe. It is a region of extreme cold—an eternal winter; of utter darkness—an eternal night—relieved only by the fitful gleams of "phosphorescent" animals; of enormous pressure—2½ tons on[Pg 84] the square inch at a depth of 2,500 fathoms; of profound calm, unbroken silence, immense monotony. And as there are no plants in the great abysses, the animals must live on one another, and, in the long run, on the rain of moribund animalcules which sink from the surface through the miles of water. It seems a very unpromising haunt of life, but it is abundantly tenanted, and it gives us a glimpse of the insurgent nature of the living creature that the difficulties of the Deep Sea should have been so effectively conquered. It is probable that the colonising of the great abysses took place in relatively recent times, for the fauna does not include many very antique types. It is practically certain that the colonisation was due to littoral animals which followed the food-débris, millennium after millennium, further and further down the long slope from the shore.
3. A third place where life thrives is the ocean floor, the deep sea, which covers more than half of the Earth's surface. It’s an area of extreme cold—an endless winter; complete darkness—an unending night—only lit up occasionally by flickers of bioluminescent creatures; immense pressure—2½ tons per square inch at a depth of 2,500 fathoms; profound calm, unbroken silence, and immense monotony. Since there are no plants in the great depths, animals have to feed on each other and eventually on the slow descent of dying microscopic organisms that fall from the surface through miles of water. It seems like an unlikely place for life, yet it is filled with it, showing us the resilient nature of living beings that have overcome the extreme challenges of the deep sea. It is likely that colonization of these great depths happened relatively recently, as the fauna doesn’t include many very ancient species. It is almost certain that this colonization was started by coastal animals that followed the food debris, century after century, deeper and deeper down the long incline from the shore.
The Freshwaters
4. A fourth haunt of life is that of the freshwaters, including river and lake, pond and pool, swamp and marsh. It may have been colonised by gradual migration up estuaries and rivers, or by more direct passage from the seashore into the brackish swamp. Or it may have been in some cases that partially landlocked corners of ancient seas became gradually turned into freshwater basins. The animal population of the freshwaters is very representative, and is diversely adapted to meet the characteristic contingencies—the risk of being dried up, the risk of being frozen hard in winter, and the risk of being left high and dry after floods or of being swept down to the sea.
4. A fourth habitat in life is found in freshwater environments, including rivers, lakes, ponds, pools, swamps, and marshes. It might have been settled through gradual migration up estuaries and rivers, or by more direct movement from the coastline into the brackish swamps. In some cases, sections of ancient seas that were somewhat landlocked could have slowly transformed into freshwater basins. The animal population in freshwater areas is quite representative and has adapted in various ways to deal with distinct challenges: the risk of drying up, the risk of freezing solid during winter, and the risk of being stranded after floods or being swept out to sea.
Conquest of the Dry Land
5. The terrestrial haunt has been invaded age after age by contingents from the sea or from the freshwaters. We must recognise the worm invasion, which led eventually to the making of the fertile soil, the invasion due to air-breathing Arthropods,[Pg 85] which led eventually to the important linkage between flowers and their insect visitors, and the invasion due to air-breathing Amphibians, which led eventually to the higher terrestrial animals and to the development of intelligence and family affection. Besides these three great invasions, there were minor ones such as that leading to land-snails, for there has been a widespread and persistent tendency among aquatic animals to try to possess the dry land.
5. The land has been invaded time and again by groups from the sea or freshwaters. We need to acknowledge the invasion of worms, which eventually created fertile soil, the invasion by air-breathing arthropods,[Pg 85] which eventually established the essential connection between flowers and their insect visitors, and the invasion by air-breathing amphibians, which eventually led to the emergence of higher land animals and the development of intelligence and family bonds. In addition to these three major invasions, there were smaller ones like that of land snails, as there has been a widespread and ongoing trend among aquatic animals to try to claim dry land.
Getting on to dry land had a manifold significance.
Getting on to dry land had many meanings.
It implied getting into a medium with a much larger supply of oxygen than there is dissolved in the water. But the oxygen of the air is more difficult to capture, especially when the skin becomes hard or well protected, as it is almost bound to become in animals living on dry ground. Thus this leads to the development of internal surfaces, such as those of lungs, where the oxygen taken into the body may be absorbed by the blood. In most animals the blood goes to the surface of oxygen-capture; but in insects and their relatives there is a different idea—of taking the air to the blood or in greater part to the area of oxygen-combustion, the living tissues. A system of branching air-tubes takes air into every hole and corner of the insect's body, and this thorough aeration is doubtless in part the secret of the insect's intense activity. The blood never becomes impure.
It meant interacting with an environment that has a much larger amount of oxygen than what is dissolved in water. However, capturing the oxygen from the air is more challenging, especially when the skin becomes hard or well-protected, which is likely in animals living on land. This leads to the development of internal surfaces, like lungs, where the oxygen that enters the body can be absorbed by the blood. In most animals, the blood is brought to the area for oxygen absorption; but in insects and their relatives, there’s a different approach—bringing air to the blood or primarily to the area where oxygen is used, the living tissues. A system of branching air tubes delivers air to every nook and cranny of the insect's body, and this thorough aeration is likely part of the reason for the insect's extreme activity. The blood never becomes impure.
The conquest of the dry land also implied a predominance of that kind of locomotion which may be compared to punting, when the body is pushed along by pressing a lever against a hard substratum. And it also followed that with few exceptions the body of the terrestrial animal tended to be compact, readily lifted off the ground by the limbs or adjusted in some other way so that there may not be too large a surface trailing on the ground. An animal like a jellyfish, easily supported in the water, would be impossible on land. Such apparent exceptions as earthworms, centipedes, and snakes are not difficult to explain, for the earthworm[Pg 86] is a burrower which eats its way through the soil, the centipede's long body is supported by numerous hard legs, and the snake pushes itself along by means of the large ventral scales to which the lower ends of very numerous ribs are attached.
The conquest of dry land also meant that movement often resembled punting, where the body is propelled forward by pressing a lever against a solid surface. This led to the fact that, with few exceptions, the bodies of land animals tended to be compact, easily lifted off the ground by their limbs, or adjusted in a way to minimize the surface dragging on the ground. An animal like a jellyfish, which is easily supported in water, would not survive on land. The apparent exceptions, like earthworms, centipedes, and snakes, are easy to explain: the earthworm[Pg 86] burrows and consumes soil, the centipede's long body is held up by many hard legs, and the snake moves forward using its large belly scales, which are attached to the lower ends of numerous ribs.
Methods of Mastering the Difficulties of Terrestrial Life
A great restriction attendant on the invasion of the dry land is that locomotion becomes limited to one plane, namely, the surface of the earth. This is in great contrast to what is true in the water, where the animal can move up or down, to right or to left, at any angle and in three dimensions. It surely follows from this that the movements of land animals must be rapid and precise, unless, indeed, safety is secured in some other way. Hence it is easy to understand why most land animals have very finely developed striped muscles, and why a beetle running on the ground has far more numerous muscles than a lobster swimming in the sea.
A major limitation that comes with the invasion of dry land is that movement is restricted to one plane, which is the surface of the earth. This is a stark contrast to what occurs in water, where animals can move up or down, side to side, at any angle, and in three dimensions. It naturally follows that the movements of land animals need to be quick and precise, unless they find safety in another way. This makes it clear why most land animals have highly developed striped muscles, and why a beetle scurrying on the ground has far more muscles than a lobster swimming in the sea.
Land animals were also handicapped by the risks of drought and of frost, but these were met by defences of the most diverse description, from the hairs of woolly caterpillars to the fur of mammals, from the carapace of tortoises to the armour of armadillos. In other cases, it is hardly necessary to say, the difficulties may be met in other ways, as frogs meet the winter by falling into a lethargic state in some secluded retreat.
Land animals also faced challenges from drought and frost, but they dealt with these risks through a variety of adaptations, from the hairs of woolly caterpillars to the fur of mammals, from the shells of tortoises to the armor of armadillos. In some cases, it's clear that animals handle these difficulties differently, as frogs cope with winter by entering a dormant state in a sheltered spot.
Another consequence of getting on to dry land is that the eggs or young can no longer be set free anyhow, as is possible when the animal is surrounded by water, which is in itself more or less of a cradle. If the eggs were laid or the young liberated on dry ground, the chances are many that they would be dried up or devoured. So there are numerous ways in which land animals secure the safety of their young, e.g. by burying them in the ground, or by hiding them in nests, or by carrying them about for a prolonged period either before or after birth. This may mean great safety for the young, this may make it possible to have[Pg 87] only a small family, and this may tend to the evolution of parental care and the kindly emotions. Thus it may be understood that from the conquest of the land many far-reaching consequences have followed.
Another consequence of moving onto dry land is that the eggs or young can no longer be released freely, as they can when the animal is in water, which acts like a cradle. If the eggs are laid or the young are released on dry ground, there’s a high chance they would either dry out or be eaten. So, there are many ways land animals keep their young safe, such as by burying them in the ground, hiding them in nests, or carrying them around for an extended period before or after birth. This can provide significant safety for the young, might lead to having only a small family, and could promote the development of parental care and nurturing feelings. Thus, it can be understood that the transition to land has led to many significant consequences.

Photo: Rischgitz.
Photo: Rischgitz.
PROFESSOR THOMAS HENRY HUXLEY (1825-95)
PROF. THOMAS HENRY HUXLEY (1825-95)
One of the most distinguished of zoologists, with unsurpassed gifts as a teacher and expositor. He did great service in gaining a place for science in ordinary education and in popular estimation. No one championed Evolutionism with more courage and skill.
One of the most respected zoologists, with unmatched talent as a teacher and communicator. He played a significant role in securing a spot for science in regular education and in the public's perception. No one defended Evolutionism with more bravery and expertise.

BARON CUVIER, 1769-1832
BARON CUVIER, 1769-1832
One of the founders of modern Comparative Anatomy. A man of gigantic intellect, who came to Paris as a youth from the provinces, and became the director of the higher education of France and a peer of the Empire. He was opposed to Evolutionist ideas, but he had anatomical genius.
One of the founders of modern Comparative Anatomy. A man of immense intellect, who arrived in Paris as a young man from the countryside, and became the director of higher education in France and a peer of the Empire. He was against Evolutionist ideas, but he had an extraordinary talent for anatomy.

AN ILLUSTRATION SHOWING VARIOUS METHODS OF FLYING AND SWOOPING
AN ILLUSTRATION SHOWING DIFFERENT WAYS OF FLYING AND SWOOPING
Gull, with a feather-wing, a true flier. Fox-bat, with a skin-wing, a true flier. Flying Squirrel, with a parachute of skin, able to swoop from tree to tree, but not to fly. Flying Fish, with pectoral fins used as volplanes in a great leap due to the tail. To some extent able to sail in albatros fashion.
Gull, with its feathered wings, a real flyer. Fox-bat, with its skin wings, a real flyer. Flying Squirrel, with a skin parachute, can glide from tree to tree, but can’t really fly. Flying Fish, using its pectoral fins like wings in a big leap thanks to its tail. They can somewhat soar like an albatross.
Finally, it is worth dwelling on the risks of terrestrial life, because they enable us better to understand why so many land animals have become burrowers and others climbers of trees, why some have returned to the water and others have taken to the air. It may be asked, perhaps, why the land should have been colonised at all when the risks and difficulties are so great. The answer must be that necessity and curiosity are the mother and father of invention. Animals left the water because the pools dried up, or because they were overcrowded, or because of inveterate enemies, but also because of that curiosity and spirit of adventure which, from first to last, has been one of the spurs of progress.
Finally, it’s important to consider the risks of life on land, as they help us understand why many land animals have become burrowers and others have taken to climbing trees, why some have returned to the water, and why others have learned to fly. One might wonder why land was colonized at all given the considerable risks and challenges. The answer lies in the fact that necessity and curiosity drive innovation. Animals moved onto land because water sources dried up, they were overcrowded, or they faced relentless predators, but also due to that innate curiosity and adventurous spirit that has always fueled progress.
Conquering the Air
6. The last great haunt of life is the air, a mastery of which must be placed to the credit of insects, Pterodactyls, birds, and bats. These have been the successes, but it should be noted that there have been many brilliant failures, which have not attained to much more than parachuting. These include the Flying Fishes, which take leaps from the water and are carried for many yards and to considerable heights, holding their enlarged pectoral fins taut or with little more than a slight fluttering. There is a so-called Flying Frog (Rhacophorus) that skims from branch to branch, and the much more effective Flying Dragon (Draco volans) of the Far East, which has been mentioned already. Among mammals there are Flying Phalangers, Flying Lemurs, and more besides, all attaining to great skill as parachutists, and illustrating the endeavour to master the air which man has realised in a way of his own.
6. The last great realm of life is the air, a mastery credited to insects, Pterodactyls, birds, and bats. These have been the successes, but it's worth noting that there have been many impressive failures that have resulted in little more than parachuting. These include the Flying Fishes, which leap from the water and glide for many yards and to considerable heights, keeping their enlarged pectoral fins taut or barely fluttering. There's a so-called Flying Frog (Rhacophorus) that glides from branch to branch, and the much more effective Flying Dragon (Draco volans) from the Far East, which has been mentioned already. Among mammals, there are Flying Phalangers, Flying Lemurs, and more, all demonstrating great skill as parachutists, highlighting the attempt to master the air that humans have achieved in their own way.
The power of flight brings obvious advantages. A bird feeding[Pg 88] on the ground is able to evade the stalking carnivore by suddenly rising into the air; food and water can be followed rapidly and to great distances; the eggs or the young can be placed in safe situations; and birds in their migrations have made a brilliant conquest both of time and space. Many of them know no winter in their year, and the migratory flight of the Pacific Golden Plover from Hawaii to Alaska and back again does not stand alone.
The ability to fly offers clear benefits. A bird foraging[Pg 88] on the ground can easily escape a predator by quickly taking to the air; it can search for food and water over long distances; it can keep its eggs or chicks in safe places; and birds during migration have achieved remarkable advancements in both time and distance. Many of them experience no winter in their year, and the migratory journey of the Pacific Golden Plover from Hawaii to Alaska and back is just one example.
THE PROCESSION OF LIFE THROUGH THE AGES
§ 1
The Rock Record
How do we know when the various classes of animals and plants were established on the earth? How do we know the order of their appearance and the succession of their advances? The answer is: by reading the Rock Record. In the course of time the crust of the earth has been elevated into continents and depressed into ocean-troughs, and the surface of the land has been buckled up into mountain ranges and folded in gentler hills and valleys. The high places of the land have been weathered by air and water in many forms, and the results of the weathering have been borne away by rivers and seas, to be laid down again elsewhere as deposits which eventually formed sandstones, mudstones, and similar sedimentary rocks. Much of the material of the original crust has thus been broken down and worked up again many times over, and if the total thickness of the sedimentary rocks is added up it amounts, according to some geologists, to a total of 67 miles. In most cases, however, only a small part of this thickness is to be seen in one place, for the deposits were usually formed in limited areas at any one time.
How do we know when different types of animals and plants first appeared on Earth? How do we determine the order in which they showed up and how they evolved over time? The answer is: by studying the Rock Record. Over time, the Earth’s crust has risen into continents and sunk into ocean basins, and the land's surface has been pushed up into mountain ranges and shaped into gentler hills and valleys. The higher lands have been eroded by air and water in various ways, and the results of that erosion have been carried away by rivers and seas, deposited elsewhere as layers that eventually formed sandstones, mudstones, and other sedimentary rocks. Much of the original crust has been broken down and reformed many times, and if we total the thickness of the sedimentary rocks, some geologists say it reaches up to 67 miles. However, in most cases, we can only see a small part of that total thickness in any one location because the deposits were typically formed in specific areas at any given time.
The Use of Fossils
When the sediments were accumulating age after age, it naturally came about that remains of the plants and animals living[Pg 89] at the time were buried, and these formed the fossils by the aid of which it is possible to read the story of the past. By careful piecing together of evidence the geologist is able to determine the order in which the different sedimentary rocks were laid down, and thus to say, for instance, that the Devonian period was the time of the origin of Amphibians. In other cases the geologist utilises the fossils in his attempt to work out the order of the strata when these have been much disarranged. For the simpler fossil forms of any type must be older than those that are more complex. There is no vicious circle here, for the general succession of strata is clear, and it is quite certain that there were fishes before there were amphibians, and amphibians before there were reptiles, and reptiles before there were birds and mammals. In certain cases, e.g. of fossil horses and elephants, the actual historical succession has been clearly worked out.
As sediments piled up over the ages, it naturally happened that the remains of plants and animals living[Pg 89] at that time were buried, forming fossils that allow us to piece together the story of the past. By carefully assembling evidence, geologists can determine the order in which different sedimentary rocks were formed, allowing them to say, for example, that the Devonian period was when amphibians first appeared. In other situations, geologists use fossils to figure out the order of rock layers that have become disordered. Simpler fossil forms of any type must be older than those that are more complex. There’s no vicious cycle here; the general order of layers is clear, and it’s certain that fishes existed before amphibians, amphibians before reptiles, and reptiles before birds and mammals. In some cases, like with fossil horses and elephants, the actual historical sequence has been clearly established.
If the successive strata contained good samples of all the plants and animals living at the time when the beds were formed, then it would be easy to read the record of the rocks, but many animals were too soft to become satisfactory fossils, many were eaten or dissolved away, many were destroyed by heat and pressure, so that the rock record is like a library very much damaged by fire and looting and decay.
If the different layers had good samples of all the plants and animals that lived when the beds were made, it would be easy to understand the rock record. However, many animals were too soft to become good fossils, many were eaten or dissolved, and many were destroyed by heat and pressure, so the rock record is like a library that's been badly damaged by fire, looting, and decay.
§ 2
The Geological Time-table
The long history of the earth and its inhabitants is conveniently divided into eras. Thus, just as we speak of the ancient, mediæval, and modern history of mankind, so we may speak of Palæozoic, Mesozoic and Cenozoic eras in the history of the earth as a whole.
The long history of the Earth and its inhabitants is conveniently divided into eras. Just as we talk about ancient, medieval, and modern history of humanity, we can also talk about the Paleozoic, Mesozoic, and Cenozoic eras in the history of the Earth as a whole.
Geologists cannot tell us except in an approximate way how long the process of evolution has taken. One of the methods is to estimate how long has been required for the accumulation of[Pg 90] the salts of the sea, for all these have been dissolved out of the rocks since rain began to fall on the earth. Dividing the total amount of saline matter by what is contributed every year in modern times, we get about a hundred million years as the age of the sea. But as the present rate of salt-accumulation is probably much greater than it was during many of the geological periods, the prodigious age just mentioned is in all likelihood far below the mark. Another method is to calculate how long it would take to form the sedimentary rocks, like sandstones and mudstones, which have a total thickness of over fifty miles, though the local thickness is rarely over a mile. As most of the materials have come from the weathering of the earth's crust, and as the annual amount of weathering now going on can be estimated, the time required for the formation of the sedimentary rocks of the world can be approximately calculated. There are some other ways of trying to tell the earth's age and the length of the successive periods, but no certainty has been reached.
Geologists can only give us an approximate idea of how long evolution has taken. One method involves estimating how long it has taken for the accumulation of [Pg 90] the salts in the sea, as all of these have been dissolved from the rocks since rain started falling on Earth. By dividing the total amount of saline matter by what is contributed each year today, we arrive at an age of about a hundred million years for the sea. However, since the current rate of salt accumulation is probably much higher than it was during many geological periods, this remarkable age is likely much lower than the reality. Another approach is to calculate how long it would take to form sedimentary rocks, like sandstones and mudstones, which have a total thickness of over fifty miles, even though the local thickness is rarely over a mile. Since most of the materials have come from the weathering of the Earth's crust, and we can estimate the annual amount of weathering that occurs now, we can roughly calculate the time needed for the formation of the world’s sedimentary rocks. There are other methods for trying to determine the Earth’s age and the duration of the different periods, but no definite conclusions have been achieved.
The eras marked on the table (page 92) as before the Cambrian correspond to about thirty-two miles of thickness of strata; and all the subsequent eras with fossil-bearing rocks to a thickness of about twenty-one miles—in itself an astounding fact. Perhaps thirty million years must be allotted to the Pre-Cambrian eras, eighteen to the Palæozoic, nine to the Mesozoic, three to the Cenozoic, making a grand total of sixty millions.
The time periods indicated on the table (page 92) as before the Cambrian represent roughly thirty-two miles of rock layers, while all the later eras with fossil-rich rocks account for about twenty-one miles of thickness—an impressive fact in itself. We might estimate about thirty million years for the Pre-Cambrian eras, eighteen million for the Paleozoic, nine million for the Mesozoic, and three million for the Cenozoic, totaling a grand sum of sixty million years.
The Establishment of Invertebrate Stocks
It is an astounding fact that at least half of geological time (the Archæozoic and Proterozoic eras) passed before there were living creatures with parts sufficiently hard to form fossils. In the latter part of the Proterozoic era there are traces of one-celled marine animals (Radiolarians) with shells of flint, and of worms that wallowed in the primal mud. It is plain that as regards the most primitive creatures the rock record tells us little.
It’s incredible to think that at least half of Earth's history (the Archaeozoic and Proterozoic eras) went by before any living creatures had hard parts that could become fossils. Toward the end of the Proterozoic era, we find evidence of one-celled marine animals (Radiolarians) that had flint shells, and of worms that crawled through the ancient mud. Clearly, when it comes to the earliest organisms, the geological record doesn’t provide much information.

From Knipe's "Nebula to Man."
From Knipe's "Nebula to Human."
ANIMALS OF THE CAMBRIAN PERIOD
e.g. Sponges, Jellyfish, Starfish, Sea-lilies, Water-fleas, and
Trilobites
ANIMALS OF THE CAMBRIAN PERIOD
e.g. Sponges, Jellyfish, Starfish, Sea Lilies, Water Fleas, and
Trilobites

Photo: J. J. Ward, F.E.S.
Photo: J. J. Ward, F.E.S.
A TRILOBITE
A trilobite
Trilobites were ancient seashore animals, abundant from the Upper Cambrian to the Carboniferous eras. They have no direct descendants to-day. They were jointed-footed animals, allied to Crustaceans and perhaps also to King-crabs. They were able to roll themselves up in their ring-armour.
Trilobites were ancient marine creatures that thrived from the Upper Cambrian to the Carboniferous periods. They have no direct descendants today. They were jointed-footed animals related to crustaceans and possibly also to king crabs. They could roll themselves up in their segmented armor.

Photo: British Museum (Natural History).
Photo: Natural History Museum.
THE GAMBIAN MUD-FISH, PROTOPTERUS
The Gambia mudfish, Protopterus
It can breathe oxygen dissolved in water by its gills; it can also breathe dry air by means of its swim-bladder, which has become a lung. It is a double-breather, showing evolution in process. For seven months of the year, the dry season, it can remain inert in the mud, getting air through an open pipe to the surface. When water fills the pools it can use its gills again. Mud-nests or mud encasements with the lung-fish inside have often been brought to Britain and the fish when liberated were quite lively.
It can breathe oxygen that’s dissolved in water through its gills; it can also breathe dry air using its swim bladder, which has turned into a lung. It’s a double-breather, demonstrating evolution in action. For seven months of the year, during the dry season, it can remain inactive in the mud, getting air through an open tube to the surface. When water fills the pools, it can use its gills again. Mud nests or mud encasements with the lungfish inside have often been sent to Britain, and when the fish were released, they were quite active.

THE ARCHÆOPTERYX
THE ARCHAOPTERYX
(After William Leche of Stockholm.)
(After William Leche of Stockholm.)
A good restoration of the oldest known bird, Archæopteryx (Jurassic Era). It was about the size of a crow; it had teeth on both jaws; it had claws on the thumb and two fingers; and it had a long lizard-like tail. But it had feathers, proving itself a true bird.
A great restoration of the oldest known bird, Archæopteryx (Jurassic Era). It was about the size of a crow; it had teeth on both jaws; it had claws on the thumb and two fingers; and it had a long, lizard-like tail. But it had feathers, proving it was a true bird.

WING OF A BIRD, SHOWING THE ARRANGEMENT OF THE FEATHERS
WING OF A BIRD, DISPLAYING HOW THE FEATHERS ARE ARRANGED
The longest feathers or primaries (PR) are borne by the two fingers (2 and 3), and their palm-bones (CMC); the second longest or secondaries are borne by the ulna bone (U) of the fore-arm; there is a separate tuft (AS) on the thumb (TH).
The longest feathers, or primaries (PR), are attached to the two fingers (2 and 3) and their palm bones (CMC). The second longest feathers, or secondaries, are attached to the ulna bone (U) of the forearm. There's a separate tuft (AS) on the thumb (TH).
The rarity of direct traces of life in the oldest rocks is partly due to the fact that the primitive animals would be of delicate build, but it must also be remembered that the ancient rocks have been profoundly and repeatedly changed by pressure and heat, so that the traces which did exist would be very liable to obliteration. And if it be asked what right we have to suppose the presence of living creatures in the absence or extreme rarity of fossils, we must point to great accumulations of limestone which indicate the existence of calcareous algæ, and to deposits of iron which probably indicate the activity of iron-forming Bacteria. Ancient beds of graphite similarly suggest that green plants flourished in these ancient days.
The scarcity of direct evidence of life in the oldest rocks is partly because the early animals were likely fragile, but we also need to consider that ancient rocks have been heavily and repeatedly altered by pressure and heat, making any existing traces prone to being erased. If we question our basis for assuming the presence of living organisms despite the lack or extreme rarity of fossils, we can point to large deposits of limestone that suggest the existence of calcium-rich algae, as well as iron deposits that probably indicate the presence of iron-producing bacteria. Additionally, ancient layers of graphite hint that green plants thrived during those early times.
§ 3
The Era of Ancient Life (Palæozoic)
The Cambrian period was the time of the establishment of the chief stocks of backboneless animals such as sponges, jellyfishes, worms, sea-cucumbers, lamp-shells, trilobites, crustaceans, and molluscs. There is something very eloquent in the broad fact that the peopling of the seas had definitely begun some thirty million years ago, for Professor H. F. Osborn points out that in the Cambrian period there was already a colonisation of the shore of the sea, the open sea, and the deep waters.
The Cambrian period marked the time when the main groups of animals without backbones were established, including sponges, jellyfish, worms, sea cucumbers, lamp shells, trilobites, crustaceans, and mollusks. It's quite striking to note that the oceans had been populated for about thirty million years, as Professor H. F. Osborn highlights that during the Cambrian period, there was already a settlement along the shore, in the open sea, and in the deep waters.
The Ordovician period was marked by abundant representation of the once very successful class of Trilobites—jointed-footed, antenna-bearing, segmented marine animals, with numerous appendages and a covering of chitin. They died away entirely with the end of the Palæozoic era. Also very notable was the abundance of predatory cuttlefishes, the bullies of the ancient seas. But it was in this period that the first backboned animals made their appearance—an epoch-making step in evolution. In other words, true fishes were evolved—destined in the course of ages to replace the cuttlefishes (which are mere molluscs) in dominating the seas.[Pg 92]
The Ordovician period saw a wide variety of Trilobites—jointed-footed, antenna-bearing, segmented marine creatures with many appendages and a shell of chitin. They completely vanished at the end of the Paleozoic era. Another significant aspect was the large number of predatory cuttlefish, the bullies of ancient oceans. However, it was during this time that the first vertebrates appeared—an incredible milestone in evolution. In other words, true fish evolved, set to eventually take over the seas from cuttlefish (which are simply mollusks).[Pg 92]
RECENT TIMES | Human civilisation. | |
{PLEISTOCENE OR GLACIAL TIME | Last great Ice Age. | |
CENOZOIC ERA | {MIOCENE AND PLIOCENE TIMES | Emergence of Man. |
{EOCENE AND OLIGOCENE TIMES | Rise of higher mammals. | |
{CRETACEOUS PERIOD | Rise of primitive mammals, flowering plants, and higher insects. | |
MESOZOIC ERA | {JURASSIC PERIOD | Rise of birds and flying reptiles. |
{TRIASSIC PERIOD | Rise of dinosaur reptiles. | |
{PERMIAN PERIOD | Rise of reptiles. | |
{CARBONIFEROUS PERIOD | Rise of insects. | |
PALÆOZOIC ERA | {DEVONIAN PERIOD | First amphibians. |
{SILURIAN PERIOD | Land animals began. | |
{ORDOVICIAN PERIOD | First fishes. | |
{CAMBRIAN PERIOD | Peopling of the sea. | |
PROTEROZOIC AGES | Many of the Backboneless stocks began. | |
ARCHÆOZOIC AGES | Living creatures began to be upon the earth. | |
{Making of continents and ocean-basins. | ||
FORMATIVE TIMES | {Beginnings of atmosphere and hydrosphere. | |
{Cooling of the earth. | ||
{Establishment of the solar system. |
In the Silurian period in which the peopling of the seas went on apace, there was the first known attempt at colonising the dry land. For in Silurian rocks there are fossil scorpions, and that implies ability to breathe dry air—by means of internal surfaces, in this case known as lungbooks. It was also towards the end of the Silurian, when a period of great aridity set in, that fishes appeared related to our mud-fishes or double-breathers (Dipnoi), which have lungs as well as gills. This, again, meant utilising dry air, just as the present-day mud-fishes do when the water disappears from the pools in hot weather. The lung-fishes or mud-fishes of to-day are but three in number, one in Queensland, one in South America, and one in Africa, but they are extremely[Pg 93] interesting "living fossils," binding the class of fishes to that of amphibians. It is highly probable that the first invasion of the dry land should be put to the credit of some adventurous worms, but the second great invasion was certainly due to air-breathing Arthropods, like the pioneer scorpion we mentioned.
In the Silurian period, when marine life was thriving, there was the first known attempt to colonize land. Fossil scorpions found in Silurian rocks indicate that they could breathe air using internal structures known as lungbooks. It was also towards the end of the Silurian, during a time of significant dryness, that fish appeared which were related to today’s mud-fish or double-breathers (Dipnoi), having both lungs and gills. This adaptation allowed them to use dry air, similar to how modern mud-fish do when their pools dry up in hot weather. Today, there are only three species of lung-fish or mud-fish, one in Queensland, one in South America, and one in Africa, but they are incredibly[Pg 93] interesting "living fossils," linking fishes to amphibians. It is very likely that the first invasion of land was thanks to some daring worms, but the second major invasion was undoubtedly caused by air-breathing arthropods, like the pioneering scorpion we mentioned.

PICTORIAL REPRESENTATION OF THE SUCCESSIVE STRATA OF THE EARTH'S CRUST, WITH SUGGESTIONS OF CHARACTERISTIC FOSSILS
PICTORIAL REPRESENTATION OF THE SUCCESSIVE STRATA OF THE EARTH'S CRUST, WITH SUGGESTIONS OF CHARACTERISTIC FOSSILS
E.g. Fish and Trilobite in the Devonian (red), a large Amphibian in the Carboniferous (blue), Reptiles in Permian (light red), the first Mammal in the Triassic (blue), the first Bird in the Jurassic (yellow), Giant Reptiles in the Cretaceous (white), then follow the Tertiary strata with progressive mammals, and Quaternary at the top with man and mammoth.
E.g. Fish and Trilobites in the Devonian (red), a large Amphibian in the Carboniferous (blue), Reptiles in the Permian (light red), the first Mammal in the Triassic (blue), the first Bird in the Jurassic (yellow), Giant Reptiles in the Cretaceous (white), then the Tertiary layers with evolving mammals, and the Quaternary at the top with humans and mammoths.
The Devonian period, including that of the Old Red Sandstone, was one of the most significant periods in the earth's history. For it was the time of the establishment of flowering plants upon the earth and of terrestrial backboned animals. One would like to have been the discoverer of the Devonian foot-print of Thinopus, the first known Amphibian foot-print—an eloquent vestige of the third great invasion of the dry land. It was probably from a stock of Devonian lung-fishes that the first Amphibians sprang, but it was not till the next period that they came to their own. While they were still feeling their way, there was a remarkable exuberance of shark-like and heavily armoured fishes in the Devonian seas.
The Devonian period, including the Old Red Sandstone, was one of the most important times in Earth's history. It was when flowering plants and land-dwelling vertebrates first appeared. Imagine being the person who discovered the Devonian footprint of Thinopus, the first known amphibian footprint—an incredible reminder of the third major push into dry land. The first amphibians likely evolved from Devonian lung-fishes, but they didn't really thrive until the following period. While they were still finding their way, there was an impressive variety of shark-like and heavily armored fish in the Devonian seas.
EVOLUTION OF LAND ANIMALS
§ 1
Giant Amphibians and Coal-measures
The Carboniferous period was marked by a mild moist climate and a luxuriant vegetation in the swampy low grounds. It was a much less strenuous time than the Devonian period; it was like a very long summer. There were no trees of the type we see now, but there were forests of club-mosses and horsetails which grew to a gigantic size compared with their pigmy representatives of to-day. In these forests the jointed-footed invaders of the dry land ran riot in the form of centipedes, spiders, scorpions, and insects, and on these the primeval Amphibians fed. The appearance of insects made possible a new linkage of far-reaching importance, namely, the cross-fertilisation of flowering plants by their insect visitors, and from this time onwards it may be said that flowers and their visitors have evolved hand in hand.[Pg 94] Cross-fertilisation is much surer by insects than by the wind, and cross-fertilisation is more advantageous than self-fertilisation because it promotes both fertility and plasticity. It was probably in this period that coloured flowers—attractive to insect-visitors—began to justify themselves as beauty became useful, and began to relieve the monotonous green of the horsetail and club-moss forests, which covered great tracts of the earth for millions of years. In the Carboniferous forests there were also land-snails, representing one of the minor invasions of the dry land, tending on the whole to check vegetation. They, too, were probably preyed upon by the Amphibians, some of which attained a large size. Each age has had its giants, and those of the Carboniferous were Amphibians called Labyrinthodonts, some of which were almost as big as donkeys. It need hardly be said that it was in this period that most of the Coal-measures were laid down by the immense accumulation of the spores and debris of the club-moss forests. Ages afterwards, it was given to man to tap this great source of energy—traceable back to the sunshine of millions of years ago. Even then it was true that no plant or animal lives or dies to itself!
The Carboniferous period had a mild, wet climate and lush vegetation in the swampy lowlands. It was a much easier time than the Devonian period; it was like an extremely long summer. There weren't any trees like the ones we see now, but there were massive forests of club-mosses and horsetails, much larger than their tiny counterparts today. In these forests, land-dwelling creatures like centipedes, spiders, scorpions, and insects thrived, and these were the prey for the early Amphibians. The emergence of insects allowed for a new and crucial connection: the cross-fertilization of flowering plants by their insect visitors. From this point onward, it's fair to say that flowers and their pollinators evolved together. [Pg 94] Cross-fertilization by insects is much more reliable than by wind, and it's more beneficial than self-fertilization because it enhances both fertility and diversity. This likely marked the time when colored flowers—appealing to insect visitors—began to prove their worth, adding beauty and breaking up the endless green of the horsetail and club-moss forests that dominated much of the Earth for millions of years. The Carboniferous forests also contained land-snails, a minor invasion of land that generally helped control vegetation. They, too, were likely a food source for the Amphibians, some of which grew to a significant size. Every era has had its giants, and those in the Carboniferous were Amphibians known as Labyrinthodonts, some nearly as large as donkeys. It’s worth noting that during this time, most of the Coal-measures were formed from the massive buildup of spores and debris from the club-moss forests. Many ages later, humanity discovered how to harness this vast energy source, which traces back to the sunlight from millions of years ago. Even then, it remained true that no plant or animal exists or perishes in isolation!
The Acquisitions of Amphibians.
As Amphibians had their Golden Age in the Carboniferous period we may fitly use this opportunity of indicating the advances in evolution which the emergence of Amphibians implied. (1) In the first place the passage from water to dry land was the beginning of a higher and more promiseful life, taxed no doubt by increased difficulties. The natural question rises why animals should have migrated from water to dry land at all when great difficulties were involved in the transition. The answers must be: (a) that local drying up of water-basins or elevations of the land surface often made the old haunts untenable; (b) that there may have been great congestion and competition in the old quarters; and (c) that there has been an undeniable endeavour[Pg 95] after well-being throughout the history of animal life. In the same way with mankind, migrations were prompted by the setting in of prolonged drought, by over-population, and by the spirit of adventure. (2) In Amphibians for the first time the non-digitate paired fins of fishes were replaced by limbs with fingers and toes. This implied an advantageous power of grasping, of holding firm, of putting food into the mouth, of feeling things in three dimensions. (3) We cannot be positive in regard to the soft parts of the ancient Amphibians known only as fossils, but if they were in a general way like the frogs and toads, newts and salamanders of the present day, we may say that they made among other acquisitions the following: true ventral lungs, a three-chambered heart, a movable tongue, a drum to the ear, and lids to the eyes. It is very interesting to find that though the tongue of the tadpole has some muscle-fibres in it, they are not strong enough to effect movement, recalling the tongue of fishes, which has not any muscles at all. Gradually, as the tadpole becomes a frog, the muscle-fibres grow in strength, and make it possible for the full-grown creature to shoot out its tongue upon insects. This is probably a recapitulation of what was accomplished in the course of millennia in the history of the Amphibian race. (4) Another acquisition made by Amphibians was a voice, due, as in ourselves, to the rapid passage of air over taut membranes (vocal cords) stretched in the larynx. It is an interesting fact that for millions of years there was upon the earth no sound of life at all, only the noise of wind and wave, thunder and avalanche. Apart from the instrumental music of some insects, perhaps beginning in the Carboniferous, the first vital sounds were due to Amphibians, and theirs certainly was the first voice—surely one of the great steps in organic evolution.
As amphibians experienced their Golden Age during the Carboniferous period, we can take this opportunity to highlight the evolutionary advancements that the emergence of amphibians represented. (1) First, the shift from water to dry land marked the start of a higher and more promising type of life, albeit with increased challenges. A natural question arises: why did animals migrate from water to land despite these significant hurdles? The answers include: (a) local drying up of water bodies or the elevation of land surfaces often rendered old habitats uninhabitable; (b) there may have been overcrowding and competition in these former environments; and (c) there has been a clear drive for better living conditions throughout the history of animal life. Similarly, for humans, migrations were spurred by prolonged drought, overpopulation, and a sense of adventure. (2) For the first time in amphibians, the non-digited paired fins of fish were replaced by limbs with fingers and toes. This allowed for better grip, securing objects, feeding, and exploring the environment in three dimensions. (3) We can't be certain about the soft tissues of ancient amphibians known only from fossils, but if they were in general similar to today’s frogs, toads, newts, and salamanders, we can say that they gained several important features: true lungs, a three-chambered heart, a movable tongue, an ear drum, and eyelids. It’s fascinating to note that while the tongue of a tadpole contains some muscle fibers, they are not strong enough for movement, resembling the tongue of fish, which lacks muscles entirely. Gradually, as the tadpole transforms into a frog, the muscle fibers strengthen, enabling the adult creature to extend its tongue to catch insects. This likely reflects what was achieved over millennia in the evolution of the amphibian lineage. (4) Another advancement in amphibians was the ability to produce sound, similar to humans, due to the rapid airflow over taut membranes (vocal cords) in the larynx. Interestingly, for millions of years, there was no sound of life on Earth, only the sounds of wind, waves, thunder, and avalanches. Aside from the instrumental sounds made by some insects, possibly starting in the Carboniferous, the first vital sounds came from amphibians, and theirs was undoubtedly the first voice—one of the significant milestones in organic evolution.

Photo: British Museum (Natural History).
Photo: Natural History Museum.
FOSSIL OF A PTERODACTYL OR EXTINCT FLYING DRAGON
FOSSIL OF A PTERODACTYL OR EXTINCT FLYING DRAGON
The wing is made of a web of skin extended on the enormously elongated outermost finger. The long tail served for balancing and steering. The Pterodactyls varied from the size of sparrows to a wing-span of fifteen feet—the largest flying creatures.
The wing consists of a layer of skin stretched over the extremely long outermost finger. The long tail was used for balance and steering. Pterodactyls ranged in size from sparrows to a wingspan of fifteen feet—the largest flying creatures.

From Knipe's "Nebula to Man."
From Knipe's "Nebula to Human."
PARIASAURUS: AN EXTINCT VEGETARIAN TRIASSIC REPTILE
PARIASAURUS: AN EXTINCT HERBIVOROUS REPTILE FROM THE TRIASSIC PERIOD
Total length about 9 feet. (Remains found in Cape Colony, South Africa.)
Total length about 9 feet. (Remains discovered in Cape Colony, South Africa.)

From Knipe's "Nebula to Man."
From Knipe's "Nebula to Humanity."
TRICERATOPS: A HUGE EXTINCT REPTILE
TRICERATOPS: A HUGE EXTINCT DINOSAUR
(From remains found in Cretaceous strata of Wyoming, U.S.A.)
(From remains found in Cretaceous layers of Wyoming, U.S.A.)
This Dinosaur, about the size of a large rhinoceros, had a huge three-horned skull with a remarkable bony collar over the neck. But, as in many other cases, its brain was so small that it could have passed down the spinal canal in which the spinal cord lies. Perhaps this partly accounts for the extinction of giant reptiles.
This dinosaur, about the size of a large rhinoceros, had a huge three-horned skull with an impressive bony collar around its neck. However, like many others, its brain was so small that it could have easily passed down the spinal canal where the spinal cord is located. This might explain, in part, why giant reptiles went extinct.

Photo: "Daily Mail."
Photo: "Daily Mail."
THE DUCKMOLE OR DUCK-BILLED PLATYPUS OF AUSTRALIA
THE DUCKMOLE OR DUCK-BILLED PLATYPUS OF AUSTRALIA
The Duckmole or Duck-billed Platypus of Australia is a survivor of the most primitive mammals. It harks back to reptiles, e.g. in being an egg-layer, in having comparatively large eggs, and in being imperfectly warm-blooded. It swims well and feeds on small water-animals. It can also burrow.
The Duckmole or Duck-billed Platypus of Australia is a survivor of the most basic mammals. It traces its lineage back to reptiles, for example, by laying eggs, having relatively large eggs, and being only partially warm-blooded. It swims well and feeds on small aquatic creatures. It can also dig burrows.
Evolution of the Voice
The first use of the voice was probably that indicated by our frogs and toads—it serves as a sex-call. That is the meaning[Pg 96] of the trumpeting with which frogs herald the spring, and it is often only in the males that the voice is well developed. But if we look forward, past Amphibians altogether, we find the voice becoming a maternal call helping to secure the safety of the young—a use very obvious when young birds squat motionless at the sound of the parent's danger-note. Later on, probably, the voice became an infantile call, as when the unhatched crocodile pipes from within the deeply buried egg, signalling to the mother that it is time to be unearthed. Higher still the voice expresses emotion, as in the song of birds, often outside the limits of the breeding time. Later still, particular sounds become words, signifying particular things or feelings, such as "food," "danger," "home," "anger," and "joy." Finally words become a medium of social intercourse and as symbols help to make it possible for man to reason.
The first use of the voice was probably like what we see with frogs and toads—it functions as a mating call. That’s the meaning[Pg 96] behind the trumpeting that frogs use to announce spring, and it’s often only the males that have a well-developed voice. But if we look ahead, past Amphibians altogether, we see that the voice turns into a maternal call that helps keep the young safe—this is especially clear when young birds sit still at the sound of their parent's warning call. Later on, the voice likely becomes an infant call, like when an unhatched crocodile calls from inside its buried egg, signaling to the mother that it’s time to be unearthed. Even further along, the voice expresses emotions, as seen in bird songs, which often occur outside of breeding season. Eventually, specific sounds evolve into words that represent particular things or feelings, such as "food," "danger," "home," "anger," and "joy." Finally, words become a way of social interaction and, as symbols, enable humans to reason.
§ 2
The Early Reptiles
In the Permian period reptiles appeared, or perhaps one should say, began to assert themselves. That is to say, there was an emergence of backboned animals which were free from water and relinquished the method of breathing by gills, which Amphibians retained in their young stages at least. The unhatched or unborn reptile breathes by means of a vascular hood spread underneath the egg-shell and absorbing dry air from without. It is an interesting point that this vascular hood, called the allantois, is represented in the Amphibians by an unimportant bladder growing out from the hind end of the food-canal. A great step in evolution was implied in the origin of this ante-natal hood or fœtal membrane and another one—of protective significance—called the amnion, which forms a water-bag over the delicate embryo. The step meant total emancipation from the water and from gill-breathing, and the two fœtal membranes, the amnion and the allantois, persist not only in all reptiles but in birds and[Pg 97] mammals as well. These higher Vertebrates are therefore called Amniota in contrast to the Lower Vertebrates or Anamnia (the Amphibians, Fishes, and primitive types).
In the Permian period, reptiles started to emerge, or rather, began to make their presence known. This means there was a rise of backboned animals that were no longer reliant on water and had moved away from breathing through gills, which amphibians still use in their earlier life stages. Unborn or unhatched reptiles breathe through a vascular structure underneath the eggshell that absorbs dry air from outside. It's interesting to note that this vascular structure, called the allantois, has a less significant counterpart in amphibians, which is a small bladder growing from the back end of the digestive tract. The development of this prenatal structure or fetal membrane and another one—also protective—called the amnion, which creates a water-filled space around the delicate embryo, marked a major evolutionary step. This development allowed for complete independence from water and gill breathing, and both fetal membranes, the amnion and the allantois, are found not only in all reptiles but also in birds and[Pg 97] mammals. Hence, these higher vertebrates are referred to as Amniota, in contrast to the lower vertebrates or Anamnia (the amphibians, fish, and primitive forms).
It is a suggestive fact that the embryos of all reptiles, birds, and mammals show gill-clefts—a tell-tale evidence of their distant aquatic ancestry. But these embryonic gill-clefts are not used for respiration and show no trace of gills except in a few embryonic reptiles and birds where their dwindled vestiges have been recently discovered. As to the gill-clefts, they are of no use in higher Vertebrates except that the first becomes the Eustachian tube leading from the ear-passage to the back of the mouth. The reason why they persist when only one is of any use, and that in a transformed guise, would be difficult to interpret except in terms of the Evolution theory. They illustrate the lingering influence of a long pedigree, the living hand of the past, the tendency that individual development has to recapitulate racial evolution. In a condensed and telescoped manner, of course, for what took the race a million years may be recapitulated by the individual in a week!
It's an interesting fact that the embryos of all reptiles, birds, and mammals display gill clefts—a clear sign of their distant aquatic ancestry. However, these embryonic gill clefts aren't used for breathing and show no traces of gills, except in a few developing reptiles and birds where their tiny remnants have recently been found. As for the gill clefts, they don't serve any purpose in higher vertebrates apart from the first one developing into the Eustachian tube, which connects the ear canal to the back of the throat. The reason they remain, even though only one is useful and in a modified form, would be hard to explain without referencing evolutionary theory. They represent the lasting impact of a long lineage, the ongoing influence of the past, and the tendency for individual development to mirror evolutionary history. Of course, this happens in a condensed way, since what took the species a million years can be summarized by an individual in just a week!
In the Permian period the warm moist climate of most of the Carboniferous period was replaced by severe conditions, culminating in an Ice Age which spread from the Southern Hemisphere throughout the world. With this was associated a waning of the Carboniferous flora, and the appearance of a new one, consisting of ferns, conifers, ginkgos, and cycads, which persisted until near the end of the Mesozoic era. The Permian Ice Age lasted for millions of years, and was most severe in the Far South. Of course, it was a very different world then, for North Europe was joined to North America, Africa to South America, and Australia to Asia. It was probably during the Permian Ice Age that many of the insects divided their life-history into two main chapters—the feeding, growing, moulting, immature, larval stages, e.g. caterpillars, and the more ascetic, non-growing, non-moulting, winged phase, adapted for reproduction. Between[Pg 98] these there intervened the quiescent, well-protected pupa stage or chrysalis, probably adapted to begin with as a means of surviving the severe winter. For it is easier for an animal to survive when the vital processes are more or less in abeyance.
In the Permian period, the warm, humid climate of most of the Carboniferous period was replaced by harsh conditions, leading to an Ice Age that spread from the Southern Hemisphere across the globe. This period saw a decline in Carboniferous plant life and the emergence of a new flora made up of ferns, conifers, ginkgos, and cycads, which lasted until nearly the end of the Mesozoic era. The Permian Ice Age persisted for millions of years and was most intense in the Far South. Back then, it was a very different world, as Northern Europe was connected to North America, Africa was linked to South America, and Australia was joined to Asia. It was likely during the Permian Ice Age that many insects divided their life cycle into two main stages—the feeding, growing, molting, immature, larval stages, such as caterpillars, and the more austere, non-growing, non-molting, winged stage adapted for reproduction. Between[Pg 98] these stages was the inactive, well-protected pupa stage or chrysalis, which was probably originally developed as a way to survive the harsh winter. It is easier for an animal to survive when its vital processes are mostly on hold.
Disappearance of many Ancient Types
We cannot leave the last period of the Palæozoic era and its prolonged ice age without noticing that it meant the entire cessation of a large number of ancient types, especially among plants and backboneless animals, which now disappear for ever. It is necessary to understand that the animals of ancient days stand in three different relations to those of to-day. (a) There are ancient types that have living representatives, sometimes few and sometimes many, sometimes much changed and sometimes but slightly changed. The lamp-shell, Lingulella, of the Cambrian and Ordovician period has a very near relative in the Lingula of to-day. There are a few extremely conservative animals. (b) There are ancient types which have no living representatives, except in the guise of transformed descendants, as the King-crab (Limulus) may be said to be a transformed descendant of the otherwise quite extinct race to which Eurypterids or Sea-scorpions belonged. (c) There are altogether extinct types—lost races—which have left not a wrack behind. For there is not any representation to-day of such races as Graptolites and Trilobites.
We can't leave the last period of the Paleozoic era and its long ice age without noting that it led to the complete extinction of many ancient types, especially among plants and invertebrate animals, which are now gone forever. It's important to understand that ancient animals relate to today's animals in three different ways. (a) There are ancient types that still have living relatives, sometimes few and sometimes many, sometimes changed a lot and sometimes only slightly. The lamp-shell, Lingulella, from the Cambrian and Ordovician periods has a very close relative in today's Lingula. Some animals are extremely conservative. (b) There are ancient types that have no living representatives except as transformed descendants, like how the King-crab (Limulus) can be considered a transformed descendant of the otherwise completely extinct group that includes Eurypterids or Sea-scorpions. (c) There are completely extinct types—lost races—that have left no trace behind. Today, we see no representation of groups like Graptolites and Trilobites.
Looking backwards over the many millions of years comprised in the Palæozoic era, what may we emphasise as the most salient features? There was in the Cambrian the establishment of the chief classes of backboneless animals; in the Ordovician the first fishes and perhaps the first terrestrial plants; in the Silurian the emergence of air-breathing Invertebrates and mud-fishes; in the Devonian the appearance of the first Amphibians, from which all higher land animals are descended, and the establishment of a land flora; in the Carboniferous the great Club-moss forests[Pg 99] and an exuberance of air-breathing insects and their allies; in the Permian the first reptiles and a new flora.
Looking back over the millions of years of the Paleozoic era, what can we highlight as the most noticeable features? In the Cambrian, the main groups of invertebrates were established; in the Ordovician, the first fish appeared along with possibly the first land plants; in the Silurian, air-breathing invertebrates and mudfish emerged; in the Devonian, the first amphibians appeared, from which all higher land animals are descended, along with the development of a land flora; in the Carboniferous, vast clubmoss forests emerged along with a surge of air-breathing insects and their relatives; in the Permian, the first reptiles and a new type of flora were present.
THE GEOLOGICAL MIDDLE AGES
§ 1
The Mesozoic Era
In a broad way the Mesozoic era corresponds with the Golden Age of reptiles, and with the climax of the Conifer and Cycad flora, which was established in the Permian. But among the Conifers and Cycads our modern flowering plants were beginning to show face tentatively, just like birds and mammals among the great reptiles.
In general, the Mesozoic era aligns with the Golden Age of reptiles and the peak of Conifer and Cycad flora, which began in the Permian period. However, among the Conifers and Cycads, our modern flowering plants were just starting to emerge, similar to how birds and mammals appeared among the dominant reptiles.
In the Triassic period the exuberance of reptilian life which marked the Permian was continued. Besides Turtles which still persist, there were Ichthyosaurs, Plesiosaurs, Dinosaurs, and Pterosaurs, none of which lasted beyond the Mesozoic era. Of great importance was the rise of the Dinosaurs in the Triassic, for it is highly probable that within the limits of this vigorous and plastic stock—some of them bipeds—we must look for the ancestors of both birds and mammals. Both land and water were dominated by reptiles, some of which attained to gigantic size. Had there been any zoologist in those days, he would have been very sagacious indeed if he had suspected that reptiles did not represent the climax of creation.
In the Triassic period, the lively reptilian life that characterized the Permian continued. Along with the Turtles that still exist today, there were Ichthyosaurs, Plesiosaurs, Dinosaurs, and Pterosaurs, none of which survived past the Mesozoic era. The emergence of Dinosaurs in the Triassic was hugely significant, as it’s likely that some of these dynamic and adaptable creatures—some of which were bipedal—were the ancestors of both birds and mammals. Both land and water were dominated by reptiles, some of which grew to enormous sizes. If there had been a zoologist at that time, they would have been quite astute to suspect that reptiles did not represent the pinnacle of evolution.
The Flying Dragons
The Jurassic period showed a continuance of the reptilian splendour. They radiated in many directions, becoming adapted to many haunts. Thus there were many Fish Lizards paddling in the seas, many types of terrestrial dragons stalking about on land, many swiftly gliding alligator-like forms, and the Flying Dragons which began in the Triassic attained to remarkable success and variety. Their wing was formed by the extension of a great fold of skin on the enormously elongated outermost[Pg 100] finger, and they varied from the size of a sparrow to a spread of over five feet. A soldering of the dorsal vertebræ as in our Flying Birds was an adaptation to striking the air with some force, but as there is not more than a slight keel, if any, on the breast-bone, it is unlikely that they could fly far. For we know from our modern birds that the power of flight may be to some extent gauged from the degree of development of the keel, which is simply a great ridge for the better insertion of the muscles of flight. It is absent, of course, in the Running Birds, like the ostrich, and it has degenerated in an interesting way in the burrowing parrot (Stringops) and a few other birds that have "gone back."
The Jurassic period continued the impressive existence of reptiles. They spread out in many directions, adapting to various habitats. There were many Fish Lizards swimming in the oceans, different types of land-dwelling dragons roaming on land, numerous sleek, alligator-like creatures, and the Flying Dragons that started in the Triassic, which achieved remarkable success and diversity. Their wings were formed by the stretching of a large fold of skin on their greatly elongated outermost[Pg 100] finger, and they ranged in size from that of a sparrow to a wingspan of over five feet. The fusion of their dorsal vertebrae, similar to our Flying Birds, helped them strike the air with some force, but since they have little to no keel on their breastbone, it's unlikely they could fly very far. We know from modern birds that the ability to fly can somewhat be determined by how developed the keel is, as it serves as a prominent ridge for the better attachment of flight muscles. It's missing in Running Birds, like the ostrich, and has changed interestingly in burrowing parrots (Stringops) and a few other birds that have “regressed.”
The First Known Bird
But the Jurassic is particularly memorable because its strata have yielded two fine specimens of the first known bird, Archæopteryx. These were entombed in the deposits which formed the fine-grained lithographic stones of Bavaria, and practically every bone in the body is preserved except the breast-bone. Even the feathers have left their marks with distinctness. This oldest known bird—too far advanced to be the first bird—was about the size of a crow and was probably of arboreal habits. Of great interest are its reptilian features, so pronounced that one cannot evade the evolutionist suggestion. It had teeth in both jaws, which no modern bird has; it had a long lizard-like tail, which no modern bird has; it had claws on three fingers, and a sort of half-made wing. That is to say, it does not show, what all modern birds show, a fusion of half the wrist-bones with the whole of the palm-bones, the well-known carpo-metacarpus bone which forms a basis for the longest pinions. In many reptiles, such as Crocodiles, there are peculiar bones running across the abdomen beneath the skin, the so-called "abdominal ribs," and it seems an eloquent detail to find these represented in Archæopteryx, the earliest known bird. No modern bird shows any trace of them.
But the Jurassic period is especially memorable because its layers have revealed two remarkable specimens of the first known bird, Archæopteryx. These specimens were trapped in the deposits that formed the fine-grained lithographic stones of Bavaria, and nearly every bone in the body is preserved except for the breastbone. Even the feathers have left clear impressions. This oldest known bird—too evolved to be considered the first bird—was roughly the size of a crow and likely had a tree-dwelling lifestyle. Of great interest are its reptilian characteristics, so pronounced that one cannot ignore the implications for evolution. It had teeth in both jaws, which no modern birds have; it had a long lizard-like tail, which modern birds also lack; it had claws on three fingers and a sort of partially developed wing. In other words, it does not exhibit what all modern birds do: a fusion of half the wrist bones with all the palm bones, known as the carpo-metacarpus bone, which serves as the foundation for their longer wings. In many reptiles, such as crocodiles, there are unique bones running across the abdomen under the skin, termed "abdominal ribs," and it is a striking detail to find these represented in Archæopteryx, the oldest known bird. No modern bird shows any indication of them.

SKELETON OF AN EXTINCT FLIGHTLESS TOOTHED BIRD, HESPERORNIS
SKELETON OF AN EXTINCT FLIGHTLESS TOOTHED BIRD, HESPERORNIS
(After Marsh.)
(After Marsh.)
The bird was five or six feet high, something like a swimming ostrich, with a very powerful leg but only a vestige of a wing. There were sharp teeth in a groove. The modern divers come nearest to this ancient type.
The bird was about five or six feet tall, resembling a swimming ostrich, with a strong leg but just a remnant of a wing. It had sharp teeth in a groove. Today's divers are the closest to this ancient species.

SIX STAGES IN THE EVOLUTION OF THE HORSE, SHOWING GRADUAL INCREASE IN SIZE
SIX STAGES IN THE EVOLUTION OF THE HORSE, SHOWING GRADUAL INCREASE IN SIZE
(After Lull and Matthew.)
(After Lull and Matthew.)
1. Four-toed horse, Eohippus, about one foot high. Lower
Eocene, N. America.
2. Another four-toed horse, Orohippus, a little over a foot high. Middle
Eocene, N. America.
3. Three-toed horse, Mesohippus, about the size of a sheep. Middle
Oligocene, N. America.
4. Three-toed horse, Merychippus, Miocene, N. America. Only one toe reaches
the ground on each foot, but the remains of two others are prominent.
5. The first one-toed horse, Pliohippus, about forty inches high at the
shoulder. Pliocene, N. America.
6. The modern horse, running on the third digit of each foot.
1. Four-toed horse, Eohippus, about one foot tall. Lower Eocene, N. America.
2. Another four-toed horse, Orohippus, just over a foot tall. Middle Eocene, N. America.
3. Three-toed horse, Mesohippus, about the size of a sheep. Middle Oligocene, N. America.
4. Three-toed horse, Merychippus, Miocene, N. America. Only one toe touches the ground on each foot, but the remains of two others are noticeable.
5. The first one-toed horse, Pliohippus, about forty inches tall at the shoulder. Pliocene, N. America.
6. The modern horse, running on the third digit of each foot.
There is no warrant for supposing that the flying reptiles or Pterodactyls gave rise to birds, for the two groups are on different lines, and the structure of the wings is entirely different. Thus the long-fingered Pterodactyl wing was a parachute wing, while the secret of the bird's wing has its centre in the feathers. It is highly probable that birds evolved from certain Dinosaurs which had become bipeds, and it is possible that they were for a time swift runners that took "flying jumps" along the ground. Thereafter, perhaps, came a period of arboreal apprenticeship during which there was much gliding from tree to tree before true flight was achieved. It is an interesting fact that the problem of flight has been solved four times among animals—by insects, by Pterodactyls, by birds, and by bats; and that the four solutions are on entirely different lines.
There’s no reason to think that flying reptiles or Pterodactyls gave rise to birds, as the two groups have different evolutionary paths, and their wing structures are completely different. The Pterodactyl wing, with its long fingers, was more like a parachute, while the bird’s wing revolves around its feathers. It’s highly likely that birds evolved from certain dinosaurs that had become bipedal, and it’s possible they were initially fast runners that took “flying leaps” along the ground. Then, there may have been a time of practicing in trees, which involved a lot of gliding from tree to tree before true flight developed. Interestingly, the challenge of flight has been solved four times in the animal world—by insects, Pterodactyls, birds, and bats—and each solution is based on completely different principles.
In the Cretaceous period the outstanding events included the waning of giant reptiles, the modernising of the flowering plants, and the multiplication of small mammals. Some of the Permian reptiles, such as the dog-toothed Cynodonts, were extraordinarily mammal-like, and it was probably from among them that definite mammals emerged in the Triassic. Comparatively little is known of the early Triassic mammals save that their back-teeth were marked by numerous tubercles on the crown, but they were gaining strength in the late Triassic when small arboreal insectivores, not very distant from the modern tree-shrews (Tupaia), began to branch out in many directions indicative of the great divisions of modern mammals, such as the clawed mammals, hoofed mammals, and the race of monkeys or Primates. In the Upper Cretaceous there was an exuberant "radiation" of mammals, adaptive to the conquest of all sorts of haunts, and this was vigorously continued in Tertiary times.
In the Cretaceous period, key events included the decline of giant reptiles, the emergence of flowering plants, and the rise of small mammals. Some of the Permian reptiles, like the dog-toothed Cynodonts, were remarkably similar to mammals, and it’s likely that true mammals evolved from them in the Triassic. Not much is known about early Triassic mammals except that their back teeth had lots of tubercles on the crown, but they were becoming more robust by the late Triassic when small tree-dwelling insectivores, closely related to modern tree-shrews (Tupaia), started diversifying into various groups that represent the major divisions of modern mammals, such as clawed mammals, hoofed mammals, and primates. In the Upper Cretaceous, there was a significant "radiation" of mammals, adapting to a variety of environments, which continued robustly into the Tertiary period.
There is no difficulty in the fact that the earliest remains of definite mammals in the Triassic precede the first-known bird in the Jurassic. For although we usually rank mammals as higher than birds (being mammals ourselves, how could we do[Pg 102] otherwise?), there are many ways in which birds are pre-eminent, e.g. in skeleton, musculature, integumentary structures, and respiratory system. The fact is that birds and mammals are on two quite different tacks of evolution, not related to one another, save in having a common ancestry in extinct reptiles. Moreover, there is no reason to believe that the Jurassic Archæopteryx was the first bird in any sense except that it is the first of which we have any record. In any case it is safe to say that birds came to their own before mammals did.
There’s no issue with the fact that the earliest known mammals from the Triassic period came before the first known bird from the Jurassic. Even though we generally consider mammals to be more advanced than birds (after all, we’re mammals ourselves, right?), there are many ways in which birds excel, such as in their skeleton, muscles, skin structures, and respiratory system. The truth is that birds and mammals have taken very different paths in evolution, and they’re not closely related, except for sharing a common ancestor in now-extinct reptiles. Additionally, there’s no reason to think that the Jurassic Archaeopteryx was the first bird in any real sense, other than it being the first one we’ve documented. In any case, it’s safe to say that birds emerged before mammals did.
Looking backwards, we may perhaps sum up what is most essential in the Mesozoic era in Professor Schuchert's sentence: "The Mesozoic is the Age of Reptiles, and yet the little mammals and the toothed birds are storing up intelligence and strength to replace the reptiles when the cycads and conifers shall give way to the higher flowering plants."
Looking back, we can sum up what’s most important about the Mesozoic era with Professor Schuchert's statement: "The Mesozoic is the Age of Reptiles, and yet the small mammals and the feathered dinosaurs are gathering knowledge and strength to take over from the reptiles when the cycads and conifers are replaced by more advanced flowering plants."
§ 2
The Cenozoic or Tertiary Era
In the Eocene period there was a replacement of the small-brained archaic mammals by big-brained modernised types, and with this must be associated the covering of the earth with a garment of grass and dry pasture. Marshes were replaced by meadows and browsing by grazing mammals. In the spreading meadows an opportunity was also offered for a richer evolution of insects and birds.
In the Eocene period, small-brained ancient mammals were replaced by large-brained modern types, and this coincided with the earth being covered in grass and dry pastures. Marshes transformed into meadows, and browsing mammals were replaced by grazing ones. The expanding meadows also provided a chance for a richer evolution of insects and birds.
During the Oligocene the elevation of the land continued, the climate became much less moist, and the grazing herds extended their range.
During the Oligocene, the land continued to rise, the climate became much drier, and the grazing herds expanded their territory.
The Miocene was the mammalian Golden Age and there were crowning examples of what Osborn calls "adaptive radiation." That is to say, mammals, like the reptiles before them, conquer every haunt of life. There are flying bats, volplaning parachutists, climbers in trees like sloths and squirrels, quickly moving hoofed mammals, burrowers like the moles, freshwater[Pg 103] mammals, like duckmole and beaver, shore-frequenting seals and manatees, and open-sea cetaceans, some of which dive far more than full fathoms five. It is important to realise the perennial tendency of animals to conquer every corner and to fill every niche of opportunity, and to notice that this has been done by successive sets of animals in succeeding ages. Most notably the mammals repeat all the experiments of reptiles on a higher turn of the spiral. Thus arises what is called convergence, the superficial resemblance of unrelated types, like whales and fishes, the resemblance being due to the fact that the different types are similarly adapted to similar conditions of life. Professor H. F. Osborn points out that mammals may seek any one of the twelve different habitat-zones, and that in each of these there may be six quite different kinds of food. Living creatures penetrate everywhere like the overflowing waters of a great river in flood.
The Miocene was the Golden Age for mammals, showcasing what Osborn refers to as "adaptive radiation." In other words, mammals, like the reptiles before them, managed to thrive in every environment. There were flying bats, gliding animals like flying squirrels, tree climbers such as sloths and squirrels, fast-moving hoofed mammals, burrowers like moles, freshwater mammals like the duck-billed platypus and beavers, along with seals and manatees that prefer the shore, and open-sea cetaceans that can dive much deeper than five fathoms. It's crucial to recognize the constant tendency of animals to occupy every space and fill every possible niche, and to see that this has happened through different groups of animals across various ages. Most notably, mammals replicate the experiments of reptiles on a more advanced level. This leads to what is known as convergence, the superficial similarities between unrelated groups, like whales and fish, caused by the fact that these different groups are adapted to similar living conditions. Professor H. F. Osborn notes that mammals can thrive in any of the twelve different habitat zones, and in each of these zones, there can be six distinct types of food. Living organisms spread everywhere like the overflowing waters of a river at flood stage.
§ 3
The Pliocene period was a more strenuous time, with less genial climatic conditions, and with more intense competition. Old land bridges were broken and new ones made, and the geographical distribution underwent great changes. Professor R. S. Lull describes the Pliocene as "a period of great unrest." "Many migrations occurred the world over, new competitions arose, and the weaker stocks began to show the effects of the strenuous life. One momentous event seems to have occurred in the Pliocene, and that was the transformation of the precursor of humanity into man—the culmination of the highest line of evolution."
The Pliocene period was a more challenging time, with harsher climate conditions and increased competition. Old land bridges disappeared and new ones formed, leading to significant changes in geographical distribution. Professor R. S. Lull describes the Pliocene as "a period of great unrest." "Many migrations happened around the globe, new competitions emerged, and the weaker species started to show the impact of this tough environment. One significant event seems to have taken place in the Pliocene, which was the evolution of humanity's precursor into modern humans—the peak of the highest line of evolution."
The Pleistocene period was a time of sifting. There was a continued elevation of the continental masses, and Ice Ages set in, relieved by less severe interglacial times when the ice-sheets retreated northwards for a time. Many types, like the mammoth, the woolly rhinoceros, the sabre-toothed tiger, the cave-lion,[Pg 104] and the cave-bear, became extinct. Others which formerly had a wide range became restricted to the Far North or were left isolated here and there on the high mountains, like the Snow Mouse, which now occurs on isolated Alpine heights above the snow-line. Perhaps it was during this period that many birds of the Northern Hemisphere learned to evade the winter by the sublime device of migration.
The Pleistocene period was a time of change. The continents continued to rise, and Ice Ages began, followed by less severe interglacial periods when the ice sheets pulled back north for a while. Many species, like the mammoth, woolly rhinoceros, sabre-toothed tiger, cave lion,[Pg 104] and cave bear, went extinct. Others that used to have a wide range became limited to the Far North or were left isolated in high mountains, like the Snow Mouse, which is now found only on isolated Alpine heights above the snow line. It’s possible that during this time, many birds in the Northern Hemisphere figured out how to escape winter by migrating.
Looking backwards we may quote Professor Schuchert again:
Looking back, we can quote Professor Schuchert again:
"The lands in the Cenozoic began to bloom with more and more flowering plants and grand hardwood forests, the atmosphere is scented with sweet odours, a vast crowd of new kinds of insects appear, and the places of the once dominant reptiles of the lands and seas are taken by the mammals. Out of these struggles there rises a greater intelligence, seen in nearly all of the mammal stocks, but particularly in one, the monkey-ape-man. Brute man appears on the scene with the introduction of the last glacial climate, a most trying time for all things endowed with life, and finally there results the dominance of reasoning man over all his brute associates."
"The lands in the Cenozoic began to thrive with more and more flowering plants and large hardwood forests. The atmosphere was filled with sweet scents, and a wide variety of new insects appeared. The mammals took over the places once held by the dominant reptiles of the land and sea. From these challenges arose a higher level of intelligence, evident in nearly all mammal species, but especially in one: the monkey-ape-man. Modern humans appeared with the onset of the last ice age, which was a difficult time for all living beings. Ultimately, reasoning humans prevailed over all their brute counterparts."
In man and human society the story of evolution has its climax.
In people and society, the story of evolution reaches its peak.
The Ascent of Man
Man stands apart from animals in his power of building up general ideas and of using these in the guidance of his behaviour and the control of his conduct. This is essentially wrapped up with his development of language as an instrument of thought. Some animals have words, but man has language (Logos). Some animals show evidence of perceptual inference, but man often gets beyond this to conceptual inference (Reason). Many animals are affectionate and brave, self-forgetful and industrious, but man "thinks the ought," definitely guiding his conduct in the light of ideals, which in turn are wrapped up with the fact that he is "a social person."
Human beings are different from animals because they can form general ideas and use those ideas to guide their behavior and control their actions. This ability is closely linked to the development of language as a tool for thought. Some animals have sounds they use, but humans have language (Logos). While some animals can make perceptual inferences, humans often go beyond that to make conceptual inferences (Reason). Many animals can show affection, bravery, selflessness, and hard work, but humans "think the ought," which shapes their actions based on ideals, and this is tied to the fact that they are "social beings."
Besides his big brain, which may be three times as heavy as[Pg 105] that of a gorilla, man has various physical peculiarities. He walks erect, he plants the sole of his foot flat on the ground, he has a chin and a good heel, a big forehead and a non-protrusive face, a relatively uniform set of teeth without conspicuous canines, and a relatively naked body.
Besides his big brain, which might be three times heavier than that of a gorilla, humans have several unique physical traits. They walk upright, place the sole of their foot flat on the ground, have a chin and a strong heel, a large forehead, and a face that doesn’t stick out much. They also have a fairly even set of teeth without prominent canines and a relatively hairless body.

DIAGRAM SHOWING SEVEN STAGES IN THE EVOLUTION OF THE FORE-LIMBS AND HIND-LIMBS OF THE ANCESTORS OF THE MODERN HORSE, BEGINNING WITH THE EARLIEST KNOWN PREDECESSORS OF THE HORSE AND CULMINATING WITH THE HORSE OF TO-DAY
DIAGRAM SHOWING SEVEN STAGES IN THE EVOLUTION OF THE FRONT LEGS AND BACK LEGS OF THE ANCESTORS OF THE MODERN HORSE, BEGINNING WITH THE EARLIEST KNOWN PREDECESSORS OF THE HORSE AND CULMINATING WITH THE HORSE OF TODAY
(After Marsh and Lull.)
(After Marsh and Lull.)
1 and 1A, fore-limb and hind-limb of Eohippus; 2 and 2A, Orohippus; 3 and 3A, Mesohippus; 4 and 4A, Hypohippus; 5 and 5A, Merychippus; 6 and 6A, Hipparion; 7 and 7A, the modern horse. Note how the toes shorten and disappear.
1 and 1A, front leg and back leg of Eohippus; 2 and 2A, Orohippus; 3 and 3A, Mesohippus; 4 and 4A, Hypohippus; 5 and 5A, Merychippus; 6 and 6A, Hipparion; 7 and 7A, the modern horse. Notice how the toes become shorter and eventually disappear.

A. Fore-limb of Monkey B. Fore-limb of Whale
A. Monkey's Fore-limb B. Whale's Fore-limb
WHAT IS MEANT BY HOMOLOGY? ESSENTIAL SIMILARITY OF ARCHITECTURE, THOUGH THE APPEARANCES MAY BE VERY DIFFERENT
WHAT IS MEANT BY HOMOLOGY? ESSENTIAL SIMILARITY OF ARCHITECTURE, THOUGH THE APPEARANCES MAY BE VERY DIFFERENT
This is seen in comparing these two fore-limbs, A, of Monkey, B, of Whale. They are as different as possible, yet they show the same bones, e.g. SC, the scapula or shoulder-blade; H, the humerus or upper arm; R and U, the radius and ulna of the fore-arm; CA, the wrist; MC, the palm; and then the fingers.
This can be observed by comparing the two forelimbs: A, of a monkey, and B, of a whale. They are as different as they can be, yet they have the same bones, for example: SC, the scapula or shoulder blade; H, the humerus or upper arm; R and U, the radius and ulna of the forearm; CA, the wrist; MC, the palm; and then the fingers.
But in spite of man's undeniable apartness, there is no doubt as to his solidarity with the rest of creation. There is an "all-pervading similitude of structure," between man and the Anthropoid Apes, though it is certain that it is not from any living form that he took his origin. None of the anatomical distinctions, except the heavy brain, could be called momentous. Man's body is a veritable museum of relics (vestigial structures) inherited from pre-human ancestors. In his everyday bodily life and in some of its disturbances, man's pedigree is often revealed. Even his facial expression, as Darwin showed, is not always human. Some fossil remains bring modern man nearer the anthropoid type.
But despite the undeniable differences between humans, there's no doubt about our connection to the rest of creation. There’s a clear similarity in structure between humans and the great apes, although it’s obvious that humans didn’t originate from any living species. Other than the large brain, none of the anatomical differences are particularly significant. The human body is essentially a museum of remnants (vestigial structures) inherited from our pre-human ancestors. In our daily physical lives and in certain abnormalities, our lineage often becomes apparent. Even our facial expressions, as Darwin pointed out, aren't always distinctly human. Some fossil remains make modern humans appear more similar to the great apes.
It is difficult not to admit the ring of truth in the closing words of Darwin's Descent of Man:
It’s hard not to recognize the truth in the final words of Darwin's Descent of Man:
"We must, however, acknowledge, as it seems to me, that man, with all his noble qualities, with sympathy which feels for the most debased, with benevolence which extends not only to other men but to the humblest living creature, with his God-like intellect which has penetrated into the movements and constitution of the solar system—with all these exalted powers—man still bears in his bodily frame the indelible stamp of his lowly origin."
"We must, however, recognize, as it seems to me, that humans, with all their noble qualities, with empathy that reaches out to the most downtrodden, with kindness that extends not only to other people but to the simplest living creature, with their incredible intellect that has explored the workings and structure of the solar system—with all these elevated abilities—humans still carry in their physical form the permanent mark of their humble beginnings."
The Changing System of Nature
There is another side of evolution so obvious that it is often overlooked, the tendency to link lives together in vital inter-relations. Thus flowers and their insect visitors are often vitally interlinked in mutual dependence. Many birds feed on berries and distribute the seeds. The tiny freshwater snail is the host of[Pg 106] the juvenile stages of the liver-fluke of the sheep. The mosquito is the vehicle of malaria from man to man, and the tse-tse fly spreads sleeping sickness. The freshwater mussel cannot continue its race without the unconscious co-operation of the minnow, and the freshwater fish called the bitterling cannot continue its race without the unconscious co-operation of the mussel. There are numerous mutually beneficial partnerships between different kinds of creatures, and other inter-relations where the benefit is one-sided, as in the case of insects that make galls on plants. There are also among kindred animals many forms of colonies, communities, and societies. Nutritive chains bind long series of animals together, the cod feeding on the whelk, the whelk on the worm, the worm on the organic dust of the sea. There is a system of successive incarnations and matter is continually passing from one embodiment to another. These instances must suffice to illustrate the central biological idea of the web of life, the interlinked System of Animate Nature. Linnæus spoke of the Systema Naturæ, meaning the orderly hierarchy of classes, orders, families, genera, and species; but we owe to Darwin in particular some knowledge of a more dynamic Systema Naturæ, the network of vital inter-relations. This has become more and more complex as evolution has continued, and man's web is most complex of all. It means making Animate Nature more of a unity; it means an external method of registering steps of progress; it means an evolving set of sieves by which new variations are sifted, and living creatures are kept from slipping down the steep ladder of evolution.
There’s another aspect of evolution that’s so clear it often gets ignored: the way lives are interconnected in essential relationships. For example, flowers and their insect visitors are often closely linked in a mutually dependent way. Many birds eat berries and help spread their seeds. The small freshwater snail is the host for the early stages of the liver fluke found in sheep. Mosquitoes are carriers of malaria from one person to another, and the tsetse fly transmits sleeping sickness. The freshwater mussel can’t survive without the unknowing help of the minnow, and the freshwater fish known as the bitterling can’t continue its species without the mussel’s unconscious cooperation. There are numerous mutually beneficial relationships between different types of creatures, as well as other relationships where only one side benefits, like insects that create galls on plants. Among related animals, there are many forms of colonies, communities, and societies. Nutritional chains connect long sequences of animals, like cod feeding on whelks, whelks feeding on worms, and worms feeding on organic matter in the sea. There’s a cycle of successive lives, and matter is constantly transitioning from one form to another. These examples show the central biological idea of the web of life, the interconnected System of Animate Nature. Linnæus talked about the Systema Naturæ, referring to the organized hierarchy of classes, orders, families, genera, and species; however, we owe it to Darwin, in particular, for understanding a more dynamic Systema Naturæ, the network of vital connections. This network has become increasingly complex as evolution has progressed, and humanity's web is the most complex of all. It signifies the creation of a more unified Animate Nature; it serves as an external way to track progress; it provides an evolving set of filters through which new variations are refined, preventing living beings from falling down the steep ladder of evolution.
Parasitism
It sometimes happens that the inter-relation established between one living creature and another works in a retrograde direction. This is the case with many thoroughgoing internal parasites which have sunk into an easygoing kind of life, utterly dependent on their host for food, requiring no exertions, running[Pg 107] no risks, and receiving no spur to effort. Thus we see that evolution is not necessarily progressive; everything depends on the conditions in reference to which the living creatures have been evolved. When the conditions are too easygoing, the animal may be thoroughly well adapted to them—as a tapeworm certainly is—but it slips down the rungs of the ladder of evolution.
It sometimes occurs that the relationship established between one living being and another can go backward. This is true for many internal parasites that have settled into a laid-back lifestyle, completely reliant on their host for food, needing no effort, taking[Pg 107] no risks, and having no motivation to try harder. This shows us that evolution isn’t always about progress; it all hinges on the conditions under which these living beings have evolved. When conditions are too easy, the animal can be very well suited to them—like a tapeworm definitely is—but it loses its place on the evolutionary ladder.
This is an interesting minor chapter in the story of evolution—the establishment of different kinds of parasites, casual and constant, temporary and lifelong, external hangers-on and internal unpaying boarders, those that live in the food-canal and depend on the host's food and those that inhabit the blood or the tissues and find their food there. It seems clear that ichneumon grubs and the like which hatch inside a caterpillar and eat it alive are not so much parasites as "beasts of prey" working from within.
This is an intriguing minor chapter in the story of evolution—the establishment of various types of parasites, whether casual or constant, temporary or lifelong, external freeloaders and internal leeches, those that live in the digestive tract and rely on the host's food, and those that inhabit the blood or tissues and find their nourishment there. It seems clear that ichneumon larvae and similar creatures that hatch inside a caterpillar and consume it from the inside are not so much parasites as "predators" operating from within.
But there are two sides to this minor chapter: there is the evolution of the parasite, and there is also the evolution of counteractive measures on the part of the host. Thus there is the maintenance of a bodyguard of wandering amœboid cells, which tackle the microbes invading the body and often succeed in overpowering and digesting them. Thus, again, there is the protective capacity the blood has of making antagonistic substances or "anti-bodies" which counteract poisons, including the poisons which the intruding parasites often make.
But there are two sides to this minor chapter: one is the evolution of the parasite, and the other is the evolution of the host's defenses. This includes a group of wandering amoeboid cells that confront the invading microbes and often manage to overpower and digest them. Additionally, the blood has the protective ability to produce antagonistic substances or "antibodies" that neutralize toxins, including those produced by the invading parasites.
THE EVIDENCES OF EVOLUTION—HOW IT CAME ABOUT
§ 1
Progress in Evolution
There has often been slipping back and degeneracy in the course of evolution, but the big fact is that there has been progress. For millions of years Life has been slowly creeping upwards, and if we compare the highest animals—Birds and Mammals—with their predecessors, we must admit that they[Pg 108] are more controlled, more masters of their fate, with more mentality. Evolution is on the whole integrative; that is to say, it makes against instability and disorder, and towards harmony and progress. Even in the rise of Birds and Mammals we can discern that the evolutionary process was making towards a fuller embodiment or expression of what Man values most—control, freedom, understanding, and love. The advance of animal life through the ages has been chequered, but on the whole it has been an advance towards increasing fullness, freedom, and fitness of life. In the study of this advance—the central fact of Organic Evolution—there is assuredly much for Man's instruction and much for his encouragement.
There has often been regression and decline in the course of evolution, but the main point is that progress has occurred. For millions of years, life has been gradually improving, and when we compare the most advanced animals—birds and mammals—with their predecessors, we must acknowledge that they[Pg 108] are more controlled, have greater mastery over their destinies, and possess more intelligence. Evolution is generally integrative, meaning it tends to promote stability and order, leading toward harmony and progress. Even in the emergence of birds and mammals, we can see that evolution has been progressing toward a fuller expression of what humans value most—control, freedom, understanding, and love. The development of animal life over the ages has been inconsistent, but overall, it has been a movement toward greater richness, freedom, and adaptability in life. In studying this progress—the central aspect of organic evolution—there is certainly much for humans to learn and be inspired by.
Evidences of Evolution
In all this, it may be said, the fact of evolution has been taken for granted, but what are the evidences? Perhaps it should be frankly answered that the idea of evolution, that the present is the child of the past and the parent of the future, cannot be proved as one may prove the Law of Gravitation. All that can be done is to show that it is a key—a way of looking at things—that fits the facts. There is no lock that it does not open.
In all this, it can be said that the fact of evolution has been taken for granted, but what is the evidence? Maybe it should be honestly stated that the concept of evolution, which suggests that the present arises from the past and leads to the future, cannot be proven like the Law of Gravitation can. All we can do is demonstrate that it is a key—a perspective that aligns with the facts. There’s no situation it doesn’t explain.
But if the facts that the evolution theory vividly interprets be called the evidences of its validity, there is no lack of them. There is historical evidence; and what is more eloquent than the general fact that fishes emerge before amphibians, and these before reptiles, and these before birds, and so on? There are wonderfully complete fossil series, e.g. among cuttlefishes, in which we can almost see evolution in process. The pedigree of horse and elephant and crocodile is in general very convincing, though it is to be confessed that there are other cases in regard to which we have no light. Who can tell, for instance, how Vertebrates arose or from what origin?
But if the facts that the theory of evolution clearly explains are considered evidence of its validity, there is certainly no shortage of them. There is historical evidence; and what’s more compelling than the general fact that fish appear before amphibians, and those before reptiles, and reptiles before birds, and so on? There are incredibly complete fossil sequences, like those among cuttlefish, where we can almost witness evolution taking place. The lineages of horses, elephants, and crocodiles are generally very convincing, although it must be acknowledged that there are other cases where we have no clarity. Who can say, for example, how vertebrates originated or from what source?
There is embryological evidence, for the individual development[Pg 109] often reads like an abbreviated recapitulation of the presumed evolution of the race. The mammal's visceral clefts are tell-tale evidence of remote aquatic ancestors, breathing by gills. Something is known in regard to the historical evolution of antlers in bygone ages; the Red Deer of to-day recapitulates at least the general outlines of the history. The individual development of an asymmetrical flat-fish, like a plaice or sole, which rests and swims on one side, tells us plainly that its ancestors were symmetrical fishes.
There is embryological evidence that individual development[Pg 109] often resembles a shortened version of the supposed evolution of the species. The visceral clefts of mammals are clear signs of distant aquatic ancestors that breathed through gills. We know some things about the historical evolution of antlers in ancient times; today's Red Deer reflects at least the basic outlines of that history. The individual development of an asymmetrical flatfish, like a plaice or sole, which rests and swims on one side, clearly shows us that its ancestors were symmetrical fish.
There is what might be called physiological evidence, for many plants and animals are variable before our eyes, and evolution is going on around us to-day. This is familiarly seen among domesticated animals and cultivated plants, but there is abundant flux in Wild Nature. It need hardly be said that some organisms are very conservative, and that change need not be expected when a position of stable equilibrium has been secured.
There is what could be called physiological evidence, as many plants and animals are changing right before our eyes, and evolution is happening around us today. This is commonly observed in domesticated animals and cultivated plants, but there is plenty of change in the wild as well. It’s worth noting that some organisms are quite stable, and we shouldn’t expect change when they have reached a stable equilibrium.
There is also anatomical evidence of a most convincing quality. In the fore-limbs of backboned animals, say, the paddle of a turtle, the wing of a bird, the flipper of a whale, the fore-leg of a horse, and the arm of a man; the same essential bones and muscles are used to such diverse results! What could it mean save blood relationship? And as to the two sets of teeth in whalebone whales, which never even cut the gum, is there any alternative but to regard them as relics of useful teeth which ancestral forms possessed? In short, the evolution theory is justified by the way in which it works.
There is also anatomical evidence that is quite convincing. In the front limbs of vertebrates, like the paddle of a turtle, the wing of a bird, the flipper of a whale, the front leg of a horse, and the arm of a human, the same basic bones and muscles are used to create such different results! What else could it indicate other than a shared ancestry? And regarding the two sets of teeth in baleen whales, which never even break through the gums, is there any other explanation but to see them as remnants of useful teeth that their ancestors had? In short, the theory of evolution is supported by how it operates.
§ 2
Factors in Evolution
If it be said "So much for the fact of evolution, but what of the factors?" the answer is not easy. For not only is the problem the greatest of all scientific problems, but the inquiry is still very young. The scientific study of evolution[Pg 110] practically dates from the publication of The Origin of Species in 1859.
If someone says, "That covers the fact of evolution, but what about the factors?" the answer isn't simple. Not only is this the biggest problem in science, but the research is still quite new. The scientific study of evolution[Pg 110] practically started with the release of The Origin of Species in 1859.
Heritable novelties or variations often crop up in living creatures, and these form the raw material of evolution. These variations are the outcome of expression of changes in the germ-cells that develop into organisms. But why should there be changes in the constitution of the germ-cells? Perhaps because the living material is very complex and inherently liable to change; perhaps because it is the vehicle of a multitude of hereditary items among which there are very likely to be reshufflings or rearrangements; perhaps because the germ-cells have very changeful surroundings (the blood, the body-cavity fluid, the sea-water); perhaps because deeply saturating outside influences, such as change of climate and habitat, penetrate through the body to its germ-cells and provoke them to vary. But we must be patient with the wearisome reiteration of "perhaps." Moreover, every many-celled organism reproduced in the usual way, arises from an egg-cell fertilised by a sperm-cell, and the changes involved in and preparatory to this fertilisation may make new permutations and combinations of the living items and hereditary qualities not only possible but necessary. It is something like shuffling a pack of cards, but the cards are living. As to the changes wrought on the body during its lifetime by peculiarities in nurture, habits, and surroundings, these dents or modifications are often very important for the individual, but it does not follow that they are directly important for the race, since it is not certain that they are transmissible.
Heritable traits or variations often appear in living organisms, and these serve as the foundation for evolution. These variations result from changes in the germ cells that develop into organisms. But why do these changes occur in the germ cells? Maybe it’s because living material is complex and naturally prone to change; maybe it’s because it carries many hereditary factors, which are likely to be shuffled or rearranged; maybe it’s because germ cells exist in variable environments (like blood, body fluid, or seawater); or maybe it’s due to significant external factors, such as climate and habitat changes, that seep into the body and stimulate variations in germ cells. However, we need to be patient with the repetitive use of "maybe." Furthermore, every multicellular organism that reproduces in the usual way comes from an egg fertilized by a sperm cell, and the changes that happen during the process of fertilization can lead to new combinations of living traits and hereditary characteristics that are not just possible but essential. It’s similar to shuffling a deck of cards, but these cards are alive. As for the changes that occur in the body during its lifetime due to specific nurturing, habits, and surroundings, these alterations are often significant for the individual, but it doesn’t mean they are directly important for the species, as it’s uncertain whether they can be passed on.
Given a crop of variations or new departures or mutations, whatever the inborn novelties may be called, we have then to inquire how these are sifted. The sifting, which means the elimination of the relatively less fit variations and the selection of the relatively more fit, effected in many different ways in the course of the struggle for existence. The organism plays its new card in the game of life, and the consequences may determine[Pg 111] survival. The relatively less fit to given conditions will tend to be eliminated, while the relatively more fit will tend to survive. If the variations are hereditary and reappear, perhaps increased in amount, generation after generation, and if the process of sifting continue consistently, the result will be the evolution of the species. The sifting process may be helped by various forms of "isolation" which lessen the range of free intercrossing between members of a species, e.g. by geographical barriers. Interbreeding of similar forms tends to make a stable stock; out-breeding among dissimilars tends to promote variability. But for an outline like this it is enough to suggest the general method of organic evolution: Throughout the ages organisms have been making tentatives—new departures of varying magnitude—and these tentatives have been tested. The method is that of testing all things and holding fast that which is good.
Given a range of variations, new developments, or mutations—whatever you want to call these inherent novelties—we need to look at how they are sorted. This sorting means getting rid of the relatively less fit variations and selecting the relatively more fit ones, which happens in many different ways during the struggle for survival. The organism plays its new card in the game of life, and the outcomes might determine[Pg 111] survival. The less fit variations for specific conditions are likely to be eliminated, while the more fit ones will tend to survive. If the variations are passed down through generations and perhaps increase in amount, and if the sorting process continues consistently, this results in the evolution of the species. This sorting process can be aided by various forms of "isolation" that reduce the free interbreeding among species members, like geographical barriers. Breeding among similar forms tends to create stable stocks, while mixing with dissimilar forms encourages variability. But for a brief overview like this, it’s enough to hint at the general approach to organic evolution: Throughout history, organisms have been trying out new variations of all sizes, and these variations have been tested. The method involves testing everything and holding on to what works.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
(The following short list may be useful to readers who desire to have further books recommended to them.)
(The following short list may be useful to readers who want more book recommendations.)
Clodd, Story of Creation: A Plain Account of
Evolution.
Darwin, Origin of Species, Descent of Man.
Deperet, Transformation of the Animal World
(Internat. Sci. Series).
Geddes and Thomson, Evolution (Home
University Library).
Goodrich, Evolution (The People's
Books).
Headley, Life and Evolution.
Hutchinson, H. Neville, Extinct Monsters
(1892).
Lull, Organic Evolution.
McCabe, A B C of Evolution.
Metcalf, Outline of the Theory of Organic
Evolution.
Osborn, H. F., The Evolution of Life
(1921).
Thomson, Darwinism and Human Life.
Wallace, Darwinism.
Clod, Story of Creation: A Straightforward Account of Evolution.
Darwin, Origin of Species, Descent of Man.
Deperate, Transformation of the Animal World (International Science Series).
Geddes and Thomson, Evolution (Home University Library).
Goodrich, Evolution (The People's Books).
Headley, Life and Evolution.
Hutchinson, H. Neville, Extinct Monsters (1892).
Lull, Organic Evolution.
McCabe, A B C of Evolution.
Metcalf, Overview of the Theory of Organic Evolution.
Osborn, H.F., The Evolution of Life (1921).
Thomson, Darwinism and Human Life.
Wallace, Darwinism.
III
ADAPTATIONS TO ENVIRONMENT
ADAPTATIONS TO ENVIRONMENT
We saw in a previous chapter how the process of evolution led to a mastery of all the haunts of life. But it is necessary to return to these haunts or homes of animals in some detail, so as to understand the peculiar circumstances of each, and to see how in the course of ages of struggle all sorts of self-preserving and race-continuing adaptations or fitnesses have been wrought out and firmly established. Living creatures have spread over all the earth and in the waters under the earth; some of them have conquered the underground world and others the air. It is possible, however, as has been indicated, to distinguish six great haunts of life, each tenanted by a distinctive fauna, namely, the shore of the sea, the open sea, the depths of the sea, the freshwaters, the dry land, and the air. In the deep sea there are no plants at all; in the air the only plants are floating bacteria, though there is a sense in which a tree is very aerial, and the orchid perched on its branches still more so; in the other four haunts there is a flora as well as a fauna—the two working into one another's hands in interesting and often subtle inter-relations—the subject of a separate study.
We saw in a previous chapter how evolution led to the mastery of various habitats. However, it’s important to take a closer look at these habitats or homes of animals to understand the unique conditions of each, and to see how, over ages of struggle, all kinds of adaptations for survival and reproduction have developed and become well-established. Living beings have spread across the entire Earth and in the waters beneath it; some have conquered the underground world, while others have dominated the skies. It is possible, as mentioned, to identify six major habitats of life, each inhabited by a specific group of animals: the shore of the sea, the open sea, the deep sea, freshwater environments, dry land, and the air. In the deep sea, there are no plants at all; in the air, the only plants are floating bacteria, although in some ways, a tree is very much part of the air, and the orchid sitting on its branches even more so. In the other four habitats, there is both plant and animal life, and the two are interconnected in fascinating and often subtle ways—a subject worth studying on its own.
I. THE SHORE OF THE SEA
The Seaweed Area
By the shore of the sea the zoologist means much more than the narrow zone between tide-marks; he means the whole of the relatively shallow, well-illumined, seaweed-growing shelf around the continents and continental islands. Technically, this is called[Pg 116] the littoral area, and it is divisible into zones, each with its characteristic population. It may be noted that the green seaweeds are highest up on the shore; the brown ones come next; the beautiful red ones are lowest. All of them have got green chlorophyll, which enables them to utilise the sun's rays in photosynthesis (i.e. building up carbon compounds from air, water, and salts), but in the brown and red seaweeds the green pigment is masked by others. It is maintained by some botanists that these other pigments enable their possessors to make more of the scantier light in the deeper waters. However this may be, we must always think of the shore-haunt as the seaweed-growing area. Directly and indirectly the life of the shore animals is closely wrapped up with the seaweeds, which afford food and foothold, and temper the force of the waves. The minute fragments broken off from seaweeds and from the sea-grass (a flowering plant called Zostera) form a sort of nutritive sea-dust which is swept slowly down the slope from the shore, to form a very useful deposit in the quietness of deepish water. It is often found in the stomachs of marine animals living a long way offshore.
By the shore of the sea, the zoologist refers to much more than just the narrow strip between the tide marks; he means the entire relatively shallow, brightly lit shelf around the continents and continental islands where seaweed grows. This area is technically known as[Pg 116] the littoral zone, and it can be divided into sections, each with its unique population. It's worth noting that green seaweeds are found highest on the shore; the brown ones are next; and the beautiful red ones are lowest. All of them contain green chlorophyll, which allows them to harness sunlight for photosynthesis (that is, creating carbon compounds from air, water, and salts), but in the brown and red seaweeds, the green pigment is overshadowed by other pigments. Some botanists argue that these additional pigments help the seaweeds maximize the limited light in deeper waters. Regardless, we should always consider the shore area as the seaweed-growing region. Directly and indirectly, the lives of shore animals are closely intertwined with the seaweeds, which provide food and a place to anchor, while also softening the force of the waves. Tiny fragments broken off from seaweeds and from the sea grass (a flowering plant called Zostera) create a kind of nutritious sea dust that is gradually washed down the slope from the shore, forming a valuable deposit in the still waters of deeper areas. It is often found in the stomachs of marine animals living far from shore.
Conditions of Shore Life
The littoral area as defined is not a large haunt of life; it occupies only about 9 million square miles, a small fraction of the 197,000,000 of the whole earth's surface. But it is a very long haunt, some 150,000 miles, winding in and out by bay and fiord, estuary and creek. Where deep water comes close to cliffs there may be no shore at all; in other places the relatively shallow water, with seaweeds growing over the bottom, may extend outwards for miles. The nature of the shore varies greatly according to the nature of the rocks, according to what the streams bring down from inland, and according to the jetsam that is brought in by the tides. The shore is a changeful place; there is, in the upper reaches, a striking difference between "tide in" and "tide out"; there are vicissitudes due to storms, to freshwater floods, to[Pg 117] wind-blown sand, and to slow changes of level, up and down. The shore is a very crowded haunt, for it is comparatively narrow, and every niche among the rocks may be precious.
The coastal area as defined isn’t a large habitat; it covers only about 9 million square miles, a small portion of the 197,000,000 total square miles of the Earth's surface. But it is very lengthy, stretching about 150,000 miles, weaving in and out of bays, fjords, estuaries, and creeks. Where deep water is close to cliffs, there may be no shore at all; in other areas, the relatively shallow water, with seaweed growing on the bottom, may extend for miles. The nature of the shore varies widely depending on the type of rocks, what the rivers carry down from inland, and the debris that the tides bring in. The shore is a constantly changing place; in the upper regions, there's a noticeable difference between "high tide" and "low tide"; there are variations due to storms, freshwater floods, wind-blown sand, and gradual changes in level, both up and down. The shore is a very busy habitat, as it’s relatively narrow, and every crevice among the rocks can be valuable.

AN EIGHT-ARMED CUTTLEFISH OR OCTOPUS ATTACKING A SMALL CRAB
AN EIGHT-ARMED CUTTLEFISH OR OCTOPUS ATTACKING A SMALL CRAB
These molluscs are particularly fond of crustaceans, which they crunch with their parrot's beak-like jaws. Their salivary juice has a paralysing effect on their prey. To one side, below the eye, may be seen the funnel through which water is very forcibly ejected in the process of locomotion.
These mollusks really enjoy eating crustaceans, which they crush with their beak-like jaws. Their saliva has a paralyzing effect on their prey. On one side, just below the eye, you can see the funnel through which water is forcefully expelled during movement.

A COMMON STARFISH, WHICH HAS LOST THREE ARMS AND IS REGROWING THEM
A common starfish that has lost three arms and is regrowing them.
The lowest arm is being regrown double.
The lowest arm is being regrown twice as much.
(After Professor W. C. McIntosh.)
(After Professor W. C. McIntosh.)

A PHOTOGRAPH SHOWING A STARFISH (Asterias Forreri) WHICH HAS CAPTURED A LARGE FISH
A PHOTOGRAPH SHOWING A STARFISH (Asterias Forreri) THAT HAS CAUGHT A LARGE FISH
The suctorial tube-feet are seen gripping the fish firmly. (After an observation on the Californian coast.)
The suction cup tube-feet are seen holding onto the fish tightly. (After an observation on the Californian coast.)

Photo: J. J. Ward, F.E.S.
Photo: J.J. Ward, F.E.S.
THE PAPER NAUTILUS (ARGONAUTA), AN ANIMAL OF THE OPEN SEA
THE PAPER NAUTILUS (ARGONAUTA), A CREATURE OF THE OPEN OCEAN
The delicate shell is made by the female only, and is used as a shelter for the eggs and young ones. It is secreted by two of the arms, not by the mantle as other mollusc shells are. It is a single-chambered shell, very different from that of the Pearly Nautilus.
The delicate shell is created solely by the female and serves as a shelter for the eggs and young. It's produced by two of the arms, not by the mantle like other mollusk shells. It consists of a single chamber, quite different from that of the Pearly Nautilus.
Keen Struggle for Existence
It follows that the shore must be the scene of a keen struggle for existence—which includes all the answers-back that living creatures make to environing difficulties and limitations. There is struggle for food, accentuated by the fact that small items tend to be swept away by the outgoing tide or to sink down the slope to deep water. Apart from direct competition, e.g. between hungry hermit-crabs, it often involves hard work to get a meal. This is true even of apparently sluggish creatures. Thus the Crumb-of-Bread Sponge, or any other seashore sponge, has to lash large quantities of water through the intricate canal system of its body before it can get a sufficient supply of the microscopic organisms and organic particles on which it feeds. An index of the intensity of the struggle for food is afforded by the nutritive chains which bind animals together. The shore is almost noisy with the conjugation of the verb to eat in its many tenses. One pound of rock-cod requires for its formation ten pounds of whelk; one pound of whelk requires ten pounds of sea-worms; and one pound of worms requires ten pounds of sea-dust. Such is the circulation of matter, ever passing from one embodiment or incarnation to another.
It follows that the shore is a place of intense struggle for survival, which includes all the responses that living creatures have to environmental challenges and limitations. There’s competition for food, made more difficult by the fact that small items can easily be carried away by the outgoing tide or sink down into deeper water. Besides direct competition, like between hungry hermit crabs, it often takes significant effort to find a meal. This is true even for apparently sluggish creatures. For instance, the Crumb-of-Bread Sponge, like other seashore sponges, has to push large amounts of water through its complex canal system to obtain a sufficient supply of the tiny organisms and organic particles it feeds on. A sign of how intense the struggle for food is can be seen in the food chains that connect animals. The shore is almost buzzing with the many ways to express the action of eating. One pound of rock cod needs ten pounds of whelk to form; one pound of whelk requires ten pounds of sea worms; and one pound of worms needs ten pounds of sea dust. This illustrates the cycle of matter, constantly moving from one form to another.
Besides struggle for food there is struggle for foothold and for fresh air, struggle against the scouring tide and against the pounding breakers. The risk of dislodgment is often great and the fracture of limbs is a common accident. Of kinds of armour—the sea-urchin's hedgehog-like test, the crab's shard, the limpet's shell—there is great variety, surpassed only by that of weapons—the sea-anemone's stinging-cells, the sea-urchin's snapping-blades, the hermit-crab's forceps, the grappling tentacles and parrot's-beak jaws of the octopus.[Pg 118]
Besides the fight for food, there’s a fight for a place to stand and for fresh air, battling against the relentless tide and the crashing waves. The risk of being swept away is often high, and broken bones are a frequent injury. When it comes to armor—like the sea urchin's spiky shell, the crab's hard shell, and the limpet's shell—there's a lot of variety, only outdone by the range of weapons—such as the sea anemone's stinging cells, the sea urchin's snapping spines, the hermit crab's pincers, and the grappling tentacles and beak-like jaws of the octopus.[Pg 118]
Shifts for a Living
We get another glimpse of the intensity of the seashore struggle for existence in the frequency of "shifts for a living," adaptations of structure or of behaviour which meet frequently recurrent vicissitudes. The starfish is often in the dilemma of losing a limb or its life; by a reflex action it jettisons the captured arm and escapes. And what is lost is gradually regrown. The crab gets its leg broken past all mending; it casts off the leg across a weak breakage plane near the base, and within a preformed bandage which prevents bleeding a new leg is formed in miniature. Such is the adaptive device—more reflex than reflective—which is called self-mutilation or autotomy.
We get another look at the intensity of the struggle for survival at the seashore in how often creatures "shift for a living," adapting in their structure or behavior to meet the challenges they frequently face. The starfish often has to choose between losing a limb or its life; through a reflex action, it sheds the grabbed arm and escapes. What it loses eventually regrows. The crab might suffer a leg injury that's beyond repair; it discards the leg at a weak break point near the base, and a new leg grows in miniature within a pre-formed bandage that stops the bleeding. This adaptive strategy—more of a reflex than a conscious thought—is known as self-mutilation or autotomy.
In another part of this book there is a discussion of camouflaging and protective resemblance; how abundantly these are illustrated on the shore! But there are other "shifts for a living." Some of the sand-hoppers and their relatives illustrate the puzzling phenomenon of "feigning death," becoming suddenly so motionless that they escape the eyes of their enemies. Cuttlefishes, by discharging sepia from their ink-bags, are able to throw dust in the eyes of their enemies. Some undisguised shore-animals, e.g. crabs, are adepts in a hide-and-seek game; some fishes, like the butterfish or gunnel, escape between stones where there seemed no opening and are almost uncatchable in their slipperiness. Subtlest of all, perhaps, is the habit some hermit-crabs have of entering into mutually beneficial partnership (commensalism) with sea-anemones, which mask their bearers and also serve as mounted batteries, getting transport as their reward and likewise crumbs from the frequently spread table. But enough has been said to show that the shore-haunt exhibits an extraordinary variety of shifts for a living.
In another part of this book, there's a discussion about camouflage and protective resemblance; it’s striking how well these are demonstrated on the shore! But there are other ways to survive. Some sand hoppers and their relatives show the puzzling behavior of "playing dead," becoming so still that they avoid detection by predators. Cuttlefish, by releasing ink from their ink sacs, can confuse their enemies. Some obvious shore animals, like crabs, are masters of hide-and-seek; certain fish, such as the butterfish or gunnel, can slip between rocks where it seems impossible and are nearly impossible to catch because of their sliminess. Perhaps the most clever of all are some hermit crabs that form mutually beneficial partnerships with sea anemones, which hide their bodies and also serve as mobile defenses, getting a ride in return for scraps of food from the anemones' meals. But that’s enough to show that the seaside has an amazing variety of survival tactics.
Parental Care on the Shore
According to Darwin, the struggle for existence, as a big fact in the economy of Animate Nature, includes not only competition[Pg 119] but all the endeavours which secure the welfare of the offspring, and give them a good send-off in life. So it is without a jolt that we pass from struggle for food and foothold to parental care. The marine leech called Pontobdella, an interesting greenish warty creature fond of fixing itself to skate, places its egg-cocoons in the empty shell of a bivalve mollusc, and guards them for weeks, removing any mud that might injure their development. We have seen a British starfish with its fully-formed young ones creeping about on its body, though the usual mode of development for shore starfishes is that the young ones pass through a free-swimming larval period in the open water. The father sea-spider carries about the eggs attached to two of his limbs; the father sea-horse puts his mate's eggs into his breast pocket and carries them there in safety until they are hatched; the father stickleback of the shore-pools makes a seaweed nest and guards the eggs which his wives are induced to lay there; the father lumpsucker mounts guard over the bunch of pinkish eggs which his mate has laid in a nook of a rocky shore-pool, and drives off intruders with zest. He also aerates the developing eggs by frequent paddling with his pectoral fins and tail, as the Scots name Cock-paidle probably suggests. It is interesting that the salient examples of parental care in the shore-haunt are mostly on the male parent's side. But there is maternal virtue as well.
According to Darwin, the struggle for existence, a major fact in the balance of Nature, includes not just competition[Pg 119] but also all efforts that ensure the well-being of the offspring and give them a strong start in life. So, it makes sense that we transition from the struggle for food and shelter to parental care. The marine leech called Pontobdella, an intriguing greenish, warty creature that likes to attach itself to skates, places its egg cocoons in the empty shell of a bivalve mollusk and protects them for weeks, cleaning away any mud that could harm their development. We've observed a British starfish with its fully-formed young ones crawling on its body, although typically, shore starfishes have their young go through a free-swimming larval stage in the open water. The male sea spider carries eggs attached to two of his limbs; the male seahorse places his mate's eggs in a pouch and keeps them safe until they hatch; the male stickleback in shore pools builds a nest out of seaweed and protects the eggs that his females are encouraged to lay there; the male lumpsucker guards a cluster of pink eggs laid by his mate in a rocky shore pool and actively drives off intruders. He also keeps the developing eggs oxygenated by frequently waving his pectoral fins and tail, as the Scots call it, Cock-paidle likely suggests. It’s interesting that the notable cases of parental care in these shoreline habitats often involve the male parent. However, maternal care exists as well.

TEN-ARMED CUTTLEFISH OR SQUID IN THE ACT OF CAPTURING A FISH
TEN-ARMED CUTTLEFISH OR SQUID CAPTURING A FISH
The arms bear numerous prehensile suckers, which grip the prey. In the mouth there are strong jaws shaped like a parrot's beak. The cuttlefishes are molluscs and may be regarded as the highest of the backboneless or Invertebrate animals. Many occur near shore, others in the open sea, and others in the great depths.
The arms have many grasping suckers that hold onto the prey. In the mouth, there are powerful jaws that resemble a parrot's beak. Cuttlefish are mollusks and can be seen as the most advanced among the backboneless or invertebrate animals. Many live near the shore, while others are found in open waters and some in the deep ocean.

GREENLAND WHALE
Greenland whale
Showing the double blowhole or nostrils on the top of the head and the whalebone plates hanging down from the roof of the mouth.
Showing the two blowholes or nostrils on the top of the head and the baleen plates hanging down from the roof of the mouth.

MINUTE TRANSPARENT EARLY STAGE OF A SEA-CUCUMBER
MINUTE TRANSPARENT EARLY STAGE OF A SEA CUCUMBER
It swims in the open sea by means of girdles of microscopic cilia shown in the figure. After a period of free swimming and a remarkable metamorphosis, the animal settles down on the floor of the sea in relatively shallow water.
It swims in the open sea using bands of tiny cilia as shown in the figure. After a time of swimming freely and undergoing a notable transformation, the animal settles on the sea floor in relatively shallow waters.

Photo: British Museum (Natural History)
Photo: British Museum (Natural History)
AN INTRICATE COLONY OF OPEN-SEA ANIMALS (Physophora Hydrostatica) RELATED TO THE PORTUGUESE MAN-OF-WAR
AN INTRICATE COLONY OF OPEN-SEA ANIMALS (Physophora Hydrostatica) RELATED TO THE PORTUGUESE MAN-OF-WAR
There is great division of labor in the colony. At the top are floating and swimming "persons"; the long ones below are offensive "persons" bearing batteries of stinging cells; in the middle zone there are nutritive, reproductive, and other "persons." The color of the colony is a fine translucent blue. Swimmers and bathers are often badly stung by this strange animal and its relatives.
There is a clear division of labor in the colony. At the top are floating and swimming "individuals"; below them are the long ones that can be harmful "individuals" equipped with stinging cells; in the middle zone, there are those that are nutritious, reproductive, and other "individuals." The color of the colony is a beautiful translucent blue. Swimmers and bathers often get stung badly by this unusual creature and its relatives.

A SCENE IN THE GREAT DEPTHS
A SCENE IN THE GREAT DEPTHS
Showing a deep-sea fish of large gape, two feather-stars on the end of long stalks, a "sea-spider" (or Pycnogon) walking on lanky legs on the treacherous ooze, likewise a brittle-star, and some deep-sea corals.
Showing a large-mouthed deep-sea fish, two feather-stars on the ends of long stalks, a "sea spider" (or Pycnogon) walking on spindly legs over the tricky ooze, along with a brittle star and some deep-sea corals.
The fauna of the shore is remarkably representative—from unicellular Protozoa to birds like the oyster-catcher and mammals like the seals. Almost all the great groups of animals have apparently served an apprenticeship in the shore-haunt, and since lessons learned for millions of years sink in and become organically enregistered, it is justifiable to look to the shore as a great school in which were gained racial qualities of endurance, patience, and alertness.
The wildlife along the shore is incredibly representative—from single-celled Protozoa to birds like the oyster-catcher and mammals like seals. Nearly all major groups of animals seem to have trained in the shore environment, and since lessons learned over millions of years become ingrained in their development, it’s reasonable to view the shore as a significant training ground where species developed traits like endurance, patience, and alertness.
II. THE OPEN SEA
In great contrast to the narrow, crowded, difficult conditions of the shore-haunt (littoral area) are the spacious, bountiful, and[Pg 120] relatively easygoing conditions of the open sea (pelagic area), which means the well-lighted surface waters quite away from land. Many small organisms have their maximum abundance at about fifty fathoms, so that the word "surface" is to be taken generously. The light becomes very dim at 250 fathoms, and the open sea, as a zoological haunt, stops with the light. It is hardly necessary to say that the pelagic plants are more abundant near the surface, and that below a certain depth the population consists almost exclusively of animals. Not a few of the animals sink and rise in the water periodically; there are some that come near the surface by day, and others that come near the surface by night. Of great interest is the habit of the extremely delicate Ctenophores or "sea-gooseberries," which the splash of a wave would tear into shreds. Whenever there is any hint of a storm they sink beyond its reach, and the ocean's surface must have remained flat as a mirror for many hours before they can be lured upwards from the calm of their deep retreat.
In stark contrast to the tight, crowded, challenging conditions of the shore (littoral area) are the spacious, abundant, and[Pg 120] relatively relaxed conditions of the open sea (pelagic area), which refers to the well-lit surface waters far from land. Many small organisms reach their highest numbers at about fifty fathoms, so the term "surface" is quite broad. The light dims significantly at 250 fathoms, and the open sea, as a habitat, essentially ends where the light does. It goes without saying that pelagic plants are more plentiful near the surface, and below a certain depth, the population is almost entirely made up of animals. Many of these animals move up and down in the water periodically; some come near the surface during the day, while others do so at night. An interesting behavior is seen in the very delicate Ctenophores or "sea-gooseberries," which can be ripped apart by a wave. Whenever there’s any indication of a storm, they dive deeper to avoid it, and the ocean’s surface must remain as smooth as a mirror for many hours before they can be coaxed back up from their calm retreat below.
The Floating Sea-meadows
To understand the vital economy of the open sea, we must recognise the incalculable abundance of minute unicellular plants, for they form the fundamental food-supply. Along with these must also be included numerous microscopic animals which have got possession of chlorophyll, or have entered into internal partnership with unicellular Algæ (symbiosis). These green or greenish plants and animals are the producers, using the energy of the sunlight to help them in building up carbon compounds out of air, water, and salts. The animals which feed on the producers, or on other animals, are the consumers. Between the two come those open-sea bacteria that convert nitrogenous material, e.g. from dead plants or animals that other bacteria have rotted, into forms, e.g. nitrates, which plants can re-utilise. The importance of these middlemen is great in keeping "the circulation of matter" agoing.
To understand the crucial ecosystem of the open sea, we need to appreciate the vast numbers of tiny unicellular plants, as they are the primary source of food. We also have to consider many microscopic animals that contain chlorophyll or have formed a partnership with unicellular algae (symbiosis). These green or greenish plants and animals are the producers, using sunlight to create carbon compounds from air, water, and minerals. The animals that eat the producers or other animals are the consumers. In between these groups are open-sea bacteria that transform nitrogen-rich materials, like those from dead plants or animals that other bacteria have decomposed, into forms, like nitrates, that plants can use again. The role of these middlemen is vital in maintaining the "circulation of matter."

1. SEA-HORSE IN SARGASSO WEED. In its frond-like tags of skin and in its colouring this kind of sea-horse is well concealed among the floating seaweed of the so-called Sargasso Sea.
1. SEA-HORSE IN SARGASSO WEED. With its frond-like skin and colors, this type of sea horse is cleverly camouflaged among the floating seaweed of the Sargasso Sea.
2. THE LARGE MARINE LAMPREYS (PETROMYZON MARINUS), WHICH MAY BE AS LONG AS ONE'S ARM, SPAWN IN FRESH WATER. Stones and pebbles, gripped in the suctorial mouth, are removed from a selected spot and piled around the circumference, so that the eggs, which are laid within the circle, are not easily washed away.
2. THE LARGE MARINE LAMPRAYS (PETROMYZON MARINUS), WHICH CAN BE AS LONG AS AN ARM, SPAWN IN FRESH WATER. They use their suction mouth to remove stones and pebbles from a chosen spot and stack them around the edge to create a protective circle, ensuring the eggs laid inside aren’t easily washed away.
3. THE DEEP-SEA FISH CHIASMODON NIGER IS FAMOUS FOR ITS VORACITY. It sometimes manages to swallow a fish larger than itself, which causes an extraordinary protrusion of the stomach.
3. THE DEEP-SEA FISH CHIASMODON NIGER IS KNOWN FOR ITS HUGE APPETITE. It occasionally swallows a fish that's bigger than itself, resulting in an incredible bulge in its stomach.
4. DEEP-SEA FISHES. Two of them—Melanocetus murrayi and Melanocetus indicus—are related to the Angler of British coasts, but adapted to life in the great abysses. They are very dark in colour, and delicately built; they possess well-developed luminous organs. The third form is called Chauliodus, a predatory animal with large gape and formidable teeth.
4. DEEP-SEA FISHES. Two of them—Melanocetus murrayi and Melanocetus indicus—are related to the Angler fish found on British coasts, but they are adapted to live in the deep ocean. They have a very dark color and a delicate build; they also have well-developed glowing organs. The third type is called Chauliodus, a predatory fish with a large mouth and intimidating teeth.

FLINTY SKELETON OF VENUS FLOWER BASKET (EUPLECTELLA), A JAPANESE DEEP-SEA SPONGE
FLINTY SKELETON OF VENUS FLOWER BASKET (EUPLECTELLA), A JAPANESE DEEP-SEA SPONGE

EGG DEPOSITORY OF Semotilus Atromaculatus
Egg Bank of Semotilus Atromaculatus
In the building of this egg depository, the male fish takes stones from the bottom of the stream, gripping them in his mouth, and heaps them up into the dam. In the egg depository he arranges the stones so that when the eggs are deposited in the interstices they are thoroughly protected, and cannot be washed down-stream.
In the construction of this egg deposit, the male fish takes stones from the riverbed, holding them in his mouth, and piles them up into a dam. In the egg deposit, he arranges the stones so that when the eggs are laid in the gaps, they are completely protected and can't be washed downstream.
1, dam of stones; 2, egg depository; 3, hillock of sand. The arrow shows the direction of the stream. Upper fish, male; lower, female.
1, dam made of stones; 2, place where eggs are stored; 3, small mound of sand. The arrow indicates the direction of the stream. Upper fish, male; lower, female.
The "floating sea-meadows," as Sir John Murray called them, are always receiving contributions from inshore waters, where the conditions are favourable for the prolific multiplication of unicellular Algæ, and there is also a certain amount of non-living sea-dust always being swept out from the seaweed and sea-grass area.
The "floating sea-meadows," as Sir John Murray referred to them, are constantly being enriched by waters close to shore, where conditions are ideal for the abundant growth of single-celled algae. Additionally, there's also some non-living sea-dust that is continuously being carried out from the seaweed and sea-grass zones.
Swimmers and Drifters
The animals of the open sea are conveniently divided into the active swimmers (Nekton) and the more passive drifters (Plankton). The swimmers include whales great and small, such birds as the storm petrel, the fish-eating turtles and sea-snakes, such fishes as mackerel and herring, the winged snails or sea-butterflies on which whalebone whales largely feed, some of the active cuttles or squids, various open-sea prawns and their relatives, some worms like the transparent arrow-worm, and such active Protozoa as Noctiluca, whose luminescence makes the waves sparkle in the short summer darkness. Very striking as an instance of the insurgence of life are the sea-skimmers (Halobatidæ), wingless insects related to the water-measurers in the ditch. They are found hundreds of miles from land, skimming on the surface of the open sea, and diving in stormy weather. They feed on floating dead animals.
The animals of the open sea are conveniently divided into active swimmers (Nekton) and more passive drifters (Plankton). The swimmers include whales, both large and small, birds like the storm petrel, fish-eating turtles and sea snakes, various fish such as mackerel and herring, winged snails or sea butterflies, which are a primary food source for baleen whales, some active cuttlefish and squids, different kinds of open-sea shrimp and their relatives, certain worms like the transparent arrow worm, and active Protozoa like Noctiluca, whose glow makes the waves shimmer during the brief summer nights. A notable example of life's resurgence is the sea skimmers (Halobatidæ), wingless insects that are related to water measurers found in ditches. They can be hundreds of miles from land, gliding on the surface of the open ocean and diving in rough weather. They feed on floating dead animals.
The drifters or easygoing swimmers—for there is no hard and fast line—are represented, for instance, by the flinty-shelled Radiolarians and certain of the chalk-forming animals (Globigerinid Foraminifera); by jellyfishes, swimming-bells, and Portuguese men-of-war; by the comb-bearers or Ctenophores; by legions of minute Crustaceans; by strange animals called Salps, related to the sedentary sea-squirts; and by some sluggish fishes like globe-fishes, which often float idly on the surface.
The drifters or laid-back swimmers—since there’s no strict division—include, for example, the hard-shelled Radiolarians and some of the chalk-forming creatures (Globigerinid Foraminifera); jellyfish, swimming-bells, and Portuguese men-of-war; comb-jellies or Ctenophores; countless tiny Crustaceans; peculiar animals known as Salps, which are related to the stationary sea-squirts; and some slow-moving fish like globe-fish, which often drift carelessly on the surface.
Open-sea animals tend to be delicately built, with a specific gravity near that of the sea-water, with adaptations, such as projecting filaments, which help flotation, and with capacities of[Pg 122] rising and sinking according to the surrounding conditions. Many of them are luminescent, and many of them are very inconspicuous in the water owing to their transparency or their bluish colour. In both cases the significance is obscure.
Open-sea animals are usually lightweight, with a density close to that of seawater, and have adaptations like pointing filaments that aid in buoyancy. They are capable of[Pg 122] rising and sinking depending on their environment. Many of these animals can produce light, and a lot of them are hard to see in the water because they are transparent or blue. In both cases, the purpose remains unclear.
Hunger and Love
Hunger is often very much in evidence in the open sea, especially in areas where the Plankton is poor. For there is great diversity in this respect, most of the Mediterranean, for instance, having a scanty Plankton as compared with the North Sea. In the South Pacific, west of Patagonia, there is said to be an immense "sea desert" where there is little Plankton, and therefore little in the way of fishes. The success of fisheries in the North, e.g. on the Atlantic cod-banks, is due to the richness of the floating sea-meadows and the abundance of the smaller constituents of the animal Plankton.
Hunger is often very evident in the open sea, especially in areas where the plankton is sparse. There’s a lot of variation in this regard; for example, most of the Mediterranean has a limited amount of plankton compared to the North Sea. In the South Pacific, west of Patagonia, there’s said to be an enormous “sea desert” where there’s little plankton, and consequently, few fish. The success of fisheries in the North, like the Atlantic cod banks, is due to the richness of the floating sea meadows and the abundance of smaller components of the animal plankton.
Hunger is plain enough when the Baleen Whale rushes through the water with open jaws, engulfing in the huge cavern of its mouth, where the pendent whalebone plates form a huge sieve, incalculable millions of small fry.
Hunger is obvious when the Baleen Whale speeds through the water with its mouth wide open, taking in countless small fish in the massive space of its mouth, where the hanging whalebone plates act as a giant filter.
But there is love as well as hunger in the open sea. The maternal care exhibited by the whale reaches a very high level, and the delicate shell of the female Paper Nautilus or Argonaut, in which the eggs and the young ones are sheltered, may well be described as "the most beautiful cradle in the world."
But there's love as well as hunger in the open sea. The maternal care shown by the whale is extraordinary, and the delicate shell of the female Paper Nautilus or Argonaut, which shelters the eggs and the young, can definitely be called "the most beautiful cradle in the world."
Besides the permanent inhabitants of the open sea, there are the larval stages of many shore-animals which are there only for a short time. For there is an interesting give and take between the shore-haunt and the open sea. From the shore come nutritive contributions and minute organisms which multiply quickly in the open waters. But not less important is the fact that the open waters afford a safe cradle or nursery for many a delicate larva, e.g. of crab and starfish, acorn-shell and sea-urchin, which could not survive for a day in the rough-and-tumble conditions of the[Pg 123] shore and the shallow water. After undergoing radical changes and gaining strength, the young creatures return to the shore in various ways.
Besides the permanent residents of the open sea, there are the larval stages of many shore animals that are only there for a short time. There's an interesting exchange between the shore and the open sea. From the shore come nourishing contributions and tiny organisms that multiply quickly in the open waters. Equally important is the fact that the open waters provide a safe haven or nursery for many delicate larvae, like those of crabs and starfish, acorn shells, and sea urchins, which couldn't survive a single day in the rough conditions of the[Pg 123] shore and the shallow water. After going through significant changes and gaining strength, the young creatures return to the shore in various ways.
III. THE DEEP SEA
Very different from all the other haunts are the depths of the sea, including the floor of the abysses and the zones of water near the bottom. This haunt, forever unseen, occupies more than a third of the earth's surface, and it is thickly peopled. It came into emphatic notice in connection with the mending of telegraph cables, but the results of the Challenger expedition (1873-6) gave the first impressive picture of what was practically a new world.
Very different from all the other places are the depths of the sea, including the ocean floor and the areas of water near the bottom. This place, always unseen, covers more than a third of the earth's surface, and it is densely populated. It drew significant attention when telegraph cables were being repaired, but the findings from the Challenger expedition (1873-6) provided the first striking image of what was essentially a new world.
Physical Conditions
The average depth of the ocean is about two and a half miles; therefore, since many parts are relatively shallow, there must be enormous depths. A few of these, technically called "deeps," are about six miles deep, in which Mount Everest would be engulfed. There is enormous pressure in such depths; even at 2,500 fathoms it is two and a half tons on the square inch. The temperature is on and off the freezing-point of fresh water (28°-34° Fahr.), due to the continual sinking down of cold water from the Poles, especially from the South. Apart from the fitful gleams of luminescent animals, there is utter darkness in the deep waters. The rays of sunlight are practically extinguished at 250 fathoms, though very sensitive bromogelatine plates exposed at 500 fathoms have shown faint indications even at that depth. It is a world of absolute calm and silence, and there is no scenery on the floor. A deep, cold, dark, silent, monotonous world!
The average depth of the ocean is about two and a half miles. Because many areas are relatively shallow, there are some massive depths. A few of these, technically known as "deeps," are around six miles deep, which is enough to completely cover Mount Everest. The pressure in these depths is immense; even at 2,500 fathoms, it's two and a half tons per square inch. The temperature hovers around the freezing point of fresh water (28°-34° Fahrenheit) because cold water from the Poles constantly sinks down, especially from the South. Aside from the occasional flickers of bioluminescent creatures, there's complete darkness in the deep waters. Sunlight is nearly gone at 250 fathoms, although very sensitive bromogelatin plates exposed at 500 fathoms have detected faint signs of light even at that depth. It’s a world of total calm and silence, with no scenery on the ocean floor. A deep, cold, dark, silent, monotonous world!
Biological Conditions
While some parts of the floor of the abysses are more thickly peopled than others, there is no depth limit to the distribution of[Pg 124] life. Wherever the long arm of the dredge has reached, animals have been found, e.g. Protozoa, sponges, corals, worms, starfishes, sea-urchins, sea-lilies, crustaceans, lamp-shells, molluscs, ascidians, and fishes—a very representative fauna. In the absence of light there can be no chlorophyll-possessing plants, and as the animals cannot all be eating one another there must be an extraneous source of food-supply. This is found in the sinking down of minute organisms which are killed on the surface by changes of temperature and other causes. What is left of them, before or after being swallowed, and of sea-dust and mineral particles of various kinds forms the diversified "ooze" of the sea-floor, a soft muddy precipitate, which is said to have in places the consistence of butter in summer weather.
While some areas of the ocean floor are more densely populated than others, there's no limit to how deep life can exist. Wherever the dredge has reached, various animals have been discovered, such as protozoa, sponges, corals, worms, starfish, sea urchins, sea lilies, crustaceans, lamp shells, mollusks, ascidians, and fish—a diverse range of fauna. Since there’s no light, there can’t be any chlorophyll-containing plants, and because the animals can’t all be eating each other, there needs to be another source of food. This comes from tiny organisms that die on the surface due to temperature changes and other factors. What remains of them, whether before or after being eaten, along with sea dust and various mineral particles, creates the varied "ooze" of the ocean floor, a soft, muddy sediment that is said to have the consistency of butter on a hot day.
There seems to be no bacteria in the abysses, so there can be no rotting. Everything that sinks down, even the huge carcase of a whale, must be nibbled away by hungry animals and digested, or else, in the case of most bones, slowly dissolved away. Of the whale there are left only the ear-bones, of the shark his teeth.
There doesn’t seem to be any bacteria in the deep ocean, so nothing can rot. Everything that sinks, even the massive carcass of a whale, has to be eaten by hungry creatures and broken down, or else, in the case of most bones, gradually dissolved. The only things left of the whale are its ear bones, and for the shark, it’s just its teeth.
Adaptations to Deep-sea Life
In adaptation to the great pressure the bodies of deep-sea animals are usually very permeable, so that the water gets through and through them, as in the case of Venus' Flower Basket, a flinty sponge which a child's finger would shiver. But when the pressure inside is the same as that outside nothing happens. In adaptation to the treacherous ooze, so apt to smother, many of the active deep-sea animals have very long, stilt-like legs, and many of the sedentary types are lifted into safety on the end of long stalks which have their bases embedded in the mud. In adaptation to the darkness, in which there is only luminescence that eyes could use, there is a great development of tactility. The interesting problem of luminescence will be discussed elsewhere.
In response to the extreme pressure, deep-sea animals usually have very permeable bodies, allowing water to flow through them, like in the case of Venus' Flower Basket, a tough sponge that could be easily shaken by a child's finger. However, when the pressure inside matches the pressure outside, nothing changes. To cope with the deceptive ooze that can suffocate them, many active deep-sea creatures have long, stilt-like legs, while several stationary species are lifted safely on long stalks rooted in the mud. In adaptation to the darkness, where the only light comes from luminescence that eyes can detect, there is a significant development of touch sensitivity. The intriguing issue of luminescence will be explored further in another section.
As to the origin of the deep-sea fauna, there seems no doubt[Pg 125] that it has arisen by many contributions from the various shore-haunts. Following the down-drifting food, many shore-animals have in the course of many generations reached the world of eternal night and winter, and become adapted to its strange conditions. For the animals of the deep-sea are as fit, beautiful, and vigorous as those elsewhere. There are no slums in Nature.
As for the origin of deep-sea creatures, there's no doubt[Pg 125] that they came from various shore habitats. Over many generations, many shore animals have followed the drifting food and reached the world of everlasting darkness and cold, adapting to its unique conditions. The animals in the deep sea are just as fit, beautiful, and vigorous as those found elsewhere. There are no slums in nature.

THE BITTERLING (Rhodeus Amarus)
THE BITTERLING (Rhodeus amarus)
A Continental fish which lays its eggs by means of a long ovipositor inside the freshwater mussel. The eggs develop inside the mollusc's gill-plates.
A freshwater fish found on the continent that lays its eggs using a long ovipositor inside a freshwater mussel. The eggs develop within the gill plates of the mollusk.

Photo: W. S. Berridge.
Photo: W. S. Berridge.
WOOLLY OPOSSUM CARRYING HER FAMILY
Woolly opossum with her babies
One of the young ones is clinging to its mother and has its long prehensile tail coiled round hers.
One of the young ones is holding onto its mom and has its long, flexible tail wrapped around hers.

SURINAM TOAD (Pipa Americana) WITH YOUNG ONES HATCHING OUT OF LITTLE POCKETS ON HER BACK
SURINAM TOAD (Pipa Americana) WITH BABIES HATCHING OUT OF LITTLE POCKETS ON HER BACK

STORM PETREL OR MOTHER CAREY'S CHICKEN
STORM PETREL OR MOTHER CAREY'S CHICKEN
(Procellaria Pelagica)
(Great Shearwater)
This characteristic bird of the open sea does not come to land at all except to nest. It is the smallest web-footed bird, about four inches long. The legs are long and often touch the water as the bird flies. The storm petrel is at home in the Atlantic, and often nests on islands off the west coast of Britain.
This unique bird of the open sea only comes to land to nest. It’s the smallest bird with webbed feet, measuring about four inches long. Its long legs often touch the water while it flies. The storm petrel thrives in the Atlantic and frequently nests on islands off the west coast of Britain.
IV. THE FRESH WATERS
Of the whole earth's surface the freshwaters form a very small fraction, about a hundredth, but they make up for their smallness by their variety. We think of deep lake and shallow pond, of the great river and the purling brook, of lagoon and swamp, and more besides. There is a striking resemblance in the animal population of widely separated freshwater basins: and this is partly because birds carry many small creatures on their muddy feet from one water-shed to another; partly because some of the freshwater animals are descended from types which make their way from the sea and the seashore through estuaries and marshes, and only certain kinds of constitution could survive the migration; and partly because some lakes are landlocked dwindling relics of ancient seas, and similar forms again would survive the change.
Of the entire surface of the Earth, freshwater bodies make up a very small fraction, around one percent, but their variety compensates for their small size. We think of deep lakes and shallow ponds, great rivers and trickling brooks, lagoons and swamps, and more. There's a striking similarity in the animal populations of widely separated freshwater basins. This is partly because birds transport many small creatures on their muddy feet from one watershed to another; partly because some freshwater animals are descendants of types that moved from the sea and shoreline through estuaries and marshes, with only certain types able to survive the journey; and partly because some lakes are isolated remnants of ancient seas, where similar forms managed to survive the transition.
A typical assemblage of freshwater animals would include many Protozoa, like Amœbæ and the Bell-Animalcules, a representative of one family of sponges (Spongillidæ), the common Hydra, many unsegmented worms (notably Planarians and Nematodes), many Annelids related to the earthworms, many crustaceans, insects, and mites, many bivalves and snails, various fishes, a newt or two, perhaps a little mud-turtle or in warm countries a huge Crocodilian, various interesting birds like the water-ouzel or dipper, and mammals like the water-vole and the water-shrew.
A typical collection of freshwater animals would include many Protozoa, like Amoebas and the Bell-Animalcules, a representative from one family of sponges (Spongillidae), the common Hydra, many unsegmented worms (especially Planarians and Nematodes), numerous Annelids related to earthworms, various crustaceans, insects, and mites, many bivalves and snails, different types of fish, a couple of newts, maybe a small mud turtle, or in warmer regions, a large Crocodilian, along with various interesting birds like the water ouzel or dipper, and mammals like the water vole and the water shrew.
Freshwater animals have to face certain difficulties, the greatest of which are drought, frost, and being washed away in[Pg 126] times of flood. There is no more interesting study in the world than an inquiry into the adaptations by which freshwater animals overcome the difficulties of the situation. We cannot give more than a few illustrations.
Freshwater animals have to deal with specific challenges, the biggest of which are drought, freezing temperatures, and being swept away during[Pg 126] floods. There's no more fascinating study than exploring the adaptations that allow freshwater animals to survive these challenges. We can only provide a few examples.
(1) Drought is circumvented by the capacity that many freshwater animals have of lying low and saying nothing. Thus the African mudfish may spend half the year encased in the mud, and many minute crustaceans can survive being dried up for years. (2) Escape from the danger of being frozen hard in the pool is largely due to the almost unique property of water that it expands as it approaches the freezing-point. Thus the colder water rises to the surface and forms or adds to the protecting blanket of ice. The warmer water remains unfrozen at the bottom, and the animals live on. (3) The risk of being washed away, e.g. to the sea, is lessened by all sorts of gripping, grappling, and anchoring structures, and by shortening the juvenile stages when the risks are greatest.
(1) Drought is avoided by the ability of many freshwater animals to lie low and keep quiet. For instance, the African mudfish can spend half the year buried in mud, and many tiny crustaceans can survive being completely dried out for years. (2) The risk of being frozen solid in a pool is largely due to the almost unique property of water that it expands as it gets close to freezing. This means the colder water rises to the surface and creates or adds to a protective layer of ice, while the warmer water stays unfrozen at the bottom, allowing the animals to survive. (3) The chances of being washed away, for example to the sea, are reduced by various gripping, grappling, and anchoring structures, and by shortening the juvenile stages when the risks are highest.
V. THE DRY LAND
Over and over again in the history of animal life there have been attempts to get out of the water on to terra firma, and many of these have been successful, notably those made (1) by worms, (2) by air-breathing Arthropods, and (3) by amphibians.
Over and over in the history of animal life, there have been efforts to move from the water to land, and many of these have succeeded, especially those made (1) by worms, (2) by air-breathing arthropods, and (3) by amphibians.
In thinking of the conquest of the dry land by animals, we must recognise the indispensable rôle of plants in preparing the way. The dry ground would have proved too inhospitable had not terrestrial plants begun to establish themselves, affording food, shelter, and humidity. There had to be plants before there could be earthworms, which feed on decaying leaves and the like, but how soon was the debt repaid when the earthworms began their worldwide task of forming vegetable mould, opening up the earth with their burrows, circulating the soil by means of their castings, and bruising the particles in their gizzard—certainly the most important mill in the world.[Pg 127]
In considering how animals took over dry land, we need to acknowledge the crucial role of plants in making that possible. The dry ground would have been too harsh without terrestrial plants starting to grow, providing food, shelter, and moisture. Plants had to exist before earthworms could thrive, as they feed on decaying leaves and similar debris. However, once earthworms began their global job of creating rich soil, digging through the earth with their burrows, mixing the soil with their castings, and grinding up particles in their gizzards—definitely the most essential mill on the planet.[Pg 127]
Another important idea is that littoral haunts, both on the seashore and in the freshwaters, afforded the necessary apprenticeship and transitional experience for the more strenuous life on dry land. Much that was perfected on land had its beginnings on the shore. Let us inquire, however, what the passage from water to dry land actually implied. This has been briefly discussed in a previous article (on Evolution), but the subject is one of great interest and importance.
Another important idea is that coastal habitats, both on the shore and in freshwaters, provided the essential training and transitional experiences for the more challenging life on land. Much of what was developed on land had its roots in these coastal areas. Let’s explore, however, what the transition from water to land truly involved. This has been briefly addressed in a previous article (on Evolution), but the topic is one of significant interest and importance.
Difficulties and Results of the Transition from Water to Land
Leaving the water for dry land implied a loss in freedom of movement, for the terrestrial animal is primarily restricted to the surface of the earth. Thus it became essential that movements should be very rapid and very precise, needs with which we may associate the acquisition of fine cross-striped, quickly contracting muscles, and also, in time, their multiplication into very numerous separate engines. We exercise fifty-four muscles in the half-second that elapses between raising the heel of our foot in walking and planting it firmly on the ground again. Moreover, the need for rapid precisely controlled movements implied an improved nervous system, for the brain was a movement-controlling organ for ages before it did much in the way of thinking. The transition to terra firma also involved a greater compactness of body, so that there should not be too great friction on the surface. An animal like the jellyfish is unthinkable on land, and the elongated bodies of some land animals like centipedes and snakes are specially adapted so that they do not "sprawl." They are exceptions that prove the rule.
Leaving the water for dry land meant losing some freedom of movement because land animals are mostly restricted to the earth's surface. So, it became crucial for movements to be very quick and precise. This need likely led to the development of fine, cross-striped muscles that contract quickly and eventually multiplied into many individual muscles. We use fifty-four muscles in the half-second it takes to lift our heel while walking and then firmly plant it back on the ground. Additionally, the demand for rapid, controlled movements called for a more advanced nervous system, as the brain controlled movements for a long time before it got involved in actual thinking. Transitioning to land also required a more compact body to minimize friction with the ground. Creatures like jellyfish wouldn't survive on land, and the elongated bodies of some land animals, like centipedes and snakes, are uniquely designed to avoid "sprawling." They are exceptions that confirm the general rule.
Getting on to dry land meant entering a kingdom where the differences between day and night, between summer and winter are more felt than in the sea. This made it advantageous to have protections against evaporation and loss of heat and other such dangers. Hence a variety of ways in which the surface of the body acquired a thickened skin, or a dead cuticle, or a shell, or a[Pg 128] growth of hair, and so forth. In many cases there is an increase of the protection before the winter sets in, e.g. by growing thicker fur or by accumulating a layer of fat below the skin.
Getting onto dry land meant entering a world where the differences between day and night, and summer and winter, are felt more strongly than in the sea. This made it important to have protections against evaporation, heat loss, and other dangers. As a result, there are many ways in which the surface of the body developed a thicker skin, a dead outer layer, a shell, or a[Pg 128] growth of hair, and so on. In many cases, protection increases before winter arrives, such as by growing thicker fur or building up a layer of fat beneath the skin.
But the thickening or protection of the skin involved a partial or total loss of the skin as a respiratory surface. There is more oxygen available on dry land than in the water, but it is not so readily captured. Thus we see the importance of moist internal surfaces for capturing the oxygen which has been drawn into the interior of the body into some sort of lung. A unique solution was offered by Tracheate Arthropods, such as Peripatus, Centipedes, Millipedes, and Insects, where the air is carried to every hole and corner of the body by a ramifying system of air-tubes or tracheæ. In most animals the blood goes to the air, in insects the air goes to the blood. In the Robber-Crab, which has migrated from the shore inland, the dry air is absorbed by vascular tufts growing under the shelter of the gill-cover.
But thickening or protecting the skin leads to a partial or complete loss of the skin's ability to function as a respiratory surface. There’s more oxygen available on land than in water, but it’s not as easily absorbed. This highlights the importance of moist internal surfaces for capturing the oxygen that’s brought into the body through lungs. A unique solution is provided by Tracheate Arthropods, like Peripatus, Centipedes, Millipedes, and Insects, where air is delivered to every nook and cranny of the body through a network of air tubes or tracheae. In most animals, blood reaches the air; in insects, air reaches the blood. In the Robber Crab, which has moved inland from the shore, dry air is absorbed by vascular tufts that grow under the protection of the gill cover.
The problem of disposing of eggs or young ones is obviously much more difficult on land than in the water. For the water offers an immediate cradle, whereas on the dry land there were many dangers, e.g. of drought, extremes of temperature, and hungry sharp-eyed enemies, which had to be circumvented. So we find all manner of ways in which land animals hide their eggs or their young ones in holes and nests, on herbs and on trees. Some carry their young ones about after they are born, like the Surinam toad and the kangaroo, while others have prolonged the period of ante-natal life during which the young ones develop in safety within their mother, and in very intimate partnership with her in the case of the placental mammals. It is very interesting to find that the pioneer animal called Peripatus, which bridges the gap between worms and insects, carries its young for almost a year before birth.
The issue of disposing of eggs or young animals is clearly much more challenging on land than in water. Water provides an immediate safe space, while dry land poses many risks, like drought, extreme temperatures, and predators that are quick to spot them. As a result, we see a variety of ways in which land animals conceal their eggs or young ones—in holes and nests, on plants, and in trees. Some animals, like the Surinam toad and kangaroo, carry their young after they are born, while others extend the period of development before birth, allowing their young to grow safely inside their mother, especially in the case of placental mammals. It's fascinating to note that the pioneering creature called Peripatus, which connects worms and insects, carries its young for nearly a year before giving birth.
Enough has been said to show that the successive conquests of the dry land had great evolutionary results. It is hardly too much to say that the invasion which the Amphibians led was the[Pg 129] beginning of better brains, more controlled activities, and higher expressions of family life.
Enough has been said to show that the successive conquests of dry land had significant evolutionary impacts. It’s not an exaggeration to say that the invasion led by the Amphibians marked the[Pg 129] start of improved brain development, more organized behaviors, and advanced forms of family life.

ALBATROSS: A CHARACTERISTIC PELAGIC BIRD OF THE SOUTHERN SEA
ALBATROSS: A TYPICAL OCEANIC BIRD OF THE SOUTHERN SEA
It may have a spread of wing of over 11 feet from tip to tip. It is famous for its extraordinary power of "sailing" round the ship without any apparent strokes of its wings.
It can have a wingspan of over 11 feet from tip to tip. It's well-known for its amazing ability to "sail" around the ship without any visible flapping of its wings.
VI. THE AIR
There are no animals thoroughly aerial, but many insects spend much of their adult life in the free air, and the swift hardly pauses in its flight from dawn to dusk of the long summer day, alighting only for brief moments at the nest to deliver insects to the young. All the active life of bats certainly deserves to be called aerial.
There are no animals that are completely airborne, but many insects spend a significant part of their adult lives in the open air, and the swift rarely stops in its flight from dawn to dusk during the long summer days, landing only briefly at the nest to bring insects to the young. The active life of bats definitely deserves to be described as aerial.
The air was the last haunt of life to be conquered, and it is interesting to inquire what the conquest implied. (1) It meant transcending the radical difficulty of terrestrial life which confines the creatures of the dry land to moving on one plane, the surface of the earth. But the power of flight brought its possessors back to the universal freedom of movement which water animals enjoy. When we watch a sparrow rise into the air just as the cat has completed her stealthy stalking, we see that flight implies an enormous increase of safety. (2) The power of flight also opened up new possibilities of following the prey, of exploring new territories, of prospecting for water. (3) Of great importance too was the practicability of placing the eggs and the young, perhaps in a nest, in some place inaccessible to most enemies. When one thinks of it, the rooks' nests swaying on the tree-tops express the climax of a brilliant experiment. (4) The crowning advantage was the possibility of migrating, of conquering time (by circumventing the arid summer and the severe winter) and of conquering space (by passing quickly from one country to another and sometimes almost girdling the globe). There are not many acquisitions that have meant more to their possessors than the power of flight. It was a key opening the doors of a new freedom.
The air was the last frontier of life to be conquered, and it's interesting to think about what this conquest involved. (1) It meant overcoming the fundamental challenges of life on land, which forces creatures to move on one level, the surface of the earth. But the ability to fly gave these creatures back a universal freedom of movement that aquatic animals enjoy. When we see a sparrow take off just as a cat finishes its sneaky approach, we realize that flying offers a massive boost in safety. (2) The ability to fly also created new opportunities to chase prey, explore new areas, and search for water. (3) Equally important was the ability to place eggs and young ones, possibly in a nest, in a spot that most predators couldn't reach. When you think about it, the rooks' nests swaying high in the tree-tops are the peak of an amazing achievement. (4) The greatest benefit was the chance to migrate, to overcome time (by escaping the dry summers and harsh winters) and to conquer space (by quickly moving from one country to another and sometimes almost circling the globe). Few things have meant as much to their owners as the ability to fly. It was a key that unlocked a whole new freedom.
The problem of flight, as has been said in a previous chapter,[Pg 130] has been solved four times, and the solution has been different in each case. The four solutions are those offered by insects, extinct Pterodactyls, birds, and bats. Moreover, as has been pointed out, there have been numerous attempts at flight which remain glorious failures, notably the flying fishes, which take a great leap and hold their pectoral fins taut; the Flying Tree-Toad, whose webbed fingers and toes form a parachute; the Flying Lizard (Draco volans), which has its skin pushed out on five or six greatly elongated mobile ribs; and various "flying" mammals, e.g. Flying Phalangers and Flying Squirrels, which take great swooping leaps from tree to tree.
The issue of flight, as mentioned in a previous chapter,[Pg 130] has been addressed in four different ways, with each solution being unique. The four solutions come from insects, extinct Pterodactyls, birds, and bats. Additionally, as noted, there have been many attempts at flight that ended in spectacular failures, such as flying fish, which make a big leap and keep their pectoral fins stretched out; the Flying Tree-Toad, whose webbed fingers and toes act like a parachute; the Flying Lizard (Draco volans), which has its skin extended over five or six long, flexible ribs; and several "flying" mammals, like Flying Phalangers and Flying Squirrels that make sweeping jumps from tree to tree.
The wings of an insect are hollow flattened sacs which grow out from the upper parts of the sides of the second and third rings of the region called the thorax. They are worked by powerful muscles, and are supported, like a fan, by ribs of chitin, which may be accompanied by air-tubes, blood-channels, and nerves. The insect's body is lightly built and very perfectly aerated, and the principle of the insect's flight is the extremely rapid striking of the air by means of the lightly built elastic wings. Many an insect has over two hundred strokes of its wings in one second. Hence, in many cases, the familiar hum, comparable on a small scale to that produced by the rapidly revolving blades of an aeroplane's propeller. For a short distance a bee can outfly a pigeon, but few insects can fly far, and they are easily blown away or blown back by the wind. Dragon-flies and bees may be cited as examples of insects that often fly for two or three miles. But this is exceptional, and the usual shortness of insect flight is an important fact for man since it limits the range of insects like house-flies and mosquitoes which are vehicles of typhoid fever and malaria respectively. The most primitive insects (spring-tails and bristle-tails) show no trace of wings, while fleas and lice have become secondarily wingless. It is interesting to notice that some insects only fly once in their lifetime, namely, in connection with mating. The evolution of the insect's wing remains quite[Pg 131] obscure, but it is probable that insects could run, leap, and parachute before they could actually fly.
The wings of an insect are hollow, flattened sacs that extend from the upper parts of the sides of the second and third segments of the thorax. They are powered by strong muscles and supported like a fan by chitin ribs, which may also have air tubes, blood channels, and nerves. The insect's body is lightweight and well-aerated, and its flight relies on the very rapid movement of its lightweight, flexible wings. Many insects can beat their wings over two hundred times in one second. This rapid movement creates a familiar hum, somewhat similar to the sound made by the swift blades of an airplane's propeller. For short distances, a bee can outpace a pigeon, but few insects can fly far and are easily pushed away or back by the wind. Dragonflies and bees are examples of insects that can often fly for two or three miles. However, this is unusual, and the generally short flight distance of insects is significant for humans, as it limits the range of insects like houseflies and mosquitoes, which transmit typhoid fever and malaria, respectively. The most primitive insects (springtails and bristletails) have no wings at all, while fleas and lice have lost their wings over time. Interestingly, some insects only fly once in their lives, specifically for mating. The evolution of the insect wing remains quite[Pg 131] unclear, but it's likely that insects could run, jump, and parachute before they developed the ability to fly.
The extinct Flying Dragons or Pterodactyls had their golden age in the Cretaceous era, after which they disappeared, leaving no descendants. A fold of skin was spread out from the sides of the body by the enormously elongated outermost finger (usually regarded as corresponding to our little finger); it was continued to the hind-legs and thence to the tail.
The extinct Flying Dragons, or Pterodactyls, thrived during the Cretaceous period, after which they vanished without any descendants. A stretch of skin extended from the sides of their bodies via the greatly elongated outermost finger (often considered to be similar to our pinky); this skin continued down to the hind legs and then to the tail.
It is unlikely that the Pterodactyls could fly far, for they have at most a weak keel on their breast-bone; on the other hand, some of them show a marked fusion of dorsal vertebræ, which, as in flying birds, must have served as a firm fulcrum for the stroke of the wings. The quaint creatures varied from the size of a sparrow up to a magnificent spread of 15-20 feet from tip to tip of the wings. They were the largest of all flying creatures.
It’s unlikely that Pterodactyls could fly very far because they only had a weak keel on their breastbone. However, some of them showed a notable fusion of dorsal vertebrae, which, like in flying birds, would have provided a solid base for their wing strokes. These unique creatures ranged in size from a sparrow to an impressive wingspan of 15-20 feet from tip to tip. They were the largest flying animals of all time.
The bird's solution of the problem of flight, which will be discussed separately, is centred in the feather, which forms a coherent vane for striking the air. In Pterodactyl and bat the wing is a web-wing or patagium, and a small web is to be seen on the front side of the bird's wing. But the bird's patagium is unimportant, and the bird's wing is on an evolutionary tack of its own—a fore-limb transformed for bearing the feathers of flight. Feathers are in a general way comparable to the scales of reptiles, but only in a general way, and no transition stage is known between the two. Birds evolved from a bipedal Dinosaur stock, as has been noticed already, and it is highly probable that they began their ascent by taking running leaps along the ground, flapping their scaly fore-limbs, and balancing themselves in kangaroo-like fashion with an extended tail. A second chapter was probably an arboreal apprenticeship, during which they made a fine art of parachuting—a persistence of which is to be seen in the pigeon "gliding" from the dovecot to the ground. It is in birds that the mastery of the air reaches its climax, and the mysterious "sailing" of the albatross and the vulture is surely the most[Pg 132] remarkable locomotor triumph that has ever been achieved. Without any apparent stroke of the wings, the bird sails for half an hour at a time with the wind and against the wind, around the ship and in majestic spirals in the sky, probably taking advantage of currents of air of different velocities, and continually changing energy of position into energy of motion as it sinks, and energy of motion into energy of position as it rises. It is interesting to know that some dragon-flies are also able to "sail."
The bird's way of solving the problem of flight, which will be discussed separately, revolves around the feather, which acts as a cohesive vane to interact with the air. In pterodactyls and bats, the wing is a webbed structure or patagium, and you can see a small web on the front side of a bird's wing. However, the bird's patagium is not significant, and the bird's wing is on an evolutionary path of its own—a forelimb adapted to support the feathers for flight. Feathers can be broadly compared to the scales of reptiles, but that's only a general comparison, and no transitional stage is known between the two. Birds evolved from a bipedal dinosaur lineage, as has already been noted, and it's very likely they started their evolution by running and leaping along the ground, flapping their scaly forelimbs, and balancing themselves in a kangaroo-like manner with an extended tail. A second phase probably involved an arboreal apprenticeship, during which they perfected the art of parachuting—a trait we can still see in pigeons "gliding" from their dovecots to the ground. Birds represent the peak of mastery in the air, and the mysterious "sailing" of albatrosses and vultures is definitely the most[Pg 132] remarkable locomotion achievement ever accomplished. Without any visible wing beats, the bird can sail for up to half an hour at a time with the wind and against it, circling around the ship and spiraling majestically in the sky, likely exploiting air currents of varying speeds, continuously converting potential energy into motion energy as it descends, and motion energy into potential energy as it ascends. It’s interesting to note that some dragonflies can also "sail."
The web-wing of bats involves much more than the fore-arm. The double fold of skin begins on the side of the neck, passes along the front of the arm, skips the thumb, and is continued over the elongated palm-bones and fingers to the sides of the body again, and to the hind-legs, and to the tail if there is a tail. It is interesting to find that the bones of the bat's skeleton tend to be lightly built as in birds, that the breast-bone has likewise a keel for the better insertion of the pectoral muscles, and that there is a solidifying of the vertebræ of the back, affording as in birds a firm basis for the wing action. Such similar adaptations to similar needs, occurring in animals not nearly related to one another, are called "convergences," and form a very interesting study. In addition to adaptations which the bat shares with the flying bird, it has many of its own. There are so many nerve-endings on the wing, and often also on special skin-leaves about the ears and nose, that the bat flying in the dusk does not knock against branches or other obstacles. Some say that it is helped by the echoes of its high-pitched voice, but there is no doubt as to its exquisite tactility. That it usually produces only a single young one at a time is a clear adaptation to flight, and similarly the sharp, mountain-top-like cusps on the back teeth are adapted in insectivorous bats for crunching insects.
The webbing of bats involves much more than just their forearms. The double fold of skin starts at the neck, moves along the front of the arm, skips the thumb, and continues over the extended palm bones and fingers back to the sides of the body, to the hind legs, and to the tail if there is one. It's interesting that the bones in a bat's skeleton are lightweight, similar to birds, and that the breastbone has a keel to allow for better attachment of the pectoral muscles. Additionally, the spine's vertebrae are solidified, providing a stable base for wing movement, just like in birds. Such similar adaptations to similar needs, seen in animals that aren’t closely related, are called "convergences," and they make for a fascinating study. Besides the adaptations bats have in common with flying birds, they also possess many unique features. There are numerous nerve endings in their wings and often around their ears and noses, allowing bats to fly in the dusk without colliding with branches or other obstacles. Some say they're aided by the echoes of their high-pitched calls, but there’s no doubt about their remarkable sense of touch. The fact that they typically produce only one young at a time is clearly an adaptation for flight, just as the sharp, mountain-like cusps on the backs of their teeth are suited for crunching insects in insect-eating bats.
Whether we think of the triumphant flight of birds, reaching a climax in migration, or of the marvel that a creature of the earth—as a mammal essentially is—should evolve such a mastery of the air as we see in bats, or even of the repeated but[Pg 133] splendid failures which parachuting animals illustrate, we gain an impression of the insurgence of living creatures in their characteristic endeavour after fuller well-being.
Whether we think about the victorious flight of birds, which peaks during migration, or the amazing fact that a creature of the earth—like mammals should—has developed such skill in the air as we see in bats, or even the repeated but [Pg 133] impressive failures that parachuting animals demonstrate, we get a sense of the uprising of living beings in their unique pursuit of better well-being.
We have said enough to show how well adapted many animals are to meet the particular difficulties of the haunt which they tenant. But difficulties and limitations are ever arising afresh, and so one fitness follows on another. It is natural, therefore, to pass to the frequent occurrence of protective resemblance, camouflage, and mimicry—the subject of the next article.
We’ve said enough to show how well many animals are suited to handle the specific challenges of their environments. However, new challenges and limitations are constantly emerging, so one adaptation leads to another. It’s natural to move on to the common occurrences of protective resemblance, camouflage, and mimicry—the topic of the next article.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Elmhirst, R., Animals of the Shore.
Flattely and Walton, The Biology of the
Shore (1921).
Furneaux, Life of Ponds and Streams.
Hickson, S. J., Story of Life in the Seas
and Fauna of the Deep Sea.
Johnstone, J., Life in the Sea (Cambridge
Manual of Science).
Miall, L. C., Aquatic Insects.
Murray, Sir John, The Ocean (Home
University Library).
Murray, Sir John and Hjort, Dr. J., The Depths
of the Ocean.
Newbigin, M. I., Life by the Sea Shore.
Pycraft, W. P., History of Birds.
Scharff, R. F., History of the European
Fauna (Contemp. Sci. Series).
Thomson, J. Arthur, The Wonder of Life
(1914) and The Haunts of Life (1921).
Elmhirst, R., Animals of the Shore.
Flattely & Walton, The Biology of the Shore (1921).
Furneaux, Life of Ponds and Streams.
Hickson, S.J., Story of Life in the Seas and Fauna of the Deep Sea.
Johnstone, J., Life in the Sea (Cambridge Manual of Science).
Miall, L.C., Aquatic Insects.
Sir John Murray, The Ocean (Home University Library).
Murray, Sir John and Hjort, Dr. J., The Depths of the Ocean.
Newbigin, M.I., Life by the Sea Shore.
Pycraft, W.P., History of Birds.
Scharff, R. F., History of the European Fauna (Contemp. Sci. Series).
Thomson, J. Arthur, The Wonder of Life (1914) and The Haunts of Life (1921).
IV
THE STRUGGLE FOR EXISTENCE
ANIMAL AND BIRD MIMICRY AND DISGUISE
§ 1
For every animal one discovers when observing carefully, there must be ten unseen. This is partly because many animals burrow in the ground or get in underneath things and into dark corners, being what is called cryptozoic or elusive. But it is partly because many animals put on disguise or have in some way acquired a garment of invisibility. This is very common among animals, and it occurs in many forms and degrees. The reason why it is so common is because the struggle for existence is often very keen, and the reasons why the struggle for existence is keen are four. First, there is the tendency to over-population in many animals, especially those of low degree. Second, there is the fact that the scheme of nature involves nutritive chains or successive incarnations, one animal depending upon another for food, and all in the long run on plants; thirdly, every vigorous animal is a bit of a hustler, given to insurgence and sticking out his elbows. There is a fourth great reason for the struggle for existence, namely, the frequent changefulness of the physical environment, which forces animals to answer back or die; but the first three reasons have most to do with the very common assumption of some sort of disguise. Even when an animal is in no sense a weakling, it may be very advantageous for it to be inconspicuous when it is resting or when it is taking care of its young. Our problem is the evolution of elusiveness, so far at least as that depends on likeness to surroundings, on protective resemblance to other objects, and in its highest reaches on true mimicry.[Pg 138]
For every animal you spot when you look closely, there are probably ten that you can’t see. This is partly because many animals burrow into the ground or hide under things and in dark corners, being what we call cryptozoic or elusive. But it’s also because many animals have disguises or have somehow developed a cloak of invisibility. This is really common among animals, and it takes on many forms and levels. The reason it’s so common is that the struggle for survival is often intense, and there are four main reasons why this struggle is so fierce. First, many animals, especially simpler ones, tend to over-populate. Second, nature’s system involves food chains, with one animal relying on another for food, and ultimately all depending on plants. Third, every vigorous animal is a bit of a go-getter, often aggressive and pushing for its own needs. The fourth major reason for the fight for survival is the frequent changes in the physical environment, which forces animals to adapt or perish; however, the first three reasons are the most relevant to the common use of camouflage. Even when an animal isn’t weak, it can be very beneficial for it to blend in when it’s resting or caring for its young. Our focus is on the evolution of elusiveness, at least as far as it relates to matching the surroundings, protective resemblance to other objects, and at its highest level, true mimicry.[Pg 138]
Colour Permanently Like That of Surroundings
Many animals living on sandy places have a light-brown colour, as is seen in some lizards and snakes. The green lizard is like the grass and the green tree-snake is inconspicuous among the branches. The spotted leopard is suited to the interrupted light of the forest, and it is sometimes hard to tell where the jungle ends and the striped tiger begins. There is no better case than the hare or the partridge sitting a few yards off on the ploughed field. Even a donkey grazing in the dusk is much more readily heard than seen.
Many animals that live in sandy areas have a light brown color, as seen in some lizards and snakes. The green lizard blends in with the grass, and the green tree snake is hard to spot among the branches. The spotted leopard is well-suited to the dappled light of the forest, making it difficult to see where the jungle ends and the striped tiger begins. A perfect example is the hare or the partridge sitting just a few yards away on the plowed field. Even a donkey grazing at dusk is much easier to hear than to see.
The experiment has been made of tethering the green variety of Praying Mantis on green herbage, fastening them with silk threads. They escape the notice of birds. The same is true when the brown variety is tethered on withered herbage. But if the green ones are put on brown plants, or the brown ones on green plants, the birds pick them off. Similarly, out of 300 chickens in a field, 240 white or black and therefore conspicuous, 60 spotted and inconspicuous, 24 were soon picked off by crows, but only one of these was spotted. This was not the proportion that there should have been if the mortality had been fortuitous. There is no doubt that it often pays an animal to be like its habitual surroundings, like a little piece of scenery if the animal is not moving. It is safe to say that in process of time wide departures from the safest coloration will be wiped out in the course of Nature's ceaseless sifting.
The experiment involved attaching the green variety of Praying Mantis to green plants, using silk threads to secure them. This way, they go unnoticed by birds. The same holds true for the brown variety when attached to dried plants. However, if the green ones are placed on brown plants or the brown ones on green plants, the birds easily spot and pick them off. Similarly, out of 300 chickens in a field—240 being white or black and therefore easy to see, and 60 spotted and harder to notice—24 were quickly taken by crows, but only one of the spotted ones. This ratio is not what would be expected if the deaths were random. It's clear that it often benefits an animal to blend in with its natural surroundings, acting like a part of the scenery when it’s not moving. It’s safe to say that over time, significant deviations from the safest coloration will be eliminated through Nature's ongoing filtering process.
But we must not be credulous, and there are three cautions to be borne in mind. (1) An animal may be very like its surroundings without there being any protection implied. The arrow-worms in the sea are as clear as glass, and so are many open-sea animals. But this is because their tissues are so watery, with a specific gravity near that of the salt water. And the invisibility does not save them, always or often, from being swallowed by larger animals that gather the harvest of the sea. (2) Among the cleverer animals it looks as if the creature sometimes sought out a spot where it was most inconspicuous. A spider may place itself[Pg 139] in the middle of a little patch of lichen, where its self-effacement is complete. Perhaps it is more comfortable as well as safer to rest in surroundings the general colour of which is like that of the animal's body. (3) The fishes that live among the coral-reefs are startling in their brilliant coloration, and there are many different patterns. To explain this it has been suggested that these fishes are so safe among the mazy passages and endless nooks of the reefs, that they can well afford to wear any colour that suits their constitution. In some cases this may be true, but naturalists who have put on a diving suit and walked about among the coral have told us that each kind of fish is particularly suited to some particular place, and that some are suited for midday work and others for evening work. Sometimes there is a sort of Box and Cox arrangement by which two different fishes utilise the same corner at different times.
But we shouldn't be too gullible, and there are three important things to keep in mind. (1) An animal can blend in with its surroundings without necessarily being protected. The arrow-worms in the ocean are as clear as glass, and so are many open-sea creatures. This is because their bodies are so watery, with a specific gravity close to that of saltwater. However, this invisibility doesn’t always protect them from being eaten by larger animals that take advantage of the ocean's bounty. (2) Among smarter animals, it seems that some creatures intentionally choose spots where they are least noticeable. A spider might position itself[Pg 139] in the center of a small patch of lichen, where it completely blends in. It may be both more comfortable and safer for it to rest in an environment that matches the color of its body. (3) The fish that inhabit coral reefs have stunning colors, and they come in many different patterns. To explain this, it’s been suggested that these fish feel so secure among the intricate passages and endless nooks of the reefs that they can afford to flaunt any color that suits them. While this might be the case for some, naturalists who have donned diving suits and explored the coral have told us that each type of fish is specifically adapted to particular locations, and that some are active during the day while others are more active in the evening. Sometimes, there’s a sort of sharing arrangement where two different fish use the same spot at different times.

THE PRAYING MANTIS (Mantis Religiosa)
THE PRAYING MANTIS (Mantis Religiosa)
A very voracious insect with a quiet, unobtrusive appearance. It holds its formidable forelegs as if in the attitude of prayer; its movements are very slow and stealthy; and there is a suggestion of a leaf in the forewing. But there is no reason to credit the creature with conscious guile!
A very greedy insect with a calm, unnoticeable appearance. It holds its strong front legs like it's praying; its movements are slow and sneaky, and the forewing resembles a leaf. But there's no reason to think this creature is being intentionally deceptive!

PROTECTIVE COLORATION: A WINTER SCENE IN NORTH SCANDINAVIA
PROTECTIVE COLORATION: A WINTER SCENE IN NORTH SCANDINAVIA
Showing Variable Hare, Willow Grouse, and Arctic Fox, all white in winter and inconspicuous against the snow. But the white dress is also the dress that is physiologically best, for it loses least of the animal heat.
Showing Variable Hare, Willow Grouse, and Arctic Fox, all white in winter and blending in with the snow. But the white coat is also the one that is physiologically most efficient, as it retains the least amount of body heat.

THE VARIABLE MONITOR (Varanus)
THE VARIABLE MONITOR (Varanus)
The monitors are the largest of existing lizards, the Australian species represented in the photograph attaining a length of four feet. It has a brown colour with yellow spots, and in spite of its size it is not conspicuous against certain backgrounds, such as the bark of a tree.
The monitors are the largest lizards in the world, with the Australian species shown in the photo reaching a length of four feet. It has a brown color with yellow spots, and despite its size, it can blend in against certain backgrounds, like the bark of a tree.
§ 2
Gradual Change of Colour
The common shore-crab shows many different colours and mottlings, especially when it is young. It may be green or grey, red or brown, and so forth, and it is often in admirable adjustment to the colour of the rock-pool where it is living. Experiments, which require extension, have shown that when the crab has moulted, which it has to do very often when it is young, the colour of the new shell tends to harmonise with the general colour of the rocks and seaweed. How this is brought about, we do not know. The colour does not seem to change till the next moult, and not then unless there is some reason for it. A full-grown shore-crab is well able to look after itself, and it is of interest to notice, therefore, that the variety of coloration is mainly among the small individuals, who have, of course, a much less secure position. It is possible, moreover, that the resemblance to the surroundings admits of more successful hunting, enabling the small crab to take its victim unawares.[Pg 140]
The common shore crab displays a variety of colors and patterns, especially when it's young. It can be green, gray, red, brown, and so on, often blending beautifully with the color of the rock pool it inhabits. Experiments, which require further investigation, have shown that when the crab molts—something it does frequently while young—the color of its new shell tends to match the general colors of the rocks and seaweed. We don't know exactly how this happens. The color doesn't seem to change until the next molt, and only if there's a reason for it. An adult shore crab can take care of itself, which makes it interesting that most color variation occurs in smaller individuals, who are obviously in a less secure position. Additionally, the resemblance to their surroundings may enhance their hunting success, allowing the small crab to catch its prey off guard.[Pg 140]
Professor Poulton's experiments with the caterpillars of the small tortoise-shell butterfly showed that in black surroundings the pupæ tend to be darker, in white surroundings lighter, in gilded boxes golden; and the same is true in other cases. It appears that the surrounding colour affects the caterpillars through the skin during a sensitive period—the twenty hours immediately preceding the last twelve hours of the larval state. The result will tend to make the quiescent pupæ less conspicuous during the critical time of metamorphosis. The physiology of this sympathetic colouring remains obscure.
Professor Poulton's experiments with the caterpillars of the small tortoise-shell butterfly showed that in black surroundings, the pupae tend to be darker, in white surroundings, lighter, and in gilded boxes, golden; the same applies in other situations. It appears that the surrounding color affects the caterpillars through the skin during a sensitive period—the twenty hours just before the last twelve hours of the larval stage. This results in making the inactive pupae less noticeable during the critical time of metamorphosis. The physiology behind this adaptive coloring remains unclear.
Seasonal Change of Colouring
The ptarmigan moults three times in the year. Its summer plumage is rather grouselike above, with a good deal of rufous brown; the back becomes much more grey in autumn; almost all the feathers of the winter plumage are white. That is to say, they develop without any pigment and with numerous gas-bubbles in their cells. Now there can be no doubt that this white winter plumage makes the ptarmigan very inconspicuous amidst the snow. Sometimes one comes within a few feet of the crouching bird without seeing it, and this garment of invisibility may save it from the hungry eyes of golden eagles.
The ptarmigan sheds its feathers three times a year. Its summer feathers are somewhat similar to a grouse, with a lot of reddish-brown color; the back turns much grayer in the autumn; nearly all the feathers in winter are white. This means they develop without any color and have many gas bubbles in their cells. There's no doubt that this white winter plumage makes the ptarmigan blend in perfectly with the snow. Sometimes you can get just a few feet away from the crouching bird without spotting it, and this cloak of invisibility might protect it from the hungry eyes of golden eagles.
Similarly the brown stoat becomes the white ermine, mainly by the growth, of a new suit of white fur, and the same is true of the mountain hare. The ermine is all white except the black tip of its tail; the mountain hare in its winter dress is all white save the black tips of its ears. In some cases, especially in the mountain hare, it seems that individual hairs may turn white, by a loss of pigment, as may occur in man. According to Metchnikoff, the wandering amœboid cells of the body, called phagocytes, may creep up into the hairs and come back again with microscopic burdens of pigment. The place of the pigment is taken by gas-bubbles, and that is what causes the whiteness. In no animals is there any white pigment; the white colour is like that of snow or[Pg 141] foam, it is due to the complete reflection of the light from innumerable minute surfaces of crystals or bubbles.
Similarly, the brown stoat turns into the white ermine, mainly by growing a new coat of white fur, and the same is true for the mountain hare. The ermine is completely white except for the black tip of its tail; the mountain hare in its winter coat is all white except for the black tips of its ears. In some cases, especially in the mountain hare, it seems that individual hairs can turn white due to a loss of pigment, similar to what can happen in humans. According to Metchnikoff, the wandering amoeboid cells in the body, known as phagocytes, can move into the hairs and return with tiny amounts of pigment. The pigment is replaced by gas bubbles, which is what creates the whiteness. No animals actually contain white pigment; the white color is like that of snow or[Pg 141] foam, and it is caused by the complete reflection of light from countless tiny surfaces of crystals or bubbles.

Photo: W. S. Berridge, F.Z.S.
Photo: W. S. Berridge, F.Z.S.
BANDED KRAIT: A VERY POISONOUS SNAKE WITH ALTERNATING YELLOW AND DARK BANDS
BANDED KRAIT: A HIGHLY VENOMOUS SNAKE WITH STRIPES OF YELLOW AND DARK COLORS
It is very conspicuous and may serve as an illustration of warning coloration. Perhaps, that is to say, its striking coloration serves as an advertisement, impressing other creatures with the fact that the Banded Krait should be left alone. It is very unprofitable for a snake to waste its venom on creatures it does not want.
It stands out clearly and may exemplify warning coloration. In other words, its bold colors act as a signal, letting other animals know that the Banded Krait should be avoided. It's not beneficial for a snake to waste its venom on creatures it doesn’t want to engage with.

Photos: W. S. Berridge, F.Z.S.
Photos: W. S. Berridge, F.Z.S.
THE WARTY CHAMELEON
The Warty Chameleon
The upper photograph shows the Warty Chameleon inflated and conspicuous. At another time, however, with compressed body and adjusted coloration, the animal is very inconspicuous. The lower photograph shows the sudden protrusion of the very long tongue on a fly.
The upper photograph shows the Warty Chameleon puffed up and noticeable. At another time, though, with its body flattened and color adjusted, the animal is hard to spot. The lower photograph captures the quick extension of its very long tongue at a fly.

SEASONAL COLOUR-CHANGE: A SUMMER SCENE IN NORTH SCANDINAVIA
SEASONAL COLOR CHANGE: A SUMMER SCENE IN NORTH SCANDINAVIA
Showing a brown Variable Hare, Willow Grouse, and Arctic Fox, all inconspicuous in their coloration when seen in their natural surroundings.
Showing a brown Variable Hare, Willow Grouse, and Arctic Fox, all blending in with their surroundings due to their color.
The mountain hare may escape the fox the more readily because its whiteness makes it so inconspicuous against a background of snow; and yet, at other times, we have seen the creature standing out like a target on the dark moorland. So it cuts both ways. The ermine has almost no enemies except the gamekeeper, but its winter whiteness may help it to sneak upon its victims, such as grouse or rabbit, when there is snow upon the ground. In both cases, however, the probability is that the constitutional rhythm which leads to white hair in winter has been fostered and fixed for a reason quite apart from protection. The fact is that for a warm-blooded creature, whether bird or mammal, the physiologically best dress is a white one, for there is less radiation of the precious animal heat from white plumage or white pelage than from any other colour. The quality of warm-bloodedness is a prerogative of birds and mammals, and it means that the body keeps an almost constant temperature, day and night, year in and year out. This is effected by automatic internal adjustments which regulate the supply of heat, chiefly from the muscles, to the loss of heat, chiefly through the skin and from the lungs. The chief importance of this internal heat is that it facilitates the smooth continuance of the chemical processes on which life depends. If the temperature falls, as in hibernating mammals (whose warm-bloodedness is imperfect), the rate of the vital process is slowed down—sometimes dangerously. Thus we see how the white coat helps the life of the creature.
The mountain hare can often escape the fox more easily because its white fur makes it blend in with the snow. However, there are times when we’ve seen it stand out like a target against the dark moorland. So, it works both ways. The ermine has few enemies aside from the gamekeeper, but its winter coat may help it sneak up on prey like grouse or rabbits when there’s snow on the ground. In both cases, though, it's likely that the natural rhythm leading to white fur in winter has developed and been maintained for reasons unrelated to camouflage. The truth is, for warm-blooded animals, whether birds or mammals, the best coat is white since it reduces the loss of body heat better than any other color. Warm-bloodedness is a characteristic of birds and mammals, meaning their bodies maintain a fairly constant temperature all day, every day. This is managed by automatic internal adjustments that control heat production, mainly from muscles, and heat loss, primarily through the skin and lungs. The main benefit of this internal heat is that it allows the essential chemical processes for life to continue smoothly. If the temperature drops, as happens in hibernating mammals (whose warm-bloodedness is not perfect), the rate of vital processes slows down—sometimes dangerously. This shows how the white coat helps the animal survive.
§ 3
Rapid Colour-change
Bony flat-fishes, like plaice and sole, have a remarkable power of adjusting their hue and pattern to the surrounding gravel and sand, so that it is difficult to find them even when we know that they are there. It must be admitted that they[Pg 142] are also very quick to get a sprinkling of sand over their upturned side, so that only the eyes are left showing. But there is no doubt as to the exactness with which they often adjust themselves to be like a little piece of the substratum on which they lie; they will do this within limits in experimental conditions when they are placed on a quite artificial floor. As these fishes are very palatable and are much sought after by such enemies as cormorants and otters, it is highly probably that their power of self-effacement often saves their life. And it may be effected within a few minutes, in some cases within a minute.
Flatfish like plaice and sole have an incredible ability to change their color and pattern to blend in with the surrounding gravel and sand, making it hard to spot them even when we know they're there. It's also true that they quickly get a layer of sand on their side that's facing up, leaving only their eyes visible. However, there’s no doubt about how effectively they can match their appearance to look like just another part of the bottom they're resting on; they can do this, to some extent, even in experimental settings on an artificial surface. Since these fish are tasty and highly sought after by predators like cormorants and otters, it's very likely that their ability to camouflage helps them survive. They can achieve this change in just a few minutes, sometimes even within a minute.
In these self-effacing flat-fishes we know with some precision what happens. The adjustment of colour and pattern is due to changes in the size, shape, and position of mobile pigment-cells (chromatophores) and the skin. But what makes the pigment-cells change? The fact that a blind flat-fish does not change its colour gives us the first part of the answer. The colour and the pattern of the surroundings must affect the eye. The message travels by the optic nerve to the brain; from the brain, instead of passing down the spinal cord, the message travels down the chain of sympathetic ganglia. From these it passes along the nerves which comes out of the spinal cord and control the skin. Thus the message reaches the colour-cells in the skin, and before you have carefully read these lines the flat-fish has slipped on its Gyges ring and become invisible.
In these unassuming flat-fishes, we clearly understand what happens. The change in color and pattern comes from adjustments in the size, shape, and position of flexible pigment cells (chromatophores) and the skin. But what triggers the pigment cells to change? The fact that a blind flat-fish doesn’t alter its color gives us part of the answer. The color and pattern of the environment must influence the eye. The message travels via the optic nerve to the brain; instead of going down the spinal cord, the message then travels down the chain of sympathetic ganglia. From there, it moves along the nerves that emerge from the spinal cord and control the skin. So, the message reaches the pigment cells in the skin, and before you’ve even finished reading this, the flat-fish has put on its Gyges ring and become invisible.
The same power of rapid colour-change is seen in cuttlefishes, where it is often an expression of nervous excitement, though it sometimes helps to conceal. It occurs with much subtlety in the Æsop prawn, Hippolyte, which may be brown on a brown seaweed, green on sea-lettuce or sea-grass, red on red seaweed, and so on through an extensive repertory.
The same ability to change color quickly is observed in cuttlefish, where it often shows nervous excitement, but it can also help with camouflage. This subtlety is also seen in the Æsop prawn, Hippolyte, which can appear brown on brown seaweed, green on sea-lettuce or sea-grass, red on red seaweed, and so on through a wide range of colors.
According to the nature of the background, [Professor Gamble writes] so is the mixture of the pigments compounded so as to form a close reproduction both of its colour and its pattern. A sweep of the shrimp net detaches a battalion[Pg 143] of these sleeping prawns, and if we turn the motley into a dish and give a choice of seaweed, each variety after its kind will select the one with which it agrees in colour, and vanish. Both when young and when full-grown, the Æsop prawn takes on the colour of its immediate surroundings. At nightfall Hippolyte, of whatever colour, changes to a transparent azure blue: its stolidity gives place to a nervous restlessness; at the least tremor it leaps violently, and often swims actively from one food-plant to another. This blue fit lasts till daybreak, and is then succeeded by the prawn's diurnal tint.
According to the nature of the background, [Professor Gamble writes], the mixture of pigments is blended to closely replicate both its color and pattern. A sweep of the shrimp net captures a group of these sleeping prawns, and if we turn the mixed colors into a dish and provide a choice of seaweed, each type will choose the one that matches its color and disappear. Both as juveniles and adults, the Æsop prawn adapts to the color of its immediate surroundings. At dusk, the Hippolyte, regardless of its color, turns into a transparent azure blue: its calm demeanor gives way to a nervous restlessness; at the slightest disturbance, it jumps violently and often swims actively from one food source to another. This blue phase lasts until dawn, after which the prawn assumes its daytime color.
Thus, Professor Gamble continues, the colour of an animal may express a nervous rhythm.
Thus, Professor Gamble continues, the color of an animal may express a nervous rhythm.

Photo: J. J. Ward, F.E.S.
Photo: J.J. Ward, F.E.S.
PROTECTIVE RESEMBLANCE
Protective lookalike
Hawk Moth, settled down on a branch, and very difficult to detect as long as it remains stationary. Note its remarkable sucking tongue, which is about twice the length of its body. The tongue can be quickly coiled up and put safely away beneath the lower part of the head.
Hawk Moth, resting on a branch, is very hard to spot as long as it stays still. Take note of its extraordinary sucking tongue, which is about twice the length of its body. The tongue can be quickly coiled up and tucked safely away beneath the lower part of its head.

WHEN ONLY A FEW DAYS OLD, YOUNG BITTERN BEGIN TO STRIKE THE SAME ATTITUDE AS THEIR PARENTS THRUSTING THEIR BILLS UPWARDS AND DRAWING THEIR BODIES UP SO THAT THEY RESEMBLE A BUNCH OF REEDS
WHEN ONLY A FEW DAYS OLD, YOUNG BITTERNS BEGIN TO STRIKE THE SAME ATTITUDE AS THEIR PARENTS, THRUSTING THEIR BILLS UPWARD AND DRAWING THEIR BODIES UP SO THAT THEY RESEMBLE A BUNCH OF REEDS
The soft browns and blue-greens harmonise with the dull sheaths of the young reeds; the nestling bittern is thus completely camouflaged.
The soft browns and blue-greens blend seamlessly with the muted sheaths of the young reeds; the young bittern is perfectly camouflaged.
The Case of Chameleons
The highest level at which rapid colour-change occurs is among lizards, and the finest exhibition of it is among the chameleons. These quaint creatures are characteristic of Africa; but they occur also in Andalusia, Arabia, Ceylon, and Southern India. They are adapted for life on trees, where they hunt insects with great deliberateness and success. The protrusible tongue, ending in a sticky club, can be shot out for about seven inches in the common chameleon. Their hands and feet are split so that they grip the branches firmly, and the prehensile tail rivals a monkey's. When they wish they can make themselves very slim, contracting the body from side to side, so that they are not very readily seen. In other circumstances, however, they do not practise self-effacement, but the very reverse. They inflate their bodies, having not only large lungs, but air-sacs in connection with them. The throat bulges; the body sways from side to side; and the creature expresses its sentiments in a hiss. The power of colour-change is very remarkable, and depends partly on the contraction and expansion of the colour-cells (chromatophores) in the under-skin (or dermis) and partly on close-packed refractive granules and crystals of a waste-product called guanin. The repertory of possible[Pg 144] colours in the common chameleon is greater than in any other animal except the Æsop prawn. There is a legend of a chameleon which was brown in a brown box, green in a green box, and blue in a blue box, and died when put into one lined with tartan; and there is no doubt that one and the same animal has a wide range of colours. The so-called "chameleon" (Anolis) of North America is so sensitive that a passing cloud makes it change its emerald hue.
The highest level of rapid color change happens in lizards, with chameleons showcasing it best. These unique creatures are mainly found in Africa, but you can also find them in Andalusia, Arabia, Ceylon, and Southern India. They are well-suited for life in trees, where they carefully and effectively hunt insects. The common chameleon can extend its sticky, club-like tongue about seven inches. Their hands and feet are split, allowing them to grip branches tightly, and their prehensile tails are as capable as a monkey’s. When they want to hide, they can slim down by contracting their bodies from side to side, making them harder to spot. In other situations, though, they do the opposite. They puff up their bodies, thanks to their large lungs and connected air sacs. Their throats swell, their bodies sway from side to side, and they hiss to express their feelings. Their ability to change color is impressive, relying partly on the contraction and expansion of color cells (chromatophores) in the under-skin (or dermis) and partly on tightly packed refractive granules and crystals of a waste product called guanin. The range of possible colors in the common chameleon is greater than in any other animal except the Æsop prawn. There’s a legend about a chameleon that was brown in a brown box, green in a green box, and blue in a blue box, dying when placed in one lined with tartan. It's clear that one chameleon can display a wide variety of colors. The so-called "chameleon" (Anolis) of North America is so responsive that it changes its emerald color when a cloud passes by.
There is no doubt that a chameleon may make itself more inconspicuous by changing its colour, being affected by the play of light on its eyes. A bright-green hue is often seen on those that are sitting among strongly illumined green leaves. But the colour also changes with the time of day and with the animal's moods. A sudden irritation may bring about a rapid change; in other cases the transformation comes about very gradually. When the colour-change expresses the chameleon's feelings it might be compared to blushing, but that is due to an expansion of the arteries of the face, allowing more blood to get into the capillaries of the under-skin. The case of the chameleon is peculiarly interesting because the animal has two kinds of tactics—self-effacement on the one hand and bluffing on the other. There can be little doubt that the power of colour-change sometimes justifies itself by driving off intruders. Dr. Cyril Crossland observed that a chameleon attacked by a fox-terrier "turned round and opened its great pink mouth in the face of the advancing dog, at the same time rapidly changing colour, becoming almost black. This ruse succeeded every time, the dog turning off at once." In natural leafy surroundings the startling effect would be much greater—a sudden throwing off of the mantle of invisibility and the exposure of a conspicuous black body with a large red mouth.
There’s no doubt that a chameleon can become less noticeable by changing its color, influenced by the way light plays on its eyes. A bright green color is often seen when they sit among brightly lit green leaves. However, their color also changes with the time of day and their moods. A sudden annoyance can trigger a quick change; in other cases, the transformation happens very slowly. When the color change reflects the chameleon's feelings, it can be compared to blushing, which is caused by blood vessels in the face expanding, allowing more blood to flow into the capillaries just under the skin. The chameleon’s case is particularly fascinating because it uses two strategies—blending in on one hand and bluffing on the other. It's clear that the ability to change color sometimes works to scare off threats. Dr. Cyril Crossland noted that a chameleon attacked by a fox-terrier "turned around and opened its big pink mouth at the approaching dog, while quickly changing color to almost black. This trick worked every time, causing the dog to back off immediately." In natural leafy environments, the dramatic effect would be much more pronounced—a sudden discarding of its cloak of invisibility, revealing a striking black body with a large red mouth.
§ 4
Likeness to Other Things
Dr. H. O. Forbes tells of a flat spider which presents a striking resemblance to a bird's dropping on a leaf. Years after he[Pg 145] first found it he was watching in a forest in the Far East when his eye fell on a leaf before him which had been blotched by a bird. He wondered idly why he had not seen for so long another specimen of the bird-dropping spider (Ornithoscatoides decipiens), and drew the leaf towards him. Instantaneously he got a characteristic sharp nip; it was the spider after all! Here the colour-resemblance was enhanced by a form-resemblance.
Dr. H. O. Forbes talks about a flat spider that looks a lot like a bird's dropping on a leaf. Years after he[Pg 145] first discovered it, he was in a forest in the Far East when he noticed a leaf in front of him that had been stained by a bird. He wondered why he hadn't seen another example of the bird-dropping spider (Ornithoscatoides decipiens) in so long, and pulled the leaf closer. Suddenly, he felt a sharp nip; it turned out to be the spider! Here, the resemblance in color was matched by a resemblance in shape.

A. PROTECTIVE COLORATION OR CAMOUFLAGING, GIVING ANIMALS A GARMENT OF INVISIBILITY
A. PROTECTIVE COLORATION OR CAMOUFLAGE, GIVING ANIMALS A CLOTHING OF INVISIBILITY
At the foot of the plate is a Nightjar, with plumage like bark and withering leaves; to the right, resting on a branch, is shown a Chameleon in a green phase amid green surroundings; the insects on the reeds are Locusts; while a green Frog, merged into its surroundings, rests on a leaf near the centre at the top of the picture.
At the bottom of the plate is a Nightjar, with feathers that look like bark and dried leaves; to the right, perched on a branch, is a Chameleon in a green phase surrounded by green; the bugs on the reeds are Locusts; and a green Frog, blending into its surroundings, is resting on a leaf near the center at the top of the image.
B. ANOTHER EXAMPLE OF PROTECTIVE COLORATION OR CAMOUFLAGE
B. ANOTHER EXAMPLE OF PROTECTIVE COLORATION OR CAMOUFLAGE
A shore scene showing Trout in the pool almost invisible against their background. The Stone Curlews, both adult and young, are very inconspicuous among the stones on the beach.
A beach scene showing Trout in the pool nearly blending in with their surroundings. The Stone Curlews, both adults and juveniles, are quite hidden among the rocks on the shore.
But why should it profit a spider to be like a bird-dropping? Perhaps because it thereby escapes attention; but there is another possibility. It seems that some butterflies, allied to our Blues, are often attracted to excrementitious material, and the spider Dr. Forbes observed had actually caught its victim. This is borne out by a recent observation by Dr. D. G. H. Carpenter, who found a Uganda bug closely resembling a bird-dropping on sand. The bug actually settled down on a bird-dropping on sand, and caught a blue butterfly which came to feed there!
But why would it benefit a spider to look like bird droppings? Maybe it helps it avoid being noticed, but there’s another possibility. It appears that some butterflies related to our Blues are often drawn to stuff like this, and the spider that Dr. Forbes observed actually caught its prey. This was confirmed by a recent observation from Dr. D. G. H. Carpenter, who found a Uganda bug that looked a lot like bird droppings on sand. The bug actually landed on a bird dropping and caught a blue butterfly that came to feed!
Some of the walking-stick insects, belonging to the order of crickets and grasshoppers (Orthoptera), have their body elongated and narrow, like a thin dry branch, and they have a way of sticking out their limbs at abrupt and diverse angles, which makes the resemblance to twigs very close indeed. Some of these quaint insects rest through the day and have the remarkable habit of putting themselves into a sort of kataleptic state. Many creatures turn stiff when they get a shock, or pass suddenly into new surroundings, like some of the sand-hoppers when we lay them on the palm of our hand; but these twig-insects put themselves into this strange state. The body is rocked from side to side for a short time, and then it stiffens. An advantage may be that even if they were surprised by a bird or a lizard, they will not be able to betray themselves by even a tremor. Disguise is perfected by a remarkable habit, a habit which leads us to think of a whole series of different ways of lying low and saying nothing which are often of life-preserving value. The top end of the series is seen when a fox plays 'possum.[Pg 146]
Some walking-stick insects, part of the cricket and grasshopper group (Orthoptera), have long, narrow bodies that look like thin, dry branches. They extend their limbs at odd and various angles, which makes them closely resemble twigs. Some of these unique insects stay still during the day and have an interesting ability to enter a kind of frozen state. Many animals go stiff when startled or suddenly moved to new environments, like some of the sand-hoppers when we place them in our hands; however, these twig insects intentionally enter this unusual state. Their bodies sway side to side for a bit, and then they stiffen up. This may help them avoid detection by predators like birds or lizards, since they won't give themselves away with even a slight movement. Their disguise is enhanced by a fascinating behavior that reminds us of various ways to stay hidden and silent, which can be crucial for survival. The most extreme example of this can be seen when a fox plays dead.[Pg 146]
The leaf-butterfly Kallima, conspicuously coloured on its upper surface, is like a withered leaf when it settles down and shows the under side of its wings. Here, again, there is precise form-resemblance, for the nervures on the wings are like the mid-rib and side veins on a leaf, and the touch of perfection is given in the presence of whitish spots which look exactly like the discolorations produced by lichens on leaves. An old entomologist, Mr. Jenner Weir, confessed that he repeatedly pruned off a caterpillar on a bush in mistake for a superfluous twig, for many brownish caterpillars fasten themselves by their posterior claspers and by an invisible thread of silk from their mouth, and project from the branch at a twig-like angle. An insect may be the very image of a sharp prickle or a piece of soft moss; a spider may look precisely like a tiny knob on a branch or a fragment of lichen; one of the sea-horses (Phyllopteryx) has frond-like tassels on various parts of its body, so that it looks extraordinarily like the seaweeds among which it lives. In a few cases, e.g. among spiders, it has been shown that animals with a special protective resemblance to something else seek out a position where this resemblance tells, and there is urgent need for observations bearing on this selection of environment.
The leaf-butterfly Kallima, brightly colored on its upper side, resembles a dead leaf when it lands and shows the underside of its wings. Once again, there's a perfect form resemblance, as the veins on the wings mimic the main rib and side veins of a leaf, and the finishing touch is the whitish spots that look just like the discolorations caused by lichens on leaves. An old entomologist, Mr. Jenner Weir, admitted that he often trimmed a caterpillar off a bush, mistaking it for an unnecessary twig, since many brownish caterpillars attach themselves with their back claspers and an invisible silk thread from their mouths, sticking out from the branch at a twig-like angle. An insect may perfectly resemble a sharp thorn or a piece of soft moss; a spider might look exactly like a small knob on a branch or a piece of lichen; one of the sea-horses (Phyllopteryx) has frond-like appendages on its body, making it look remarkably like the seaweed it resides among. In some cases, like with spiders, it has been demonstrated that animals with a specific protective resemblance to something else find a spot where this resemblance is beneficial, highlighting the need for research on this environmental selection.
§ 5
Mimicry in the True Sense
It sometimes happens that in one and the same place there are two groups of animals not very nearly related which are "doubles" of one another. Investigation shows that the members of the one group, always in the majority, are in some way specially protected, e.g. by being unpalatable. They are the "mimicked." The members of the other group, always in the minority, have not got the special protection possessed by the others. They are the "mimickers," though the resemblance is not, of course, associated with any conscious imitation. The theory is that the mimickers live on the reputation of the mimicked. If the mimicked are left alone[Pg 147] by birds because they have a reputation for unpalatability, or because they are able to sting, the mimickers survive—although they are palatable and stingless. They succeed, not through any virtue of their own, but because of their resemblance to the mimicked, for whom they are mistaken. There are many cases of mimetic resemblance so striking and so subtle that it seems impossible to doubt that the thing works; there are other cases which are rather far-fetched, and may be somewhat of the nature of coincidences. Thus although Mr. Bates tells us that he repeatedly shot humming-bird moths in mistake for humming-birds, we cannot think that this is a good illustration of mimicry. What is needed for many cases is what is forthcoming for some, namely, experimental evidence, e.g. that the unpalatable mimicked butterflies are left in relative peace while similar palatable butterflies are persecuted. It is also necessary to show that the mimickers do actually consort with the mimicked. Some beetles and moths are curiously wasplike, which may be a great advantage; the common drone-fly is superficially like a small bee; some harmless snakes are very like poisonous species; and Mr. Wallace maintained that the powerful "friar-birds" of the Far East are mimicked by the weak and timid orioles. When the model is unpalatable or repulsive or dangerous, and the mimic the reverse, the mimicry is called "Batesian" (after Mr. Bates), but there is another kind of mimicry called Müllerian (after Fritz Müller) where the mimic is also unpalatable. The theory in this case is that the mimicry serves as mutual assurance, the members of the ring getting on better by consistently presenting the same appearance, which has come to mean to possible enemies a signal, Noli me tangere ("Leave me alone"). There is nothing out of the question in this theory, but it requires to be taken in a critical spirit. It leads us to think of "warning colours," which are the very opposite of the disguises which we are now studying. Some creatures like skunks, magpies, coral-snakes, cobras, brightly coloured tree-frogs are obtrusive rather[Pg 148] than elusive, and the theory of Alfred Russel Wallace was that the flaunting conspicuousness serves as a useful advertisement, impressing itself on the memories of inexperienced enemies, who soon learn to leave creatures with "warning colours" alone. In any case it is plain that an animal which is as safe as a wasp or a coral-snake can afford to wear any suit of clothes it likes.
It sometimes happens that in the same location, there are two groups of animals that aren’t closely related but are “doubles” of each other. When we investigate, we find that the members of one group, always in the majority, are somehow specially protected, for example, by being unpalatable. They are the "mimicked." The members of the other group, always in the minority, lack the special protection the others have. They are the "mimickers," although the resemblance isn’t due to any conscious imitation. The theory suggests that the mimickers benefit from the reputation of the mimicked. If the mimicked are left alone[Pg 147] by birds because they have a reputation for being unpalatable or because they can sting, the mimickers survive—even though they are tasty and stingless. They succeed, not through any special quality of their own, but because they resemble the mimicked, whom they are mistaken for. There are many cases of mimetic resemblance that are so striking and subtle that it’s hard to doubt that this phenomenon is effective; however, there are other cases that seem a bit exaggerated and may be more coincidental. For instance, while Mr. Bates tells us that he repeatedly shot humming-bird moths thinking they were humming-birds, it doesn’t seem like a strong example of mimicry. What is needed for many cases, but available in some, is experimental evidence—for example, demonstrating that the unpalatable mimicked butterflies are generally left alone while similar palatable butterflies are targeted. It’s also essential to show that the mimickers do indeed associate with the mimicked. Some beetles and moths surprisingly resemble wasps, which could be a significant advantage; the common drone-fly superficially looks like a small bee; some harmless snakes closely resemble poisonous ones; and Mr. Wallace argued that the powerful "friar-birds" of the Far East are imitated by the weak and timid orioles. When the model is unpalatable or repulsive or dangerous, and the mimic is the opposite, this is called "Batesian" mimicry (after Mr. Bates). However, there’s another type called Müllerian mimicry (after Fritz Müller), where the mimic is also unpalatable. The theory in this case suggests that the mimicry provides mutual reinforcement, allowing the members of the group to get along better by consistently presenting the same appearance, which signals to potential predators, Noli me tangere ("Leave me alone"). There’s nothing unbelievable about this theory, but it should be approached with a critical mindset. It leads us to consider "warning colors," which are quite the opposite of the disguises we are discussing. Some creatures like skunks, magpies, coral snakes, cobras, and brightly colored tree frogs are more obvious than elusive, and Alfred Russel Wallace theorized that their striking conspicuousness acts as effective advertising, imprinted in the memories of inexperienced predators who quickly learn to avoid creatures with "warning colors." Ultimately, it’s clear that an animal that is as safe as a wasp or a coral snake can wear any outfit it chooses.

DEAD-LEAF BUTTERFLY (Kallima Inachis) FROM INDIA
DEAD-LEAF BUTTERFLY (Kallima Inachis) FROM INDIA
It is conspicuous on its upper surface, but when it settles down on a twig and shows the underside of its wings it is practically invisible. The colouring of the under surface of the wings is like that of the withering leaf; there are spots like fungas spots; and the venation of the wings suggests the mid-rib and veins of the leaf. A, showing upper surface; B, showing under surface; C, a leaf.
It’s noticeable on its upper side, but when it lands on a twig and reveals the underside of its wings, it’s almost invisible. The color of the wings’ underside resembles a dying leaf; there are spots that look like fungus spots; and the pattern of the wings mimics the main vein and veins of the leaf. A, showing upper surface; B, showing under surface; C, a leaf.

PROTECTIVE RESEMBLANCE BETWEEN A SMALL SPIDER (to the left) AND AN ANT (to the right)
PROTECTIVE RESEMBLANCE BETWEEN A SMALL SPIDER (to the left) AND AN ANT (to the right)
As ants are much dreaded, it is probably profitable to the spider to be like an ant. It will be noted that the spider has four pairs of legs and no feelers, whereas the ant has three pairs of legs and a pair of feelers.
As ants are widely feared, it might be advantageous for the spider to resemble an ant. It's important to note that the spider has four pairs of legs and no antennae, while the ant has three pairs of legs and a pair of antennae.

Photo: J. J. Ward, F.E.S.
Photo: J.J. Ward, F.E.S.
THE WASP BEETLE, WHICH, WHEN MOVING AMONGST THE BRANCHES GIVES A WASP-LIKE IMPRESSION
THE WASP BEETLE, WHICH, WHEN MOVING AMONG THE BRANCHES GIVES A WASP-LIKE IMPRESSION

HERMIT-CRAB WITH PARTNER SEA-ANEMONES
Hermit crab with partner sea anemones
Hermit-crabs hide their soft tail in the shell of a whelk or some other sea-snail. But some hermit-crabs place sea-anemones on the back of their borrowed shell. The sea-anemones mask the hermit-crab and their tentacles can sting. As for the sea-anemones, they are carried about by the hermit-crab and they get crumbs from its table. This kind of mutually beneficial external partnership is called commensalism, i.e. eating at the same table.
Hermit crabs hide their soft tails inside the shell of a whelk or another sea snail. However, some hermit crabs place sea anemones on the back of their borrowed shell. The sea anemones help camouflage the hermit crab, and their tentacles can sting. In return, the sea anemones are carried around by the hermit crab and receive scraps from its meals. This type of mutually beneficial relationship is known as commensalism, meaning they eat at the same table.

Photo: G. P. Duffus.
Photo: G. P. Duffus.
CUCKOO-SPIT
Cuckoo spit
The white mass in the centre of the picture is a soapy froth which the young frog-hopper makes, and within which it lies safe both from the heat of the sun and almost all enemies. After sojourning for a time in the cuckoo-spit, the frog-hopper becomes a winged insect.
The white mass in the center of the picture is a soapy froth created by the young frog-hopper, and it provides a safe haven from the sun's heat and nearly all predators. After spending some time in the cuckoo-spit, the frog-hopper transforms into a winged insect.
Masking
The episode in Scottish history called "The Walking Wood of Birnam," when the advancing troop masked their approach by cutting down branches of the trees, has had its counterpart in many countries. But it is also enacted on the seashore. There are many kinds of crabs that put on disguise with what looks like deliberateness. The sand-crab takes a piece of seaweed, nibbles at the end of it, and then rubs it on the back of the carapace or on the legs so that it fixes to the bristles. As the seaweed continues to live, the crab soon has a little garden on its back which masks the crab's real nature. It is most effective camouflaging, but if the crab continues to grow it has to moult, and that means losing the disguise. It is then necessary to make a new one. The crab must have on the shore something corresponding to a reputation; that is to say, other animals are clearly or dimly aware that the crab is a voracious and combative creature. How useful to the crab, then, to have its appearance cloaked by a growth of innocent seaweed, or sponge, or zoophyte. It will enable the creature to sneak upon its victims or to escape the attention of its own enemies.
The episode in Scottish history known as "The Walking Wood of Birnam," when the approaching troops concealed themselves by cutting down branches from trees, has been mirrored in many places around the world. But it also happens along the coast. There are various types of crabs that deliberately disguise themselves. The sand crab takes a piece of seaweed, nibbles on the end, and then rubs it on its back or legs until it sticks to the bristles. As the seaweed continues to thrive, the crab ends up with a little garden on its back that hides its true nature. This is very effective camouflage, but as the crab grows, it has to shed its shell, which means losing its disguise. It then has to create a new one. The crab needs something along the shore that corresponds to its reputation; in other words, other animals are somewhat aware that the crab is a fierce and aggressive creature. So, how beneficial it is for the crab to have its appearance covered by a layer of harmless seaweed, sponge, or zoophyte. This allows the creature to sneak up on its prey or avoid being noticed by its own predators.
If a narrow-beaked crab is cleaned artificially it will proceed to clothe itself again, the habit has become instinctive; and it must be admitted that while a particular crab prefers a particular kind of seaweed for its dress, it will cover itself with unsuitable and even conspicuous material, such as pieces of coloured cloth, if nothing better is available. The disguise differs greatly, for one crab is masked by a brightly coloured and unpalatable sponge[Pg 149] densely packed with flinty needles; another cuts off the tunic of a sea-squirt and throws it over its shoulders; another trundles about a bivalve shell. The facts recall the familiar case of the hermit-crab, which protects its soft tail by tucking it into the empty shell of a periwinkle or a whelk or some other sea-snail, and that case leads on to the elaboration known as commensalism, where the hermit-crab fixes sea-anemones on the back of its borrowed house. The advantage here is beyond that of masking, for the sea-anemone can sting, which is a useful quality in a partner. That this second advantage may become the main one is evident in several cases where the sea-anemone is borne, just like a weapon, on each of the crustacean's great claws. Moreover, as the term commensalism (eating at the same table) suggests, the partnership is mutually beneficial. For the sea-anemone is carried about by the hermit-crab, and it doubtless gets its share of crumbs from its partner's frequent meals. There is a very interesting sidelight on the mutual benefit in the case of a dislodged sea-anemone which sulked for a while and then waited in a state of preparedness until a hermit-crab passed by and touched it. Whereupon the sea-anemone gripped and slowly worked itself up on to the back of the shell.
If a narrow-beaked crab is cleaned artificially, it will instinctively cover itself again. It’s interesting that while a specific crab has its preferred type of seaweed for its disguise, it will use less suitable and even eye-catching materials, like pieces of colored cloth, if better options aren’t available. The disguises vary a lot; for example, one crab hides under a brightly colored and unappetizing sponge filled with sharp needles, while another uses the tunic of a sea-squirt as a cloak, and another carries around a bivalve shell. This reminds us of the hermit crab, which protects its soft tail by retreating into the empty shell of a periwinkle or a whelk or another kind of sea snail. This example leads to the concept of commensalism, where the hermit crab attaches sea anemones to the back of its borrowed shell. The benefit here goes beyond just hiding because the sea anemone can sting, which adds an advantage to the partnership. In some cases, the sea anemone is even carried like a weapon on the crab's large claws. Additionally, as the term commensalism (sharing a table) implies, the relationship is mutually beneficial. The sea anemone is moved around by the hermit crab and likely gets its fair share of scraps from its partner's meals. A fascinating example of this mutual benefit is seen when a dislodged sea anemone sulks for a bit and then waits until a hermit crab passes by and brushes against it. Then the sea anemone latches on and gradually climbs onto the back of the shell.
§ 6
Other Kinds of Elusiveness
There are various kinds of disguise which are not readily classified. A troop of cuttlefish swimming in the sea is a beautiful sight. They keep time with one another in their movements and they show the same change of colour almost at the same moment. They are suddenly attacked, however, by a small shark, and then comes a simultaneous discharge of sepia from their ink-bags. There are clouds of ink in the clear water, for, as Professor Hickson puts it, the cuttlefishes have thrown dust in the eyes of their enemies. One can see a newborn cuttlefish do this a minute after it escapes from the egg.[Pg 150]
There are different types of disguises that aren't easily categorized. A group of cuttlefish swimming in the ocean is a stunning sight. They move in sync with each other and change color almost at the same instant. However, they are suddenly attacked by a small shark, and then they all release ink from their ink sacs at the same time. Clouds of ink fill the clear water, as Professor Hickson puts it, the cuttlefish have thrown dust in their enemies' eyes. You can see a newborn cuttlefish do this just a minute after it hatches from the egg.[Pg 150]
Very beautiful is the way in which many birds, like our common chaffinch, disguise the outside of their nest with moss and lichen and other trifles felted together, so that the cradle is as inconspicuous as possible. There seems to be a touch of art in fastening pieces of spider's web on the outside of a nest!
Very beautiful is the way many birds, like our common chaffinch, cover the outside of their nests with moss, lichen, and other little things felted together, making the cradle as inconspicuous as possible. There seems to be a bit of artistry in attaching pieces of spider's web to the outside of a nest!
How curious is the case of the tree-sloth of South American forests, that walks slowly, back downwards, along the undersides of the branches, hanging on by its long, curved fingers and toes. It is a nocturnal animal, and therefore not in special danger, but when resting during the day it is almost invisible because its shaggy hair is so like certain lichens and other growths on the branches. But the protective resemblance is enhanced by the presence of a green alga, which actually lives on the surface of the sloth's hairs—an alga like the one that makes tree-stems and gate-posts green in damp weather.
How fascinating is the case of the tree sloth found in South American forests, which moves slowly and backward along the undersides of branches, clinging on with its long, curved fingers and toes. It’s a nocturnal animal, so it’s not particularly vulnerable, but when it rests during the day, it’s nearly invisible because its shaggy fur resembles certain lichens and other growths on the branches. This protective resemblance is further enhanced by the presence of a green alga that actually lives on the surface of the sloth's fur—an alga similar to the one that makes tree trunks and gate posts green in damp weather.
There is no commoner sight in the early summer than the cuckoo-spit on the grasses and herbage by the wayside. It is conspicuous and yet it is said to be left severely alone by almost all creatures. In some way it must be a disguise. It is a sort of soap made by the activity of small frog-hoppers while they are still in the wingless larval stage, before they begin to hop. The insect pierces with its sharp mouth-parts the skin of the plant and sucks in sweet sap which by and by overflows over its body. It works its body up and down many times, whipping in air, which mixes with the sugary sap, reminding one of how "whipped egg" is made. But along with the sugary sap and the air, there is a little ferment from the food-canal and a little wax from glands on the skin, and the four things mixed together make a kind of soap which lasts through the heat of the day.
There’s no more common sight in early summer than the cuckoo-spit on the grass and plants by the roadside. It’s noticeable, yet it’s said to be avoided by almost all creatures. Somehow, it must be a disguise. It’s a kind of soap made by small frog-hoppers while they’re still in their wingless larval stage, before they start to hop. The insect pierces the plant’s skin with its sharp mouthparts and sucks in sweet sap, which eventually spills over its body. It moves its body up and down several times, whipping in air that mixes with the sugary sap, similar to how "whipped egg" is made. But along with the sugary sap and the air, there’s a bit of ferment from the food canal and some wax from glands on its skin, and when these four things mix together, they create a kind of soap that holds up throughout the heat of the day.
There are many other modes of disguise besides those which we have been able to illustrate. Indeed, the biggest fact is that there are so many, for it brings us back to the idea that life is not an easy business. It is true, as Walt Whitman says, that animals do not sweat and whine about their condition; perhaps it is true,[Pg 151] as he says, that not one is unhappy over the whole earth. But there is another truth, that this world is not a place for the unlit lamp and the ungirt loin, and that when a creature has not armour or weapons or cleverness it must find some path of safety or go back. One of these paths of safety is disguise, and we have illustrated its evolution.[Pg 152]
There are many other ways to disguise oneself besides those we've shown. In fact, the most important thing is that there are so many options, which brings us back to the idea that life is not easy. It’s true, as Walt Whitman says, that animals don’t sweat and complain about their situation; maybe it’s true,[Pg 151] as he suggests, that no creature is unhappy anywhere on earth. But there’s another truth: this world isn’t meant for those who are unprepared and not strong, and when a being lacks armor, weapons, or cleverness, it has to find a way to protect itself or retreat. One of these ways of protection is disguise, and we’ve shown how it has developed.[Pg 152]
V
THE ASCENT OF MAN
THE ASCENT OF MAN
§ 1
No one thinks less of Sir Isaac Newton because he was born as a very puny infant, and no one should think less of the human race because it sprang from a stock of arboreal mammals. There is no doubt as to man's apartness from the rest of creation when he is seen at his best—"a little lower than the angels, crowned with glory and honour." "What a piece of work is a man! How noble in reason! How infinite in faculty! in form and moving how express and admirable! in action how like an angel! in apprehension so like a God." Nevertheless, all the facts point to his affiliation to the stock to which monkeys and apes also belong. Not, indeed, that man is descended from any living ape or monkey; it is rather that he and they have sprung from a common ancestry—are branches of the same stem. This conclusion is so momentous that the reasons for accepting it must be carefully considered. They were expounded with masterly skill in Darwin's Descent of Man in 1871—a book which was but an expansion of a chapter in The Origin of Species (1859).
No one thinks any less of Sir Isaac Newton because he was born a very tiny baby, and no one should think any less of humanity just because we came from tree-dwelling mammals. There’s no doubt about humanity’s uniqueness compared to the rest of creation when we see people at their best—“a little lower than the angels, crowned with glory and honor.” “What a piece of work is a person! How noble in reason! How infinite in ability! In form and movement, how striking and admirable! In action, how much like an angel! In understanding, so much like a God.” Still, all the evidence points to our connection to the lineage that includes monkeys and apes. It’s not that humans are descended from any living ape or monkey; rather, we both come from a common ancestor—we’re branches of the same tree. This conclusion is so significant that we need to carefully consider the reasons for accepting it. They were skillfully explained in Darwin’s Descent of Man in 1871—a book that expanded on a chapter in The Origin of Species (1859).
Anatomical Proof of Man's Relationship with a Simian Stock
The anatomical structure of man is closely similar to that of the anthropoid apes—the gorilla, the orang, the chimpanzee, and the gibbon. Bone for bone, muscle for muscle, blood-vessel for blood-vessel, nerve for nerve, man and ape agree. As the[Pg 156] conservative anatomist, Sir Richard Owen, said, there is between them "an all-pervading similitude of structure." Differences, of course, there are, but they are not momentous except man's big brain, which may be three times as heavy as that of a gorilla. The average human brain weighs about 48 ounces; the gorilla brain does not exceed 20 ounces at its best. The capacity of the human skull is never less than 55 cubic inches; in the orang and the chimpanzee the figures are 26 and 27½ respectively. We are not suggesting that the most distinctive features of man are such as can be measured and weighed, but it is important to notice that the main seat of his mental powers is physically far ahead of that of the highest of the anthropoid apes.
The anatomical structure of humans is very similar to that of anthropoid apes—the gorilla, the orangutan, the chimpanzee, and the gibbon. Bone for bone, muscle for muscle, blood vessel for blood vessel, nerve for nerve, humans and apes are alike. As the conservative anatomist, Sir Richard Owen, noted, there is "an all-pervading similitude of structure." There are differences, of course, but they aren't significant except for the size of the human brain, which can be three times heavier than that of a gorilla. The average human brain weighs about 48 ounces; a gorilla's brain rarely exceeds 20 ounces at best. The capacity of the human skull is never less than 55 cubic inches; in the orangutan and the chimpanzee, those numbers are 26 and 27.5 respectively. We're not saying that the most distinctive features of humans can be measured and weighed, but it's important to recognize that the primary area for mental abilities in humans is physically far more advanced than that of the highest anthropoid apes.
Man alone is thoroughly erect after his infancy is past; his head weighted with the heavy brain does not droop forward as the ape's does; with his erect attitude there is perhaps to be associated his more highly developed vocal organs. Compared with an anthropoid ape, man has a bigger and more upright forehead, a less protrusive face region, smaller cheek-bones and eyebrow ridges, and more uniform teeth. He is almost unique in having a chin. Man plants the sole of his foot flat on the ground, his big toe is usually in a line with the other toes, and he has a better heel than any monkey has. The change in the shape of the head is to be thought of in connection with the enlargement of the brain, and also in connection with the natural reduction of the muzzle region when the hand was freed from being an organ of support and became suited for grasping the food and conveying it to the mouth.
Man is fully upright after his childhood. Unlike an ape, his head, which is heavy with a developed brain, doesn't tilt forward. His upright posture is likely linked to his more advanced vocal organs. Compared to an anthropoid ape, a human has a larger and more vertical forehead, a flatter face, smaller cheekbones and eyebrow ridges, and more uniform teeth. He's almost unique in having a chin. Humans place the sole of their foot flat on the ground, with the big toe aligned with the other toes, and they have a better heel than any monkey. The changes in head shape should be considered alongside the brain's enlargement and the natural reduction of the muzzle area, which occurred as the hands shifted from being support structures to tools for grasping food and bringing it to the mouth.
Everyone is familiar in man's clothing with traces of the past persisting in the present, though their use has long since disappeared. There are buttons on the back of the waist of the morning coat to which the tails of the coat used to be fastened up, and there are buttons, occasionally with buttonholes, at the wrist which were once useful in turning up the sleeve. The same is true of man's body, which is a veritable museum of relics. Some[Pg 157] anatomists have made out a list of over a hundred of these vestigial structures, and though this number is perhaps too high, there is no doubt that the list is long. In the inner upper corner of the eye there is a minute tag—but larger in some races than in others—which is the last dwindling relic of the third eyelid, used in cleaning the front of the eye, which most mammals possess in a large and well-developed form. It can be easily seen, for instance, in ox and rabbit. In man and in monkeys it has become a useless vestige, and the dwindling must be associated with the fact that the upper eyelid is much more mobile in man and monkeys than in the other mammals. The vestigial third eyelid in man is enough of itself to prove his relationship with the mammals, but it is only one example out of many. Some of these are discussed in the article dealing with the human body, but we may mention the vestigial muscles going to the ear-trumpet, man's dwindling counterpart of the skin-twitching muscle which we see a horse use when he jerks a fly off his flanks, and the short tail which in the seven-weeks-old human embryo is actually longer than the leg. Without committing ourselves to a belief in the entire uselessness of the vermiform appendix, which grows out as a blind alley at the junction of the small intestine with the large, we are safe in saying that it is a dwindling structure—the remains of a blind gut which must have been capacious and useful in ancestral forms. In some mammals, like the rabbit, the blind gut is the bulkiest structure in the body, and bears the vermiform appendix at its far end. In man the appendix alone is left, and it tells its tale. It is interesting to notice that it is usually longer in the orang than in man, and that it is very variable, as dwindling structures tend to be. One of the unpleasant expressions of this variability is the liability to go wrong: hence appendicitis. Now these vestigial structures are, as Darwin said, like the unsounded, i.e. functionless, letters in words, such as the o in "leopard," the b in "doubt," the g in "reign." They are of no use, but they tell us something of the history of the words. So do man's vestigial[Pg 158] structures reveal his pedigree. They must have an historical or evolutionary significance. No other interpretation is possible.
Everyone is familiar with the remnants of the past that linger on in men's clothing, even though their original purpose has long been lost. For instance, there are buttons on the back of the waist of morning coats that used to secure the tails of the coat, and there are buttons, sometimes with buttonholes, at the wrists that were once helpful for rolling up sleeves. The same goes for the human body, which is like a museum of relics. Some[Pg 157] anatomists have documented over a hundred of these vestigial structures, and while this number might be a bit high, it's clear that the list is long. In the inner upper corner of the eye, there's a tiny tag—larger in some groups than in others—which is a diminishing remnant of the third eyelid, used to clean the front of the eye and well-developed in most mammals. You can easily see this in animals like oxen and rabbits. In humans and monkeys, it has become a useless remnant, likely due to the fact that their upper eyelids are much more mobile than those of other mammals. The vestigial third eyelid in humans is enough to support their connection to mammals, but it's just one example among many. Some of these are mentioned in the article about the human body, but we can also note the vestigial muscles that still lead to the ear—man's dwindling equivalent of the muscle that allows a horse to swat flies from its sides—and the short tail that, in a seven-week-old human embryo, is actually longer than the leg. Without claiming that the vermiform appendix, which is a blind-ended structure at the junction of the small and large intestines, is completely useless, we can confidently say that it is a diminutive structure—the remnant of a blind gut that was likely large and functional in our ancestors. In some mammals, like rabbits, the blind gut is the largest part of their body and has the vermiform appendix at its end. In humans, only the appendix remains, telling its own story. Interestingly, it's usually longer in orangutans than in humans, and it shows significant variability, which is common for dwindling structures. One unfortunate consequence of this variability is that problems can arise, leading to issues like appendicitis. Darwin pointed out that these vestigial structures are like silent, functionless letters in words, such as the o in "leopard," the b in "doubt," and the g in "reign." They serve no purpose, yet they reveal something about the history of the words. Similarly, these vestigial[Pg 158] structures in humans disclose their lineage. They must have historical or evolutionary significance, and there's no other way to interpret them.

Photo: New York Zoological Park.
Photo: Bronx Zoo.
CHIMPANZEE, SITTING
Sitting chimp
The head shows certain facial characteristics, e.g. the beetling eyebrow ridges, which were marked in the Neanderthal race of men. Note the shortening of the thumb and the enlargement of the big toe.
The head shows certain facial features, like the prominent eyebrow ridges, which were distinctive in the Neanderthal people. Also, notice the shortened thumb and the enlarged big toe.

Photo: New York Zoological Park.
Photo: Bronx Zoo.
CHIMPANZEE, ILLUSTRATING WALKING POWERS
CHIMPANZEE, SHOWCASING WALKING ABILITIES
Note the great length of the arms and the relative shortness of the legs.
Note the long arms and shorter legs.

SURFACE VIEW OF THE BRAINS OF MAN (1) AND CHIMPANZEE (2)
SURFACE VIEW OF THE BRAINS OF HUMAN (1) AND CHIMPANZEE (2)
The human brain is much larger and heavier, more dome-like, and with much more numerous and complicated convolutions.
The human brain is larger and heavier, more dome-shaped, and has many more intricate folds.

Photo: New York Zoological Park.
Photo: Bronx Zoo.
SIDE-VIEW OF CHIMPANZEE'S HEAD.
Chimpanzee head side view.
(Compare with opposite picture.)
(Compare with the opposite image.)

After a model by J. H. McGregor.
After a model by J. H. McGregor.
PROFILE VIEW OF HEAD OF PITHECANTHROPUS, THE JAVA APE MAN, RECONSTRUCTED FROM THE SKULL-CAP.
PROFILE VIEW OF HEAD OF PITHECANTHROPUS, THE JAVA APE MAN, RECONSTRUCTED FROM THE SKULL-CAP.

THE FLIPPER OF A WHALE AND THE HAND OF A MAN
THE FLIPPER OF A WHALE AND THE HAND OF A MAN
In the bones and in their arrangement there is a close resemblance in the two cases, yet the outcome is very different. The multiplication of finger joints in the whale is a striking feature.
In the bones and their arrangement, there is a close resemblance in both cases, yet the outcome is very different. The increase in finger joints in the whale is a striking feature.
Some men, oftener than women, show on the inturned margin of the ear-trumpet or pinna, a little conical projection of great interest. It is a vestige of the tip of the pointed ear of lower mammals, and it is well named Darwin's point. It was he who described it as a "surviving symbol of the stirring times and dangerous days of man's animal youth."
Some men, more often than women, have a small conical bump on the inner edge of the ear, known as the ear-trumpet or pinna, which is quite interesting. This bump is a remnant of the pointed ear found in lower mammals, and it's aptly named Darwin's point. He described it as a "surviving symbol of the exciting times and perilous days of man's animal youth."
§ 2
Physiological Proof of Man's Relationship with a Simian Stock
The everyday functions of the human body are practically the same as those of the anthropoid ape, and similar disorders are common to both. Monkeys may be infected with certain microbes to which man is peculiarly liable, such as the bacillus of tuberculosis. Darwin showed that various human gestures and facial expressions have their counterparts in monkeys. The sneering curl of the upper lip, which tends to expose the canine tooth, is a case in point, though it may be seen in many other mammals besides monkeys—in dogs, for instance, which are at some considerable distance from the simian branch to which man's ancestors belonged.
The everyday functions of the human body are pretty much the same as those of the anthropoid ape, and both experience similar disorders. Monkeys can be infected with certain microbes that humans are particularly susceptible to, like the tuberculosis bacillus. Darwin demonstrated that many human gestures and facial expressions have similar counterparts in monkeys. For example, the sneering curl of the upper lip, which tends to reveal the canine tooth, illustrates this point, although it can also be seen in many other mammals besides monkeys, like dogs, which are quite far removed from the simian lineage of man's ancestors.
When human blood is transfused into a dog or even a monkey, it behaves in a hostile way to the other blood, bringing about a destruction of the red blood corpuscles. But when it is transfused into a chimpanzee there is an harmonious mingling of the two. This is a very literal demonstration of man's blood-relationship with the higher apes. But there is a finer form of the same experiment. When the blood-fluid (or serum) of a rabbit, which has had human blood injected into it, is mingled with human blood, it forms a cloudy precipitate. It forms almost as marked a precipitate when it is mingled with the blood of an anthropoid ape. But when it is mingled with the blood of an American monkey[Pg 159] there is only a slight clouding after a considerable time and no actual precipitate. When it is added to the blood of one of the distantly related "half-monkeys" or lemurs there is no reaction or only a very weak one. With the blood of mammals off the simian line altogether there is no reaction at all. Thus, as a distinguished anthropologist, Professor Schwalbe, has said: "We have in this not only a proof of the literal blood-relationship between man and apes, but the degree of relationship with the different main groups of apes can be determined beyond possibility of mistake." We can imagine how this modern line of experiment would have delighted Darwin.
When human blood is transfused into a dog or even a monkey, it reacts negatively to the foreign blood, causing the destruction of red blood cells. However, when it is transfused into a chimpanzee, the two types of blood mix well together. This clearly shows the blood relationship between humans and higher apes. There's a more refined version of this experiment. When the serum from a rabbit, which has been injected with human blood, is mixed with human blood, it forms a cloudy precipitate. A similar precipitate appears when it's mixed with the blood of an anthropoid ape. In contrast, when mixed with the blood of an American monkey[Pg 159], there is only a slight cloudiness after a long time, with no actual precipitate. If it's mixed with the blood of "half-monkeys" or lemurs that are more distantly related, there’s either no reaction or just a very weak one. With the blood of mammals that are completely unrelated to simians, there’s no reaction at all. Thus, as noted by the distinguished anthropologist Professor Schwalbe, "We have in this not only proof of the literal blood relationship between humans and apes, but we can also definitively establish the degree of relationship with different main groups of apes." We can imagine how much this modern line of experimentation would have thrilled Darwin.

THE GORILLA, INHABITING THE FOREST TRACT OF THE GABOON IN AFRICA
THE GORILLA, LIVING IN THE WOODLAND AREA OF GABON IN AFRICA
A full-grown individual stands about 5 feet high. The gait is shuffling, the strength enormous, the diet mainly vegetarian, the temper rather ferocious.
A full-grown adult stands about 5 feet tall. They shuffle when they walk, have immense strength, primarily eat plants, and have a pretty fierce temper.
Embryological Proof of Man's Relationship with a Simian Stock
In his individual development, man does in some measure climb up his own genealogical tree. Stages in the development of the body during its nine months of ante-natal life are closely similar to stages in the development of the anthropoid embryo. Babies born in times of famine or siege are sometimes, as it were, imperfectly finished, and sometimes have what may be described as monkeyish features and ways. A visit to an institution for the care of children who show arrested, defective, or disturbed development leaves one sadly impressed with the risk of slipping down the rungs of the steep ladder of evolution; and even in adults the occurrence of serious nervous disturbance, such as "shell-shock," is sometimes marked by relapses to animal ways. It is a familiar fact that a normal baby reveals the past in its surprising power of grip, and the careful experiments of Dr. Louis Robinson showed that an infant three weeks old could support its own weight for over two minutes, holding on to a horizontal bar. "In many cases no sign of distress is evinced and no cry uttered, until the grasp begins to give way." This persistent grasp probably points back to the time when the baby had to cling to its arboreal mother. The human tail is represented in the adult by a fusion of four or five vertebræ forming the "coccyx" at the end of the backbone,[Pg 160] and is normally concealed beneath the flesh, but in the embryo the tail projects freely and is movable. Up to the sixth month of the ante-natal sleep the body is covered, all but the palms and soles, with longish hair (the lanugo), which usually disappears before birth. This is a stage in the normal development, which is reasonably interpreted as a recapitulation of a stage in the racial evolution. We draw this inference when we find that the unborn offspring of an almost hairless whale has an abundant representation of hairs; we must draw a similar inference in the case of man.
In his personal growth, a person somewhat climbs up his own family tree. The stages of the body’s development during its nine months of pregnancy closely resemble the stages seen in the development of an ape-like embryo. Babies born during times of famine or siege can sometimes appear, in a way, unfinished, and may have features and behaviors that seem monkey-like. Visiting an institution for children who show delayed, abnormal, or disrupted development leaves one with a profound sense of the risk of falling down the steep ladder of evolution; and even in adults, serious nervous issues, like "shell-shock," can sometimes cause regressions to more animalistic behaviors. It’s well-known that a healthy baby shows signs of the past through its impressive grip strength, and the careful studies by Dr. Louis Robinson demonstrated that a three-week-old infant could support its own weight for over two minutes while holding onto a horizontal bar. "In many cases, there’s no sign of distress and no crying until the grip begins to weaken." This enduring grip likely harks back to the time when babies needed to cling to their tree-dwelling mothers. The human tail is represented in adults by the fusion of four or five vertebrae forming the "coccyx" at the end of the spine,[Pg 160] which is usually hidden beneath the skin; however, in embryos, the tail projects outward and is movable. Up until the sixth month of pregnancy, the body is covered in hair (the lanugo) except for the palms and soles, which usually disappears before birth. This stage in normal development can be reasonably seen as a recapitulation of a phase in human evolution. We come to this conclusion when we notice that the unborn offspring of an almost hairless whale has a dense covering of hair; we must make a similar conclusion regarding humans.
It must be noticed that there are two serious errors in the careless statement often made that man in his development is at one time like a little fish, at a later stage like a little reptile, at a later stage like a little primitive mammal, and eventually like a little monkey. The first error here is that the comparison should be made with embryo-fish, embryo-reptile, embryo-mammal, and so on. It is in the making of the embryos that the great resemblance lies. When the human embryo shows the laying down of the essential vertebrate characters, such as brain and spinal cord, then it is closely comparable to the embryo of a lower vertebrate at a similar stage. When, at a subsequent stage, its heart, for instance, is about to become a four-chambered mammalian heart, it is closely comparable to the heart of, let us say, a turtle, which never becomes more than three-chambered. The point is that in the making of the organs of the body, say brain and kidneys, the embryo of man pursues a path closely corresponding to the path followed by the embryos of other backboned animals lower in the scale, but at successive stages it parts company with these, with the lowest first and so on in succession. A human embryo is never like a little reptile, but the developing organs pass through stages which very closely resemble the corresponding stages in lower types which are in a general way ancestral.
It should be noted that there are two significant mistakes in the careless statement often made that human development resembles, at one point, a little fish, then later a little reptile, followed by a little primitive mammal, and finally a little monkey. The first mistake is that the comparison should actually be made with embryo-fish, embryo-reptile, embryo-mammal, and so forth. The real similarity is found in the development of the embryos. When the human embryo exhibits the formation of key vertebrate characteristics, like the brain and spinal cord, it closely resembles the embryo of a lower vertebrate at a similar stage. Later, when its heart, for example, is about to develop into a four-chambered mammalian heart, it closely resembles the heart of a turtle, which only develops a three-chambered heart. The key point is that during the development of body organs, such as the brain and kidneys, a human embryo follows a path that closely matches the path taken by the embryos of other vertebrates lower on the evolutionary scale. However, at various stages, it diverges from these lower forms, starting with the most primitive ones first. A human embryo never resembles a little reptile, but the developing organs do go through phases that closely mirror the corresponding stages in ancestral lower types.
The second error is that every kind of animal, man included,[Pg 161] has from the first a certain individuality, with peculiar characteristics which are all its own. This is expressed by the somewhat difficult word specificity, which just means that every species is itself and no other. So in the development of the human embryo, while there are close resemblances to the embryos of apes, monkeys, other mammals, and even, at earlier stages still, to the embryos of reptile and fish, it has to be admitted that we are dealing from first to last with a human embryo with peculiarities of its own.
The second mistake is that every type of animal, including humans,[Pg 161] has a distinct individuality from the start, with unique characteristics that belong to it alone. This is captured by the somewhat tricky term specificity, which simply means that each species is itself and nothing else. So, in the development of the human embryo, while there are close similarities to the embryos of apes, monkeys, other mammals, and even, at earlier stages, to the embryos of reptiles and fish, we must acknowledge that we are always dealing with a human embryo that has its own unique traits.

"DARWIN'S POINT" ON HUMAN EAR (MARKED D.P.)
"DARWIN'S POINT" ON HUMAN EAR (MARKED D.P.)
It corresponds to the tip (T) of the ear of an ordinary mammal, as shown in the hare's ear below. In the young orang the part corresponding to Darwin's point is still at the tip of the ear.
It corresponds to the tip (T) of the ear of an ordinary mammal, as shown in the hare's ear below. In the young orangutan, the part corresponding to Darwin's point is still at the tip of the ear.

Photo: J. Russell & Sons.
Photo: J. Russell & Sons.
PROFESSOR SIR ARTHUR KEITH, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S.
PROFESSOR SIR ARTHUR KEITH, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S.
Conservator of the Museum and Hunterian Professor, Royal College of Surgeons of England. One of the foremost living anthropologists and a leading authority on the antiquity of man.
Conservator of the Museum and Hunterian Professor, Royal College of Surgeons of England. One of the leading anthropologists today and a key expert on human origins.

After T. H. Huxley (by permission of Messrs. Macmillan).
After T. H. Huxley (with permission from Messrs. Macmillan).
SKELETONS OF THE GIBBON, ORANG, CHIMPANZEE, GORILLA, MAN
SKELETONS OF THE GIBBON, ORANGUTAN, CHIMPANZEE, GORILLA, HUMAN
Photographically reduced from diagrams of the natural size (except that of the gibbon, which was twice as large as nature) drawn by Mr. Waterhouse Hawkins from specimens in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons.
Photographically reduced from diagrams of actual size (except for the gibbon, which was twice life size) created by Mr. Waterhouse Hawkins from specimens in the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons.
Every human being begins his or her life as a single cell—a fertilised egg-cell, a treasure-house of all the ages. For in this living microcosm, only a small fraction (1/125) of an inch in diameter, there is condensed—who can imagine how?—all the natural inheritance of man, all the legacy of his parentage, of his ancestry, of his long pre-human pedigree. Darwin called the pinhead brain of the ant the most marvellous atom of matter in the world, but the human ovum is more marvellous still. It has more possibilities in it than any other thing, yet without fertilisation it will die. The fertilised ovum divides and redivides; there results a ball of cells and a sack of cells; gradually division of labour becomes the rule; there is a laying down of nervous system and food-canal, muscular system and skeleton, and so proceeds what is learnedly called differentiation. Out of the apparently simple there emerges the obviously complex. As Aristotle observed more than two thousand years ago, in the developing egg of the hen there soon appears the beating heart! There is nothing like this in the non-living world. But to return to the developing human embryo, there is formed from and above the embryonic food-canal a skeletal rod, which is called the notochord. It thrills the imagination to learn that this is the only supporting axis that the lower orders of the backboned race possess. The curious thing is that it does not become the backbone, which is certainly one of the essential features of the vertebrate race. The notochord is the supporting axis of the pioneer backboned animals,[Pg 162] namely the Lancelets and the Round-mouths (Cyclostomes), such as the Lamprey. They have no backbone in the strict sense, but they have this notochord. It can easily be dissected out in the lamprey—a long gristly rod. It is surrounded by a sheath which becomes the backbone of most fishes and of all higher animals. The interesting point is that although the notochord is only a vestige in the adults of these types, it is never absent from the embryo. It occurs even in man, a short-lived relic of the primeval supporting axis of the body. It comes and then it goes, leaving only minute traces in the adult. We cannot say that it is of any use, unless it serves as a stimulus to the development of its substitute, the backbone. It is only a piece of preliminary scaffolding, but there is no more eloquent instance of the living hand of the past.
Every human being starts life as a single cell—a fertilized egg cell, a treasure trove of everything that came before. In this tiny living entity, just a small fraction (1/125) of an inch in diameter, is condensed—all the natural inheritance of humanity, including the legacy from parents and ancestors, plus all the pre-human lineage. Darwin called the tiny brain of an ant the most amazing particle of matter in the world, but the human ovum is even more astonishing. It holds more potential than anything else, yet without fertilization, it will die. The fertilized ovum begins to divide, forming a ball of cells and a pouch of cells; gradually, specialization occurs. There’s the formation of the nervous system, digestive system, muscles, and skeleton, leading to what is technically called differentiation. From the seemingly simple emerges the clearly complex. As Aristotle noted over two thousand years ago, in a developing chicken egg, a heartbeat quickly appears! There’s nothing like this in the inanimate world. Returning to the developing human embryo, a skeletal structure called the notochord forms from the embryonic digestive canal. It's fascinating to learn that this is the only supporting structure found in the simpler backboned animals. Interestingly, it doesn’t develop into the backbone, which is a key feature of vertebrates. The notochord is the supporting structure in the pioneering backboned creatures, like Lancelets and Cyclostomes, such as the Lamprey. They lack a backbone in the strict sense, but possess this notochord. It can be easily removed from the lamprey—a long, flexible rod surrounded by a sheath that eventually becomes the backbone for most fish and all higher animals. Notably, although the notochord is merely a remnant in the adults of these species, it’s never absent in the embryo. It appears even in humans, a temporary vestige of the original supporting structure of the body. It emerges and then vanishes, leaving only tiny traces in adults. We cannot really say it serves a purpose, except perhaps as a prompt for the development of its replacement, the backbone. It’s just a piece of early scaffolding, yet it serves as a powerful reminder of the evolutionary past.
One other instance must suffice of what Professor Lull calls the wonderful changes wrought in the dark of the ante-natal period, which recapitulate in rapid abbreviation the great evolutionary steps which were taken by man's ancestors "during the long night of the geological past." On the sides of the neck of the human embryo there are four pairs of slits, the "visceral clefts," openings from the beginning of the food-canals to the surface. There is no doubt as to their significance. They correspond to the gill-slits of fishes and tadpoles. Yet in reptiles, birds, and mammals they have no connection with breathing, which is their function in fishes and amphibians. Indeed, they are not of any use at all, except that the first becomes the Eustachian tube bringing the ear-passage into connection with the back of the mouth, and that the second and third have to do with the development of a curious organ called the thymus gland. Persistent, nevertheless, these gill-slits are, recalling even in man an aquatic ancestry of many millions of years ago.
One more example will illustrate what Professor Lull refers to as the amazing changes that take place during the dark ante-natal period, which briefly summarize the major evolutionary steps taken by human ancestors "during the long night of the geological past." On the sides of the neck of the human embryo, there are four pairs of slits, known as "visceral clefts," which are openings from the beginning of the digestive canal to the surface. Their significance is clear. They correspond to the gill slits found in fish and tadpoles. However, in reptiles, birds, and mammals, they are not connected to breathing, which is their role in fish and amphibians. In fact, they are not useful at all, except that the first one becomes the Eustachian tube, connecting the ear passage to the back of the mouth, and the second and third are involved in the development of a unique organ called the thymus gland. Nevertheless, these gill slits persist, reminding us that even in humans, there is an aquatic ancestry dating back many millions of years.
When all these lines of evidence are considered, they are seen to converge in the conclusion that man is derived from a simian[Pg 163] stock of mammals. He is solidary with the rest of creation. To quote the closing words of Darwin's Descent of Man:
When you look at all this evidence, it all points to the conclusion that humans come from a primate[Pg 163] lineage of mammals. We are connected to the rest of creation. To quote the final words of Darwin's Descent of Man:
We must, however, acknowledge, as it seems to me, that man with all his noble qualities, with sympathy which feels for the most debased, with benevolence which extends not only to other men but to the humblest living creature, with his God-like intellect, which has penetrated into the movements and constitution of the solar system—with all these exalted powers—man still bears in his bodily frame the indelible stamp of his lowly origin.
We must, however, recognize, as I see it, that humans, despite all their noble qualities, with empathy that reaches out even to those at their lowest, with kindness that extends not just to other people but to every living creature, and with their God-like intellect that has explored the workings and structure of the solar system—despite all these remarkable abilities—still carry in their physical form an undeniable mark of their humble beginnings.
We should be clear that this view does not say more than that man sprang from a stock common to him and to the higher apes. Those who are repelled by the idea of man's derivation from a simian type should remember that the theory implies rather more than this, namely, that man is the outcome of a genealogy which has implied many millions of years of experimenting and sifting—the groaning and travailing of a whole creation. Speaking of man's mental qualities, Sir Ray Lankester says: "They justify the view that man forms a new departure in the gradual unfolding of Nature's predestined plan." In any case, we have to try to square our views with the facts, not the facts with our views, and while one of the facts is that man stands unique and apart, the other is that man is a scion of a progressive simian stock. Naturalists have exposed the pit whence man has been digged and the rock whence he has been hewn, but it is surely a heartening encouragement to know that it is an ascent, not a descent, that we have behind us. There is wisdom in Pascal's maxim:
We should be clear that this view simply suggests that humans evolved from a common ancestor shared with higher apes. Those who are uneasy about the idea that humans descended from a primate should consider that the theory means more than just that; it suggests that humans are the result of a long line of evolution that involved millions of years of experimentation and refinement—the struggles and efforts of all life forms. Regarding human intelligence, Sir Ray Lankester states: "They support the idea that humans represent a new step in the gradual development of Nature's intended plan." In any case, we need to align our beliefs with the facts, rather than force the facts to fit our beliefs. One fact is that humans are unique and distinct, while another is that humans come from an advancing primate lineage. Naturalists have revealed the origins from which humans have emerged, but it is certainly reassuring to know that we have a journey of ascent, not descent, behind us. There is wisdom in Pascal's saying:
It is dangerous to show man too plainly how like he is to the animals, without, at the same time, reminding him of his greatness. It is equally unwise to impress him with his greatness and not with his lowliness. It is worse to leave him in ignorance of both. But it is very profitable to recognise the two facts.
It’s risky to make a person too aware of how much they are like animals without also reminding them of their own greatness. It's just as unwise to focus solely on their greatness and ignore their humble side. It’s even worse to keep them unaware of both. However, it's very valuable to acknowledge both truths.
§ 3
Man's Pedigree
The facts of anatomy, physiology, and embryology, of which we have given illustrations, all point to man's affiliation with the order of monkeys and apes. To this order is given the name Primates, and our first and second question must be when and whence the Primates began. The rock record answers the first question: the Primates emerged about the dawn of the Eocene era, when grass was beginning to cover the earth with a garment. Their ancestral home was in the north in both hemispheres, and then they migrated to Africa, India, Malay, and South America. In North America the Primates soon became extinct, and the same thing happened later on in Europe. In this case, however, there was a repeopling from the South (in the Lower Miocene) and then a second extinction (in the Upper Pliocene) before man appeared. There is considerable evidence in support of Professor R. S. Lull's conclusion, that in Southern Asia, Africa, and South America the evolution of Primates was continuous since the first great southward migration, and there is, of course, an abundant modern representation of Primates in these regions to-day.
The evidence from anatomy, physiology, and embryology that we've illustrated all indicates that humans are related to monkeys and apes. This group is called Primates, and our first two questions must be when and where the Primates originated. The geological record provides the answer to the first question: Primates appeared around the beginning of the Eocene era, when grass was starting to spread across the planet. Their ancestral home was in the northern regions of both hemispheres, and they later migrated to Africa, India, Malaysia, and South America. In North America, Primates quickly went extinct, and the same thing happened in Europe later on. However, in this case, there was a repopulation from the south during the Lower Miocene, followed by a second extinction in the Upper Pliocene before the emergence of humans. There is considerable evidence supporting Professor R. S. Lull's conclusion that in Southern Asia, Africa, and South America, the evolution of Primates has been continuous since the first major migration south, and there is, of course, a rich modern representation of Primates in these areas today.
As to the second question: Whence the Primates sprang, the answer must be more conjectural. But it is a reasonable view that Carnivores and Primates sprang from a common Insectivore stock, the one order diverging towards flesh-eating and hunting on the ground, the other order diverging towards fruit-eating and arboreal habits. There is no doubt that the Insectivores (including shrews, tree-shrews, hedgehog, mole, and the like) were very plastic and progressive mammals.
As for the second question: where Primates came from, the answer has to be more speculative. However, it seems reasonable to think that Carnivores and Primates evolved from a shared Insectivore ancestor, with one group moving towards meat-eating and hunting on the ground, while the other group moved towards eating fruit and living in trees. There’s no doubt that Insectivores (like shrews, tree-shrews, hedgehogs, moles, and similar animals) were very adaptable and advanced mammals.
What followed in the course of ages was the divergence of branch after branch from the main Primate stem. First there diverged the South American monkeys on a line of their own, and then the Old World monkeys, such as the macaques and[Pg 165] baboons. Ages passed and the main stems gave off (in the Oligocene period) the branch now represented by the small anthropoid apes—the gibbon and the siamang. Distinctly later there diverged the branch of the large anthropoid apes—the gorilla, the chimpanzee, and the orang. That left a generalised humanoid stock separated off from all monkeys and apes, and including the immediate precursors of man. When this sifting out of a generalised humanoid stock took place remains very uncertain, some authorities referring it to the Miocene, others to the early Pliocene. Some would estimate its date at half a million years ago, others at two millions! The fact is that questions of chronology do not as yet admit of scientific statement.
What happened over the ages was the separation of branches from the main primate lineage. First, the South American monkeys branched off on their own path, followed by the Old World monkeys, like macaques and[Pg 165] baboons. After many years, the main lineage produced (in the Oligocene period) the branch that includes the small anthropoid apes—the gibbon and the siamang. Later on, the large anthropoid apes—gorillas, chimpanzees, and orangutans—diverged. This left a general humanoid lineage that separated from all monkeys and apes, including the direct ancestors of humans. The exact timing of this separation from the general humanoid lineage is still uncertain, with some experts dating it to the Miocene and others to the early Pliocene. Some estimate it happened around half a million years ago, while others suggest two million years ago! The truth is that questions of chronology are not yet scientifically resolved.

SIDE-VIEW OF SKULL OF MAN (M) AND GORILLA (G)
SIDE-VIEW OF SKULL OF MAN (M) AND GORILLA (G)
Notice in the gorilla's skull the protrusive face region, the big eyebrow ridges, the much less domed cranial cavity, the massive lower jaw, the big canine teeth. Notice in man's skull the well-developed forehead, the domed and spacious cranial cavity, the absence of any snout, the chin process, and many other marked differences separating the human skull from the ape's.
Notice in the gorilla's skull the jutting facial area, the prominent brow ridges, the much less rounded braincase, the large lower jaw, and the big canine teeth. Notice in man's skull the prominent forehead, the rounded and roomy braincase, the lack of a snout, the chin, and many other distinct differences that set the human skull apart from the ape's.

THE SKULL AND BRAIN-CASE OF PITHECANTHROPUS, THE JAVA APE-MAN, AS RESTORED. BY J. H. McGREGOR FROM THE SCANTY REMAINS
THE SKULL AND BRAINCASE OF PITHECANTHROPUS, THE JAVA APE-MAN, AS RESTORED. BY J. H. McGREGOR FROM THE SCANTY REMAINS
The restoration shows the low, retreating forehead and the prominent eyebrow ridges.
The restoration highlights the low, receding forehead and the prominent brow ridges.

SUGGESTED GENEALOGICAL TREE OF MAN AND ANTHROPOID APES
SUGGESTED GENEALOGICAL TREE OF HUMANS AND ANTHROPOID APES
From Sir Arthur Keith; the lettering to the right has been slightly simplified.
From Sir Arthur Keith; the text on the right has been slightly simplified.
We are on firmer, though still uncertain, ground when we state the probability that it was in Asia that the precursors of man were separated off from monkeys and apes, and began to be terrestrial rather than arboreal. Professor Lull points out that Asia is nearest to the oldest known human remains (in Java), and that Asia was the seat of the most ancient civilisations and the original home of many domesticated animals and cultivated plants. The probability is that the cradle of the human race was in Asia.
We can confidently say, though there's still some uncertainty, that it's likely the ancestors of humans were separated from monkeys and apes in Asia and started living on land instead of in trees. Professor Lull notes that Asia is closest to the oldest known human remains (found in Java) and was home to the earliest civilizations, as well as the original habitats for many domesticated animals and cultivated plants. It's probable that Asia was the birthplace of the human race.
Man's Arboreal Apprenticeship
At this point it will be useful to consider man's arboreal apprenticeship and how he became a terrestrial journeyman. Professor Wood Jones has worked out very convincingly the thesis that man had no direct four-footed ancestry, but that the Primate stock to which he belongs was from its first divergence arboreal. He maintains that the leading peculiarities of the immediate precursors of man were wrought out during a long arboreal apprenticeship. The first great gain of arboreal life on bipedal erect lines (not after the quadrupedal fashion of tree-sloths, for instance) was the emancipation of the hand. The foot[Pg 166] became the supporting and branch-gripping member, and the hand was set free to reach upward, to hang on by, to seize the fruit, to lift it and hold it to the mouth, and to hug the young one close to the breast. The hand thus set free has remained plastic—a generalised, not a specialised member. Much has followed from man's "handiness."
At this point, it will be useful to think about how humans learned to navigate trees and became ground-dwelling beings. Professor Wood Jones has convincingly argued that humans didn’t directly evolve from four-legged ancestors, but rather that the Primate lineage to which we belong was tree-dwelling from the very beginning. He suggests that the key traits of our closest ancestors were developed during an extensive period spent in the trees. The first significant advantage of tree-dwelling life on two legs (not like the quadrupedal tree sloths, for example) was the freedom of the hand. The foot[Pg 166] became the support and grip for branches, allowing the hand to reach up, hold on, grab fruit, lift it to the mouth, and keep young close to the body. The hand, now freed, has remained adaptable—a general tool rather than a specialized one. A lot has come from humans being "handy."
The arboreal life had many other consequences. It led to an increased freedom of movement of the thigh on the hip joint, to muscular arrangements for balancing the body on the leg, to making the backbone a supple yet stable curved pillar, to a strongly developed collar-bone which is only found well-formed when the fore-limb is used for more than support, and to a power of "opposing" the thumb and the big toe to the other digits of the hand and foot—an obvious advantage for branch-gripping. But the evolution of a free hand made it possible to dispense with protrusive lips and gripping teeth. Thus began the recession of the snout region, the associated enlargement of the brain-box, and the bringing of the eyes to the front. The overcrowding of the teeth that followed the shortening of the snout was one of the taxes on progress of which modern man is often reminded in his dental troubles.
The life in trees had many other effects. It allowed for more freedom of movement of the thigh at the hip joint, created muscle adjustments for balancing the body on the leg, turned the backbone into a flexible yet stable curved pillar, developed a well-formed collarbone that's only seen when the forelimb is used for more than just support, and enabled the thumb and big toe to oppose the other fingers and toes—an obvious benefit for gripping branches. But the evolution of a free hand meant that we could move away from protruding lips and gripping teeth. This started the reduction of the snout area, the related growth of the braincase, and the repositioning of the eyes to the front. The overcrowding of the teeth that came with the shortening of the snout is one of the drawbacks of progress that modern humans often face in dental issues.
Another acquisition associated with arboreal life was a greatly increased power of turning the head from side to side—a mobility very important in locating sounds and in exploring with the eyes. Furthermore, there came about a flattening of the chest and of the back, and the movements of the midriff (or diaphragm) came to count for more in respiration than the movements of the ribs. The sense of touch came to be of more importance and the sense of smell of less; the part of the brain receiving tidings from hand and eye and ear came to predominate over the part for receiving olfactory messages. Finally, the need for carrying the infant about among the branches must surely have implied an intensification of family relations, and favoured the evolution of gentleness.
Another change related to life in the trees was a significant increase in the ability to turn the head from side to side—this mobility was crucial for locating sounds and visually exploring the environment. Additionally, the chest and back became flatter, and the movements of the midriff (or diaphragm) became more important for breathing than the movements of the ribs. The sense of touch grew in importance while the sense of smell diminished; the area of the brain responsible for processing information from the hands, eyes, and ears became more dominant over the part that processed smell. Lastly, the need to carry infants among the branches likely led to stronger family bonds and encouraged the development of gentleness.

Photo: New York Zoological Park.
Photo: Bronx Zoo.
THE GIBBON IS LOWER THAN THE OTHER APES AS REGARDS ITS SKULL AND DENTITION, BUT IT IS HIGHLY SPECIALIZED IN THE ADAPTATION OF ITS LIMBS TO ARBOREAL LIFE
THE GIBBON HAS A LESS PROMINENT SKULL AND DENTAL STRUCTURE COMPARED TO OTHER APES, BUT IT IS EXTREMELY WELL ADAPTED FOR LIFE IN THE TREES WITH ITS ARMS AND LEGS.

Photo: New York Zoological Park.
Photo: Bronx Zoo.
THE ORANG HAS A HIGH ROUNDED SKULL AND A LONG FACE
THE ORANG HAS A HIGH ROUNDED SKULL AND A LONG FACE

Photo: British Museum (Natural History).
Photo: Natural History Museum.
COMPARISONS OF THE SKELETONS OF HORSE AND MAN
COMPARISONS OF THE SKELETONS OF HORSE AND MAN
Bone for bone, the two skeletons are like one another, though man is a biped and the horse a quadruped. The backbone in man is mainly vertical; the backbone in the horse is horizontal except in the neck and the tail. Man's skull is mainly in a line with the backbone; the horse's at an angle to it. Both man and horse have seven neck vertebræ. Man has five digits on each limb; the horse has only one digit well developed on each limb.
Bone for bone, the two skeletons are similar to each other, even though a human is a two-legged creature and a horse is four-legged. The backbone in humans is mostly vertical; in horses, it's horizontal except in the neck and tail. A human's skull is mainly aligned with the backbone, while a horse's is at an angle to it. Both humans and horses have seven neck vertebrae. Humans have five digits on each limb; horses only have one well-developed digit on each limb.
It may be urged that we are attaching too much importance to the arboreal apprenticeship, since many tree-loving animals remain to-day very innocent creatures. To this reasonable objection there are two answers, first that in its many acquisitions the arboreal evolution of the humanoid precursors of man prepared the way for the survival of a human type marked by a great step in brain-development; and second that the passage from the humanoid to the human was probably associated with a return to mother earth.
It could be argued that we are placing too much emphasis on tree-dwelling experiences, since many tree-loving animals today are quite innocent. To address this valid point, there are two responses: first, that the various skills gained through arboreal evolution in the humanoid ancestors of humans set the stage for the survival of a human type characterized by significant brain development; and second, that the transition from humanoid to human likely involved a return to the ground.
According to Professor Lull, to whose fine textbook, Organic Evolution (1917), we are much indebted, "climatic conditions in Asia in the Miocene or early Pliocene were such as to compel the descent of the pre-human ancestor from the trees, a step which was absolutely essential to further human development." Continental elevation and consequent aridity led to a dwindling of the forests, and forced the ape-man to come to earth. "And at the last arose the man."
According to Professor Lull, whose excellent textbook, Organic Evolution (1917), we owe a lot to, "the climate in Asia during the Miocene or early Pliocene pushed the pre-human ancestor down from the trees, a crucial step for further human development." The rising land and resulting dryness caused the forests to shrink, forcing the ape-man to come down to the ground. "And finally, man emerged."
According to Lull, the descent from the trees was associated with the assumption of a more erect posture, with increased liberation and plasticity of the hand, with becoming a hunter, with experiments towards clothing and shelter, with an exploring habit, and with the beginning of communal life.
According to Lull, coming down from the trees was linked to adopting a more upright posture, having more freedom and flexibility in the hands, becoming a hunter, trying out clothing and shelter, developing an exploratory nature, and starting communal living.
It is a plausible view that the transition from the humanoid to the human was effected by a discontinuous variation of considerable magnitude, what is nowadays called a mutation, and that it had mainly to do with the brain and the vocal organs. But given the gains of the arboreal apprenticeship, the stimulus of an enforced descent to terra firma, and an evolving brain and voice, we can recognise accessory factors which helped success to succeed. Perhaps the absence of great physical strength prompted reliance on wits; the prolongation of infancy would help to educate the parents in gentleness; the strengthening of the feeling of kinship would favour the evolution of family and social life—of which there are many anticipations at lower levels. There is[Pg 168] much truth in the saying: "Man did not make society, society made man."
It’s reasonable to think that the shift from humanoid to human happened through a significant and sudden change, what we now refer to as a mutation, and that this was primarily related to the brain and vocal organs. However, considering the benefits of living in trees, the push to move down to the ground, and the developing brain and voice, we can see additional factors that contributed to success. Maybe the lack of immense physical strength led to a dependence on intelligence; the lengthening of childhood allowed parents to learn to be gentler; and a stronger sense of kinship would support the evolution of family and social life—many early signs of which exist at lower levels. There is[Pg 168] a lot of truth in the saying: "Man did not make society, society made man."
A continuation of the story will deal with the emergence of the primitive types of man and the gradual ascent of the modern species.
A continuation of the story will focus on the emergence of early types of humans and the gradual rise of the modern species.
§ 4
Tentative Men
So far the story has been that of the sifting out of a humanoid stock and of the transition to human kind, from the ancestors of apes and men to the man-ape, and from the man-ape to man. It looks as if the sifting-out process had proceeded further, for there were several human branches that did not lead on to the modern type of man.
So far, the story has been about the evolution of a humanoid lineage and the transition to modern humans, starting from our ape ancestors to the man-ape, and then from the man-ape to humans. It appears that this evolutionary process continued, as there were several human branches that did not lead to the modern human type.
1. The first of these is represented by the scanty fossil remains known as Pithecanthropus erectus, found in Java in fossiliferous beds which date from the end of the Pliocene or the beginning of the Pleistocene era. Perhaps this means half a million years ago, and the remains occurred along with those of some mammals which are now extinct. Unfortunately the remains of Pithecanthropus the Erect consisted only of a skull-cap, a thigh-bone, and two back teeth, so it is not surprising that experts should differ considerably in their interpretation of what was found. Some have regarded the remains as those of a large gibbon, others as those of a pre-human ape-man, and others as those of a primitive man off the main line of ascent. According to Sir Arthur Keith, Pithecanthropus was "a being human in stature, human in gait, human in all its parts, save its brain." The thigh-bone indicates a height of about 5 feet 7 inches, one inch less than the average height of the men of to-day. The skull-cap indicates a low, flat forehead, beetling brows, and a capacity about two-thirds of the modern size. The remains were found by Dubois, in 1894, in Trinil in Central Java.
1. The first of these is represented by the limited fossil remains known as Pithecanthropus erectus, discovered in Java in sediment layers that date back to the end of the Pliocene or the start of the Pleistocene era. This could mean around half a million years ago, and the remains were found alongside some extinct mammals. Unfortunately, the remains of Pithecanthropus consisted only of a skull cap, a thigh bone, and two molars, so it's not surprising that experts disagree significantly on their interpretation of the findings. Some have seen the remains as belonging to a large gibbon, others as a pre-human ape-man, and still others as a primitive human off the main evolutionary path. According to Sir Arthur Keith, Pithecanthropus was "a being human in stature, human in gait, human in all its parts, except for its brain." The thigh bone suggests a height of about 5 feet 7 inches, which is just an inch shorter than the average height of modern men. The skull cap shows a low, flat forehead, prominent brow ridges, and a cranial capacity roughly two-thirds that of today's humans. The remains were found by Dubois in 1894 in Trinil, Central Java.
2. The next offshoot is represented by the Heidelberg man[Pg 169] (Homo heidelbergensis), discovered near Heidelberg in 1907 by Dr. Schoetensack. But the remains consisted only of a lower jaw and its teeth. Along with this relic were bones of various mammals, including some long since extinct in Europe, such as elephant, rhinoceros, bison, and lion. The circumstances indicate an age of perhaps 300,000 years ago. There were also very crude flint implements (or eoliths). But the teeth are human teeth, and the jaw seems transitional between that of an anthropoid ape and that of man. Thus there was no chin. According to most authorities the lower jaw from the Heidelberg sand-pit must be regarded as a relic of a primitive type off the main line of human ascent.
2. The next offshoot is represented by the Heidelberg man[Pg 169] (Homo heidelbergensis), discovered near Heidelberg in 1907 by Dr. Schoetensack. However, the remains consisted only of a lower jaw and its teeth. Along with this find were bones of various mammals, including some that have long been extinct in Europe, like elephants, rhinoceroses, bison, and lions. The circumstances suggest an age of about 300,000 years ago. There were also very basic flint tools (or eoliths). But the teeth are human teeth, and the jaw appears to be a link between that of an anthropoid ape and that of modern humans. Thus, there was no chin. According to most experts, the lower jaw from the Heidelberg sandpit should be considered a relic of a primitive type off the main line of human evolution.

A RECONSTRUCTION OF THE JAVA MAN
A RECONSTRUCTION OF THE JAVA MAN
(Pithecanthropus erectus.)
(Pithecanthropus erectus.)
3. It was in all probability in the Pliocene that there took origin the Neanderthal species of man, Homo neanderthalensis, first known from remains found in 1856 in the Neanderthal ravine near Düsseldorf. According to some authorities Neanderthal man was living in Europe a quarter of a million years ago. Other specimens were afterwards found elsewhere, e.g. in Belgium ("the men of Spy"), in France, in Croatia, and at Gibraltar, so that a good deal is known of Neanderthal man. He was a loose-limbed fellow, short of stature and of slouching gait, but a skilful artificer, fashioning beautifully worked flints with a characteristic style. He used fire; he buried his dead reverently and furnished them with an outfit for a long journey; and he had a big brain. But he had great beetling, ape-like eyebrow ridges and massive jaws, and he showed "simian characters swarming in the details of his structure." In most of the points in which he differs from modern man he approaches the anthropoid apes, and he must be regarded as a low type of man off the main line. Huxley regarded the Neanderthal man as a low form of the modern type, but expert opinion seems to agree rather with the view maintained in 1864 by Professor William King of Galway, that the Neanderthal man represents a distinct species off the main line of ascent. He disappeared with apparent suddenness (like some aboriginal races to-day) about the end of the Fourth Great Ice Age; but[Pg 170] there is evidence that before he ceased to be there had emerged a successor rather than a descendant—the modern man.
3. It was most likely during the Pliocene era that the Neanderthal species, Homo neanderthalensis, originated, first identified from remains discovered in 1856 in the Neanderthal ravine near Düsseldorf. Some experts believe Neanderthal man lived in Europe around a quarter of a million years ago. Additional specimens were later found in other locations, such as Belgium ("the men of Spy"), France, Croatia, and Gibraltar, providing a substantial amount of information about Neanderthal man. He was a loose-limbed individual, short and with a slouching gait, but he was a skilled craftsman, creating beautifully made flints in a distinctive style. He used fire, buried his dead with care, providing them with items for a long journey, and had a large brain. However, he also had prominent, apelike brow ridges and strong jaws, and he displayed "simian traits" in many aspects of his structure. In most ways he differs from modern humans, he resembles anthropoid apes, and he should be considered a lower type of human off the main line. Huxley viewed Neanderthal man as a primitive form of modern humans, but expert opinion seems to align more with the perspective put forth in 1864 by Professor William King of Galway, who argued that Neanderthal man represents a distinct species off the main line of evolution. He vanished quite suddenly (similar to some indigenous races today) around the end of the Fourth Great Ice Age; however, there is evidence that before his disappearance, a successor rather than a descendant had emerged—the modern human.
4. Another offshoot from the main line is probably represented by the Piltdown man, found in Sussex in 1912. The remains consisted of the walls of the skull, which indicate a large brain, and a high forehead without the beetling eyebrows of the Neanderthal man and Pithecanthropus. The "find" included a tooth and part of a lower jaw, but these perhaps belong to some ape, for they are very discrepant. The Piltdown skull represents the most ancient human remains as yet found in Britain, and Dr. Smith Woodward's establishment of a separate genus Eoanthropus expresses his conviction that the Piltdown man was off the line of the evolution of the modern type. If the tooth and piece of lower jaw belong to the Piltdown skull, then there was a remarkable combination of ape-like and human characters. As regards the brain, inferred from the skull-walls, Sir Arthur Keith says:
4. Another branch from the main line is likely represented by the Piltdown man, discovered in Sussex in 1912. The remains included the skull's walls, which suggest a large brain and a high forehead without the prominent brow ridges seen in Neanderthals and Pithecanthropus. The "find" also included a tooth and part of a lower jaw, but these likely belong to some ape, as they don’t match very well. The Piltdown skull is the oldest human remains ever found in Britain, and Dr. Smith Woodward's classification of a separate genus Eoanthropus shows his belief that the Piltdown man was not along the evolutionary path to modern humans. If the tooth and lower jaw piece are part of the Piltdown skull, then there was a fascinating mix of ape-like and human features. Regarding the brain, which is inferred from the skull walls, Sir Arthur Keith says:
All the essential features of the brain of modern man are to be seen in the brain cast. There are some which must be regarded as primitive. There can be no doubt that it is built on exactly the same lines as our modern brains. A few minor alterations would make it in all respects a modern brain.... Although our knowledge of the human brain is limited—there are large areas to which we can assign no definite function—we may rest assured that a brain which was shaped in a mould so similar to our own was one which responded to the outside world as ours does. Piltdown man saw, heard, felt, thought, and dreamt much as we do still.
All the key features of the modern human brain can be seen in the brain cast. Some characteristics should be considered primitive. There's no doubt that it's built the same way as our modern brains. A few minor changes would make it a fully modern brain. Although our understanding of the human brain is limited—there are large areas we can't assign a definite function to—we can be confident that a brain shaped in a mold so similar to ours would have responded to the world in the same way we do. Piltdown man saw, heard, felt, thought, and dreamed much like we still do.
And this was 150,000 years ago at a modern estimate, and some would say half a million.
And this was about 150,000 years ago by current estimates, though some would argue it was half a million.
There is neither agreement nor certainty as to the antiquity of man, except that the modern type was distinguishable from its collaterals hundreds of thousands of years ago. The general impression left is very grand. In remote antiquity the Primate[Pg 171] stem diverged from the other orders of mammals; it sent forth its tentative branches, and the result was a tangle of monkeys; ages passed and the monkeys were left behind, while the main stem, still probing its way, gave off the Anthropoid apes, both small and large. But they too were left behind, and the main line gave off other experiments—indications of which we know in Java, at Heidelberg, in the Neanderthal, and at Piltdown. None of these lasted or was made perfect. They represent tentative men who had their day and ceased to be, our predecessors rather than our ancestors. Still, the main stem goes on evolving, and who will be bold enough to say what fruit it has yet to bear!
There’s no agreement or certainty about how long humans have existed, only that the modern human type was recognizable from its relatives hundreds of thousands of years ago. The overall impression is quite grand. In ancient times, the primate[Pg 171] branch separated from other types of mammals; it sent out various offshoots, leading to a mess of monkeys. Over time, the monkeys were left behind, while the main branch, still exploring, produced the anthropoid apes, both small and large. But those were also left behind, as the main line continued to create other versions—evidence of which we find in Java, Heidelberg, Neanderthal, and Piltdown. None of these persisted or reached perfection. They represent tentative humans who had their time and then disappeared, our predecessors rather than our ancestors. Still, the main branch continues to evolve, and who can confidently say what new developments it has yet to bring forward!

After a model by J. H. McGregor.
After a model by J. H. McGregor.
PROFILE VIEW OF THE HEAD OF PITHECANTHROPUS, THE JAVA APE-MAN—AN EARLY OFFSHOOT FROM THE MAIN LINE OF MAN'S ASCENT
PROFILE VIEW OF THE HEAD OF PITHECANTHROPUS, THE JAVA APE-MAN—AN EARLY OFFSHOOT FROM THE MAIN LINE OF HUMAN ASCENT
The animal remains found along with the skull-cap, thigh-bone, and two teeth of Pithecanthropus seem to indicate the lowest Pleistocene period, perhaps 500,000 years ago.
The animal remains discovered alongside the skull cap, thigh bone, and two teeth of Pithecanthropus suggest that they date back to the earliest Pleistocene period, possibly around 500,000 years ago.

From the reconstruction by J. H. McGregor.
From the reconstruction by J. H. McGregor.
PILTDOWN SKULL. THE DARK PARTS ONLY ARE PRESERVED, NAMELY PORTIONS OF THE CRANIAL WALLS AND THE NASAL BONES
PILTDOWN SKULL. ONLY THE DARK PARTS ARE PRESERVED, SPECIFICALLY SECTIONS OF THE CRANIAL WALLS AND THE NASAL BONES.
Some authorities include a canine tooth and part of the lower jaw which were found close by. The remains were found in 1912 in Thames gravels in Sussex, and are usually regarded as vastly more ancient than those of Neanderthal Man. It has been suggested that Piltdown Man lived 100,000 to 150,000 years ago, in the Third Interglacial period.
Some experts include a canine tooth and part of the lower jaw that were found nearby. The remains were discovered in 1912 in Thames gravels in Sussex and are generally considered to be much older than those of Neanderthal Man. It has been proposed that Piltdown Man lived between 100,000 to 150,000 years ago, during the Third Interglacial period.

Reproduced by permission from Osborn's "Men of the Old Stone Age."
Reproduced by permission from Osborn's "Men of the Old Stone Age."
SAND-PIT AT MAUER, NEAR HEIDELBERG: DISCOVERY SITE OF THE JAW OF HEIDELBERG MAN
SAND-PIT AT MAUER, NEAR HEIDELBERG: DISCOVERY SITE OF THE JAW OF HEIDELBERG MAN
a-b. "Newer loess," either of Third
Interglacial or of Postglacial times.
b-c. "Older loess" (sandy loess), of the close of Second
Interglacial times.
c-f. The "sands of Mauer."
d-e. An intermediate layer of clay.
a-b. "Newer loess," from either the Third Interglacial or Postglacial periods.
b-c. "Older loess" (sandy loess), from the end of the Second Interglacial period.
c-f. The "sands of Mauer."
d-e. An intermediate layer of clay.
The white cross (X) indicates the spot at the base of the "sands of Mauer" at which the jaw of Heidelberg was discovered.
The white cross (X) marks the location at the base of the "sands of Mauer" where the Heidelberg jaw was found.
Primitive Men
Ancient skeletons of men of the modern type have been found in many places, e.g. Combe Capelle in Dordogne, Galley Hill in Kent, Cro-Magnon in Périgord, Mentone on the Riviera; and they are often referred to as "Cave-men" or "men of the Early Stone Age." They had large skulls, high foreheads, well-marked chins, and other features such as modern man possesses. They were true men at last—that is to say, like ourselves! The spirited pictures they made on the walls of caves in France and Spain show artistic sense and skill. Well-finished statuettes representing nude female figures are also known. The elaborate burial customs point to a belief in life after death. They made stone implements—knives, scrapers, gravers, and the like, of the type known as Palæolithic, and these show interesting gradations of skill and peculiarities of style. The "Cave-men" lived between the third and fourth Ice Ages, along with cave-bear, cave-lion, cave-hyæna, mammoth, woolly rhinoceros, Irish elk, and other mammals now extinct—taking us back to 30,000-50,000 years ago, and many would say much more. Some of the big-brained skulls of these Palæolithic cave-men show not a single feature that could be called primitive. They show teeth which in size and form are exactly the same as those of a thousand generations[Pg 172] afterwards—and suffering from gumboil too! There seems little doubt that these vigorous Palæolithic Cave-men of Europe were living for a while contemporaneously with the men of Neanderthal, and it is possible that they directly or indirectly hastened the disappearance of their more primitive collaterals. Curiously enough, however, they had not themselves adequate lasting power in Europe, for they seem for the most part to have dwindled away, leaving perhaps stray present-day survivors in isolated districts. The probability is that after their decline Europe was repeopled by immigrants from Asia. It cannot be said that there is any inherent biological necessity for the decline of a vigorous race—many animal races go back for millions of years—but in mankind the historical fact is that a period of great racial vigour and success is often followed by a period of decline, sometimes leading to practical disappearance as a definite race. The causes of this waning remain very obscure—sometimes environmental, sometimes constitutional, sometimes competitive. Sometimes the introduction of a new parasite, like the malaria organism, may have been to blame.
Ancient skeletons of modern-type humans have been discovered in many locations, such as Combe Capelle in Dordogne, Galley Hill in Kent, Cro-Magnon in Périgord, and Mentone on the Riviera. They are frequently called "Cave-men" or "men of the Early Stone Age." They had large skulls, high foreheads, distinct chins, and other features similar to those of modern humans. They were truly human—just like us! The dynamic images they created on cave walls in France and Spain demonstrate artistic ability and craftsmanship. Finished statuettes depicting nude female figures have also been found. Their complex burial practices suggest a belief in life after death. They created stone tools—like knives, scrapers, and gravers—known as Paleolithic, which display interesting variations in skill and unique styles. The "Cave-men" lived during the time between the third and fourth Ice Ages, alongside creatures like cave bears, cave lions, cave hyenas, mammoths, woolly rhinoceroses, Irish elk, and other now-extinct mammals—dating back to 30,000-50,000 years ago, and many would argue even longer. Some of the large-brained skulls of these Paleolithic humans show no primitive characteristics at all. Their teeth are the same in size and shape as those of a thousand generations later—and they even suffered from gumboil! There’s little doubt that these robust Paleolithic Cave-men of Europe coexisted for a time with Neanderthals, and it’s possible they hastened the decline of their more primitive relatives, whether directly or indirectly. Interestingly, though, they themselves didn't seem to have a lasting presence in Europe, as they mostly faded away, possibly leaving a few isolated descendants in remote areas. It’s likely that after their decline, Europe was repopulated by immigrants from Asia. There's no inherent biological reason for the decline of a strong race—many animal species have existed for millions of years—but in humans, historical patterns show that periods of great racial strength and success are often followed by decline, sometimes resulting in the near extinction of a specific race. The reasons for this decline are still quite unclear—sometimes they're environmental, sometimes constitutional, and sometimes competitive. Occasionally, the introduction of a new parasite, like the malaria organism, might have played a role.
After the Ice Ages had passed, perhaps 25,000 years ago, the Palæolithic culture gave place to the Neolithic. The men who made rudely dressed but often beautiful stone implements were succeeded or replaced by men who made polished stone implements. The earliest inhabitants of Scotland were of this Neolithic culture, migrating from the Continent when the ice-fields of the Great Glaciation had disappeared. Their remains are often associated with the "Fifty-foot Beach" which, though now high and dry, was the seashore in early Neolithic days. Much is known about these men of the polished stones. They were hunters, fowlers, and fishermen; without domesticated animals or agriculture; short folk, two or three inches below the present standard; living an active strenuous life. Similarly, for the south, Sir Arthur Keith pictures for us a Neolithic community at Coldrum in Kent, dating from about 4,000 years ago—a few ticks of the[Pg 173] geological clock. It consisted, in this case, of agricultural pioneers, men with large heads and big brains, about two inches shorter in stature than the modern British average (5 ft. 8 in.), with better teeth and broader palates than men have in these days of soft food, with beliefs concerning life and death similar to those that swayed their contemporaries in Western and Southern Europe. Very interesting is the manipulative skill they showed on a large scale in erecting standing stones (probably connected with calendar-keeping and with worship), and on a small scale in making daring operations on the skull. Four thousand years ago is given as a probable date for that early community in Kent, but evidences of Neolithic man occur in situations which demand a much greater antiquity—perhaps 30,000 years. And man was not young then!
After the Ice Ages ended, around 25,000 years ago, the Paleolithic culture transitioned to the Neolithic. The people who created crude but often stunning stone tools were replaced by those who made polished stone tools. The earliest inhabitants of Scotland belonged to this Neolithic culture, migrating from the continent once the ice fields from the Great Glaciation melted away. Their remains are frequently found alongside the "Fifty-foot Beach," which, though now elevated and dry, was the coastline during early Neolithic times. We know a lot about these polished stone people. They were hunters, bird catchers, and fishermen; they had no domesticated animals or agriculture; they were shorter, standing two or three inches below today’s average height; and they led active, vigorous lives. Similarly, in the south, Sir Arthur Keith depicts a Neolithic community at Coldrum in Kent, dating back about 4,000 years—a mere tick of the geological clock. This group consisted of farming pioneers, men with large heads and big brains, who were about two inches shorter than the modern British average (5 ft. 8 in.), with better teeth and broader palates than people today who eat soft food, and they held beliefs about life and death that were similar to those of their contemporaries in Western and Southern Europe. It’s fascinating to see the skill they demonstrated on a large scale in erecting standing stones (likely related to keeping calendars and worship) and on a small scale in performing complex procedures on skulls. While 4,000 years ago is the estimated date for that early community in Kent, there is evidence of Neolithic people that suggests they existed much earlier—possibly around 30,000 years ago. And humanity wasn’t exactly new back then!

PAINTINGS ON THE ROOF OF THE ALTAMIRA CAVE IN NORTHERN SPAIN, SHOWING A BISON ABOVE AND A GALLOPING BOAR BELOW
PAINTINGS ON THE ROOF OF THE ALTAMIRA CAVE IN NORTHERN SPAIN, SHOWING A BISON ABOVE AND A GALLOPING BOAR BELOW
The artistic drawings, over 2 feet in length, were made by the Reindeer Men or "Cromagnards" in the time of the Upper or Post-Glacial Pleistocene, before the appearance of the Neolithic men.
The artistic drawings, over 2 feet long, were created by the Reindeer Men or "Cromagnards" during the Upper or Post-Glacial Pleistocene, before the arrival of the Neolithic people.
We must open one more chapter in the thrilling story of the Ascent of Man—the Metal Ages, which are in a sense still continuing. Metals began to be used in the late Polished Stone (Neolithic) times, for there were always overlappings. Copper came first, Bronze second, and Iron last. The working of copper in the East has been traced back to the fourth millennium B.C., and there was also a very ancient Copper Age in the New World. It need hardly be said that where copper is scarce, as in Britain, we cannot expect to find much trace of a Copper Age.
We need to explore one more chapter in the exciting story of the Ascent of Man—the Metal Ages, which are still, in a way, ongoing. Metals started being used in the late Polished Stone (Neolithic) period, as there were always overlaps. Copper was the first, bronze came next, and iron was last. The use of copper in the East goes back to the fourth millennium BCE, and there was also a very ancient Copper Age in the New World. It's important to note that where copper is rare, like in Britain, we shouldn't expect to find much evidence of a Copper Age.
The ores of different metals seem to have been smelted together in an experimental way by many prehistoric metallurgists, and bronze was the alloy that rewarded the combination of tin with copper. There is evidence of a more or less definite Bronze Age in Egypt and Babylonia, Greece and Europe.
The ores of different metals appear to have been smelted together experimentally by many prehistoric metalworkers, and bronze was the alloy that resulted from combining tin with copper. There is evidence of a more or less distinct Bronze Age in Egypt, Babylonia, Greece, and Europe.
It is not clear why iron should not have been the earliest metal to be used by man, but the Iron Age dates from about the middle of the second millennium B.C. From Egypt the usage spread through the Mediterranean region to North Europe, or it may have been that discoveries made in Central Europe, so rich in iron-mines, saturated southwards, following for instance, the[Pg 174] route of the amber trade from the Baltic. Compared with stone, the metals afforded much greater possibilities of implements, instruments, and weapons, and their discovery and usage had undoubtedly great influence on the Ascent of Man. Occasionally, however, on his descent.
It’s unclear why iron wasn’t the first metal used by people, but the Iron Age began around the middle of the second millennium B.C. From Egypt, its use spread through the Mediterranean region to Northern Europe, or it’s possible that discoveries in Central Europe, which is rich in iron mines, made their way south, following the[Pg 174] route of the amber trade from the Baltic. Compared to stone, metals offered much greater options for tools, instruments, and weapons, and their discovery and use undoubtedly had a significant impact on human development. Occasionally, however, it had a negative effect on progress.
Retrospect
Looking backwards, we discern the following stages: (1) The setting apart of a Primate stock, marked off from other mammals by a tendency to big brains, a free hand, gregariousness, and good-humoured talkativeness. (2) The divergence of marmosets and New World monkeys and Old World monkeys, leaving a stock—an anthropoid stock—common to the present-day and extinct apes and to mankind. (3) From this common stock the Anthropoid apes diverged, far from ignoble creatures, and a humanoid stock was set apart. (4) From the latter (we follow Sir Arthur Keith and other authorities) there arose what may be called, without disparagement, tentative or experimental men, indicated by Pithecanthropus "the Erect," the Heidelberg man, the Neanderthalers, and, best of all, the early men of the Sussex Weald—hinted at by the Piltdown skull. It matters little whether particular items are corroborated or disproved—e.g. whether the Heidelberg man came before or after the Neanderthalers—the general trend of evolution remains clear. (5) In any case, the result was the evolution of Homo sapiens, the man we are—a quite different fellow from the Neanderthaler. (6) Then arose various stocks of primitive men, proving everything and holding fast to that which is good. There were the Palæolithic peoples, with rude stone implements, a strong vigorous race, but probably, in most cases, supplanted by fresh experiments. These may have arisen as shoots from the growing point of the old race, or as a fresh offshoot from more generalised members at a lower level. This is the eternal possible victory alike of aristocracy and democracy. (7) Palæolithic men were involved in the[Pg 175] succession of four Great Ice Ages or Glaciations, and it may be that the human race owes much to the alternation of hard times and easy times—glacial and interglacial. When the ice-fields cleared off Neolithic man had his innings. (8) And we have closed the story, in the meantime, with the Metal Ages.
Looking back, we can identify the following stages: (1) The emergence of a primate lineage, distinct from other mammals, characterized by larger brains, dexterous hands, social behavior, and a knack for cheerful conversation. (2) The separation of marmosets and New World monkeys from Old World monkeys, resulting in a common ancestry—an anthropoid lineage—shared by both modern and extinct apes, as well as humans. (3) From this common ancestry, anthropoid apes evolved, far from being insignificant creatures, leading to the development of a humanoid lineage. (4) From this latter lineage (as referenced by Sir Arthur Keith and others), we see the rise of what could be called, without offense, early or experimental humans, represented by Pithecanthropus "the Erect," Heidelberg man, Neanderthals, and, most notably, early humans from the Sussex Weald—hinted at by the Piltdown skull. It doesn’t matter much whether specific findings are confirmed or refuted—like whether Heidelberg man came before or after the Neanderthals—the overall pattern of evolution is clear. (5) Ultimately, this led to the evolution of Homo sapiens, the human we are—very different from the Neanderthals. (6) Various groups of early humans then emerged, exploring new possibilities while clinging to what was beneficial. These included the Paleolithic peoples, who used crude stone tools; they were a strong, vigorous group but were likely replaced in many cases by new developments. These may have evolved from the old lineage or emerged as new branches from more generalized ancestors at a lower stage. This illustrates the ongoing potential triumph of both aristocracy and democracy. (7) Paleolithic humans lived through the[Pg 175] succession of four Great Ice Ages or Glaciations, and it’s possible that the human race benefited significantly from alternating periods of hardship and ease—glacial and interglacial. When the ice receded, Neolithic humans had their chance to thrive. (8) Thus, we conclude the story, for now, with the Metal Ages.

After the restoration modelled by J. H. McGregor.
After the restoration designed by J. H. McGregor.
PILTDOWN MAN, PRECEDING NEANDERTHAL MAN, PERHAPS 100,000 TO 150,000 YEARS AGO
PILTDOWN MAN, BEFORE NEANDERTHAL MAN, ABOUT 100,000 TO 150,000 YEARS AGO

After the restoration modelled by J. H. McGregor.
After the restoration created by J. H. McGregor.
THE NEANDERTHAL MAN OF LA CHAPELLE-AUX-SAINTS
THE NEANDERTHAL MAN OF LA CHAPELLE-AUX-SAINTS
The men of this race lived in Europe from the Third Interglacial period through the Fourth Glacial. They disappeared somewhat suddenly, being replaced by the Modern Man type, such as the Cromagnards. Many regard the Neanderthal Men as a distinct species.
The men of this race lived in Europe from the Third Interglacial period through the Fourth Glacial. They vanished rather suddenly, being replaced by the Modern Man type, like the Cro-Magnons. Many consider the Neanderthal Men to be a separate species.
It seems not unfitting that we should at this point sound another note—that of the man of feeling. It is clear in William James's words:
It seems appropriate to take a moment to highlight another aspect—that of the emotional man. This is evident in William James's words:
Bone of our bone, and flesh of our flesh, are these half-brutish prehistoric brothers. Girdled about with the immense darkness of this mysterious universe even as we are, they were born and died, suffered and struggled. Given over to fearful crime and passion, plunged in the blackest ignorance, preyed upon by hideous and grotesque delusions, yet steadfastly serving the profoundest of ideals in their fixed faith that existence in any form is better than non-existence, they ever rescued triumphantly from the jaws of ever imminent destruction the torch of life which, thanks to them, now lights the world for us.
Bone of our bone and flesh of our flesh, these half-wild prehistoric brothers. Surrounded by the vast darkness of this mysterious universe just like us, they were born and died, suffered and struggled. Caught up in fearful crime and passion, trapped in the deepest ignorance, plagued by awful and bizarre delusions, yet consistently upholding the most profound ideals with their unwavering belief that any form of existence is better than no existence, they always bravely rescued the torch of life from the brink of destruction, which, thanks to them, now brightens the world for us.
Races of Mankind
Given a variable stock spreading over diverse territory, we expect to find it splitting up into varieties which may become steadied into races or incipient species. Thus we have races of hive-bees, "Italians," "Punics," and so forth; and thus there arose races of men. Certain types suited certain areas, and periods of in-breeding tended to make the distinctive peculiarities of each incipient race well-defined and stable. When the original peculiarities, say, of negro and Mongol, Australian and Caucasian, arose as brusque variations or "mutations," then they would have great staying power from generation to generation. They would not be readily swamped by intercrossing or averaged off. Peculiarities and changes of climate and surroundings, not to speak of other change-producing factors, would provoke new departures from age to age, and so fresh racial ventures[Pg 176] were made. Moreover, the occurrence of out-breeding when two races met, in peace or in war, would certainly serve to induce fresh starts. Very important in the evolution of human races must have been the alternating occurrence of periods of in-breeding (endogamy), tending to stability and sameness, and periods of out-breeding (exogamy), tending to changefulness and diversity.
Given a varied stock spread over different territories, we expect to see it split into varieties that may stabilize into races or emerging species. For example, we have races of honeybees, like "Italians," "Punics," and so on; similarly, human races have emerged. Certain types adapted to specific areas, and periods of in-breeding helped define and stabilize the unique characteristics of each emerging race. When the original traits, such as those of Black, Mongolian, Australian, and Caucasian groups, appeared as sudden changes or "mutations," they would be strongly maintained across generations. They wouldn't be easily drowned out by mixing or averaged out. Unique characteristics and changes in climate and environments, along with other factors that cause change, would lead to new developments over time, prompting fresh racial experiments[Pg 176]. Additionally, the occurrence of out-breeding when two races interacted, whether in peace or war, would definitely encourage new beginnings. The evolution of human races must have been significantly influenced by the alternating phases of in-breeding (endogamy), which promote stability and similarity, and out-breeding (exogamy), which promote change and diversity.
Thus we may distinguish several more or less clearly defined primitive races of mankind—notably the African, the Australian, the Mongolian, and the Caucasian. The woolly-haired African race includes the negroes and the very primitive bushmen. The wavy-to curly-haired Australian race includes the Jungle Tribes of the Deccan, the Vedda of Ceylon, the Jungle Folk or Semang, and the natives of unsettled parts of Australia—all sometimes slumped together as "Pre-Dravidians." The straight-haired Mongols include those of Tibet, Indo-China, China, and Formosa, those of many oceanic islands, and of the north from Japan to Lapland. The Caucasians include Mediterraneans, Semites, Nordics, Afghans, Alpines, and many more.
Thus, we can identify several more or less clearly defined primitive races of humanity—specifically the African, the Australian, the Mongolian, and the Caucasian. The woolly-haired African race includes Black individuals and the very primitive bushmen. The wavy to curly-haired Australian race includes the Jungle Tribes of the Deccan, the Vedda of Sri Lanka, the Jungle People or Semang, and the natives of unsettled areas of Australia—all sometimes grouped together as "Pre-Dravidians." The straight-haired Mongolian group comprises people from Tibet, Indo-China, China, and Taiwan, as well as those from many oceanic islands and the north, from Japan to Lapland. The Caucasian group includes Mediterraneans, Semites, Nordics, Afghans, Alpines, and many others.
There are very few corners of knowledge more difficult than that of the Races of Men, the chief reason being that there has been so much movement and migration in the course of the ages. One physical type has mingled with another, inducing strange amalgams and novelties. If we start with what might be called "zoological" races or strains differing, for instance, in their hair (woolly-haired Africans, straight-haired Mongols, curly-or wavy-haired Pre-Dravidians and Caucasians), we find these replaced by peoples who are mixtures of various races, "brethren by civilisation more than by blood." As Professor Flinders Petrie has said, the only meaning the term "race" now can have is that of a group of human beings whose type has been unified by their rate of assimilation exceeding the rate of change produced by the infiltration of foreign elements. It is probable, however, that the progress of precise anthropology will make it possible to distinguish the various racial "strains" that make up[Pg 177] any people. For the human sense of race is so strong that it convinces us of reality even when scientific definition is impossible. It was this the British sailor expressed in his answer to the question "What is a Dago?" "Dagoes," he replied, "is anything wot isn't our sort of chaps."
There are very few areas of knowledge more challenging than the Races of Men, mainly because there has been so much movement and migration throughout history. One physical type has mixed with another, creating unusual combinations and new variations. If we start with what could be called "zoological" races or types that differ, for example, in their hair (woolly-haired Africans, straight-haired Mongols, curly or wavy-haired Pre-Dravidians and Caucasians), we find these replaced by peoples who are blends of various races, "brothers by civilization more than by blood." As Professor Flinders Petrie has noted, the only meaning the term "race" can have now is that of a group of human beings whose type has become uniform due to their rate of assimilation being greater than the rate of change caused by the influx of foreign elements. However, it’s likely that advances in precise anthropology will allow us to identify the different racial "strains" that make up[Pg 177] any group. The human sense of race is so strong that it convinces us of reality even when scientific definition is impossible. This was captured by a British sailor when he answered the question "What is a Dago?" He said, "Dagoes are anything that isn’t our kind of guys."

RESTORATION BY A. FORESTIER OF THE RHODESIAN MAN WHOSE SKULL WAS DISCOVERED IN 1921
RESTORATION BY A. FORESTIER OF THE RHODESIAN MAN WHOSE SKULL WAS DISCOVERED IN 1921
Attention may be drawn to the beetling eyebrow ridges, the projecting upper lip, the large eye-sockets, the well-poised head, the strong shoulders.
Attention may be drawn to the prominent eyebrow ridges, the protruding upper lip, the large eye sockets, the well-balanced head, and the strong shoulders.
The squatting figure is crushing seeds with a stone, and a crusher is lying on the rock to his right.
The squatting figure is grinding seeds with a stone, and a crusher is resting on the rock to his right.

RESTORATION BY A. FORESTIER OF THE RHODESIAN MAN WHOSE SKULL WAS DISCOVERED IN 1921
RESTORATION BY A. FORESTIER OF THE RHODESIAN MAN WHOSE SKULL WAS DISCOVERED IN 1921
The figure in the foreground, holding a staff, shows the erect attitude and the straight legs. His left hand holds a flint implement.
The figure in the foreground, holding a staff, displays an upright posture and straight legs. His left hand grips a flint tool.
On the left, behind the sitting figure, is seen the entrance to the cave. This new Rhodesian cave-man may be regarded as a southern representative of a Neanderthal race, or as an extinct type intermediate between the Neanderthal Men and the Modern Man type.
On the left, behind the seated figure, is the entrance to the cave. This new Rhodesian caveman can be viewed as a southern representative of a Neanderthal race or as an extinct type that bridges the gap between Neanderthal Man and Modern Man.
Steps in Human Evolution
Real men arose, we believe, by variational uplifts of considerable magnitude which led to big and complex brains and to the power of reasoned discourse. In some other lines of mammalian evolution there were from time to time great advances in the size and complexity of the brain, as is clear, for instance, in the case of horses and elephants. The same is true of birds as compared with reptiles, and everyone recognises the high level of excellence that has been attained by their vocal powers. How these great cerebral advances came about we do not know, but it has been one of the main trends of animal evolution to improve the nervous system. Two suggestions may be made. First, the prolongation of the period of ante-natal life, in intimate physiological partnership with the mother, may have made it practicable to start the higher mammal with a much better brain than in the lower orders, like Insectivores and Rodents, and still more Marsupials, where the period before birth (gestation) is short. Second, we know that the individual development of the brain is profoundly influenced by the internal secretions of certain ductless glands notably the thyroid. When this organ is not functioning properly the child's brain development is arrested. It may be that increased production of certain hormones—itself, of course, to be accounted for—may have stimulated brain development in man's remote ancestors.
Real men came about, we believe, through significant evolutionary changes that resulted in larger and more complex brains and the ability for reasoned conversation. In other branches of mammalian evolution, there have also been major advancements in brain size and complexity, as seen with horses and elephants, for example. This is also true for birds compared to reptiles, and everyone acknowledges the impressive abilities they have developed in their vocal skills. We aren't entirely sure how these significant brain advancements occurred, but improving the nervous system has been a key trend in animal evolution. Two possibilities can be proposed. First, the extended period of prenatal life, closely connected with the mother, may have allowed higher mammals to be born with a much more developed brain than lower orders, like insectivores and rodents, and especially marsupials, where the gestation period is brief. Second, we know that the brain's development is greatly impacted by the hormones produced by certain glands, particularly the thyroid. When this gland isn't working properly, a child's brain development can be stunted. It’s possible that the increased production of certain hormones—which needs further explanation—may have triggered brain development in the distant ancestors of humans.
Given variability along the line of better brains and given a process of discriminate sifting which would consistently offer rewards to alertness and foresight, to kin-sympathy and parental care, there seems no great difficulty in imagining how Man would[Pg 178] evolve. We must not think of an Aristotle or a Newton except as fine results which justify all the groaning and travailing; we must think of average men, of primitive peoples to-day, and of our forbears long ago. We must remember how much of man's advance is dependent on the external registration of the social heritage, not on the slowly changing natural inheritance.
Given the variability in intelligence and a consistent process of selective rewards for awareness, foresight, empathy, and nurturing behavior, it’s not hard to imagine how humans would[Pg 178] evolve. We shouldn't only focus on exceptional figures like Aristotle or Newton as the ultimate outcomes that validate all the struggles; instead, we need to consider average people, primitive societies today, and our ancestors from long ago. It's important to remember that much of human progress relies on the external recording of our social heritage, rather than just on the slow changes in our natural inheritance.
Looking backwards it is impossible, we think, to fail to recognise progress. There is a ring of truth in the fine description Æschylus gave of primitive men that—
Looking back, we believe it’s impossible not to see progress. There’s a certain truth in the insightful description Æschylus gave of primitive people that—
first, beholding they beheld in vain, and, hearing, heard not, but, like shapes in dreams, mixed all things wildly down the tedious time, nor knew to build a house against the sun with wicketed sides, nor any woodwork knew, but lived like silly ants, beneath the ground, in hollow caves unsunned. There came to them no steadfast sign of winter, nor of spring flower-perfumed, nor of summer full of fruit, but blindly and lawlessly they did all things.
first, looking around they looked in vain, and, hearing, did not hear, but, like shapes in dreams, mixed everything together wildly over the long time, nor knew how to build a house against the sun with barred sides, nor knew any woodworking, but lived like foolish ants, beneath the ground, in hollow caves that never saw the sun. They had no clear sign of winter, nor of spring's flower scent, nor of summer full of fruit, but blindly and carelessly they did everything.
Contrast this picture with the position of man to-day. He has mastered the forces of Nature and is learning to use their resources more and more economically; he has harnessed electricity to his chariot and he has made the ether carry his messages. He tapped supplies of material which seemed for centuries unavailable, having learned, for instance, how to capture and utilise the free nitrogen of the air. With his telegraph and "wireless" he has annihilated distance, and he has added to his navigable kingdom the depths of the sea and the heights of the air. He has conquered one disease after another, and the young science of heredity is showing him how to control in his domesticated animals and cultivated plants the nature of the generations yet unborn. With all his faults he has his ethical face set in the right direction. The main line of movement is towards the fuller embodiment of the true, the beautiful, and the good in healthy lives which are increasingly a satisfaction in themselves.
Contrast this picture with the situation of humanity today. We have mastered the forces of nature and are learning to use their resources more efficiently. We’ve harnessed electricity to power our vehicles and made it possible for messages to travel through the ether. We’ve accessed material supplies that seemed unavailable for centuries, having figured out how to capture and utilize the free nitrogen in the air. With our telegraphs and wireless technology, we’ve eliminated distance, and we’ve expanded our realm to include the depths of the sea and the heights of the sky. We’ve conquered one disease after another, and the emerging science of heredity is teaching us how to control the characteristics of future generations in our domesticated animals and cultivated plants. Despite our flaws, our ethical compass is pointing in the right direction. The main trend is toward a fuller expression of the true, the beautiful, and the good in healthy lives that are increasingly satisfying in themselves.

Photo: British Museum (Natural History).
Photo: British Museum (Natural History).
SIDE-VIEW OF A PREHISTORIC HUMAN SKULL DISCOVERED IN 1921 IN BROKEN HILL CAVE, NORTHERN RHODESIA
SIDE-VIEW OF A PREHISTORIC HUMAN SKULL DISCOVERED IN 1921 IN BROKEN HILL CAVE, NORTHERN RHODESIA
Very striking are the prominent eyebrow ridges and the broad massive face. The skull looks less domed than that of modern man, but its cranial capacity is far above the lowest human limit. The teeth are interesting in showing marked rotting or "caries," hitherto unknown in prehistoric skulls. In all probability the Rhodesian man was an African representative of the extinct Neanderthal species hitherto known only from Europe.
Very noticeable are the strong brow ridges and the wide, solid face. The skull appears less rounded than that of modern humans, but its cranial capacity is well above the lowest limits for humans. The teeth are notable for showing significant decay or "caries," which has not been seen in prehistoric skulls before. It’s likely that the Rhodesian man was an African counterpart of the extinct Neanderthal species previously only known from Europe.

After the restoration modelled by J. H. McGregor.
After the restoration designed by J. H. McGregor.
A CROMAGNON MAN OR CROMAGNARD, REPRESENTATIVE OF A STRONG ARTISTIC RACE LIVING IN THE SOUTH OF FRANCE IN THE UPPER PLEISTOCENE, PERHAPS 25,000 YEARS AGO
A CROMAGNON MAN OR CROMAGNARD, REPRESENTING A ROBUST ARTISTIC RACE LIVING IN SOUTHERN FRANCE DURING THE UPPER PLEISTOCENE, ABOUT 25,000 YEARS AGO.
They seemed to have lived for a while contemporaneously with the Neanderthal Men, and there may have been interbreeding. Some Cromagnards probably survive, but the race as a whole declined, and there was repopulation of Europe from the East.
They appeared to have lived at the same time as the Neanderthals, and there may have been some mixing between the two. Some Cro-Magnons might still exist, but the overall population declined, and Europe was repopulated from the East.

Reproduced by permission from Osborn's "Men of the Old Stone Age."
Reproduced by permission from Osborn's "Men of the Old Stone Age."
PHOTOGRAPH SHOWING A NARROW PASSAGE IN THE CAVERN OF FONT-DE-GAUME ON THE BEUNE
PHOTOGRAPH SHOWING A NARROW PASSAGE IN THE CAVERN OF FONT-DE-GAUME ON THE BEUNE
Throughout the cavern the walls are crowded with engravings; on the left wall, shown in the photograph, are two painted bison. In the great gallery there may be found not less than eighty figures—bison, reindeer, and mammoths. A specimen of the last is reproduced below.
Throughout the cave, the walls are filled with engravings; on the left wall, as seen in the photograph, are two painted bison. In the main gallery, there are at least eighty figures—bison, reindeer, and mammoths. A depiction of the last one is shown below.

A MAMMOTH DRAWN ON THE WALL OF THE FONT-DE-GAUME CAVERN
A MAMMOTH PAINTED ON THE WALL OF THE FONT-DE-GAUME CAVE
The mammoth age was in the Middle Pleistocene, while Neanderthal Men still flourished, probably far over 30,000 years ago.
The mammoth era was during the Middle Pleistocene, when Neanderthals were still thriving, likely over 30,000 years ago.

A GRAZING BISON, DELICATELY AND CAREFULLY DRAWN, ENGRAVED ON A WALL OF THE ALTAMIRA CAVE, NORTHERN SPAIN
A grazing bison, skillfully and carefully etched, engraved on a wall of the Altamira Cave, Northern Spain
This was the work of a Reindeer Man or Cromagnard, in the Upper or Post-Glacial Pleistocene, perhaps 25,000 years ago. Firelight must have been used in making these cave drawings and engravings.
This was the work of a Reindeer Man or Cro-Magnon, in the Upper or Post-Glacial Pleistocene, perhaps 25,000 years ago. Firelight must have been used to create these cave drawings and engravings.
Factors in Human Progress
Many, we believe, were the gains that rewarded the arboreal apprenticeship of man's ancestors. Many, likewise, were the results of leaving the trees and coming down to the solid earth—a transition which marked the emergence of more than tentative men. What great steps followed?
Many, we believe, were the benefits that came from the tree-climbing training of our ancestors. Likewise, many were the outcomes of leaving the trees and coming down to solid ground—a shift that marked the rise of more than just hesitant humans. What significant advancements followed?
Some of the greatest were—the working out of a spoken language and of external methods of registration; the invention of tools; the discovery of the use of fire; the utilisation of iron and other metals; the taming of wild animals such as dog and sheep, horses and cattle; the cultivation of wild plants such as wheat and rice; and the irrigation of fields. All through the ages necessity has been the mother of invention and curiosity its father; but perhaps we miss the heart of the matter if we forget the importance of some leisure time—wherein to observe and think. If our earth had been so clouded that the stars were hidden from men's eyes the whole history of our race would have been different. For it was through his leisure-time observations of the stars that early man discovered the regularity of the year and got his fundamental impressions of the order of Nature—on which all his science is founded.
Some of the greatest advancements were the development of spoken language and ways to record information; the invention of tools; the discovery of how to use fire; the use of iron and other metals; the domestication of wild animals like dogs, sheep, horses, and cattle; the farming of wild plants such as wheat and rice; and the irrigation of fields. Throughout history, necessity has driven invention and curiosity has fueled it; however, we might overlook a key aspect if we ignore the importance of having some leisure time to observe and reflect. If our world had been so overcast that the stars were invisible to people, the entire history of our species would have played out differently. It was during these leisure moments spent observing the stars that early humans recognized the consistency of the year and formed their essential understanding of the natural order—on which all their scientific knowledge is built.
If we are to think clearly of the factors of human progress we must recall the three great biological ideas—the living organism, its environment, and its functioning. For man these mean (1) the living creature, the outcome of parents and ancestors, a fresh expression of a bodily and mental inheritance; (2) the surroundings, including climate and soil, the plants and animals these allow; and (3) the activities of all sorts, occupations and habits, all the actions and reactions between man and his milieu. In short, we have to deal with Folk, Place, Work; the Famille, Lieu, Travail of the LePlay school.
If we want to think clearly about the factors that drive human progress, we need to remember three key biological concepts—the living organism, its environment, and its functions. For humans, these mean (1) the living being, the result of our parents and ancestors, a new expression of physical and mental inheritance; (2) the environment, including climate and soil, along with the plants and animals that thrive there; and (3) all sorts of activities, jobs, and habits, encompassing the interactions between people and their surroundings. In short, we’re dealing with People, Location, Job; the Famille, Lieu, Travail of the LePlay school.
As to Folk, human progress depends on intrinsic racial qualities—notably health and vigour of body, clearness and alertness of mind, and an indispensable sociality. The most powerful[Pg 180] factors in the world are clear ideas in the minds of energetic men of good will. The differences in bodily and mental health which mark races, and stocks within a people, just as they mark individuals, are themselves traceable back to germinal variations or mutations, and to the kind of sifting to which the race or stock has been subjected. Easygoing conditions are not only without stimulus to new departures, they are without the sifting which progress demands.
As for People, human progress relies on inherent racial traits—especially physical health and strength, clarity and sharpness of mind, and essential social abilities. The strongest[Pg 180] elements in the world are clear ideas held by energetic individuals with good intentions. The differences in physical and mental well-being that distinguish races and groups within a population, just like they differentiate individuals, can be traced back to genetic variations or mutations, as well as to the types of challenges that the race or group has faced. Relaxed conditions not only lack motivation for new developments, but they also miss the filtering that progress requires.
As to Place, it is plain that different areas differ greatly in their material resources and in the availability of these. Moreover, even when abundant material resources are present, they will not make for much progress unless the climate is such that they can be readily utilised. Indeed, climate has been one of the great factors in civilisation, here stimulating and there depressing energy, in one place favouring certain plants and animals important to man, in another place preventing their presence. Moreover, climate has slowly changed from age to age.
As for Location, it's clear that different regions have vastly different material resources and how accessible they are. Even when there are plenty of resources available, they won't lead to much progress unless the climate allows them to be used effectively. In fact, climate has been a major factor in civilization, sometimes boosting energy and at other times holding it back, with some areas supporting certain plants and animals important to people while others do not. Additionally, climate has gradually changed over time.
As to Work, the form of a civilisation is in some measure dependent on the primary occupations, whether hunting or fishing, farming or shepherding; and on the industries of later ages which have a profound moulding effect on the individual at least. We cannot, however, say more than that the factors of human progress have always had these three aspects, Folk, Place, Work, and that if progress is to continue on stable lines it must always recognise the essential correlation of fitter folk in body and mind: improved habits and functions, alike in work and leisure; and bettered surroundings in the widest and deepest sense.
As for Job, the structure of a civilization is somewhat dependent on its main activities, whether it’s hunting or fishing, farming or herding; and on the industries of later times that significantly shape individuals at least. However, we can only state that the elements of human progress have always involved these three aspects: People, Place, Work. If progress is to continue on stable paths, it must always acknowledge the crucial connection of healthier individuals both physically and mentally, improved habits and functions in work and leisure, and enhanced surroundings in the broadest and deepest sense.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Darwin, Charles, Descent of Man.
Haddon, A. C., Races of Men.
Haddon, A. C., History of Anthropology.
Keane, A. H., Man Past and Present.
[Pg
181]Keith, Arthur, Antiquity of
Man.
Lull, R. S., Organic Evolution.
McCabe, Joseph, Evolution of Civilization.
Marett, R. R., Anthropology (Home
University Library).
Osborn, H. F., Men of the Early Stone Age.
Sollas, W. J., Ancient Hunters and their Modern
Representatives.
Tylor, E. B., Anthropology and Primitive
Culture.
[Pg
182]
Charles Darwin, Descent of Man.
Haddon, A.C., Races of Men.
Haddon, A.C., History of Anthropology.
Keane, A.H., Man Past and Present.
[Pg
181]Keith, Arthur, Antiquity of
Man.
Lull, R.S., Organic Evolution.
Joseph McCabe, Evolution of Civilization.
Marett, R. R., Anthropology (Home
University Library).
Osborn, H.F., Men of the Early Stone Age.
Sollas, W.J., Ancient Hunters and their Modern
Representatives.
Tylor, E.B., Anthropology and Primitive
Culture.
[Pg
182]
VI
EVOLUTION GOING ON
EVOLUTION GOING ON
Evolution, as we have seen in a previous chapter, is another word for race-history. It means the ceaseless process of Becoming, linking generation to generation of living creatures. The Doctrine of Evolution states the fact that the present is the child of the past and the parent of the future. It comes to this, that the living plants and animals we know are descended from ancestors on the whole simpler, and these from others likewise simpler, and so on, back and back—till we reach the first living creatures, of which, unfortunately, we know nothing. Evolution is a process of racial change in a definite direction, whereby new forms arise, take root, and flourish, alongside of or in the place of their ancestors, which were in most cases rather simpler in structure and behaviour.
Evolution, as we've covered in a previous chapter, is another way of saying race-history. It refers to the ongoing process of becoming, connecting one generation of living beings to the next. The Doctrine of Evolution highlights the fact that the present is shaped by the past and will shape the future. This means that the living plants and animals we see today are descended from ancestors that were generally simpler, and those ancestors came from others that were also simpler, and so on, going back until we reach the first living creatures, about which, sadly, we know nothing. Evolution is a process of racial change that moves in a specific direction, leading to the emergence, establishment, and flourishing of new forms, either alongside or in place of their ancestors, which were mostly simpler in structure and behavior.
The rock-record, which cannot be wrong, though we may read it wrongly, shows clearly that there was once a time in the history of the Earth when the only backboned animals were Fishes. Ages passed, and there evolved Amphibians, with fingers and toes, scrambling on to dry land. Ages passed, and there evolved Reptiles, in bewildering profusion. There were fish-lizards and sea-serpents, terrestrial dragons and flying dragons, a prolific and varied stock. From the terrestrial Dinosaurs it seems that Birds and Mammals arose. In succeeding ages there evolved all the variety of Birds and all the variety of Mammals. Until at last arose the Man. The question is whether similar processes of evolution are still going on.
The rock record, which can't be wrong even if we misinterpret it, clearly shows that there was a time in the Earth's history when the only animals with backbones were fish. Over time, amphibians evolved, developing fingers and toes, and started moving onto dry land. Eventually, reptiles appeared in an amazing variety. There were fish-lizards and sea serpents, land dragons and flying dragons, a rich and diverse array. From the land-dwelling dinosaurs, birds and mammals emerged. In the following ages, all kinds of birds and mammals evolved. Finally, humans came along. The question is whether similar processes of evolution are still happening.
We are so keenly aware of rapid changes in mankind, though[Pg 186] these concern the social heritage much more than the flesh-and-blood natural inheritance, that we find no difficulty in the idea that evolution is going on in mankind. We know the contrast between modern man and primitive man, and we are convinced that in the past, at least, progress has been a reality. That degeneration may set in is an awful possibility—involution rather than evolution—but even if going back became for a time the rule, we cannot give up the hope that the race would recover itself and begin afresh to go forward. For although there have been retrogressions in the history of life, continued through unthinkably long ages, and although great races, the Flying Dragons for instance, have become utterly extinct, leaving no successors whatsoever, we feel sure that there has been on the whole a progress towards nobler, more masterful, more emancipated, more intelligent, and better forms of life—a progress towards what mankind at its best has always regarded as best, i.e. affording most enduring satisfaction. So we think of evolution going on in mankind, evolution chequered by involution, but on the whole progressive evolution.
We are acutely aware of the rapid changes in humanity, although[Pg 186] these changes relate more to social heritage than our physical natural inheritance. We don’t have any trouble accepting that evolution is happening in humans. We recognize the difference between modern humans and primitive ones, and we believe that, at least in the past, progress has been real. The possibility of degeneration is a scary thought—regression instead of progression—but even if setbacks became the norm for a while, we can’t lose hope that humanity would bounce back and start moving forward again. While there have been regressions in the history of life, lasting through unimaginably long periods, and while some great civilizations, like the Flying Dragons, have completely gone extinct with no successors, we are confident that overall there has been progress toward nobler, more powerful, more liberated, more intelligent, and better forms of life—a progress toward what humanity has always considered the best, which is what brings lasting satisfaction. So we think of evolution in humans as a process marked by both regression and advancement, but overall it remains progressive evolution.
Evolutionary Prospect for Man
It is not likely that man's body will admit of great change, but there is room for some improvement, e.g. in the superfluous length of the food-canal and the overcrowding of the teeth. It is likely, however, that there will be constitutional changes, e.g. of prolonged youthfulness, a higher standard of healthfulness, and a greater resistance to disease. It is justifiable to look forward to great improvements in intelligence and in control. The potentialities of the human brain, as it is, are far from being utilised to the full, and new departures of promise are of continual occurrence. What is of great importance is that the new departures or variations which emerge in fine children should be fostered, not nipped in the bud, by the social environment, education included. The evolutionary prospect for man is promising.
It’s unlikely that the human body will undergo significant changes, but there is potential for improvement, such as the excessive length of the digestive system and the overcrowding of teeth. However, we can expect changes in our overall constitution, like longer periods of youth, better health, and stronger resistance to diseases. It’s reasonable to anticipate major advancements in intelligence and self-control. The capabilities of the human brain, as it currently stands, are far from being fully utilized, and new promising developments are happening all the time. What’s crucial is that these new developments or variations in talented children should be encouraged, not stifled by their social environment, including education. The future of human evolution looks encouraging.

PHOTOGRAPH OF A MEDIAN SECTION THROUGH THE SHELL OF THE PEARLY NAUTILUS
PHOTOGRAPH OF A CROSS-SECTION THROUGH THE SHELL OF THE PEARLY NAUTILUS
It is only the large terminal chamber that is occupied by the animal.
It’s just the big terminal chamber that the animal occupies.

PHOTOGRAPH OF THE ENTIRE SHELL OF THE PEARLY NAUTILUS
PHOTOGRAPH OF THE COMPLETE SHELL OF THE PEARLY NAUTILUS
The headquarters of the Nautilus are in the Indian and Pacific Oceans. They sometimes swim at the surface of the sea, but they usually creep slowly about on the floor of comparatively shallow water.
The headquarters of the Nautilus are in the Indian and Pacific Oceans. They sometimes swim at the surface of the sea, but they usually move slowly along the bottom of relatively shallow water.

NAUTILUS
NAUTILUS
A section through the Pearly Nautilus, Nautilus pompilius, common from Malay to Fiji. The shell is often about 9 inches long. The animal lives in the last chamber only, but a tube (S) runs through the empty chambers, perforating the partitions (SE). The bulk of the animal is marked VM; the eye is shown at E; a hood is marked H; round the mouth there are numerous lobes (L) bearing protrusible tentacles, some of which are shown. When the animal is swimming near the surface the tentacles radiate out in all directions, and it has been described as "a shell with something like a cauliflower sticking out of it." The Pearly Nautilus is a good example of a conservative type, for it began in the Triassic Era. But the family of Nautiloids to which it belongs illustrates very vividly what is meant by a dwindling race. The Nautiloids began in the Cambrian, reached their golden age in the Silurian, and began to decline markedly in the Carboniferous. There are 2,500 extinct or fossil species of Nautiloids, and only 4 living to-day.
A cross-section of the Pearly Nautilus, Nautilus pompilius, commonly found from Malaysia to Fiji. The shell is usually about 9 inches long. The animal only lives in the final chamber, but a tube (S) goes through the empty chambers, puncturing the partitions (SE). The main part of the animal is labeled VM; the eye is shown at E; a hood is marked H; around the mouth, there are many lobes (L) with extendable tentacles, some of which are displayed. When the animal swims near the surface, the tentacles spread out in all directions, and it has been described as "a shell with something like a cauliflower sticking out of it." The Pearly Nautilus is a good example of a long-standing type, as it originated in the Triassic Era. However, the Nautiloids family it belongs to clearly shows what is meant by a dwindling species. The Nautiloids first appeared in the Cambrian, reached their peak in the Silurian, and started to decline significantly in the Carboniferous. There are 2,500 extinct or fossil species of Nautiloids, and only 4 still alive today.

Photo: W. S. Berridge.
Photo: W.S. Berridge.
SHOEBILL
Shoebill bird
A bird of a savage nature, never mixing with other marsh birds. According to Dr. Chalmers Mitchell, it shows affinities to herons, storks, pelicans, and gannets, and is a representative of a type equal to both herons and storks and falling between the two.
A bird with a fierce nature, never mingling with other marsh birds. Dr. Chalmers Mitchell notes that it shares traits with herons, storks, pelicans, and gannets, representing a type that is on par with both herons and storks, positioned between the two.
But it is very important to realise that among plant and animals likewise, Evolution is going on.
But it is very important to realize that evolution is happening among plants and animals as well.
The Fountain of Change: Variability
On an ordinary big clock we do not readily see that even the minute hand is moving, and if the clock struck only once in a hundred years we can conceive of people arguing whether the hands did really move at all. So it often is with the changes that go on from generation to generation in living creatures. The flux is so slow, like the flowing of a glacier, that some people fail to be convinced of its reality. And it must, of course, be admitted that some kinds of living creatures, like the Lamp-shell Ligula or the Pearly Nautilus, hardly change from age to age, whereas others, like some of the birds and butterflies, are always giving rise to something new. The Evening Primrose among plants, and the Fruit-fly, Drosophila, among animals, are well-known examples of organisms which are at present in a sporting or mutating mood.
On a regular big clock, we don't easily notice that even the minute hand is moving. If the clock only chimed once every hundred years, we might imagine people debating whether the hands actually moved at all. The same often happens with the changes that occur from generation to generation in living creatures. The change is so gradual, like a glacier slowly flowing, that some people struggle to believe it’s real. It's important to acknowledge that some living creatures, like the Lamp-shell Ligula or the Pearly Nautilus, barely change over time, while others, like certain birds and butterflies, are always producing something new. The Evening Primrose among plants and the Fruit-fly, Drosophila, among animals, are well-known examples of organisms that are currently in a state of variation or mutation.
Certain dark varieties of moth, e.g. of the Peppered Moth, are taking the place of the paler type in some parts of England, and the same is true of some dark forms of Sugar-bird in the West Indian islands. Very important is the piece of statistics worked out by Professor R. C. Punnett, that "if a population contains .001 per cent of a new variety, and if that variety has even a 5 per cent selection advantage over the original form, the latter will almost completely disappear in less than a hundred generations." This sort of thing has been going on all over the world for untold ages, and the face of animate nature has consequently changed.
Certain darker types of moth, like the Peppered Moth, are replacing the lighter ones in some areas of England, and the same is happening with some dark forms of Sugar-bird in the West Indian islands. A key statistic provided by Professor R. C. Punnett shows that "if a population contains .001 percent of a new variety, and if that variety has even a 5 percent selection advantage over the original form, the latter will almost completely disappear in less than a hundred generations." This has been happening all over the world for countless ages, and as a result, the appearance of living nature has changed.
We are impressed by striking novelties that crop up—a clever dwarf, a musical genius, a calculating boy, a cock with a 10 ft. tail, a "wonder-horse" with a mane reaching to the ground, a tailless cat, a white blackbird, a copper beech, a Greater Celandine with much cut up leaves; but this sort of mutation is common, and smaller, less brusque variations are commoner still. They form the raw materials of possible evolution. We are[Pg 188] actually standing before an apparently inexhaustible fountain of change. This is evolution going on.
We’re amazed by the striking new things that appear—a clever little person, a musical prodigy, a calculating kid, a rooster with a 10 ft. tail, a "wonder-horse" with a mane that touches the ground, a cat without a tail, a white blackbird, a copper beech tree, a Greater Celandine with finely cut leaves; but this kind of change is common, and smaller, less obvious variations happen even more often. They are the building blocks of potential evolution. We are[Pg 188] genuinely standing in front of what seems like an endless source of change. This is evolution in action.
The Sporting Jellyfish
It is of interest to consider a common animal like the jellyfish Aurelia. It is admirably suited for a leisurely life in the open sea, where it swims about by contracting its saucer-shaped body, thus driving water out from its concavity. By means of millions of stinging cells on its four frilled lips and on its marginal tentacles it is able to paralyse and lasso minute crustaceans and the like, which it then wafts into its mouth. It has a very eventful life-history, for it has in its early youth to pass through a fixed stage, fastened to rock or seaweed, but it is a successful animal, well suited for its habitat, and practically cosmopolitan in its distribution. It is certainly an old-established creature. Yet it is very variable in colour and in size, and even in internal structure. Very often it is the size of a saucer or a soup-plate, but giants over two feet in diameter are well known. Much more important, however, than variation in colour and size are the inborn changes in structure. Normally a jellyfish has its parts in four or multiples of four. Thus it has four frilled lips, four tufts of digestive filaments in its stomach, and four brightly coloured reproductive organs. It has eight sense-organs round the margin of its disc, eight branched and eight unbranched radial canals running from the central stomach to a canal round the circumference. The point of giving these details is just this, that every now and then we find a jellyfish with its parts in sixes, fives, or threes, and with a multitude of minor idiosyncrasies. Even in the well-established jellyfish there is a fountain of change.
It’s interesting to look at a common creature like the jellyfish Aurelia. It's perfectly designed for a relaxed existence in the open sea, moving around by contracting its saucer-shaped body to push water out. With millions of stinging cells on its four frilled lips and its edge tentacles, it can paralyze and capture tiny crustaceans and similar prey, drawing them into its mouth. It has a complex life history; in its early stages, it goes through a fixed phase, attaching itself to rocks or seaweed. It’s a successful animal, well adapted to its environment, and found almost everywhere in the world. This is certainly an ancient species. However, it shows a lot of variation in color, size, and even its internal structure. Usually, it’s about the size of a saucer or soup plate, but there are some specimens known to be over two feet wide. More importantly than color and size variations are the inherent structural changes. Typically, a jellyfish has parts in groups of four or multiples of four. So, it has four frilled lips, four clusters of digestive filaments in its stomach, and four vividly colored reproductive organs. It has eight sense organs around the edge of its disc, along with eight branched and eight unbranched radial canals that connect from the central stomach to a canal that runs around the edge. The reason for sharing these details is that occasionally, we find jellyfish with parts in sixes, fives, or threes, along with various other minor quirks. Even in the well-established jellyfish, there is a fountain of change.
§ 1
Evolution of Plants
It is instructive to look at the various kinds of cabbages, such as cauliflower and Brussels sprouts, kale and curly greens, and[Pg 189] remember that they are all scions of the not very promising wild cabbage found on our shores. And are not all the aristocrat apple-trees of our orchards descended from the plebeian crab-apple of the roadside? We know far too little about the precise origin of our cultivated plants, but there is no doubt that after man got a hold of them he took advantage of their variability to establish race after race, say, of rose and chrysanthemum, of potato and cereal. The evolution of cultivated plants is continuing before our eyes, and the creations of Mr. Luther Burbank, such as the stoneless plum and the primus berry, the spineless cactus and the Shasta daisy, are merely striking instances of what is always going on.
It's interesting to look at the different types of cabbages, like cauliflower and Brussels sprouts, kale and curly greens, and[Pg 189] remember that they all come from the not-so-promising wild cabbage found on our shores. And aren't all the fancy apple trees in our orchards descended from the common crab apple by the roadside? We know way too little about the exact origins of our cultivated plants, but there's no doubt that once humans got their hands on them, they took advantage of their variability to develop various types, like roses and chrysanthemums, potatoes and grains. The evolution of cultivated plants is happening right in front of us, and the creations of Mr. Luther Burbank, such as the stoneless plum and the primus berry, the spineless cactus and the Shasta daisy, are just notable examples of what is continuously occurring.
There is reason to believe that the domestic dog has risen three times, from three distinct ancestors—a wolf, a jackal, and a coyote. So a multiple pedigree must be allowed for in the case of the dog, and the same is true in regard to some other domesticated animals. But the big fact is the great variety of breeds that man has been able to fix, after he once got started with a domesticated type. There are over 200 well-marked breeds of domestic pigeons, and there is very strong evidence that all are descended from the wild rock-dove, just as the numerous kinds of poultry are descended from the jungle-fowl of some parts of India and the Malay Islands. Even more familiar is the way in which man has, so to speak, unpacked the complex fur of the wild rabbit, and established all the numerous colour-varieties which we see among domestic rabbits. And apart from colour-varieties there are long-haired Angoras and quaint lop-eared forms, and many more besides. All this points to evolution going on.
There’s good reason to think that domestic dogs have developed three times, from three different ancestors—a wolf, a jackal, and a coyote. So, we need to acknowledge a multiple lineage when it comes to dogs, and the same goes for some other domesticated animals. But the key point is the huge variety of breeds that humans have managed to establish once they began with a domesticated type. There are over 200 distinct breeds of domestic pigeons, and there's strong evidence suggesting that all of them come from the wild rock dove, just like the various types of poultry originated from jungle fowl found in parts of India and the Malay Islands. Even more familiar is how humans have essentially unpacked the complex fur of wild rabbits, creating all the different color varieties we see in domestic rabbits today. Besides the color variations, there are long-haired Angoras, cute lop-eared types, and many others as well. All of this indicates that evolution is happening.
The Romance of the Wheat
It is well-known that Neolithic man grew wheat, and some authorities have put the date of the first wheat harvest at between fifteen thousand and ten thousand years ago. The ancient civilisations[Pg 190] of Babylonia, Egypt, Crete, Greece, and Rome were largely based on wheat, and it is highly probable that the first great wheatfields were in the fertile land between the Tigris and the Euphrates. The oldest Egyptian tombs that contain wheat, which, by the way, never germinates after its millennia of rest, belong to the First Dynasty, and are about six thousand years old. But there must have been a long history of wheat before that.
It’s well-known that Neolithic people cultivated wheat, and some experts believe the first wheat harvest happened between fifteen thousand and ten thousand years ago. The ancient civilizations[Pg 190] of Babylonia, Egypt, Crete, Greece, and Rome were primarily based on wheat, and it’s very likely that the first large wheat fields were in the fertile area between the Tigris and Euphrates rivers. The oldest Egyptian tombs containing wheat, which interestingly never germinates after thousands of years, date back to the First Dynasty and are around six thousand years old. However, there must have been a long history of wheat cultivation before that.
Now it is a very interesting fact that the almost certain ancestor of the cultivated wheat is at present living on the arid and rocky slopes of Mount Hermon. It is called Triticum hermonis, and it is varying notably to-day, as it did long ago when it gave rise to the emmer, which was cultivated in the Neolithic Age and is the ancestor of all our ordinary wheats. We must think of Neolithic man noticing the big seeds of this Hermon grass, gathering some of the heads, breaking the brittle spikelet-bearing axis in his fingers, knocking off the rough awns or bruising the spikelets in his hand till the glumes or chaff separated off and could be blown away, chewing a mouthful of the seeds—and resolving to sow and sow again.
Now, it’s pretty interesting that the almost certain ancestor of cultivated wheat is currently found on the dry and rocky slopes of Mount Hermon. It’s called Triticum hermonis, and it’s changing significantly today, just like it did back when it led to the emmer, which was grown during the Neolithic Age and is the ancestor of all our common wheats. We can imagine Neolithic humans noticing the large seeds of this Hermon grass, gathering some heads, breaking the fragile spikelet-bearing stalks with their fingers, knocking off the rough awns, or crushing the spikelets in their hands until the glumes or chaff came loose and could be blown away, chewing a mouthful of seeds—and deciding to plant them again and again.
That was the beginning of a long story, in the course of which man took advantage of the numerous variations that cropped up in this sporting stock and established one successful race after another on his fields. Virgil refers in the "Georgics" to the gathering of the largest and fullest ears of wheat in order to get good seed for another sowing, but it was not till the first quarter of the nineteenth century that the great step was taken, by men like Patrick Sheriff of Haddington, of deliberately selecting individual ears of great excellence and segregating their progeny from mingling with mediocre stock. This is the method which has been followed with remarkable success in modern times.
That was the start of a long story, during which humans took advantage of the many variations that appeared in this sporting stock and established one successful breed after another in their fields. Virgil mentions in the "Georgics" the collection of the largest and fullest ears of wheat to ensure good seeds for future planting, but it wasn't until the early nineteenth century that significant progress was made by individuals like Patrick Sheriff of Haddington, who began deliberately selecting individual ears of exceptional quality and keeping their offspring separate from average stock. This method has been used with great success in modern times.
One of the factors that assisted the Allies in overcoming the food crisis in the darkest period of the war was the virtue of Marquis Wheat, a very prolific, early ripening, hard red spring wheat[Pg 191] with excellent milling and baking qualities. It is now the dominant spring wheat in Canada and the United States, and it has enormously increased the real wealth of the world in the last ten years (1921). Now our point is simply that this Marquis Wheat is a fine example of evolution going on. In 1917 upwards of 250,000,000 bushels of this wheat were raised in North America, and in 1918 upwards of 300,000,000 bushels; yet the whole originated from a single grain planted in an experimental plot at Ottawa by Dr. Charles E. Saunders so recently as the spring of 1903.
One of the factors that helped the Allies get through the food crisis during the toughest times of the war was the benefit of Marquis Wheat, which is a very productive, early-ripening, hard red spring wheat[Pg 191] known for its excellent milling and baking qualities. Today, it is the most popular spring wheat in Canada and the United States, significantly boosting the real wealth of the world in the past decade (1921). Our main point is that Marquis Wheat is a great example of ongoing evolution. In 1917, over 250,000,000 bushels of this wheat were grown in North America, and in 1918, over 300,000,000 bushels; this all originated from a single grain planted in an experimental plot in Ottawa by Dr. Charles E. Saunders in the spring of 1903.

THE WALKING-FISH OR MUD-SKIPPER (PERIOPHTHALMUS), COMMON AT THE MOUTHS OF RIVERS IN TROPICAL AFRICA, ASIA, AND NORTH-WEST AUSTRALIA
THE WALKING-FISH OR MUD-SKIPPER (PERIOPHTHALMUS), COMMON AT THE MOUTHS OF RIVERS IN TROPICAL AFRICA, ASIA, AND NORTH-WEST AUSTRALIA
It skips about by means of its strong pectoral fins on the mud-flats; it jumps from stone to stone hunting small shore-animals; it climbs up the roots of the mangrove-trees. The close-set eyes protrude greatly and are very mobile. The tail seems to help in respiration.
It hops around using its strong pectoral fins on the mudflats; it jumps from rock to rock looking for small shore animals; it climbs up the roots of mangrove trees. Its closely set eyes stick out and are very mobile. The tail appears to aid in breathing.

Photo: "The Times."
Image: "The Times."
THE AUSTRALIAN MORE-PORK OR PODARGUS
THE AUSTRALIAN MORE-PORK OR PODARGUS
A bird with a frog-like mouth, allied to the British Nightjar. Now in the London Zoological Gardens.
A bird with a frog-like mouth, related to the British Nightjar. Now at the London Zoo.
The capacious mouth is well suited for engulfing large insects such as locusts and mantises, which are mostly caught on the trees. During the day the More-pork or Frog-mouth sleeps upright on a branch, and its mottled brown plumage makes it almost invisible.
The large mouth is perfect for swallowing big insects like locusts and mantises, which are mainly found on trees. During the day, the More-pork or Frog-mouth sleeps upright on a branch, and its speckled brown feathers make it nearly invisible.

PELICAN'S BILL, ADAPTED FOR CATCHING AND STORING FISHES
PELICAN'S BILL, DESIGNED FOR CATCHING AND STORING FISH
There is an enormous dilatable sac beneath the lower jaw.
There is a large expandable pouch under the lower jaw.

SPOONBILL'S BILL, ADAPTED FOR SIFTING THE MUD AND CATCHING THE SMALL ANIMALS, E.G. FISHES, CRUSTACEANS, INSECT LARVÆ, WHICH LIVE THERE
SPOONBILL'S BILL, DESIGNED FOR SIFTING THROUGH MUD AND CATCHING SMALL ANIMALS, LIKE FISH, CRUSTACEANS, AND INSECT LARVAE, THAT LIVE THERE

AVOCET'S BILL, ADAPTED FOR A CURIOUS SIDEWAYS SCOOPING IN THE SHORE-POOLS AND CATCHING SMALL ANIMALS
AVOCET'S BILL, DESIGNED FOR A CURIOUS SIDEWAYS SCOOPING IN THE SHORE-POOLS AND CATCHING SMALL ANIMALS

HORNBILL'S BILL, ADAPTED FOR EXCAVATING A NEST IN A TREE, AND ALSO FOR SEIZING AND BREAKING DIVERSE FORMS OF FOOD, FROM MAMMALS TO TORTOISES, FROM ROOTS TO FRUITS
HORNBILL'S BILL, DESIGNED FOR DIGGING OUT A NEST IN A TREE, AND ALSO FOR GRABBING AND CRUSHING VARIOUS TYPES OF FOOD, FROM MAMMALS TO TORTOISES, FROM ROOTS TO FRUITS
The use of the helmet or casque is obscure.
The use of the helmet or casque is unclear.

FALCON'S BILL, ADAPTED FOR SEIZING, KILLING, AND TEARING SMALL MAMMALS AND BIRDS.
FALCON'S BILL, DESIGNED FOR GRABBING, KILLING, AND RIPPING APART SMALL MAMMALS AND BIRDS.

PUFFIN'S BILL, ADAPTED FOR CATCHING SMALL FISHES NEAR THE SURFACE OF THE SEA, AND FOR HOLDING THEM WHEN CAUGHT AND CARRYING THEM TO THE NEST
PUFFIN'S BILL, DESIGNED FOR CATCHING SMALL FISH CLOSE TO THE SURFACE OF THE OCEAN, AND FOR HOLDING THEM ONCE CAUGHT AND TRANSPORTING THEM TO THE NEST
The scaly covering is moulted in the autumn.
The scaly covering is shed in the fall.
We must not dwell too long on this particular instance of evolution, though it has meant much to our race. We wish, however, following Professor Buller's Essays on Wheat (1919), to explain the method by which this good seed was discovered. From one we may learn all. The parent of Marquis Wheat on the male side was the mid-Europe Red Fife—a first-class cereal. The parent on the female side was less promising, a rather nondescript, not pure-bred wheat, called Red Calcutta, which was imported from India into Canada about thirty years ago. The father was part of a cargo that came from the Baltic to Glasgow, and was happily included in a sample sent on to David Fife in Ontario about 1842. From one kernel of this sample David Fife started his stock of Red Fife, which was crossed by Dr. Saunders with Hard Red Calcutta. The result of the cross was a medley of types, nearly a hundred varieties altogether, and it was in scrutinising these that Dr. Saunders hit upon Marquis. He worked steadily through the material, studying head after head of what resulted from sowing, and selecting out those that gave most promise. Each of the heads selected was propagated; most of the results were rejected; the elect were sifted again and yet again, and finally Marquis Wheat emerged, rich in constructive possibilities, probably the most valuable food-plant in the world. It is like a romance to read that "the first crop of the wheat that was destined within a dozen years to overtax the mightiest elevators[Pg 192] in the land was stored away in the winter of 1904-5 in a paper packet no larger than an envelope."
We shouldn't spend too much time on this specific example of evolution, though it's been significant for our species. However, following Professor Buller's Essays on Wheat (1919), we want to explain how this valuable seed was discovered. From one, we can learn everything. The male parent of Marquis Wheat was the mid-Europe Red Fife—a top-tier cereal. The female parent was less impressive, a rather ordinary, non-purebred wheat called Red Calcutta, which was brought from India to Canada about thirty years ago. The father came from a cargo that traveled from the Baltic to Glasgow and was fortunately included in a sample sent to David Fife in Ontario around 1842. Using just one kernel from this sample, David Fife began his Red Fife stock, which was later crossed by Dr. Saunders with Hard Red Calcutta. The outcome was a mix of types, nearly a hundred varieties in total, and while examining these, Dr. Saunders came across Marquis. He worked diligently through the samples, studying each head from what was grown and selecting those that showed the most potential. Every selected head was propagated; most results were discarded; the chosen ones were filtered again and again, and eventually, Marquis Wheat emerged, full of potential, likely the most valuable food plant in the world. It's almost like a story to read that "the first crop of the wheat that was destined within a dozen years to overstrain the mightiest elevators[Pg 192] in the land was stored away in the winter of 1904-5 in a paper packet no larger than an envelope."
Thus from the Wild Wheat of Mount Hermon there evolved one of the most important food-plants of the world. This surely is Evolution going on.
Thus from the Wild Wheat of Mount Hermon there evolved one of the most important food plants in the world. This surely is Evolution in action.
§ 2
Changes in the Animal Life of a Country
Nothing gives us a more convincing impression of evolution in being than a succession of pictures of the animal life of a country in different ages. Dr. James Ritchie, a naturalist of distinction, has written a masterly book, The Influence of Man on Animal Life in Scotland (1920), in which we get this succession of pictures. "Within itself," he says, "a fauna is in a constant state of uneasy restlessness, an assemblage of creatures which in its parts ebbs and flows as one local influence or another plays upon it." There are temporary and local changes, endless disturbances and readjustments of the "balance of nature." One year there is a plague of field-voles, perhaps next year "grouse disease" is rife; in one place there is huge increase of starlings, in another place of rabbits; here cockchafers are in the ascendant, and there the moles are spoiling the pasture. "But while the parts fluctuate, the fauna as a whole follows a path of its own. As well as internal tides which swing to and fro about an average level, there is a drift which carries the fauna bodily along an 'irretraceable course.'" This is partly due to considerable changes of climate, for climate calls the tune to which living creatures dance, but it is also due to new departures among the animals themselves. We need not go back to the extinct animals and lost faunas of past ages—for Britain has plenty of relics of these—which "illustrate the reality of the faunal drift," but it may be very useful, in illustration of evolution in being, to notice what has happened in Scotland since the end of the Great Ice Age.
Nothing gives us a more convincing impression of evolution than a series of images depicting the animal life of a country across different eras. Dr. James Ritchie, a notable naturalist, has written an impressive book, The Influence of Man on Animal Life in Scotland (1920), where we see this series of images. "Within itself," he explains, "a fauna is in a constant state of uneasy restlessness, a collection of creatures that ebbs and flows as local influences affect it." There are temporary and local changes, endless disruptions, and readjustments of the "balance of nature." One year, there might be a plague of field voles; the next year, "grouse disease" could be widespread; in one area, starling populations might surge, while in another, rabbits take over; here, cockchafers may be thriving, and there, moles could be damaging the pasture. "But while the parts fluctuate, the fauna as a whole follows its own path. Along with internal tides that swing back and forth around an average level, there is a drift that moves the fauna along an 'irretraceable course.'" This is partly due to significant climate changes, as climate dictates how living creatures adapt, but it is also due to new developments among the animals themselves. We don’t need to look back at extinct animals and past faunas—for Britain has plenty of reminders of these—which "illustrate the reality of faunal drift," but it can be very helpful, in illustrating evolution, to observe what has taken place in Scotland since the end of the Great Ice Age.
Some nine thousand years ago or more, certain long-headed,[Pg 193] square-jawed, short-limbed, but agile hunters and fishermen, whom we call Neolithic Man, established themselves in Scotland. What was the state of the country then?
Some nine thousand years ago or more, certain long-headed,[Pg 193] square-jawed, short-limbed, but agile hunters and fishermen, who we refer to as Neolithic Man, settled in Scotland. What was the situation in the country at that time?
It was a country of swamps, low forests of birch, alder, and willow, fertile meadows, and snow-capped mountains. Its estuaries penetrated further inland than they now do, and the sea stood at the level of the Fifty-Foot Beach. On its plains and in its forests roamed many creatures which are strange to the fauna of to-day—the Elk and the Reindeer, Wild Cattle, the Wild Boar and perhaps Wild Horses, a fauna of large animals which paid toll to the European Lynx, the Brown Bear and the Wolf. In all likelihood, the marshes resounded to the boom of the Bittern and the plains to the breeding calls of the Crane and the Great Bustard.
It was a land of swamps, low forests of birch, alder, and willow, fertile meadows, and snow-capped mountains. Its estuaries reached further inland than they do now, and the sea was at the level of the Fifty-Foot Beach. Many creatures that are unfamiliar to today's wildlife roamed its plains and forests—the Elk and Reindeer, Wild Cattle, Wild Boar, and perhaps Wild Horses—a diverse group of large animals that faced threats from the European Lynx, Brown Bear, and Wolf. The marshes likely echoed with the call of the Bittern, while the plains were filled with the breeding calls of the Crane and the Great Bustard.
Such is Dr. Ritchie's initial picture.
Such is Dr. Ritchie's initial depiction.

LIFE-HISTORY OF A FROG
Frog Life Cycle
1, Before hatching; 2, newly hatched larvæ hanging on to water-weed; 3, with external gills; 4, external gills are covered over and are absorbed; 5, limbless larva about a month old with internal gills; 6, tadpole with hind-legs, about two months old; 7, with the fore-limbs emerging; 8, with all four legs free; 9, a young frog, about three months old, showing the almost complete absorption of the tail and the change of the tadpole mouth into a frog mouth.
1. Before hatching; 2. newly hatched larvae clinging to water plants; 3. with external gills; 4. external gills are covered and absorbed; 5. a limbless larva about a month old with internal gills; 6. a tadpole with hind legs, about two months old; 7. with forelimbs beginning to emerge; 8. with all four legs developed; 9. a young frog, about three months old, showing nearly complete tail absorption and the transformation of the tadpole mouth into a frog mouth.

Photo: J. J. Ward. F.E.S.
Photo: J.J. Ward. F.E.S.
HIND-LEG OF WHIRLIGIG BEETLE WHICH HAS BECOME BEAUTIFULLY MODIFIED FOR AQUATIC LOCOMOTION
HIND LEG OF WHIRLIGIG BEETLE THAT HAS BEEN BEAUTIFULLY ADAPTED FOR AQUATIC MOVEMENT
The flattened tips form an expanding "fan" or paddle, which opens and closes with astonishing rapidity. The closing of the "fan," like the "feathering" of an oar, reduces friction when the leg is being moved forwards for the next stroke.
The flattened tips create an expanding "fan" or paddle that opens and closes incredibly quickly. The closing of the "fan," similar to the "feathering" of an oar, decreases friction when the leg moves forward for the next stroke.

THE BIG ROBBER-CRAB (Birgus Latro), THAT CLIMBS THE COCO-NUT PALM AND BREAKS OFF THE NUTS
THE BIG ROBBER-CRAB (Birgus Latro), THAT CLIMBS THE COCONUT PALM AND BREAKS OFF THE NUTS
It occurs on islands in the Indian Ocean and Pacific, and is often found far above sea-level. It is able to breathe dry air. One is seen emerging from its burrow, which is often lined with coco-nut fibre. The empty coco-nut shell is sometimes used by the Robber-Crab for the protection of its tail.
It lives on islands in the Indian Ocean and Pacific and is often found at high elevations. It can breathe dry air. You can see it coming out of its burrow, which is usually lined with coconut fibers. The Robber Crab sometimes uses an empty coconut shell to protect its tail.
Now what happened in this kingdom of Caledonia which Neolithic Man had found? He began to introduce domesticated animals, and that meant a thinning of the ranks of predacious creatures. "Safety first" was the dangerous motto in obedience to which man exterminated the lynx, the brown bear, and the wolf. Other creatures, such as the great auk, were destroyed for food, and others like the marten for their furs. Small pests were destroyed to protect the beginnings of agriculture; larger animals like the boar were hunted out of existence; others, like the pearl-bearing river-mussels, yielded to subtler demands. No doubt there was protection also—protection for sport, for utility, for æsthetic reasons, and because of humane sentiments; even wholesome superstitions have safeguarded the robin redbreast and the wren. There were introductions too—the rabbit for utility, the pheasant for sport, and the peacock for amenity. And every introduction, every protection, every killing out had its far-reaching influences.
Now what happened in the kingdom of Caledonia that Neolithic Man discovered? He started to bring in domesticated animals, which meant there were fewer predatory creatures. "Safety first" became the dangerous motto that led to the extermination of the lynx, the brown bear, and the wolf. Other animals, like the great auk, were wiped out for food, while creatures like the marten were hunted for their furs. Small pests were eliminated to safeguard early agriculture; larger animals such as the boar were hunted to extinction; others, like the pearl-bearing river mussels, fell to more subtle demands. There was undoubtedly protection as well—protection for sport, practicality, beauty, and due to humane feelings; even positive superstitions helped preserve the robin redbreast and the wren. There were also new introductions—the rabbit for usefulness, the pheasant for sport, and the peacock for beauty. And each introduction, each protection, and each extinction had significant consequences.
But if we are to picture the evolution going on, we must think also of man's indirect interference with animal life. He destroyed[Pg 194] the forests, he cultivated the wild, he made bridges, he allowed aliens, like rats and cockroaches, to get in unawares. Of course, he often did good, as when he drained swamps and got rid of the mosquitoes which once made malaria rife in Scotland.
But if we want to imagine the changes happening, we also need to consider how humans indirectly impacted animal life. They cleared the forests, cultivated the wild, built bridges, and allowed outsiders like rats and cockroaches to enter without realizing it. Naturally, they also did some good, like when they drained swamps and eliminated the mosquitoes that used to spread malaria in Scotland.
What has been the net result? Not, as one might think for a moment, a reduction in the number of different kinds of animals. Fourteen or so species of birds and beasts have been banished from Scotland since man interfered, but as far as numbers go they have been more than replaced by deliberate introductions like fallow deer, rabbit, squirrel, and pheasant, and by accidental introductions like rats and cockroaches. But the change is rather in quality than in quantity; the smaller have taken the place of the larger, rather paltry pigmies of noble giants. Thus we get a vivid idea that evolution, especially when man interferes, is not necessarily progressive. That depends on the nature of the sieves with which the living materials are sifted. As Dr. Ritchie well says, the standard of the wild fauna as regards size has fallen and is falling, and it is not in size only that there is loss, there is a deterioration of quality. "For how can the increase of Rabbits and Sparrows and Earthworms and Caterpillars, and the addition of millions of Rats and Cochroaches and Crickets and Bugs, ever take the place of those fine creatures round the memories of which the glamour of Scotland's past still plays—the Reindeer and the Elk, the Wolf, the Brown Bear, the Lynx, and the Beaver, the Bustard, the Crane, the Bumbling Bittern, and many another, lost or disappearing." Thus we see again that evolution is going on.
What’s been the overall result? Not, as you might expect, a decrease in the number of different kinds of animals. About fourteen species of birds and mammals have disappeared from Scotland since humans got involved, but in terms of numbers, they’ve more than been replaced by intentional introductions like fallow deer, rabbits, squirrels, and pheasants, as well as accidental ones like rats and cockroaches. However, the change is more about quality than quantity; smaller animals have taken the place of larger ones, leading to a rather unimpressive swap of noble giants for diminutive pygmies. This gives us a clear idea that evolution, especially with human interference, isn’t necessarily progressive. It depends on the filters used to sift through living materials. As Dr. Ritchie aptly states, the overall size standard of the wild fauna has decreased and continues to decrease, and it's not just size that's diminishing; there’s a drop in quality, too. “For how can the rise of Rabbits and Sparrows and Earthworms and Caterpillars, along with the addition of millions of Rats, Cockroaches, Crickets, and Bugs, ever compare to those magnificent creatures associated with the enchanting memories of Scotland's past—the Reindeer and the Elk, the Wolf, the Brown Bear, the Lynx, the Beaver, the Bustard, the Crane, the Bumbling Bittern, and many others that are lost or fading away?” Thus we observe once more that evolution is still happening.
§ 3
The Adventurers
All through the millions of years during which animals have tenanted the earth and the waters under the earth, there has been a search for new kingdoms to conquer, for new corners in which to make a home. And this still goes on. It has been and[Pg 195] is one of the methods of evolution to fill every niche of opportunity. There is a spider that lives inside a pitcher-plant, catching some of the inquisitive insects which slip down the treacherous internal surface of the trap. There is another that makes its home in crevices among the rocks on the shore of the Mediterranean, or even in empty tubular shells, keeping the water out, more or less successfully, by spinning threads of silk across the entrance to its retreat. The beautiful brine-shrimp, Artemia salina, that used to occur in British salterns has found a home in the dense waters of the Great Salt Lake of Utah. Several kinds of earthworms have been found up trees, and there is a fish, Arges, that climbs on the stones of steep mountain torrents of the Andes. The intrepid explorers of the Scotia voyage found quite a number of Arctic terns spending our winter within the summer of the Antarctic Circle—which means girdling the globe from pole to pole; and every now and then there are incursions of rare birds, like Pallas's Sand-grouse, into Britain, just as if they were prospecting in search of a promised land. Twice or thrice the distinctively North American Killdeer Plover has been found in Britain, having somehow or other got across the Atlantic. We miss part of the meaning of evolution if we do not catch this note of insurgence and adventure, which some animal or other never ceases to sound, though many establish themselves in a security not easily disturbed, and though a small minority give up the struggle against the stream and are content to acquiesce, as parasites or rottenness eaters, in a drifting life of ease.
Throughout the millions of years that animals have inhabited the earth and the waters beneath, there has been a continuous search for new territories to conquer and new places to call home. And this still continues. It has been and[Pg 195] is one of the methods of evolution to occupy every available niche. There’s a spider that lives inside a pitcher plant, catching curious insects that slip down the treacherous interior of the trap. Another spider makes its home in crevices among the rocks along the Mediterranean shore or even in empty tubular shells, blocking the water out, more or less successfully, by spinning threads of silk across the entrance of its hideout. The beautiful brine shrimp, Artemia salina, that used to be found in British salt pans, has now settled in the dense waters of the Great Salt Lake in Utah. Several species of earthworms have been found in trees, and there’s a fish, Arges, that climbs over the stones in steep mountain streams of the Andes. The fearless explorers of the Scotia voyage discovered a number of Arctic terns spending our winter during the Antarctic summer—which essentially means circling the globe from pole to pole; and now and then, rare birds, such as Pallas's Sand-grouse, appear in Britain, almost as if they’re scouting for a promised land. The distinctively North American Killdeer Plover has been spotted in Britain a couple of times, having somehow crossed the Atlantic. We miss part of the essence of evolution if we overlook this theme of insurgence and adventure that some animal or another always seems to express, even though many animals establish themselves in a security that’s hard to disturb, and although a small minority surrender to ease and become parasites or decay eaters, living a life of drift.
More important than very peculiar cases is the broad fact that over and over again in different groups of animals there have been attempts to master different kinds of haunts—such as the underground world, the trees, the freshwaters, and the air. There are burrowing amphibians, burrowing reptiles, burrowing birds, and burrowing mammals; there are tree-toads, tree-snakes, tree-lizards, tree-kangaroos, tree-sloths, tree-shrews, tree-mice, tree-porcupines, and so on; enough of a list to show, without[Pg 196] mentioning birds, how many different kinds of animals have entered upon an arboreal apprenticeship—an apprenticeship often with far-reaching consequences. What the freeing of the hand from being an organ of terrestrial support has meant in the evolution of monkeys is a question that gives a spur to our imagination.
More important than unique cases is the overall fact that time and time again, in various animal groups, there have been efforts to inhabit different environments—like underground areas, trees, freshwater, and the air. There are amphibians, reptiles, birds, and mammals that burrow; there are tree-toads, tree-snakes, tree-lizards, tree-kangaroos, tree-sloths, tree-shrews, tree-mice, tree-porcupines, and so on; this list is enough to demonstrate, without [Pg 196] mentioning birds, how many different animals have engaged in an arboreal learning process—one that often has significant consequences. What the liberation of the hand from being just a support for land has meant in the evolution of monkeys is a question that fuels our imagination.
The Case of the Robber Crab
On some of the coral islands of the Indian and Pacific Oceans there lives a land-crab, Birgus, which has learned to breathe on land. It breathes dry air by means of curious blood-containing tufts in the upper part of its gill-cavity, and it has also rudimentary gills. It is often about a foot long, and it has very heavy great claws, especially on the left-hand side. With this great claw it hammers on the "eye-hole" of a coconut, from which it has torn off the fibrous husk. It hammers until a hole is made by which it can get at the pulp. Part of the shell is sometimes used as a protection for the soft abdomen—for the robber-crab, as it is called, is an offshoot from the hermit-crab stock. Every year this quaint explorer, which may go far up the hills and climb the coco-palms, has to go back to the sea to spawn. The young ones are hatched in the same state as in our common shore-crab. That is to say, they are free-swimming larvæ which pass through an open-water period before they settle down on the shore, and eventually creep up on to dry land. Just as open-water turtles lay their eggs on sandy shores, going back to their old terrestrial haunt, so the robber-crab, which has almost conquered the dry land, has to return to the seashore to breed. There is a peculiar interest in the association of the robber-crab with the coco-palm, for that tree is not a native of these coral islands, but has been introduced, perhaps from Mexico, by the Polynesian mariners before the discovery of America by Columbus. So the learning to deal with coconuts is a recent achievement, and we are face to face with a very good example of evolution going on.
On some coral islands in the Indian and Pacific Oceans, there lives a land crab called Birgus, which has adapted to breathing on land. It breathes dry air using unique blood-filled tufts in its gill cavity and also has basic gills. It typically grows to about a foot long and possesses very large, strong claws, especially on the left side. With its powerful claw, it taps on the "eye-hole" of a coconut from which it has removed the fibrous husk. It pounds away until it creates a hole to access the pulp inside. Sometimes, it uses part of the shell as protection for its soft abdomen, as the robber crab is a type of hermit crab. Every year, this interesting explorer, which can venture far up hills and climb coconut palms, must return to the sea to spawn. The young are hatched in a similar manner to our common shore crab. In other words, they are free-swimming larvae that go through a period in open water before settling on the shore and eventually crawling onto dry land. Just like sea turtles that lay their eggs on sandy shores and return to their old terrestrial nesting spots, the robber crab, which has nearly mastered life on dry land, has to go back to the coast to breed. There is a unique connection between the robber crab and the coconut palm; that tree is not native to these coral islands but was likely brought over from Mexico by Polynesian sailors before Columbus discovered America. This means that learning to handle coconuts is a relatively recent development, providing us with a clear example of evolution in action.

EARLY LIFE-HISTORY OF THE SALMON
Salmon's Early Life History
1. The fertilised egg, shed in the gravelly bed of the river.
1. The fertilized egg, laid in the rocky riverbed.
2. The embryo within the egg, just before hatching. The embryo has been constricted off from the yolk-laden portion of the egg.
2. The embryo inside the egg, just before it hatches. The embryo has been separated from the yolk-filled part of the egg.
3. The newly hatched salmon, or alevin, encumbered with its legacy of yolk (Y.S.).
3. The newly hatched salmon, or alevin, weighed down by its yolk sac (Y.S.).
4 and 5. The larval salmon, still being nourished from the yolk-sac (Y.S.), which is diminishing in size as the fish grows larger.
4 and 5. The young salmon, still getting nourishment from the yolk sac (Y.S.), which is getting smaller as the fish grows.
6. The salmon fry about six weeks old, with the yolk fully absorbed, so that the young fish has now to feed for itself. The fry become parr, which go to the sea as smolts, and return as grilse.
6. The salmon fry, around six weeks old, have fully absorbed their yolk, so the young fish now needs to feed on its own. The fry develop into parr, migrate to the sea as smolts, and return as grilse.
In all cases the small figures to the right indicate the natural size.
In all cases, the small figures on the right show the actual size.

THE SALMON LEAPING AT THE FALL IS A MOST FASCINATING SPECTACLE
THE SALMON LEAPING AT THE FALL IS A REALLY CAPTIVATING SIGHT
Again and again we see them jumping out of the seething foam beneath the fall, casting themselves into the curtain of the down-rushing water, only to be carried back by it into the depths whence they have risen. One here and another there makes its effort good, touches the upper lip of the cataract, gives a swift stroke of its tail, and rushes on towards those upper reaches which are the immemorial spawning beds of its race.
Again and again, we see them leaping out of the churning foam beneath the waterfall, throwing themselves into the sheet of rushing water, only to be pulled back into the depths from which they came. One here and another there manages to succeed, brushes against the top edge of the waterfall, gives a quick flick of its tail, and darts toward those upper areas that have always been the breeding grounds of its kind.
The Story of the Salmon
In late autumn or in winter the salmon spawn in the rivers. The female makes a shallow trough in the gravel by moving her tail from side to side, and therein lays many eggs. The male, who is in attendance, fertilises these with the milt, and then the female covers them deeply with gravel. The process is repeated over and over again for a week or more till all the eggs are shed. For three to four months the eggs develop, and eventually there emerge the larvæ or alevins, which lurk among the pebbles. They cannot swim much, for they are encumbered by a big legacy of yolk. In a few weeks, perhaps eight, the protruding bag of yolk has disappeared and the fry, about an inch long, begin to move about more actively and to fend for themselves. By the end of the year they have grown to be rather trout-like parr, about four inches long. In two years these are double that length. Usually in the second year, but it may be earlier or later, the parr become silvery smolts, which go out to sea, usually about the month of May. They feed on young herring and the like and grow large and strong. When they are about three and a half years old they come up the rivers as grilse and may spawn. Or they may pass through the whole grilse stage in the sea and come up the rivers with all the characters of the full-grown fish. In many cases the salmon spawn only once, and some (they are called kelts after spawning) are so much exhausted by starting a new generation that they die or fall a victim to otters and other enemies. In the case of the salmon of the North Pacific (in the genus Oncorhynchus, not Salmo) all the individuals die after spawning, none being able to return to the sea. It must be remembered that full-grown salmon do not as a rule feed in fresh water, though they may be unable to resist snapping at the angler's strange creations. A very interesting fact is that the salmon keeps as it were a diary of its movements, which vary a good deal in different rivers. This diary is written in the scales, and a careful reading of the concentric lines on the scales shows the age of the fish, and[Pg 198] when it went out to sea, and whether it has spawned or not, and more besides.
In late autumn or winter, salmon spawn in the rivers. The female makes a shallow trough in the gravel by moving her tail side to side and lays many eggs there. The male, who is present, fertilizes these with his milt, and then the female covers them thoroughly with gravel. This process is repeated over and over for about a week until all the eggs are laid. For three to four months, the eggs develop, and eventually, the larvae or alevins emerge and hide among the pebbles. They can’t swim much because they are weighed down by a large yolk sac. In a few weeks, maybe eight, the yolk sac has disappeared, and the fry, about an inch long, begin to move more actively and fend for themselves. By the end of the year, they’ve grown to resemble trout-like parr, about four inches long. In two years, they are double that length. Usually in their second year, but sometimes earlier or later, the parr become silvery smolts and head out to sea, typically around May. They feed on young herring and similar fish, growing large and strong. When they are about three and a half years old, they return to the rivers as grilse and may spawn. Alternatively, they may skip the grilse stage in the sea and return to the rivers with all the characteristics of fully grown fish. In many cases, salmon spawn only once, and some (known as kelts after spawning) are so exhausted from starting a new generation that they die or become prey for otters and other predators. For the North Pacific salmon (in the genus Oncorhynchus, not Salmo), all individuals die after spawning, unable to return to the sea. It’s important to note that fully grown salmon typically do not feed in fresh water, though they may be tempted to snap at the angler's unusual bait. An interesting fact is that salmon keep what’s like a diary of their movements, which vary significantly in different rivers. This diary is recorded in their scales, and a careful examination of the concentric lines on the scales reveals the age of the fish, when it went out to sea, whether it has spawned, and more.
Interpretation of the Salmon's Story
When an animal frequents two different haunts, in one of which it breeds, it is very often safe to say that the breeding-place represents the original home. The flounder is quite comfortable far up the rivers, but it has to go to the shore-waters to spawn, and there is no doubt that the flounder is a marine fish which has recently learned to colonise the fresh waters. Its relatives, like plaice and sole, are strictly marine. But it is impossible to make a dogma of the rule that the breeding-place corresponds to the original home. Thus some kinds of bass, which belong to the marine family of sea-perches, live in the sea or in estuaries, while two have become permanent residents in fresh water. Or, again, the members of the herring family are very distinctively marine, but the shad, which belong to this family, spawn in rivers and may spend their lives there.
When an animal often visits two different habitats, one of which is where it breeds, it's usually safe to say that the breeding spot is its original home. The flounder does well far up rivers, but it must go to the coastal waters to spawn, and there's no doubt that the flounder is a marine fish that's recently adapted to living in fresh water. Its relatives, such as plaice and sole, are strictly marine. However, we can't make a hard and fast rule that the breeding location always matches the original habitat. For example, some types of bass, which are part of the marine family of sea-perches, live in the ocean or estuaries, while two types have made freshwater their permanent home. Likewise, the members of the herring family are primarily marine, but shad, which are part of this family, spawn in rivers and can spend their lives there.
So there are two different ways of interpreting the life-history of the salmon. Some authorities regard the salmon as a marine fish which is establishing itself in fresh water. But others read the story the other way and regard the salmon as a member of a freshwater race, that has taken to the sea for feeding purposes. In regard to trout, we know that the ranks of those in rivers and lakes are continually being reinforced by migrants from the sea, and that some trout go down to the sea while others remain in the freshwater. We know also in regard to a related fish, the char, that while the great majority of kinds are now permanent residents in cold and deep, isolated northern lakes, there are Arctic forms which live in the sea but enter the rivers to spawn. These facts favour the view that the salmon was originally a marine fish. But there are arguments on both sides, and, for our present purpose, the important fact is that the salmon is conquering two haunts. Its evolution is going on.[Pg 199]
There are two main ways to interpret the life history of salmon. Some experts see salmon as marine fish that are adapting to freshwater environments. Others take the opposite view and see salmon as freshwater fish that have evolved to venture into the sea for feeding. When it comes to trout, we know that populations in rivers and lakes are continually bolstered by those migrating from the sea, and some trout move to the sea while others stay in freshwater. We also know about char, a related fish; while most types are permanent residents in cold, deep, isolated northern lakes, there are Arctic varieties that live in the sea but return to rivers to spawn. These facts support the idea that salmon originally came from marine environments. However, there are arguments on both sides, and what's key for our discussion is that salmon are thriving in two habitats. Their evolution is ongoing.[Pg 199]
The Romance of the Eel
Early in summer, at dates varying with the distance of the rivers from the open Atlantic, crowds of young eels or elvers come up-stream. Sometimes the procession or eel-fare includes thousands of individuals, each about the length of our first finger, and as thick as a stout knitting needle. They obey an inborn impulse to swim against the stream, seeking automatically to have both sides of their body equally stimulated by the current. So they go straight ahead. The obligation works only during the day, for when the sun goes down behind the hills the elvers snuggle under stones or beneath the bank and rest till dawn. In the course of time they reach the quiet upper reaches of the river or go up rivulets and drainpipes to the isolated ponds. Their impulse to go on must be very imperious, for they may wriggle up the wet moss by the side of a waterfall or even make a short excursion in a damp meadow.
Early in summer, at different times depending on how far the rivers are from the open Atlantic, large groups of young eels or elvers swim upstream. Sometimes this gathering includes thousands of them, each about the length of a pinky finger and as thick as a sturdy knitting needle. They follow an instinctive urge to swim against the current, automatically trying to feel the current on both sides of their bodies equally. So they move straight ahead. This drive only happens during the day; when the sun goes down behind the hills, the elvers hide under stones or along the bank and rest until dawn. Eventually, they reach the calm upper parts of the river or travel up small streams and drains to isolated ponds. Their urge to keep going must be very strong, as they can wriggle up the wet moss next to a waterfall or even take a short trip into a damp meadow.
In the quiet-flowing stretches of the river or in the ponds they feed and grow for years and years. They account for a good many young fishes. Eventually, after five or six years in the case of the males, six to eight years in the case of the females, the well-grown fishes, perhaps a foot and a half to two feet long, are seized by a novel restlessness. They are beginning to be mature. They put on a silvery jacket and become large of eye, and they return to the sea. In getting away from the pond it may be necessary to wriggle through the damp meadow-grass before reaching the river. They travel by night and rather excitedly. The Arctic Ocean is too cold for them and the North Sea too shallow. They must go far out to sea, to where the old margin of the once larger continent of Europe slopes down to the great abysses, from the Hebrides southwards. Eels seem to spawn in the deep dark water; but the just liberated eggs have not yet been found. The young fry rises to near the surface and becomes a knife-blade-like larva, transparent all but its eye. It lives for many months in this state, growing to be about three inches long, rising and sinking[Pg 200] in the water, and swimming gently. These open-sea young eels are known as Leptocephali, a name given to them before their real nature was proved. They gradually become shorter, and the shape changes from knife-blade-like to cylindrical. During this change they fast, and the weight of their delicate body decreases. They turn into glass-eels, about 2½ inches long, like a knitting-needle in girth. They begin to move towards the distant shores and rivers, and they may be a year and a half old before they reach their destination and go up-stream as elvers. Those that ascend the rivers of the Eastern Baltic must have journeyed three thousand miles. It is certain that no eel ever matures or spawns in fresh water. It is practically certain that all the young eels ascending the rivers of North Europe have come in from the Atlantic, some of them perhaps from the Azores or further out still. It is interesting to inquire how the young eels circumvent the Falls of the Rhine and get into Lake Constance, or how their kindred on the other side of the Atlantic overcome the obstacle of Niagara; but it is more important to lay emphasis on the variety of habitats which this fish is trying—the deep waters, the open sea, the shore, the river, the pond, and even, it may be, a little taste of solid earth. It seems highly probable that the common eel is a deep-water marine fish which has learned to colonise the freshwaters. It has been adventurous and it has succeeded. The only shadow on the story of achievement is that there seems to be no return from the spawning. There is little doubt that death is the nemesis of their reproduction. In any case, no adult eel ever comes back from the deep sea. We are minded of Goethe's hard saying: "Death is Nature's expert advice to get plenty of life."
In the calm stretches of the river and the ponds they feed in, eels grow for years. They contribute to a significant number of young fish. After about five or six years for males and six to eight years for females, these well-grown fish, measuring about a foot and a half to two feet long, experience a new restlessness. They're reaching maturity. They develop a silvery coat and large eyes, and they head back to the sea. To escape the pond, they might need to wriggle through the damp grass before reaching the river. They travel at night, full of excitement. The Arctic Ocean is too cold for them, and the North Sea is too shallow. They must venture far out into the ocean, where the old edge of what was once a larger continent of Europe slopes down into the great depths, from the Hebrides southward. Eels are believed to spawn in the deep, dark waters; however, the recently released eggs have yet to be discovered. The young fry rise near the surface and develop into a blade-like larva, mostly transparent except for its eye. This stage lasts for many months, growing to about three inches long, rising and sinking in the water, and swimming gently. These open-sea young eels are called Leptocephali, a name given to them before their true nature was established. They gradually shorten, and their shape changes from blade-like to cylindrical. During this transformation, they stop eating, and the weight of their delicate bodies decreases. They become glass eels, about 2½ inches long, thin as a knitting needle. They begin to move toward distant shores and rivers, sometimes taking a year and a half to reach their destinations and swim upstream as elvers. Those that travel up the rivers of the Eastern Baltic must have journeyed three thousand miles. It's clear that no eel matures or spawns in freshwater. It’s highly likely that all the young eels climbing the rivers of Northern Europe have come in from the Atlantic, some possibly from the Azores or even farther out. It's intriguing to consider how the young eels navigate past the Rhine Falls to get into Lake Constance, or how their relatives on the other side of the Atlantic overcome Niagara Falls; however, it’s more important to highlight the variety of habitats this fish explores—deep waters, the open sea, the shore, rivers, ponds, and maybe even some experience on solid ground. It seems quite likely that the common eel is a deep-water marine fish that has adapted to live in freshwater. It has been adventurous and has thrived. The only downside to this success story is that there appears to be no return from spawning. It is likely that death follows their reproduction. In any case, no adult eel ever returns from the deep sea. We are reminded of Goethe's harsh saying: "Death is Nature's expert advice to get plenty of life."
§ 4
Forming New Habits
There is a well-known mudfish of Australia, Neoceratodus by name, which has turned its swim-bladder into a lung and comes to the surface to spout. It expels vitiated air with considerable[Pg 201] force and takes fresh gulps. At the same time, like an ordinary fish, it has gills which allow the usual interchange of gases between the blood and the water. Now this Australian mudfish or double-breather (Dipnoan), which may be a long way over a yard in length, is a direct and little-changed descendant of an ancient extinct fish, Ceratodus, which lived in Mesozoic times, as far back as the Jurassic, which probably means over five millions of years ago. The Queensland mudfish is an antiquity, and there has not been much change in its lineage for millions of years. We might take it as an illustration of the inertia of evolution. And yet, though its structure has changed but little, the fish probably illustrates evolution in process, for it is a fish that is learning to breathe dry air. It cannot leave the water; but it can live comfortably in pools which are foul with decomposing animal and vegetable matter. In partially dried-up and foul waterholes, full of dead fishes of various kinds, Neoceratodus has been found vigorous and lively. Unless we take the view, which is possible, that the swim-bladder of fishes was originally a lung, the mud-fishes are learning to breathe dry air. They illustrate evolution agoing.
There is a well-known mudfish in Australia called Neoceratodus, which has evolved its swim bladder into a lung and comes to the surface to breathe. It forcefully expels stale air and takes in fresh gulps. At the same time, like typical fish, it has gills that allow for the usual exchange of gases between the blood and the water. This Australian mudfish, also known as the double-breather (Dipnoan), can grow to over a yard in length and is a direct descendant of an ancient extinct fish, Ceratodus, which existed during Mesozoic times, back in the Jurassic period, meaning over five million years ago. The Queensland mudfish is an ancient species, and its lineage has changed little over millions of years. It serves as an example of the slow pace of evolution. Yet, despite its unchanged structure, this fish likely represents evolution in action, as it is adapting to breathing dry air. While it cannot leave the water, it thrives in pools that are polluted with decomposing animal and plant matter. Neoceratodus has been found active and lively in partially dried-up, foul waterholes filled with dead fish of various kinds. Unless we assume, which is possible, that the swim bladder of fish originally started as a lung, these mud fishes are adapting to breathe air. They exemplify evolution in progress.

DIAGRAM OF THE LIFE HISTORY OF THE COMMON EEL (Anguilla Vulgalis)
DIAGRAM OF THE LIFE HISTORY OF THE COMMON EEL (Anguilla Vulgaris)
1. The transparent open-sea knife-blade-like larva called a Leptocephalus.
1. The clear, open-ocean larva that looks like a knife blade is called a Leptocephalus.
2 and 3. The gradual change of shape from knife-blade-like to cylindrical. The body becomes shorter and loses weight.
2 and 3. The gradual change in shape from a knife blade to a cylinder. The body becomes shorter and lighter.
4. The young elver, at least a year old, which makes its way from the open sea to the estuaries and rivers. It is 2/3 inches long and almost cylindrical.
4. The young eel, at least a year old, that travels from the open ocean to the estuaries and rivers. It is 2/3 inches long and almost cylindrical.
5. The fully-formed eel.
The mature eel.

Photo: Gambier Bolton.
Image: Gambier Bolton.
CASSOWARY
Cassowary
Its bare head is capped with a helmet. Unlike the plumage of most birds its feathers are loose and hair-like, whilst its wings are merely represented by a few black quills. It is flightless and entirely dependent on its short powerful legs to carry it out of danger.
Its bare head is topped with a helmet. Unlike the feathers of most birds, its plumage is loose and hair-like, while its wings are just a few black quills. It can't fly and relies solely on its short, strong legs to escape danger.

Photo: Gambier Bolton.
Photo: Gambier Bolton.
THE KIWI, ANOTHER FLIGHTLESS BIRD, OF REMARKABLE APPEARANCE, HABITS, AND STRUCTURE
THE KIWI, ANOTHER FLIGHTLESS BIRD, OF REMARKABLE APPEARANCE, HABITS, AND STRUCTURE
The herring-gull is by nature a fish-eater; but of recent years, in some parts of Britain, it has been becoming in the summer months more and more of a vegetarian, scooping out the turnips, devouring potatoes, settling on the sheaves in the harvest field and gorging itself with grain. Similar experiments, usually less striking, are known in many birds; but the most signal illustration is that of the kea or Nestor parrot of New Zealand, which has taken to lighting on the loins of the sheep, tearing away the fleece, cutting at the skin, and gouging out fat. Now the parrot belongs to a vegetarian or frugivorous stock, and this change of diet in the relatively short time since sheep-ranches were established in New Zealand is very striking. Here, since we know the dates, we may speak of evolution going on under our eyes. It must be remembered that variations in habit may give an[Pg 202] animal a new opportunity to test variations in structure which arise mysteriously from within, as expressions of germinal changefulness rather than as imprints from without. For of the transmissibility of the latter there is little secure evidence.
The herring gull naturally eats fish, but in recent years, especially during the summer months in parts of Britain, it has increasingly become more of a vegetarian, digging up turnips, devouring potatoes, and settling on the grain in harvest fields to gorge itself. Similar changes, though usually less noticeable, are observed in many birds; however, the most remarkable example is the kea or Nestor parrot from New Zealand, which has started landing on sheep, ripping off their fleece, cutting into their skin, and gouging out fat. The parrot is originally from a vegetarian or fruit-eating lineage, and this shift in diet in the relatively short time since sheep farming began in New Zealand is quite striking. Here, since we know the timeline, we can discuss evolution happening right before our eyes. It’s important to remember that changes in behavior can provide an animal a chance to test out structural variations that mysteriously arise from within, reflecting internal changes rather than being influenced by external factors. There is little solid evidence for the transmission of the latter.
Experiments in Locomotion
It is very interesting to think of the numerous types of locomotion which animals have discovered—pulling and punting, sculling and rowing, and of the changes that are rung on these four main methods. How striking is the case of the frilled lizard (Chlamydosaurus) of Australia, which at the present time is, as it were, experimenting in bipedal progression—always a rather eventful thing to do. It gets up on its hind-legs and runs totteringly for a few feet, just like a baby learning to walk.
It's really fascinating to think about the many ways animals have figured out how to move—pulling, pushing, paddling, and rowing—and all the variations on these four basic methods. Take the frilled lizard (Chlamydosaurus) from Australia, for example. Right now, it seems to be trying out walking on two legs—definitely an interesting thing to attempt. It stands up on its hind legs and wobbles along for a few feet, much like a toddler learning to walk.
How beautiful is the adventure which has led our dipper or water-ouzel—a bird allied to the wrens—to try walking and flying under water! How admirable is the volplaning of numerous parachutists—"flying fish," "flying frog," "flying dragon," "flying phalanger," "flying squirrel," and more besides, which take great leaps through the air. For are these not the splendid failures that might have succeeded in starting new modes of flight?
How amazing is the journey that has inspired our dipper or water-ouzel—a bird related to wrens—to attempt walking and flying underwater! How impressive is the gliding of many parachutists—“flying fish,” “flying frogs,” “flying dragons,” “flying phalangers,” “flying squirrels,” and more—who make great leaps through the air. Aren’t these magnificent attempts the ones that could have led to entirely new ways of flying?
Most daring of all, perhaps, are the aerial journeys undertaken by many small spiders. On a breezy morning, especially in the autumn, they mount on gate-posts and palings and herbage, and, standing with their head to the wind, pay out three or four long threads of silk. When the wind tugs at these threads, the spinners let go, and are borne, usually back downwards, on the wings of the wind from one parish to another. It is said that if the wind falls they can unfurl more sail, or furl if it rises. In any case, these wingless creatures make aerial journeys. When tens of thousands of the used threads sink to earth, there is a "shower of gossamer." On his Beagle voyage Darwin observed that vast numbers of small gossamer spiders were borne on to the ship when it was sixty miles distant from the land.
Perhaps the most daring of all are the aerial journeys made by many small spiders. On a breezy morning, especially in the fall, they climb onto gateposts, fences, and grass, standing with their heads toward the wind, letting out three or four long strands of silk. When the wind pulls at these strands, the spiders release them and are carried, usually downwards, on the wings of the wind from one area to another. It’s said that if the wind dies down, they can let out more thread, or pull it back in if it picks up. In any case, these wingless creatures travel through the air. When tens of thousands of their used threads fall to the ground, it creates a “shower of gossamer.” During his voyage on the Beagle, Darwin noted that large numbers of small gossamer spiders were carried onto the ship when it was sixty miles away from shore.

THE AUSTRALIAN FRILLED LIZARD, WHICH IS AT PRESENT TRYING TO BECOME A BIPED
THE AUSTRALIAN FRILLED LIZARD, WHICH IS CURRENTLY ATTEMPTING TO BECOME A BIPED
When it gets up on its hind-legs and runs for a short distance it folds its big collar round its neck.
When it stands up on its hind legs and runs for a short distance, it wraps its large collar around its neck.

A CARPET OF GOSSAMER
A gossamer carpet
The silken threads used by thousands of gossamer spiders in their migrations are here seen entangled in the grass, forming what is called a shower of gossamer. At the edge of the grass the gossamer forms a curtain, floating out and looking extraordinarily like waves breaking on a seashore.
The silky threads used by thousands of delicate spiders during their migrations are now tangled in the grass, creating what’s known as a shower of gossamer. At the grass's edge, the gossamer forms a curtain, floating out and resembling waves crashing on a beach.

THE WATER-SPIDER
The Water Spider
The spider is seen just leaving its diving-bell to ascend to the surface to capture air.
The spider is seen just leaving its diving bell to rise to the surface to get some air.
The spider jerks its body and legs out at the surface and then dives—
The spider quickly extends its body and legs out at the surface before diving—
—carrying with it what looks like a silvery air-bubble—air entangled in the hair.
—carrying with it what looks like a silvery air bubble—air tangled in the hair.
The spider reaches its air-dome. Note how the touch of its legs indents the inflated balloon.
The spider reaches its air dome. Notice how the touch of its legs leaves an impression on the inflated balloon.
Running down the side of the nest, the spider
Running down the side of the nest, the spider
—brushes off the air at the entrance, and the bubble ascends into the silken balloon.
—brushes off the air at the entrance, and the bubble rises into the silky balloon.
Photos: J. J. Ward, F.E.S.
Photos: J.J. Ward, F.E.S.
New Devices
It is impossible, we must admit, to fix dates, except in a few cases, relatively recent; but there is a smack of modernity in some striking devices which we can observe in operation to-day. Thus no one will dispute the statement that spiders are thoroughly terrestrial animals breathing dry air, but we have the fact of the water-spider conquering the under-water world. There are a few spiders about the seashore, and a few that can survive douching with freshwater, but the particular case of the true water-spider, Argyroneta natans, stands by itself because the creature, as regards the female at least, has conquered the sub-aquatic environment. A flattish web is woven, somehow, underneath the water, and pegged down by threads of silk. Along a special vertical line the mother spider ascends to the surface and descends again, having entangled air in the hairs of her body. She brushes off this air underneath her web, which is thereby buoyed up into a sort of dome. She does this over and over again, never getting wet all the time, until the domed web has become like a diving-bell, full of dry air. In this eloquent anticipation of man's rational device, this creature—far from being endowed with reason—lays her eggs and looks after her young. The general significance of the facts is that when competition is keen, a new area of exploitation is a promised land. Thus spiders have spread over all the earth except the polar areas. But here is a spider with some spirit of adventure, which has endeavoured, instead of trekking, to find a new corner near at home. It has tackled a problem surely difficult for a terrestrial animal, the problem of living in great part under water, and it has solved it in a manner at once effective and beautiful.
It's impossible, we have to admit, to pin down dates, except for a few relatively recent cases; but there’s a hint of modernity in some striking examples we can see in action today. No one will argue that spiders are mainly land animals that need dry air, yet we have the water-spider that has conquered the underwater world. There are a few spiders found at the beach, and some that can handle a freshwater shower, but the true water-spider, Argyroneta natans, is unique because the female has mastered the sub-aquatic environment. She weaves a flat web under the water, anchoring it with silk threads. Along a special vertical line, the mother spider climbs to the surface and then goes back down, trapping air in the hairs on her body. She brushes this air under her web, which then floats up into a sort of dome. She repeats this process again and again, staying completely dry, until the domed web resembles a diving bell full of dry air. In this impressive anticipation of human ingenuity, this creature—without any reasoning abilities—lays her eggs and cares for her young. The broader significance of this is that when competition is fierce, a new area to exploit is seen as a promised land. As a result, spiders have spread across the entire earth except for the polar regions. But here is a spider with a spirit of adventure, which has sought, instead of migrating, to find a new niche nearby. It has taken on a surely challenging problem for a land animal: living mostly underwater, and it has solved it in a way that is both effective and beautiful.
In Conclusion
We have given but a few representative illustrations of a great theme. When we consider the changefulness of living creatures, the transformations of cultivated plants and domesticated[Pg 204] animals, the gradual alterations in the fauna of a country, the search after new haunts, the forming of new habits, and the discovery of many inventions, are we not convinced that Evolution is going on? And why should it stop?[Pg 205]
We’ve provided just a few examples of a big topic. When we think about the ever-changing nature of living beings, the development of cultivated plants and domesticated[Pg 204] animals, the slow changes in a country’s wildlife, the exploration of new habitats, the creation of new behaviors, and the invention of many new things, aren’t we sure that Evolution is happening? And why should it stop?[Pg 205]
VII
THE DAWN OF MIND
THE DAWN OF MIND
In the story of evolution there is no chapter more interesting than the emergence of mind in the animal kingdom. But it is a difficult chapter to read, partly because "mind" cannot be seen or measured, only inferred from the outward behaviour of the creature, and partly because it is almost impossible to avoid reading ourselves into the much simpler animals.
In the story of evolution, there’s no section more fascinating than the emergence of mind in the animal kingdom. However, it’s a challenging section to understand, partly because "mind" can't be seen or measured, only inferred from an animal's outward behavior, and partly because it’s nearly impossible not to project our own experiences onto the much simpler animals.
§ 1
Two Extremes to be Avoided
The one extreme is that of uncritical generosity which credits every animal, like Brer Rabbit—who, by the way, was the hare—with human qualities. The other extreme is that of thinking of the animal as if it were an automatic machine, in the working of which there is no place or use for mind. Both these extremes are to be avoided.
The one extreme is uncritical generosity that attributes human qualities to every animal, like Brer Rabbit—who, by the way, was the hare. The other extreme is viewing the animal as an automatic machine, where there’s no room or purpose for a mind. Both of these extremes should be avoided.
When Professor Whitman took the eggs of the Passenger Pigeon (which became extinct not long ago with startling rapidity) and placed them a few inches to one side of the nest, the bird looked a little uneasy and put her beak under her body as if to feel for something that was not there. But she did not try to retrieve her eggs, close at hand as they were. In a short time she flew away altogether. This shows that the mind of the pigeon is in some respects very different from the mind of man. On the other hand, when a certain clever dog, carrying a basket of eggs, with the handle in his mouth, came to a stile which had to be negotiated, he laid the basket on the ground, pushed it gently through a low gap to the other side, and then took a running leap over. We dare not talk of this dog as an automatic machine.[Pg 208]
When Professor Whitman took the eggs of the Passenger Pigeon (which recently went extinct at an alarming pace) and set them a few inches to the side of the nest, the bird seemed a bit unsettled and tucked her beak under her body as if searching for something that wasn’t there. However, she didn’t attempt to retrieve her eggs, even though they were so close. Soon enough, she flew away completely. This indicates that the pigeon’s thought process is, in some ways, quite different from that of humans. On the other hand, when a clever dog, carrying a basket of eggs with the handle in its mouth, reached a stile that needed to be crossed, it placed the basket on the ground, pushed it gently through a low gap to the other side, and then jumped over. We can't just consider this dog as an automatic machine.[Pg 208]
A Caution in Regard to Instinct
In studying the behaviour of animals, which is the only way of getting at their mind, for it is only of our own mind that we have direct knowledge, it is essential to give prominence to the fact that there has been throughout the evolution of living creatures a strong tendency to enregister or engrain capacities of doing things effectively. Thus certain abilities come to be inborn; they are parts of the inheritance, which will express themselves whenever the appropriate trigger is pulled. The newly born child does not require to learn its breathing movements, as it afterwards requires to learn its walking movements. The ability to go through the breathing movements is inborn, engrained, enregistered.
In studying animal behavior, which is the only way to understand their minds (since we only have direct knowledge of our own), it's important to highlight that there has been a strong tendency throughout the evolution of living beings to develop and solidify effective skills. As a result, some abilities become innate; they are part of our inheritance and will surface whenever the right stimuli are present. A newborn baby doesn't need to learn how to breathe, unlike how it later has to learn to walk. The ability to breathe is innate, ingrained, and established.
In other words, there are hereditary pre-arrangements of nerve-cells and muscle-cells which come into activity almost as easily as the beating of the heart. In a minute or two the newborn pigling creeps close to its mother and sucks milk. It has not to learn how to do this any more than we have to learn to cough or sneeze. Thus animals have many useful ready-made, or almost ready-made, capacities of doing apparently clever things. In simple cases of these inborn pre-arrangements we speak of reflex actions; in more complicated cases, of instinctive behaviour. Now the caution is this, that while these inborn capacities usually work well in natural conditions, they sometimes work badly when the ordinary routine is disturbed. We see this when a pigeon continues sitting for many days on an empty nest, or when it fails to retrieve its eggs only two inches away. But it would be a mistake to call the pigeon, because of this, an unutterably stupid bird. We have only to think of the achievements of homing pigeons to know that this cannot be true. We must not judge animals in regard to those kinds of behaviour which have been handed over to instinct, and go badly agee when the normal routine is disturbed. In ninety-nine cases out of a hundred the enregistered instinctive capacities work well, and the advantage of[Pg 209] their becoming stereotyped was to leave the animal more free for adventures at a higher level. Being "a slave of instinct" may give the animal a security that enables it to discover some new home or new food or new joy. Somewhat in the same way, a man of methodical habits, which he has himself established, may gain leisure to make some new departure of racial profit.
In other words, there are inherited arrangements of nerve cells and muscle cells that activate almost as easily as the heartbeat. Within a minute or two, a newborn piglet crawls to its mother and starts drinking milk. It doesn't need to learn how to do this any more than we need to learn how to cough or sneeze. Animals have many useful, almost instinctual abilities to perform seemingly smart actions. In simple cases of these innate arrangements, we refer to them as reflex actions; in more complex cases, we call them instinctive behavior. However, it's important to note that while these innate abilities typically function well in natural circumstances, they can sometimes fail when the usual routine is disrupted. We observe this when a pigeon continues sitting on an empty nest for many days or when it can’t retrieve its eggs just a couple of inches away. But it would be a mistake to label the pigeon as a completely stupid bird because of this. Just think of the impressive feats of homing pigeons, and it becomes clear that this can't be true. We shouldn’t judge animals based on those behaviors that are instinctive and falter when their normal routine is disrupted. In ninety-nine out of a hundred cases, the instinctive abilities work well, and the benefit of their becoming established is to give the animal more freedom to explore at a higher level. Being "a slave to instinct" may provide the animal with a sense of security that allows it to find a new home, new food, or new joy. Similarly, a person with methodical habits, which they have developed themselves, may gain the leisure to pursue new, beneficial paths for their community.

Photo: O. J. Wilkinson.
Photo: O. J. Wilkinson.
JACKDAW BALANCING ON A GATEPOST
Jackdaw perched on a gatepost
The jackdaw is a big-brained, extremely alert, very educable, loquacious bird.
The jackdaw is a smart, highly alert, very trainable, talkative bird.

From Ingersoll's "The Wit of the Wild."
From Ingersoll's "The Wit of the Wild."
TWO OPOSSUMS FEIGNING DEATH
TWO OPOSSUMS PLAYING DEAD
The Opossums are mainly arboreal marsupials, insectivorous and carnivorous, confined to the American Continent from the United States to Patagonia. Many have no pouch and carry their numerous young ones on their back, the tail of the young twined round that of the mother. The opossums are agile, clever creatures, and famous for "playing 'possum," lying inert just as if they were dead.
The opossums are mainly tree-dwelling marsupials that eat insects and meat, found on the American continent from the United States to Patagonia. Many of them don’t have a pouch and carry their many young on their backs, with the young's tails wrapped around their mother’s. Opossums are agile and smart animals, known for "playing dead" by lying completely still as if they were lifeless.

MALE OF THREE-SPINED STICKLEBACK, MAKING A NEST OF WATER-WEED, GLUED TOGETHER BY VISCID THREADS SECRETED FROM THE KIDNEYS AT THE BREEDING SEASON
MALE THREE-SPINED STICKLEBACK, BUILDING A NEST FROM WATER WEEDS, STUCK TOGETHER WITH STICKY THREADS SECRETED FROM THE KIDNEYS DURING THE BREEDING SEASON

A FEMALE STICKLEBACK ENTERS THE NEST WHICH THE MALE HAS MADE, LAYS THE EGGS INSIDE, AND THEN DEPARTS
A female stickleback swims into the nest that the male has built, lays the eggs inside, and then leaves.
In many cases two or three females use the same nest, the stickleback being polygamous. Above the nest the male, who mounts guard, is seen driving away an intruder.
In many cases, two or three females share the same nest, as the stickleback is polygamous. Above the nest, the male, who keeps watch, can be seen chasing away an intruder.
When we draw back our finger from something very hot, or shut our eye to avoid a blow from a rebounding branch, we do not will the action; and this is more or less the case, probably, when a young mammal sucks its mother for the first time. Some Mound-birds of Celebes lay their eggs in warm volcanic ash by the shore of the sea, others in a great mass of fermenting vegetation; it is inborn in the newly hatched bird to struggle out as quickly as it can from such a strange nest, else it will suffocate. If it stops struggling too soon, it perishes, for it seems that the trigger of the instinct cannot be pulled twice. Similarly, when the eggs of the turtle, that have been laid in the sand of the shore, hatch out, the young ones make instinctively for the sea. Some of the crocodiles bury their eggs two feet or so below the surface among sand and decaying vegetation—an awkward situation for a birthplace. When the young crocodile is ready to break out of the egg-shell, just as a chick does at the end of the three weeks of brooding, it utters instinctively a piping cry. On hearing this, the watchful mother digs away the heavy blankets, otherwise the young crocodile would be buried alive at birth. Now there is no warrant for believing that the young Mound-birds, young crocodiles, and young turtles have an intelligent appreciation of what they do when they are hatched. They act instinctively, "as to the manner born." But this is not to say that their activity is not backed by endeavour or even suffused with a certain amount of awareness. Of course, it is necessarily difficult for man, who is so much a creature of intelligence, to get even an inkling of the mental side of instinctive behaviour.
When we pull our finger away from something really hot, or shut our eyes to dodge a blow from a swinging branch, we aren’t consciously deciding to do it; this is probably similar to what happens when a young mammal suckles for the first time. Some Mound-birds in Celebes lay their eggs in warm volcanic ash by the ocean, while others use a pile of rotting vegetation; instinctively, the newly hatched bird struggles to escape from such an unusual nest as quickly as possible, or it could suffocate. If it stops trying too soon, it will die, since it seems the instinct can't be triggered twice. Similarly, when turtle eggs hatch in the sand on the shore, the hatchlings automatically head for the sea. Some crocodiles bury their eggs a couple of feet below the surface in sand and decaying plants—an inconvenient spot for a nursery. When a young crocodile is ready to break out of its shell, like a chick after three weeks of brooding, it instinctively makes a piping sound. Hearing this, the attentive mother digs away the heavy cover; otherwise, the newborn crocodile would be buried alive. There’s no reason to believe that young Mound-birds, young crocodiles, and young turtles have any real understanding of their actions when they hatch. They act on instinct, as if it’s second nature. However, that doesn't mean their actions aren’t fueled by effort or that they don’t have some level of awareness. Naturally, it’s hard for humans, who rely heavily on intelligence, to fully grasp the mental aspect of instinctive behavior.
In many of the higher reaches of animal instinct, as in courtship[Pg 210] or nest-building, in hunting or preparing the food, it looks as if the starting of the routine activity also "rang up" the higher centres of the brain and put the intelligence on the qui vive, ready to interpose when needed. So the twofold caution is this: (1) We must not depreciate the creature too much if, in unusual circumstances, it acts in an ineffective way along lines of behaviour which are normally handed over to instinct; and (2) we must leave open the possibility that even routine instinctive behaviour may be suffused with awareness and backed by endeavour.
In many advanced aspects of animal instinct, like courtship[Pg 210], nest-building, hunting, or food preparation, it seems that the beginning of these routines also activates higher brain centers and puts intelligence on alert, ready to step in when necessary. So the two main points are this: (1) We shouldn’t judge the animal too harshly if, in unusual situations, it behaves ineffectively in ways that are usually instinctual; and (2) we should keep in mind that even typical instinctive behavior could be filled with awareness and effort.
§ 2
A Useful Law
But how are we to know when to credit the animal with intelligence and when with something less spontaneous? Above all, how are we to know when the effective action, like opening the mouth the very instant it is touched by food in the mother's beak, is just a physiological action like coughing or sneezing, and when there is behind it—a mind at work? The answer to this question is no doubt that given by Prof. Lloyd Morgan, who may be called the founder of comparative psychology, that we must describe the piece of behaviour very carefully, just as it occurred, without reading anything into it, and that we must not ascribe it to a higher faculty if it can be satisfactorily accounted for in terms of a lower one. In following this principle we may be sometimes niggardly, for the behaviour may have a mental subtlety that we have missed; but in nine cases out of ten our conclusions are likely to be sound. It is the critical, scientific way.
But how can we tell when to attribute intelligence to an animal and when to attribute something less instinctive? More importantly, how do we know when an action, like opening its mouth the moment food touches it in the mother's beak, is just a physiological response like coughing or sneezing, and when there’s actually a mind at work behind it? The answer to this question likely comes from Prof. Lloyd Morgan, who is considered the founder of comparative psychology. He suggests that we need to observe the behavior very carefully, just as it happens, without imposing any interpretations, and that we shouldn't attribute it to a higher-level ability if we can satisfactorily explain it through a lower-level one. By following this principle, we might sometimes be overly cautious, as the behavior could have a mental complexity that we overlooked; however, in nine out of ten cases, our conclusions are probably accurate. This approach is critical and scientific.
Bearing this law in mind, let us take a survey of the emergence of mind among backboned animals.
Keeping this law in mind, let's take a look at the development of the mind in animals with backbones.
Senses of Fishes
Fishes cannot shut their eyes, having no true lids; but the eyes themselves are very well developed and the vision is acute,[Pg 211] especially for moving objects. Except in gristly fishes, the external opening to the ear has been lost, so that sound-waves and coarser vibrations must influence the inner ear, which is well developed, through the surrounding flesh and bones. It seems that the main use of the ear in fishes is in connection with balancing, not with hearing. In many cases, however, the sense of hearing has been demonstrated; thus fishes will come to the side of a pond to be fed when a bell is rung or when a whistle is blown by someone not visible from the water. The fact that many fishes pay no attention at all to loud noises does not prove that they are deaf, for an animal may hear a sound and yet remain quite indifferent or irresponsive. This merely means that the sound has no vital interest for the animal. Some fishes, such as bullhead and dogfish, have a true sense of smell, detecting by their nostrils very dilute substances permeating the water from a distance. Others, such as members of the cod family, perceive their food in part at least by the sense of taste, which is susceptible to substances near at hand and present in considerable quantity. This sense of taste may be located on the fins as well as about the mouth. At this low level the senses of smell and taste do not seem to be very readily separated. The chief use of the sensitive line or lateral line seen on each side of a bony fish is to make the animal aware of slow vibrations and changes of pressure in the water. The skin responds to pressures, the ear to vibrations of high frequency; the lateral line is between the two in its function.
Fishes can't close their eyes since they don't have real eyelids; however, their eyes are quite developed and they have sharp vision, especially for moving objects. Except for cartilaginous fishes, they lack an external ear opening, so sound waves and larger vibrations have to reach the inner ear, which is well developed, through the surrounding flesh and bones. It appears that the main purpose of the ear in fishes is related to balance rather than hearing. However, in many cases, fish have demonstrated their ability to hear; for example, they will swim to the edge of a pond to be fed when a bell rings or a whistle is blown by someone who isn't visible from the water. The fact that many fishes ignore loud noises doesn't mean they are deaf; an animal may hear a sound and still show indifference or lack of response. This simply indicates that the sound isn't significant to the animal. Some fishes, like bullheads and dogfish, have a true sense of smell, able to detect very diluted substances in the water from afar through their nostrils. Others, such as cod, partly rely on their sense of taste to find food, which is sensitive to substances that are close and in larger quantities. This sense of taste can also be found on their fins as well as around their mouths. At this basic level, the senses of smell and taste don't seem to be easily distinguished. The primary function of the lateral line, which runs along either side of a bony fish, is to help the animal detect slow vibrations and pressure changes in the water. The skin reacts to pressure, the ear responds to high-frequency vibrations, and the lateral line serves a function in between the two.
Interesting Ways of Fishes
The brain of the ordinary bony fish is at a very low level. Thus the cerebral hemispheres, destined to become more and more the seat of intelligence, are poorly developed. In gristly fishes, like skates and sharks, the brain is much more promising. But although the state of the brain does not lead one to expect very much from a bony fish like trout or eel, haddock or herring, illustrations[Pg 212] are not wanting of what might be called pretty pieces of behaviour. Let us select a few cases.
The brain of regular bony fish is quite basic. As a result, the cerebral hemispheres, which will eventually be the center of intelligence, are not well developed. In cartilaginous fish, like skates and sharks, the brain shows much more potential. However, even though the brain's condition leads us to not expect much from bony fish like trout or eel, haddock or herring, there are still examples[Pg 212] of what could be considered interesting behaviors. Let’s look at a few examples.
The Stickleback's Nest
The three-spined and two-spined sticklebacks live equally well in fresh or salt water; the larger fifteen-spined stickleback is entirely marine. In all three species the male fish makes a nest, in fresh or brackish water in the first two cases, in shore-pools in the third case. The little species use the leaves and stems of water-plants; the larger species use seaweed and zoophyte. The leaves or fronds are entangled together and fastened by glue-like threads, secreted, strange to say, by the kidneys. It is just as if a temporary diseased condition had been regularised and turned to good purpose. Going through the nest several times, the male makes a little room in the middle. Partly by coercion and partly by coaxing he induces a female—first one and then another—to pass through the nest with two doors, depositing eggs during her short sojourn. The females go their way, and the male mounts guard over the nest. He drives off intruding fishes much bigger than himself. When the young are hatched, the male has for a time much to do, keeping his charges within bounds until they are able to move about with agility. It seems that sticklebacks are short-lived fishes, probably breeding only once; and it is reasonable to suppose that their success as a race depends to some extent on the paternal care. Now if we could believe that the nesting behaviour had appeared suddenly in its present form, we should be inclined to credit the fish with considerable mental ability. But we are less likely to be so generous if we reflect that the routine has been in all likelihood the outcome of a long racial process of slight improvements and critical testings. The secretion of the glue probably came about as a pathological variation; its utilisation was perhaps discovered by accident; the types that had wit enough to take advantage of this were most successful; the routine became enregistered hereditarily. The stickleback is not so clever as it looks.
The three-spined and two-spined sticklebacks thrive equally well in fresh or salt water, while the larger fifteen-spined stickleback is found only in the ocean. In all three species, the male fish builds a nest, either in fresh or brackish water for the first two, or in shore pools for the latter. The smaller species use leaves and stems from aquatic plants, while the larger species utilize seaweed and small sea creatures. The leaves or fronds are intertwined and secured with glue-like threads, which are surprisingly produced by their kidneys. It's as if a temporary condition of illness has been adapted and repurposed. The male fish travels through the nest multiple times, creating a small space in the center. Through a mix of dominance and persuasion, he encourages a female—one and then another—to swim through the nest with two openings, laying eggs during her brief visit. After the females leave, the male watches over the nest, chasing away larger fish intruders. When the young hatch, the male has a lot to manage, ensuring that they stay contained until they can swim around independently. Sticklebacks seem to have short lifespans and likely breed only once; it makes sense to think their survival as a species relies somewhat on the father’s care. If we could assume that their nesting behavior suddenly appeared in its current form, we might credit them with significant intelligence. However, we’re less inclined to be generous when we consider that this behavior most likely developed over a long process of small improvements and critical assessments. The production of glue may have arisen from a random variation; its use might have been discovered by chance; the types that were savvy enough to benefit from this adaptation became the most successful, and this behavior was then passed down through generations. The stickleback isn’t as clever as it seems.

Photo: Imperial War Museum.
Photo: Imperial War Museum.
HOMING PIGEON
Carrier pigeon
A blue chequer hen, which during the War (in September of 1918) flew 22 miles in as many minutes, saving the crew of an aeroplane in difficulties.
A blue checkered hen, which during the War (in September of 1918) flew 22 miles in just as many minutes, saving the crew of an airplane in trouble.

Photo: Imperial War Museum.
Photo: Imperial War Museum.
CARRIER PIGEON
Messenger pigeon
Carrier pigeons were much used in the War to carry messages. The photograph shows how the message is fixed to the carrier pigeon's leg, in the form of light rings.
Carrier pigeons were widely used during the war to deliver messages. The photograph shows how the message is attached to the carrier pigeon's leg, using lightweight rings.

Photo: James's Press Agency.
Photo: James's Press Agency.
YELLOW-CROWNED PENGUIN
Yellow-crowned penguin
Notice the flightless wings turned into flippers, which are often flapped very vigorously. The very strong feet are also noteworthy. Penguins are mostly confined to the Far South.
Notice the wings that can't fly and have turned into flippers, which are often flapped really hard. The very strong feet are also impressive. Penguins are mostly found in the Far South.

Photo: Cagcombe & Co.
Photo: Cagcombe & Co.
PENGUINS ARE "A PECULIAR PEOPLE"
PENGUINS ARE "UNIQUE CREATURES"
Their wings have been turned into flippers for swimming in the sea and tobogganing on snow. The penguins come back over hundreds of miles of trackless waste to their birthplace, where they breed. When they reach the Antarctic shore they walk with determination to a suitable site, often at the top of a steep cliff. Some species waddle 130 steps per minute, 6 inches per step, two-thirds of a mile per hour.
Their wings have transformed into flippers for swimming in the ocean and sliding on snow. Penguins return over hundreds of miles of empty land to their birthplace, where they mate. When they reach the Antarctic shore, they walk purposefully to a suitable location, often at the top of a steep cliff. Some species waddle at 130 steps per minute, covering 6 inches with each step, moving at two-thirds of a mile per hour.
The Mind of a Minnow
To find solid ground on which to base an appreciation of the behaviour of fishes, it is necessary to experiment, and we may refer to Miss Gertrude White's interesting work on American minnows and sticklebacks. After the fishes had become quite at home in their artificial surroundings, their lessons began. Cloth packets, one of which contained meat and the other cotton, were suspended at opposite ends of the aquarium. The mud-minnows did not show that they perceived either packet, though they swam close by them; the sticklebacks were intrigued at once. Those that went towards the packet containing meat darted furiously upon it and pulled at it with great excitement. Those that went towards the cotton packet turned sharply away when they were within about two inches off. They then perceived what those at the other end were after and joined them—a common habit amongst fishes. Although the minnows were not interested in the tiny "bags of mystery," they were even more alert than the sticklebacks in perceiving moving objects in or on the water, and there is no doubt that both these shallow-water species discover their food largely by sense of sight.
To understand fish behavior, it's important to experiment, and we can look at Miss Gertrude White's fascinating work on American minnows and sticklebacks. Once the fish settled into their artificial environment, the lessons began. Cloth packets, one with meat and the other with cotton, were hung at opposite ends of the aquarium. The mud-minnows didn’t seem to notice either packet, even though they swam nearby; the sticklebacks were immediately curious. Those that approached the meat packet darted at it excitedly and tugged at it with enthusiasm. The ones that went toward the cotton packet quickly turned away when they were about two inches away. They then noticed what the others were after and joined in, which is a common behavior among fish. Even though the minnows weren't interested in the small "bags of mystery," they were actually more aware than the sticklebacks when it came to spotting moving objects in or on the water, and it’s clear that both of these shallow-water species find their food mainly by sight.
The next set of lessons had to do with colour-associations. The fishes were fed on minced snail, chopped earthworm, fragments of liver, and the like, and the food was given to them from the end of forceps held above the surface of the water, so that the fishes could not be influenced by smell. They had to leap out of the water to take the food from the forceps. Discs of coloured cardboard were slipped over the end of the forceps, so that what the fishes saw was a morsel of food in the centre of a coloured disc. After a week or so of preliminary training, they were so well accustomed to the coloured discs that the presentation of one served as a signal for the fishes to dart to the surface and spring out of the water. When baits of paper were substituted for the food, the fishes continued to jump at the discs. When, however, a blue disc was persistently used for the paper bait and a red disc[Pg 214] for the real food, or vice versa, some of the minnows learned to discriminate infallibly between shadow and substance, both when these were presented alternately and when they were presented simultaneously. This is not far from the dawn of mind.
The next set of lessons focused on color associations. The fish were fed minced snail, chopped earthworm, pieces of liver, and similar foods, given to them from the end of forceps held above the water's surface so that they couldn't rely on smell. They had to jump out of the water to grab the food from the forceps. Colored cardboard discs were placed over the end of the forceps, so the fish saw a piece of food in the middle of a colored disc. After about a week of initial training, they became so used to the colored discs that seeing one signaled them to dart to the surface and leap out of the water. When paper baits replaced the food, the fish still jumped at the discs. However, when a blue disc was consistently used for the paper bait and a red disc for the actual food, or vice versa, some of the minnows learned to distinguish reliably between shadow and substance, both when they were presented alternately and when they were shown at the same time. This is close to the beginning of consciousness.
In the course of a few lessons, both minnows and sticklebacks learned to associate particular colours with food, and other associations were also formed. A kind of larva that a minnow could make nothing of after repeated trials was subsequently ignored. The approach of the experimenter or anyone else soon began to serve as a food-signal. There can be no doubt that in the ordinary life of fishes there is a process of forming useful associations and suppressing useless responses. Given an inborn repertory of profitable movements that require no training, given the power of forming associations such as those we have illustrated, and given a considerable degree of sensory alertness along certain lines, fishes do not require much more. And in truth they have not got it. Moving with great freedom in three dimensions in a medium that supports them and is very uniform and constant, able in most cases to get plenty of food without fatiguing exertions and to dispense with it for considerable periods if it is scarce, multiplying usually in great abundance so that the huge infantile mortality hardly counts, rarely dying a natural death but usually coming with their strength unabated to a violent end, fishes hold their own in the struggle for existence without much in the way of mental endowment. Their brain has more to do with motion than with mentality, and they have remained at a low psychical level.
In just a few lessons, both minnows and sticklebacks learned to connect specific colors with food, and they also formed other associations. A type of larva that a minnow couldn’t understand after many tries was eventually ignored. The presence of the experimenter or anyone else soon started to act as a food signal. It's clear that in the everyday lives of fish, there’s a process of creating helpful associations and ignoring useless responses. With an innate repertoire of beneficial movements that need no training, the ability to form associations like the ones we’ve shown, and a good level of sensory alertness in certain areas, fish don’t need much more. And honestly, they don’t have it. They move freely in three dimensions in an environment that supports them and is very consistent, usually able to find plenty of food without tiring efforts and to go without it for a significant time when it’s scarce, breeding in large numbers so that the high infant mortality barely matters, rarely dying of old age but typically meeting a violent end while still strong; fish manage to survive in the struggle for existence without much in terms of mental capacity. Their brains are more about movement than thinking, and they have remained at a low mental level.
Yet just as we should greatly misjudge our own race if we confined our attention to everyday routine, so in our total, as distinguished from our average, estimate of fishes, we must remember the salmon surmounting the falls, the wary trout eluding the angler's skill, the common mud-skipper (Periophthalmus) of many tropical shores which climbs on the rocks and the roots of the mangrove-trees, or actively hunts small shore-animals. We[Pg 215] must remember the adventurous life-history of the eel and the quaint ways in which some fishes, males especially, look after their family. The male sea-horse puts the eggs in his breast-pocket; the male Kurtus carries them on the top of his head; the cock-paidle or lumpsucker guards them and aerates them in a corner of a shore-pool.
Yet just as we would seriously misjudge our own species if we only focused on daily routines, in our overall, as opposed to average, understanding of fish, we need to keep in mind the salmon that leaps over waterfalls, the clever trout that dodges the angler's tactics, the common mud-skipper (Periophthalmus) found on various tropical shores that climbs rocks and mangrove roots, or actively hunts small shore creatures. We[Pg 215] should also remember the adventurous life of the eel and the unique ways some fish, especially males, take care of their young. The male sea horse carries the eggs in a pouch; the male Kurtus places them on his head; the male lump-sucker watches over them and provides oxygen in a corner of a tide pool.
§ 3
The Mind of Amphibians
Towards the end of the age of the Old Red Sandstone or Devonian, a great step in evolution was taken—the emergence of Amphibians. The earliest representatives had fish-like characters even more marked than those which may be discerned in the tadpoles of our frogs and toads, and there is no doubt that amphibians sprang from a fish stock. But they made great strides, associated in part with their attempts to get out of the water on to dry land. From fossil forms we cannot say much in regard to soft parts; but if we consider the living representatives of the class, we may credit amphibians with such important acquisitions as fingers and toes, a three-chambered heart, true ventral lungs, a drum to the ear, a mobile tongue, and vocal cords. When animals began to be able to grasp an object and when they began to be able to utter sufficient sounds, two new doors were opened. Apart from insects, whose instrumental music had probably begun before the end of the Devonian age, amphibians were the first animals to have a voice. The primary meaning of this voice was doubtless, as it is to-day in our frogs, a sex-call; but it was the beginning of what was destined to play a very important part in the evolution of the mind. In the course of ages the significance of the voice broadened out; it became a parental call; it became an infant's cry. Broadening still, it became a very useful means of recognition among kindred, especially in the dark and in the intricacies of the forest. Ages passed, and the voice rose on another turn of the evolutionary spiral to be expressive of particular[Pg 216] emotions beyond the immediate circle of sex—emotions of joy and of fear, of jealousy and of contentment. Finally, we judge, the animal—perhaps the bird was first—began to give utterance to particular "words," indicative not merely of emotions, but of particular things with an emotional halo, such as "food," "enemy," "home." Long afterwards, words became in man the medium of reasoned discourse. Sentences were made and judgments expressed. But was not the beginning in the croaking of Amphibia?
Towards the end of the Old Red Sandstone era, or Devonian period, a major step in evolution occurred with the appearance of amphibians. The earliest amphibians had even more pronounced fish-like traits than those found in the tadpoles of today's frogs and toads, and there's no doubt that amphibians evolved from fish. They made significant progress, partly due to their efforts to move from water to land. When it comes to fossil forms, we can't determine much about soft tissues; however, if we look at living amphibians, we can recognize important features such as fingers and toes, a three-chambered heart, true lungs located in the chest, an eardrum, a movable tongue, and vocal cords. When animals started to grip objects and produce sounds, it opened up two new possibilities. Other than insects, whose sounds likely began before the Devonian period ended, amphibians were the first animals to have a voice. The primary use of this voice was probably, like today in frogs, a mating call; however, it marked the beginning of what would become crucial in the development of intelligence. Over time, the role of the voice expanded; it evolved into a call from parents; it became the cry of an infant. As it developed further, it served as a valuable way for family members to recognize each other, especially in the dark and dense forests. Ages went by, and the voice took another turn in the evolutionary path to express specific[Pg 216] emotions beyond mere sexual signaling—emotions like joy, fear, jealousy, and contentment. Ultimately, we believe that the animal—likely the bird first—started to articulate specific "words" that signified not just emotions but also particular things laden with meaning, such as "food," "enemy," and "home." Much later, words became in man a means of rational conversation. Sentences formed, and judgments were communicated. But didn't it all start with the croaking of amphibians?
Senses of Amphibians
Frogs have good eyes, and the toad's eyes are "jewels." There is evidence of precise vision in the neat way in which a frog catches a fly, flicking out its tongue, which is fixed in front and loose behind. There is also experimental proof that a frog discriminates between red and blue, or between red and white, and an interesting point is that while our skin is sensitive to heat rays but not to light, the skin of the frog answers back to light rays as well. Professor Yerkes experimented with a frog which had to go through a simple labyrinth if it wished to reach a tank of water. At the first alternative between two paths, a red card was placed on the wrong side and a white one on the other. When the frog had learned to take the correct path, marked by the white card, Prof. Yerkes changed the cards. The confusion of the frog showed how thoroughly it had learned its lesson.
Frogs have great eyesight, and the toad's eyes are "gems." There's clear evidence of sharp vision in the precise way a frog catches a fly by flicking out its tongue, which is anchored at the front and flexible at the back. There’s also scientific proof that frogs can tell the difference between red and blue, or red and white. An interesting fact is that while our skin reacts to heat but not to light, a frog’s skin responds to light rays as well. Professor Yerkes ran an experiment with a frog that had to navigate a simple maze to reach a tank of water. At the first fork in the path, a red card was placed on the incorrect side and a white one on the correct side. Once the frog learned to take the right path marked by the white card, Prof. Yerkes swapped the cards. The frog's confusion showed just how well it had learned its lesson.
We know very little in regard to sense of smell or taste in amphibians; but the sense of hearing is well developed, more developed than might be inferred from the indifference that frogs show to almost all sounds except the croaking of their kindred and splashes in the water.
We know very little about the sense of smell or taste in amphibians; however, their sense of hearing is quite advanced, even more so than one might think given that frogs seem indifferent to almost all sounds except for their relatives' croaking and splashes in the water.
The toad looks almost sagacious when it is climbing up a bank, and some of the tree-frogs are very alert; but there is very little that we dare say about the amphibian mind. We have mentioned that frogs may learn the secret of a simple maze, and toads[Pg 217] sometimes make for a particular spawning-pond from a considerable distance. But an examination of their brains, occupying a relatively small part of the broad, flat skull, warns us not to expect much intelligence. On the other hand, when we take frogs along a line that is very vital to them, namely, the discrimination of palatable and unpalatable insects, we find, by experiment, that they are quick to learn and that they remember their lessons for many days. Frogs sometimes deposit their eggs in very unsuitable pools of water; but perhaps that is not quite so stupid as it looks. The egg-laying is a matter that has been, as it were, handed over to instinctive registration.
The toad seems almost wise when it climbs up a bank, and some tree frogs are quite alert; however, there's not much we can confidently say about the amphibian mind. We've noted that frogs can learn the way through a simple maze, and toads[Pg 217] sometimes travel from a considerable distance to reach a specific breeding pond. However, looking at their brains, which take up a relatively small portion of their wide, flat skull, suggests we shouldn't expect a lot of intelligence. On the flip side, when we focus on something crucial to them, like distinguishing between tasty and unappetizing insects, we find through experiments that they learn quickly and remember their lessons for several days. Frogs sometimes lay their eggs in unsuitable pools of water, but that might not be as foolish as it appears. The egg-laying process is largely driven by instinct.

Photo: W. S. Berridge.
Photo: W. S. Berridge.
HARPY-EAGLE
Harpy eagle
"Clean and dainty and proud as a Spanish Don."
"Clean and tidy and proud like a Spanish Don."
It is an arboreal and cliff-loving bird, feeding chiefly on mammals, very fierce and strong. The under parts are mostly white, with a greyish zone on the chest. The upper parts are blackish-grey. The harpy occurs from Mexico to Paraguay and Bolivia.
It is a tree-dwelling and cliff-dwelling bird, primarily feeding on mammals, known for being very fierce and strong. The underside is mostly white, with a grayish area on the chest. The upper side is blackish-gray. The harpy can be found from Mexico to Paraguay and Bolivia.

Photo: W. S. Berridge, F.Z.S.
Photo: W. S. Berridge, F.Z.S.
THE DINGO OR WILD DOG OF AUSTRALIA, PERHAPS AN INDIGENOUS WILD SPECIES, PERHAPS A DOMESTICATED DOG THAT HAS GONE WILD OR FERAL
THE DINGO OR WILD DOG OF AUSTRALIA, POSSIBLY A NATIVE WILD SPECIES, MAYBE A DOMESTIC DOG THAT HAS BECOME WILD OR FERAL
It does much harm in destroying sheep. It is famous for its persistent "death-feigning," for an individual has been known to allow part of its skin to be removed, in the belief that it was dead, before betraying its vitality.
It causes a lot of damage by killing sheep. It's well-known for its ability to "play dead," as one has been known to let someone remove part of its skin, thinking it was dead, before revealing that it was actually alive.

WOODPECKER, HAMMERING AT A COTTON-REEL, ATTACHED TO A TREE
WOODPECKER, HAMMERING ON A COTTON REEL, ATTACHED TO A TREE
Notice how the stiff tail-feathers braced against the stem help the bird to cling on with its toes. The original hole, in which this woodpecker inserted nuts for the purposes of cracking the shell and extracting the kernel, is seen towards the top of the tree. But the taker of the photograph tied on a hollowed-out cotton-reel as a receptacle for a nut, and it was promptly discovered and used by the bird.
Notice how the rigid tail feathers pressed against the trunk help the bird hold on with its toes. The original hole, where this woodpecker placed nuts to crack open the shell and get to the kernel, is visible near the top of the tree. However, the photographer attached a hollowed-out cotton reel as a container for a nut, and the bird quickly found and used it.
Experiments in Parental Care
It must be put to the credit of amphibians that they have made many experiments in methods of parental care, as if they were feeling their way to new devices. A common frog lays her clumps of eggs in the cradle of the water, sometimes far over a thousand together; the toad winds two long strings round and between water-weeds; and in both cases that is all. There is no parental care, and the prolific multiplication covers the enormous infantile mortality. This is the spawning solution of the problem of securing the continuance of the race. But there is another solution, that of parental care associated with an economical reduction of the number of eggs. Thus the male of the Nurse-Frog (Alytes), not uncommon on the Continent, fixes a string of twenty to fifty eggs to the upper part of his hind-legs, and retires to his hole, only coming out at night to get some food and to keep up the moisture about the eggs. In three weeks, when the tadpoles are ready to come out, he plunges into the pond and is freed from his living burden and his family cares. In the case of the thoroughly aquatic Surinam Toad (Pipa), the male helps to press the eggs, perhaps a hundred in number, on to the back of the female, where each sinks into a pocket of skin with a little lid. By and by fully formed young toads jump out of the pockets.[Pg 218]
Amphibians deserve credit for experimenting with different ways of parenting, as if they're exploring new methods. A common frog lays large clumps of eggs in the water, sometimes over a thousand at once; the toad wraps two long strings around water plants. In both cases, there’s no parental care, and the huge number of eggs compensates for the high infant mortality rate. This is one way to ensure the species continues. However, there’s another option that involves parental care and a reduction in the number of eggs. The male Nurse-Frog (Alytes), found in Europe, attaches a string of twenty to fifty eggs to the upper part of his hind legs and retreats to his burrow, only coming out at night to eat and keep the eggs moist. After three weeks, when the tadpoles are ready to emerge, he jumps into the pond, freeing himself from his family responsibilities. In the case of the fully aquatic Surinam Toad (Pipa), the male helps press around one hundred eggs onto the female's back, where each sinks into a pocket of skin with a lid. Eventually, fully developed young toads pop out of the pockets.[Pg 218]
In the South American tree-frogs called Nototrema there is a pouch on the back of the female in which the eggs develop, and it is interesting to find that in some species what come out are ordinary tadpoles, while in other species the young emerge as miniatures of their parents. Strangest of all, perhaps, is the case of Darwin's Frog (Rhinoderma of Chili), where the young, about ten to fifteen in number, develop in the male's croaking-sacs, which become in consequence enormously distended. Eventually the strange spectacle is seen of miniature frogs jumping out of their father's mouth. Needless to say we are not citing these methods of parental care as examples of intelligence; but perhaps they correct the impression of amphibians as a rather humdrum race. Whatever be the mental aspect of the facts, there has certainly been some kind of experimenting, and the increase of parental care, so marked in many amphibians, with associated reduction of the number of offspring is a finger-post on the path of progress.
In South American tree frogs called Nototrema, the female has a pouch on her back where the eggs develop. It's interesting that in some species, the young come out as regular tadpoles, while in others, they emerge as tiny versions of the adults. The most unusual case is Darwin's Frog (Rhinoderma from Chile), where the male carries about ten to fifteen young in his vocal sacs, which become greatly swollen. Eventually, you see the odd sight of tiny frogs jumping out of their father's mouth. It's important to note that we’re not mentioning these parenting methods as examples of intelligence; however, they may challenge the idea that amphibians are a rather unexciting group. Regardless of the mental implications, there has clearly been some experimentation going on, and the increase in parental care seen in many amphibians, along with the decrease in the number of offspring, indicates a path toward progress.
§ 4
The Reptilian Mind
We speak of the wisdom of the serpent; but it is not very easy to justify the phrase. Among all the multitude of reptiles—snakes, lizards, turtles, and crocodiles, a motley crowd—we cannot see much more than occasional traces of intelligence. The inner life remains a tiny rill.
We talk about the wisdom of the serpent, but it's not that straightforward to support that statement. Among all the various reptiles—snakes, lizards, turtles, and crocodiles, a diverse group—we can't find much more than occasional hints of intelligence. Their inner world seems very limited.
No doubt many reptiles are very effective; but it is an instinctive rather than an intelligent efficiency. The well-known "soft-shell" tortoise of the United States swims with powerful strokes and runs so quickly that it can hardly be overtaken. It hunts vigorously for crayfish and insect larvæ in the rivers. It buries itself in the mud when cold weather comes. It may lie on a floating log ready to slip into the water at a moment's notice; it may bask on a sunny bank or in the warm shallows. Great wariness is shown in choosing times and places for egg-laying. The mother tramps the earth down upon the buried eggs. All is effective.[Pg 219] Similar statements might be made in regard to scores of other reptiles; but what we see is almost wholly of the nature of instinctive routine, and we get little glimpse of more than efficiency and endeavour.
Many reptiles are certainly very efficient, but their efficiency is instinctive rather than intelligent. The well-known "soft-shell" turtle from the United States swims powerfully and moves quickly, making it hard to catch. It actively hunts for crayfish and bug larvae in the rivers. When cold weather hits, it buries itself in the mud. It might rest on a floating log, ready to slip into the water at any moment, or soak up the sun on a warm bank or in shallow waters. The mother turtle is very careful about when and where to lay her eggs, and she packs the earth down over them. Everything is effective.[Pg 219] Similar things could be said about many other reptiles, but what we observe is mostly a matter of instinctive behavior, with little insight beyond their efficiency and effort.
In a few cases there is proof of reptiles finding their way back to their homes from a considerable distance, and recognition of persons is indubitable. Gilbert White remarks of his tortoise: "Whenever the good old lady came in sight who had waited on it for more than thirty years, it always hobbled with awkward alacrity towards its benefactress, while to strangers it was altogether inattentive." Of definite learning there are a few records. Thus Professor Yerkes studied a sluggish turtle of retiring disposition, taking advantage of its strong desire to efface itself. On the path of the darkened nest of damp grass he interposed a simple maze in the form of a partitioned box. After wandering about constantly for thirty-five minutes the turtle found its way through the maze by chance. Two hours afterwards it reached the nest in fifteen minutes; and after another interval of two hours it only required five minutes. After the third trial, the routes became more direct, there was less aimless wandering. The time of the twentieth trial was forty-five seconds; that of the thirtieth, forty seconds. In the thirtieth case, the path followed was quite direct, and so it was on the fiftieth trip, which only required thirty-five seconds. Of course, the whole thing did not amount to very much; but there was a definite learning, a learning from experience, which has played an important part in the evolution of animal behaviour.
In some cases, there’s evidence that reptiles can find their way back home from quite a distance, and they can recognize people without a doubt. Gilbert White notes about his tortoise: "Whenever the nice old lady who had taken care of it for over thirty years appeared, it would always hurry over to her, while it completely ignored strangers." There are a few records of confirmed learning. For instance, Professor Yerkes studied a laid-back turtle that preferred to hide. He created a simple maze using a partitioned box and placed it on the path to its damp grass nest. After wandering around for thirty-five minutes, the turtle accidentally found its way through the maze. Two hours later, it made it to the nest in fifteen minutes; and after another two hours, it took just five minutes. After its third try, the paths became more direct, and it wandered less aimlessly. By the twentieth trial, it completed the maze in forty-five seconds; by the thirtieth, it was down to forty seconds. On the thirtieth attempt, the route was very direct, and it remained so on the fiftieth trip, which took just thirty-five seconds. While this might not seem like a lot, there was clear learning, a learning from experience, which has played a significant role in the evolution of animal behavior.
Comparing reptiles with amphibians, we may recognise an increased masterliness of behaviour and a hint of greater plasticity. The records of observers who have made pets of reptiles suggest that the life of feeling or emotion is growing stronger, and so do stories, if they can be accepted, which suggest the beginning of conjugal affection.
Comparing reptiles to amphibians, we can see a greater level of behavior control and signs of increased adaptability. Accounts from people who have kept reptiles as pets indicate that their emotional life seems to be becoming richer, as do anecdotes that, if taken seriously, imply the emergence of romantic affection.
The error must be guarded against of interpreting in terms[Pg 220] of intelligence what is merely the outcome of long-continued structure adaptation. When the limbless lizard called the Slow-worm is suddenly seized by the tail, it escapes by surrendering the appendage, which breaks across a preformed weak plane. But this is a reflex action, not a reflective one. It is comparable to our sudden withdrawal of our finger from a very hot cinder. The Egg-eating African snake Dasypeltis gets the egg of a bird into its gullet unbroken, and cuts the shell against downward-projecting sharp points of the vertebræ. None of the precious contents is lost and the broken "empties" are returned. It is admirable, indeed unsurpassable; but it is not intelligent.
The mistake we need to avoid is thinking that behavior is a sign of intelligence when it's just the result of long-term adaptation. For example, when the limbless lizard known as the Slow-worm is grabbed by the tail, it escapes by letting go of its tail, which fractures along a pre-existing weak point. This is a reflex action, not a thoughtful decision. It's similar to how we instinctively pull our finger away from something very hot. The Egg-eating African snake, Dasypeltis, can swallow a bird's egg whole and then break the shell using the sharp points on its vertebrae. It doesn’t lose any of the valuable contents, and the empty shells are expelled. It's impressive, even unmatched, but it's not intelligent.
§ 5
Mind in Birds
Sight and hearing are highly developed in birds, and the senses, besides pulling the triggers of inborn efficiencies, supply the raw materials for intelligence. There is some truth, though not the whole truth, in the old philosophical dictum, that there is nothing in the intellect which was not previously in the senses. Many people have admired the certainty and alacrity with which gulls pick up a fragment of biscuit from the white wake of a steamer, and the incident is characteristic. In their power of rapidly altering the focus of the eye, birds are unsurpassed.
Sight and hearing are highly developed in birds, and these senses, in addition to activating innate skills, provide the raw materials for intelligence. There's some truth, though not the complete truth, in the old philosophical saying that nothing exists in the intellect that wasn't first in the senses. Many people have admired the speed and accuracy with which seagulls snatch up a piece of biscuit from the white wake of a steamer, and this example is typical. When it comes to quickly adjusting their focus, birds are unmatched.
To the sense of sight in birds, the sense of hearing comes a good second. A twig breaks under our feet, and out sounds the danger-call of the bird we were trying to watch. Many young birds, like partridges, respond when two or three hours old to the anxious warning note of the parents, and squat motionless on the ground, though other sounds, such as the excited clucking of a foster-mother hen, leave them indifferent. They do not know what they are doing when they squat; they are obeying the living hand of the past which is within them. Their behaviour is instinctive. But the present point is the discriminating quality of the sense of hearing; and that is corroborated by the singing of birds.[Pg 221] It is emotional art, expressing feelings in the medium of sound. On the part of the females, who are supposed to listen, it betokens a cultivated ear.
To birds, hearing is a close second to sight. When a twig snaps under our feet, the bird we were trying to observe emits a warning call. Many young birds, like partridges, react to their parents' warning sounds just a few hours after hatching, freezing in place on the ground, while they remain unbothered by other noises, like the excited clucking of a mother hen. They don’t consciously decide to freeze; they are instinctively responding to the instincts passed down from their ancestors. Their behavior is purely instinctual. The focus here, though, is on the refined ability of their hearing, which is further supported by the songs of birds. It serves as emotional art, expressing feelings through sound. For females, who are expected to listen, it indicates an appreciated sense of sound.[Pg 221]

THE BEAVER
The Beaver
The beaver will gnaw through trees a foot in diameter; to save itself more trouble than is necessary, it will stop when it has gnawed the trunk till there is only a narrow core left, having the wit to know that the autumn gales will do the rest.
The beaver can chew through trees that are a foot wide; to make its work easier, it will stop once it has gnawed the trunk down to a thin core, knowing that the fall winds will finish the job.

Photo: F. R. Hinkins & Son.
Photo: F. R. Hinkins & Son.
THE THRUSH AT ITS ANVIL
The thrush at its forge
The song-thrush takes the snail's shell in its bill, and knocks it against a stone until it breaks, making the palatable flesh available.
The song thrush grabs the snail's shell in its beak and bangs it against a rock until it cracks open, making the tasty flesh inside accessible.
Many broken shells are often found around the anvil.
Many broken shells are often found around the anvil.
As to the other senses, touch is not highly developed except about the bill, where it reaches a climax in birds like the wood-cock, which probe for unseen earthworms in the soft soil. Taste seems to be poorly developed, for most birds bolt their food, but there is sometimes an emphatic rejection of unpalatable things, like toads and caterpillars. Of smell in birds little is known, but it has been proved to be present in certain cases, e.g. in some nocturnal birds of prey. It seems certain that it is by sight, not by smell, that the eagles gather to the carcass; but perhaps there is more smell in birds than they are usually credited with. One would like to experiment with the oil from the preen gland of birds to see whether the scent of this does not help in the recognition of kin by kin at night or amid the darkness of the forest. There may be other senses in birds, such as a sense of temperature and a sense of balance; but no success has attended the attempts made to demonstrate a magnetic sense, which has been impatiently postulated by students of bird migration in order to "explain" how the birds find their way. The big fact is that in birds there are two widely open gateways of knowledge, the sense of sight and the sense of hearing.
As for the other senses, touch isn't very developed except around the bill, where it peaks in birds like the woodcock that search for hidden earthworms in soft soil. Taste seems to be underdeveloped because most birds swallow their food whole, but sometimes they clearly reject unpalatable items like toads and caterpillars. Not much is known about birds' sense of smell, but it has been shown to exist in some cases, like with certain nocturnal birds of prey. It's clear that eagles find carcasses by sight, not smell, but there might be more to birds' sense of smell than they usually get credit for. It would be interesting to test the oil from birds' preen glands to see if its scent plays a role in kin recognition at night or in the dark of forests. Other senses might exist in birds, such as temperature and balance; however, attempts to prove a magnetic sense have not been successful, despite being eagerly suggested by researchers studying bird migration to "explain" how birds navigate. The key point is that birds have two major avenues for knowledge: sight and hearing.
Instinctive Aptitudes
Many a young water-bird, such as a coot, swims right away when it is tumbled into water for the first time. So chicks peck without any learning or teaching, very young ducklings catch small moths that flit by, and young plovers lie low when the danger-signal sounds. But birds seem strangely limited as regards many of these instinctive capacities—limited when compared with the "little-brained" ants and bees, which have from the first such a rich repertory of ready-made cleverness. The limitation in birds is of great interest, for it means that intelligence is coming[Pg 222] to its own and is going to take up the reins at many corners of the daily round. Professor Lloyd Morgan observed that his chickens incubated in the laboratory had no instinctive awareness of the significance of their mother's cluck when she was brought outside the door. Although thirsty and willing to drink from a moistened finger-tip, they did not instinctively recognize water, even when they walked through a saucerful. Only when they happened to peck their toes as they stood in the water did they appreciate water as the stuff they wanted, and raise their bills up to the sky. Once or twice they actually stuffed their crops with "worms" of red worsted!
Many young water birds, like coots, immediately swim away when they hit the water for the first time. Chicks peck without learning or teaching, very young ducklings catch small moths that flutter by, and young plovers hide low when they hear the danger signal. But birds seem oddly limited in many of these instinctive abilities—limited compared to the "little-brained" ants and bees, which have such a rich array of built-in cleverness from the start. This limitation in birds is fascinating because it indicates that intelligence is emerging[Pg 222] and is going to take charge in many areas of daily life. Professor Lloyd Morgan noted that his laboratory-incubated chickens had no instinctive understanding of what their mother's cluck meant when she was brought outside the door. Even though they were thirsty and eager to drink from a moistened fingertip, they didn’t instinctively recognize water, even when they walked through a saucer of it. Only when they accidentally pecked their toes while standing in the water did they realize it was the substance they wanted and lifted their bills toward the sky. A couple of times, they even stuffed their crops with "worms" made of red yarn!
Instinctive aptitudes, then, the young birds have, but these are more limited than in ants, bees, and wasps; and the reason is to be found in the fact that the brain is now evolving on the tack of what Sir Ray Lankester has called "educability." Young birds learn with prodigious rapidity; the emancipation of the mind from the tyranny of hereditary obligations has begun. Young birds make mistakes, like the red worsted mistake, but they do not make the same mistakes often. They are able to profit by experience in a very rapid way. We do not mean that creatures of the little-brain type, like ants, bees, and wasps, are unable to profit by experience or are without intelligence. There are no such hard-and-fast lines. We mean that in the ordinary life of insects the enregistered instinctive capacities are on the whole sufficient for the occasion, and that intelligent educability is very slightly developed. Nor do we mean that birds are quite emancipated from the tyranny of engrained instinctive obligations, and can always "ring up" intelligence in a way that is impossible for the stereotyped bee. The sight of a pigeon brooding on an empty nest, while her two eggs lie disregarded only a couple of inches away, is enough to show that along certain lines birds may find it impossible to get free from the trammels of instinct. The peculiar interest of birds is that they have many instincts and yet a notable power of learning intelligently.[Pg 223]
Young birds have instinctive abilities, but these are more limited compared to ants, bees, and wasps. The reason lies in the fact that their brains are evolving towards what Sir Ray Lankester called "educability." Young birds learn incredibly quickly; they are starting to break free from the strict control of inherited behaviors. They make mistakes, like the red worsted mistake, but they don’t keep making the same ones. They can learn from experience rapidly. This doesn’t mean that creatures with smaller brains, like ants, bees, and wasps, can’t learn from experience or lack intelligence. There aren’t clear-cut distinctions here. What we mean is that within the normal lives of insects, their instinctive abilities are generally sufficient for their needs, and intelligent learning is minimally developed. We also don’t mean that birds are completely free from ingrained instinctual behaviors or can always rely on their intelligence in ways that bees cannot. For example, seeing a pigeon sitting on an empty nest while her two eggs are just a couple of inches away illustrates that birds can struggle to break free from instinctual patterns. The unique thing about birds is that they possess many instincts while also having a remarkable ability to learn in an intelligent way.[Pg 223]
Intelligence co-operating with Instinct
Professor Lloyd Morgan was foster-parent to two moorhens which grew up in isolation from their kindred. They swam instinctively, but they would not dive, neither in a large bath nor in a current. But it happened one day when one of these moorhens was swimming in a pool on a Yorkshire stream, that a puppy came barking down the bank and made an awkward feint towards the young bird. In a moment the moorhen dived, disappeared from view, and soon partially reappeared, his head just peeping above the water beneath the overhanging bank. This was the first time the bird had dived, and the performance was absolutely true to type.
Professor Lloyd Morgan was the foster parent to two moorhens that grew up in isolation from their own kind. They swam instinctively, but they wouldn’t dive, whether in a big bath or in a current. One day, as one of these moorhens was swimming in a pool on a Yorkshire stream, a puppy came barking down the bank and made a clumsy attempt to approach the young bird. In an instant, the moorhen dived, vanished from sight, and then slowly reappeared, its head just poking above the water under the overhanging bank. This was the first time the bird had dived, and the action was completely typical for its species.
There can be little doubt as to the meaning of this observation. The moorhen has an hereditary or instinctive capacity for swimming and diving, but the latter is not so easily called into activity as the former. The particular moorhen in question had enjoyed about two months of swimming experience, which probably counted for something, but in the course of that experience nothing had pulled the trigger of the diving capacity. On an eventful day the young moorhen saw and heard the dog; it was emotionally excited; it probably did to some extent intelligently appreciate a novel and meaningful situation. Intelligence cooperated with instinct, and the bird dived appropriately.
There’s no doubt about what this observation means. The moorhen has a natural ability to swim and dive, but diving isn’t triggered as easily as swimming. The specific moorhen being discussed had about two months of swimming experience, which likely mattered, but during that time, nothing had activated its diving instinct. On a significant day, the young moorhen saw and heard the dog; it was emotionally stirred and likely understood that it was in a new and important situation. Intelligence worked together with instinct, and the bird dove as needed.
Birds have inborn predispositions to certain effective ways of pecking, scratching, swimming, diving, flying, crouching, lying low, nest-building, and so on; but they are marked off from the much more purely instinctive ants and bees by the extent to which individual "nurture" seems to mingle with the inherited "nature." The two together result in the fine product which we call the bird's behaviour. After Lloyd Morgan's chicks had tried a few conspicuous and unpalatable caterpillars, they had no use for any more. They learned in their early days with prodigious rapidity, illustrating the deep difference between the "big-brain" type, relatively poor in its endowment of instinctive[Pg 224] capacities, but eminently "educable," and the "little-brain" type, say, of ants and bees, richly endowed with instinctive capacities, but very far from being quick or glad to learn. We owe it to Sir Ray Lankester to have made it clear that these two types of brain are, as it were, on different tacks of evolution, and should not be directly pitted against one another. The "little-brain" type makes for a climax in the ant, where instinctive behaviour reaches a high degree of perfection; the "big-brain" type reaches its climax in horse and dog, in elephant and monkey. The particular interest that attaches to the behaviour of birds is in the combination of a good deal of instinct with a great deal of intelligent learning. This is well illustrated when birds make a nest out of new materials or in some quite novel situation. It is clearly seen when birds turn to some new kind of food, like the Kea parrot, which attacks the sheep in New Zealand.
Birds have natural tendencies for various effective behaviors like pecking, scratching, swimming, diving, flying, crouching, lying low, and building nests. However, they differ from more purely instinctual creatures like ants and bees in how individual experiences seem to blend with inherited traits. Together, these factors shape what we describe as bird behavior. After Lloyd Morgan's chicks sampled a few noticeable and unappetizing caterpillars, they quickly lost interest in any others. They learned at a remarkable pace during their early days, highlighting the significant difference between the "big-brain" type, which is relatively low in instinctive capabilities but highly "teachable," and the "little-brain" type, such as ants and bees, which are rich in instinctive abilities but not very eager or quick to learn. Sir Ray Lankester clarified that these two types of brains are on different evolutionary paths and shouldn't be directly compared. The "little-brain" type leads to a peak in ant behavior, where instinct is perfected, while the "big-brain" type peaks in animals like horses, dogs, elephants, and monkeys. The notable interest in bird behavior lies in their mix of instinct and intelligent learning. This is clearly seen when birds construct nests using new materials or in unique situations. It’s also evident when birds try out new foods, like the Kea parrot, which targets sheep in New Zealand.
Some young woodpeckers are quite clever in opening fir cones to get at the seeds, and this might be hastily referred to a well-defined hereditary capacity. But the facts are that the parents bring their young ones first the seeds themselves, then partly opened cones, and then intact ones. There is an educative process, and so it is in scores of cases.
Some young woodpeckers are pretty smart at opening fir cones to access the seeds, and this might quickly be labeled as a clear hereditary trait. However, the reality is that the parents first provide their young with seeds, then partially opened cones, and finally whole cones. There’s a teaching process involved, and this is true in many situations.
Using their Wits
When the Greek eagle lifts the Greek tortoise in its talons, and lets it fall from a height so that the strong carapace is broken and the flesh exposed, it is making intelligent use of an expedient. Whether it discovered the expedient by experimenting, as is possible, or by chance, as is more likely, it uses it intelligently. In the same way herring-gulls lift sea-urchins and clams in their bills, and let them fall on the rocks so that the shells are broken. In the same way rooks deal with freshwater mussels.
When the Greek eagle grabs the Greek tortoise in its talons and drops it from a height to break its strong shell and expose the flesh, it’s using a clever strategy. Whether it figured out this method through trial and error, which is possible, or by sheer luck, which is more likely, it uses it smartly. Similarly, herring-gulls pick up sea urchins and clams in their beaks and drop them on the rocks to crack the shells. Rooks do the same with freshwater mussels.
The Thrush's Anvil
A very instructive case is the behaviour of the song-thrush when it takes a wood-snail in its beak and hammers it against a[Pg 225] stone, its so-called anvil. To a young thrush, which she had brought up by hand, Miss Frances Pitt offered some wood-snails, but it took no interest in them until one put out its head and began to move about. The bird then pecked at the snail's horns, but was evidently puzzled when the creature retreated within the shelter of the shell. This happened over and over again, the thrush's inquisitive interest increasing day by day. It pecked at the shell and even picked it up by the lip, but no real progress was made till the sixth day, when the thrush seized the snail and beat it on the ground as it would a big worm. On the same day it picked up a shell and knocked it repeatedly against a stone, trying first one snail and then another. After fifteen minutes' hard work, the thrush managed to break one, and after that it was all easy. A certain predisposition to beat things on the ground was doubtless present, but the experiment showed that the use of an anvil could be arrived at by an untutored bird. After prolonged trying it found out how to deal with a difficult situation. It may be said that in more natural conditions this might be picked up by imitation, but while this is quite possible, it is useful to notice that experiments with animals lead us to doubt whether imitation counts for nearly so much as used to be believed.
A very instructive case is the behavior of the song thrush when it takes a wood snail in its beak and hammers it against a[Pg 225] stone, its so-called anvil. Miss Frances Pitt offered some wood snails to a young thrush she had raised by hand, but it showed no interest until one poked its head out and started to move around. The bird then pecked at the snail's antennae but seemed confused when the creature pulled back into its shell. This happened repeatedly, with the thrush’s curiosity growing each day. It pecked at the shell and even lifted it by the edge, but no real progress was made until the sixth day, when the thrush grabbed the snail and banged it on the ground like it would with a big worm. On the same day, it picked up a shell and knocked it against a stone, trying one snail after another. After fifteen minutes of hard work, the thrush finally broke one open, and after that, it was easy. There was likely some natural instinct to beat things on the ground, but the experiment showed that an untutored bird could discover the use of an anvil. After persistent attempts, it figured out how to handle a challenging situation. While it could be argued that in more natural settings this behavior might be learned through imitation, it's important to note that experiments with animals make us question how much imitation really matters compared to what was once believed.
§ 6
The Mind of the Mammal
When we watch a collie at a sheep-driving competition, or an elephant helping the forester, or a horse shunting waggons at a railway siding, we are apt to be too generous to the mammal mind. For in the cases we have just mentioned, part of man's mind has, so to speak, got into the animal's. On the other hand, when we study rabbits and guinea-pigs, we are apt to be too stingy, for these rodents are under the average of mammals, and those that live in domestication illustrate the stupefying effect of a too sheltered life. The same applies to domesticated sheep contrasted with wild sheep, or even with[Pg 226] their own lambs. If we are to form a sound judgment on the intelligence of mammals we must not attend too much to those that have profited by man's training, nor to those whose mental life has been dulled by domestication.
When we watch a collie at a sheep-driving competition, an elephant helping a forester, or a horse moving wagons at a railway siding, we tend to overestimate the thinking abilities of these animals. In these situations, part of human intelligence has, in a way, transferred to the animal. On the flip side, when we observe rabbits and guinea pigs, we’re likely to underestimate them because these rodents score below average among mammals, and those that are domesticated show the dulling effects of an overly sheltered life. The same can be said for domesticated sheep when compared to wild sheep or even their own lambs. To make a fair assessment of mammal intelligence, we shouldn’t focus too much on those that have benefited from human training or on those whose mental abilities have been blunted by domestication.
Instinctive Aptitudes
What is to be said of the behaviour of beavers who gnaw the base of a tree with their chisel-edged teeth till only a narrow core is left—to snap in the first gale, bringing the useful branches down to the ground? What is to be said of the harvest-mouse constructing its nest, or of the squirrel making cache after cache of nuts? These and many similar pieces of behaviour are fundamentally instinctive, due to inborn predispositions of nerve-cells and muscle-cells. But in mammals they seem to be often attended by a certain amount of intelligent attention, saving the creature from the tyranny of routine so marked in the ways of ants and bees.
What can we say about beavers that gnaw at the base of a tree with their sharp teeth until only a thin core is left—ready to snap in the first strong wind, causing the useful branches to drop to the ground? What about the harvest mouse building its nest, or the squirrel creating cache after cache of nuts? These and many other similar behaviors are primarily instinctive, stemming from inherent tendencies in nerve and muscle cells. However, in mammals, these actions often seem to involve a degree of intelligent consideration, freeing the animal from the strict routine that characterizes the behaviors of ants and bees.
Sheer Dexterity
Besides instinctive aptitudes, which are exhibited in almost equal perfection by all the members of the same species, there are acquired dexterities which depend on individual opportunities. They are also marked by being outside and beyond ordinary routine—not that any rigorous boundary line can be drawn. We read that at Mathura on the Jumna doles of food are provided by the piety of pilgrims for the sacred river-tortoises, which are so crowded when there is food going that their smooth carapaces form a more or less continuous raft across the river. On that unsteady slippery bridge the Langur monkeys (Semnopithecus entellus) venture out and in spite of vicious snaps secure a share of the booty. This picture of the monkeys securing a footing on the moving mass of turtle-backs is almost a diagram of sheer dexterity. It illustrates the spirit of adventure, the will to experiment, which is, we believe, the main motive-force in new departures in behaviour.
Besides natural abilities, which are shown almost equally by all members of the same species, there are learned skills that depend on individual experiences. These skills also stand out as being outside of normal routine—not that any strict line can be drawn. We read that in Mathura on the Jumna, food is provided by the generosity of pilgrims for the sacred river-tortoises, which become so crowded when food is available that their smooth shells create a mostly continuous raft across the river. On that unsteady, slippery bridge, the Langur monkeys (Semnopithecus entellus) venture out and, despite getting bitten, manage to grab a share of the food. This scene of the monkeys finding their footing on the moving mass of turtle shells is almost a picture of pure skill. It shows the spirit of adventure and the desire to experiment, which we believe is the main driving force behind new behaviors.

Photo: Lafayette
Image: Lafayette
ALSATIAN WOLF-DOG
Alsatian Wolf Dog
An animal of acute senses and great intelligence. It was of great service in the war.
An animal with sharp senses and high intelligence. It was very helpful during the war.
(The dog shown, Arno von Indetal, is a trained police dog and did service abroad during the war.)
(The dog shown, Arno von Indetal, is a trained police dog and served overseas during the war.)

Photo: W. S. Berridge.
Photo: W. S. Berridge.
THE POLAR BEAR OF THE FAR NORTH
THE POLAR BEAR OF THE FAR NORTH
An animal of extraordinary strength, able with a stroke of its paw to lift a big seal right out of the water and send it crashing along the ice. The food consists chiefly of seals. The sexes wander separately. A hole is often dug as a winter retreat, but there is no hibernation. A polar bear in captivity has been seen making a current with its paw in the water of its pool in order to secure floating buns without trouble—an instance of sheer intelligence.
An animal of incredible strength, capable of using its paw to lift a large seal right out of the water and send it crashing across the ice. Its main diet consists of seals. Males and females typically roam separately. A hole is often dug as a winter retreat, but they do not hibernate. A polar bear in captivity has been observed creating a current with its paw in the water of its pool to easily grab floating buns—an example of pure intelligence.

From the Smithsonian Report, 1914
From the Smithsonian Report, 1914
AN ALLIGATOR "YAWNING" IN EXPECTATION OF FOOD
AN ALLIGATOR "YAWNING" IN ANTICIPATION OF FOOD
Note the large number of sharp conical teeth fixed in sockets along the jaws.
Note the large number of sharp, pointed teeth anchored in sockets along the jaws.
Power of Association
A bull-terrier called Jasper, studied by Prof. J. B. Watson, showed great power of associating certain words with certain actions. From a position invisible to the dog the owner would give certain commands, such as "Go into the next room and bring me a paper lying on the floor." Jasper did this at once, and a score of similar things.
A bull-terrier named Jasper, studied by Prof. J. B. Watson, demonstrated a strong ability to connect specific words with certain actions. From a spot where the dog couldn't see him, the owner would give commands like, "Go into the next room and bring me the paper on the floor." Jasper would do this immediately, along with many other similar tasks.
Lord Avebury's dog Van was accustomed to go to a box containing a small number of printed cards and select the card TEA or OUT, as the occasion suggested. It had established an association between certain black marks on a white background and the gratification of certain desires. It is probable that some of the extraordinary things horses and dogs have been known to do in the way of stamping a certain number of times in supposed indication of an answer to an arithmetical question (in the case of horses), or of the name of an object drawn (in the case of dogs), are dependent on clever associations established by the teacher between minute signs and a number of stampings. What is certain is that mammals have in varying degrees a strong power of establishing associations. There is often some delicacy in the association established. Everyone knows of cases where a dog, a cat, or a horse will remain quite uninterested, to all appearance, in its owner's movements until some little detail, such as taking a key from its peg, pulls the trigger. Now the importance of this in the wild life of the fox or the hare, the otter or the squirrel, is obviously that the young animals learn to associate certain sounds in their environment with definite possibilities. They have to learn an alphabet of woodcraft, the letters of which are chiefly sounds and scents.
Lord Avebury's dog Van was used to going to a box with a small number of printed cards and picking the card TEA or OUT, depending on the situation. It had linked certain black marks on a white background with satisfying specific desires. It's likely that some of the amazing things horses and dogs have been known to do, like stamping a certain number of times to indicate an answer to a math question (for horses) or to show the name of an object drawn (for dogs), rely on clever associations set up by their trainers between tiny signs and the number of stamps. What we know for sure is that mammals have a strong ability, to varying degrees, to form associations. There’s often a subtlety in the connections made. Everyone knows instances where a dog, cat, or horse appears completely uninterested in its owner's actions until a small detail, like taking a key from its hook, triggers a response. The significance of this in the wild lives of foxes, hares, otters, or squirrels is clear: young animals learn to associate certain sounds in their environment with specific outcomes. They have to learn a language of woodcraft, where the letters are mostly sounds and scents.
The Dancing Mouse as a Pupil
The dancing or waltzing mouse is a Japanese variety with many peculiarities, such as having only one of the three semicircular canals of the ear well developed. It has a strong tendency[Pg 228] to waltz round and round in circles without sufficient cause and to trip sideways towards its dormitory instead of proceeding in the orthodox head-on fashion. But this freak is a very educable creature, as Professor Yerkes has shown. In a careful way he confronted his mouse-pupil with alternative pathways marked by different degrees of illumination, or by different colours. If the mouse chose compartment A, it found a clear passage direct to its nest; if it chose compartment B, it was punished by a mild electric shock and it had to take a roundabout road home. Needless to say, the A compartment was sometimes to the right hand, sometimes to the left, else mere position would have been a guide. The experiments showed that the dancing mice learn to discriminate the right path from the wrong, and similar results have been got from other mammals, such as rats and squirrels. There is no proof of learning by ideas, but there is proof of learning by experience. And the same must be true in wild life.
The dancing or waltzing mouse is a Japanese breed with many unique traits, such as having only one of its three semicircular canals in the ear fully developed. It tends to waltz around in circles for no apparent reason and to veer sideways toward its nest instead of going straight like most mice. However, this unusual creature is quite teachable, as demonstrated by Professor Yerkes. He carefully presented his mouse-student with different pathways marked by varying levels of light or colors. If the mouse picked compartment A, it found a clear path straight to its nest; if it picked compartment B, it got a mild electric shock and had to take a longer route home. Of course, the A compartment was sometimes on the right and sometimes on the left, so its position wouldn’t give it an advantage. The experiments showed that dancing mice can learn to tell the right path from the wrong one, and similar outcomes have been found with other animals, like rats and squirrels. While there's no evidence of learning through ideas, there is evidence of learning through experience. The same is likely true in the wild.
Many mammals, such as cats and rats, learn how to manipulate puzzle-boxes and how to get at the treasure at the heart of a Hampton Court maze. Some of the puzzle-boxes, with a reward of food inside, are quite difficult, for the various bolts and bars have to be dealt with in a particular order, and yet many mammals master the problem. What is plain is that they gradually eliminate useless movements, that they make fewer and fewer mistakes, that they eventually succeed, and that they register the solution within themselves so that it remains with them for a time. It looks a little like the behaviour of a man who learns a game of skill without thinking. It is a learning by experience, not by ideas or reflection. Thus it is very difficult to suppose that a rat or a cat could form any idea or even picture of the Hampton Court maze—which they nevertheless master.
Many mammals, like cats and rats, figure out how to navigate puzzle boxes and find the treasure in a Hampton Court maze. Some of these puzzle boxes, which have food rewards inside, are pretty challenging because the various bolts and bars need to be manipulated in a specific order. Still, many mammals manage to solve the puzzle. It's clear that they slowly eliminate unnecessary movements, make fewer mistakes, and eventually succeed, storing the solution in their memory for a while. This resembles how a person might learn a skill-based game without overthinking it. It's learning through experience, rather than through ideas or contemplation. Therefore, it's hard to believe that a rat or a cat could form any concept or even an image of the Hampton Court maze, yet they manage to navigate it.
Learning Tricks
Given sufficient inducement many of the cleverer mammals will learn to do very sensible things, and no one is wise enough to[Pg 229] say that they never understand what they are doing. Yet it is certain that trained animals often exhibit pieces of behaviour which are not nearly so clever as they look. The elephant at the Belle Vue Gardens in Manchester used to collect pennies from benevolent visitors. When it got a penny in its trunk it put it in the slot of an automatic machine which delivered up a biscuit. When a visitor gave the elephant a halfpenny it used to throw it back with disgust. At first sight this seemed almost wise, and there was no doubt some intelligent appreciation of the situation. But it was largely a matter of habituation, the outcome of careful and prolonged training. The elephant was laboriously taught to put the penny in the slot and to discriminate between the useful pennies and the useless halfpennies. It was not nearly so clever as it looked.
Given enough motivation, many of the smarter mammals can learn to do quite sensible things, and no one is wise enough to[Pg 229] claim that they never understand what they're doing. However, it's clear that trained animals often show behaviors that aren't as clever as they seem. The elephant at the Belle Vue Gardens in Manchester used to collect pennies from generous visitors. When it received a penny in its trunk, it would place it in the slot of a machine that dispensed a biscuit. When a visitor gave the elephant a halfpenny, it would throw it back in disgust. At first glance, this appeared quite smart, and there was certainly some intelligent recognition of the situation. But it was mostly a result of habituation, the product of careful and extended training. The elephant was painstakingly taught to put the penny in the slot and to distinguish between the useful pennies and the worthless halfpennies. It wasn't nearly as clever as it seemed.
Using their Wits
In the beautiful Zoological Park in Edinburgh the Polar Bear was wont to sit on a rocky peninsula of a water-filled quarry. The visitors threw in buns, some of which floated on the surface. It was often easy for the Polar Bear to collect half a dozen by plunging into the pool. But it had discovered a more interesting way. At the edge of the peninsula it scooped the water gently with its huge paw and made a current which brought the buns ashore. This was a simple piece of behaviour, but it has the smack of intelligence—of putting two and two together in a novel way. It suggests the power of making what is called a "perceptual inference."
In the beautiful Zoo in Edinburgh, the Polar Bear used to sit on a rocky ledge beside a water-filled pit. Visitors would throw in buns, some of which floated on the surface. The Polar Bear often easily got half a dozen by diving into the pool. But it found a more interesting method. At the edge of the ledge, it would scoop the water gently with its large paw, creating a current that brought the buns to shore. This was a simple behavior, but it showed a hint of intelligence—of connecting the dots in a new way. It suggests the ability to make what’s known as a "perceptual inference."
On the occasion of a great flood in a meadow it was observed that a number of mares brought their foals to the top of a knoll, and stood round about them protecting them against the rising water. A dog has been known to show what was at any rate a plastic appreciation of a varying situation in swimming across a tidal river. It changed its starting-point, they say, according to the flow or ebb of the tide. Arctic foxes and some other wild[Pg 230] mammals show great cleverness in dealing with traps, and the manipulative intelligence of elephants is worthy of all our admiration.
On the occasion of a major flood in a meadow, it was noted that several mares brought their foals to the top of a hill and surrounded them to protect them from the rising water. A dog has been known to demonstrate what was at least a practical understanding of a changing situation by swimming across a tidal river. It reportedly adjusted its starting point based on the flow or ebb of the tide. Arctic foxes and some other wild[Pg 230] mammals display considerable cleverness when dealing with traps, and the problem-solving skills of elephants deserve all our admiration.
§ 7
Why is there not more Intelligence?
When we allow for dexterity and power of association, when we recognise a certain amount of instinctive capacity and a capacity for profiting by experience in an intelligent way, we must admit a certain degree of disappointment when we take a survey of the behaviour of mammals, especially of those with very fine brains, from which we should naturally expect great things. Why is there not more frequent exhibition of intelligence in the stricter sense?
When we account for flexibility and the ability to make connections, and when we acknowledge a certain level of instinctual ability and the capacity to learn from experiences intelligently, we have to admit some disappointment when we look at the behavior of mammals, especially those with highly developed brains, from whom we naturally expect remarkable things. Why isn't there a more consistent display of intelligence in the strictest sense?
The answer is that most mammals have become in the course of time very well adapted to the ordinary conditions of their life, and tend to leave well alone. They have got their repertory of efficient answers to the ordinary questions of everyday life, and why should they experiment? In the course of the struggle for existence what has been established is efficiency in normal circumstances, and therefore even the higher animals tend to be no cleverer than is necessary. So while many mammals are extraordinarily efficient, they tend to be a little dull. Their mental equipment is adequate for the everyday conditions of their life, but it is not on sufficiently generous lines to admit of, let us say, an interest in Nature or adventurous experiment. Mammals always tend to "play for safety."
The answer is that most mammals have gradually adapted very well to the typical conditions of their lives and tend to stick with what works. They have developed a set of efficient responses to daily challenges, so why should they try anything new? In the struggle for survival, what has proven effective is doing well in normal situations, which is why even the more advanced animals don't tend to be any smarter than necessary. While many mammals are incredibly efficient, they can come across as a bit dull. Their mental abilities are just enough for the everyday conditions they face, but they aren't broad enough to foster, say, an interest in nature or a spirit of adventure. Mammals typically tend to play it safe.
We hasten, however, to insert here some very interesting saving clauses.
We quickly want to add some really interesting saving clauses here.
Experimentation in Play
A glimpse of what mammals are capable of, were it necessary, may be obtained by watching those that are playful, such as lambs and kids, foals and calves, young foxes and others. For[Pg 231] these young creatures let themselves go irresponsibly, they are still unstereotyped, they test what they and their fellows can do. The experimental character of much of animal play is very marked.
A look at what mammals can do, if needed, can be seen in playful animals like lambs and kids, foals and calves, young foxes, and others. For[Pg 231] these young animals act freely and without restraint; they aren't set in their ways, testing the limits of what they and their peers can achieve. The experimental nature of a lot of animal play is very evident.
It is now recognised by biologists that play among animals is the young form of work, and that the playing period, often so conspicuous, is vitally important as an apprenticeship to the serious business of life and as an opportunity for learning the alphabet of Nature. But the playing period is much more; it is one of the few opportunities animals have of making experiments without too serious responsibilities. Play is Nature's device for allowing elbow-room for new departures (behaviour-variations) which may form part of the raw materials of progress. Play, we repeat, gives us a glimpse of the possibilities of the mammal mind.
It’s now recognized by biologists that play among animals is the early form of work, and that the playing period, which often stands out, is crucial as an apprenticeship for the serious aspects of life and as a chance to learn the basics of Nature. But the playtime is much more than that; it’s one of the few chances animals have to experiment without facing too many serious consequences. Play is Nature's way of providing space for trying out new behaviors that could contribute to progress. Play, we emphasize, gives us a glimpse into the potential of the mammal mind.
Other Glimpses of Intelligence
A squirrel is just as clever as it needs to be and no more; and of some vanishing mammals, like the beaver, not even this can be said. Humdrum non-plastic efficiency is apt to mean stagnation. Now we have just seen that in the play of young mammals there is an indication of unexhausted possibilities, and we get the same impression when we think of three other facts. (a) In those mammals, like dog and horse, which have entered into active cooperative relations with man, we see that the mind of the mammal is capable of much more than the average would lead us to think. When man's sheltering is too complete and the domesticated creature is passive in his grip, the intelligence deteriorates. (b) When we study mammals, like the otter, which live a versatile life in a very complex and difficult environment, we get an inspiriting picture of the play of wits. (c) Thirdly, when we pass to monkeys, where the fore-limb has become a free hand, where the brain shows a relatively great improvement, where "words" are much used, we cannot fail to recognise the emergence of something[Pg 232] new—a restless inquisitiveness, a desire to investigate the world, an unsatisfied tendency to experiment. We are approaching the Dawn of Reason.
A squirrel is as smart as it needs to be, and not any more; and for some disappearing animals, like the beaver, even that can’t be said. Ordinary, non-adaptive efficiency often leads to stagnation. Now we’ve just seen that the behavior of young mammals suggests they have untapped potential, and we get the same feeling from three other points. (a) In mammals like dogs and horses that have formed active partnerships with humans, we see that their minds are capable of much more than we typically believe. When humans provide too much shelter and the domesticated animal becomes passive, their intelligence declines. (b) When we observe animals like otters, who lead versatile lives in complicated and challenging environments, we see an inspiring image of cleverness. (c) Lastly, when we look at monkeys, where their forelimbs have become free hands, their brains show significant improvement, and they frequently use "words," we can’t help but recognize the emergence of something[Pg 232] new—an eager curiosity, a desire to explore the world, an insatiable tendency to experiment. We are approaching the Dawn of Reason.
THE MIND OF MONKEYS
§ 8
There is a long gamut between the bushy-tailed, almost squirrel-like marmosets and the big-brained chimpanzee. There is great variety of attainment at different levels in the Simian tribe.
There’s a wide range between the bushy-tailed, almost squirrel-like marmosets and the big-brained chimpanzees. There’s a lot of variety in skills at different levels within the monkey family.
Keen Senses
To begin at the beginning, it is certain that monkeys have a first-class sensory equipment, especially as regards sight, hearing, and touch. The axes of the two eyes are directed forwards as in man, and a large section of the field of vision is common to both eyes. In other words, monkeys have a more complete stereoscopic vision than the rest of the mammals enjoy. They look more and smell less. They can distinguish different colours, apart from different degrees of brightness in the coloured objects. They are quick to discriminate differences in the shapes of things, e.g. boxes similar in size but different in shape, for if the prize is always put in a box of the same shape they soon learn (by association) to select the profitable one. They learn to discriminate cards with short words or with signs printed on them, coming down when the "Yes" card is shown, remaining on their perch when the card says "No." Bred to a forest life where alertness is a life-or-death quality, they are quick to respond to a sudden movement or to pick out some new feature in their surroundings. And what is true of vision holds also for hearing.
To start from the beginning, it's clear that monkeys have top-notch sensory skills, especially when it comes to sight, hearing, and touch. The angles of their eyes face forward like humans, and a large portion of their field of vision overlaps. In other words, monkeys have better stereoscopic vision than most other mammals. They rely more on sight and less on smell. They can tell apart different colors and varying levels of brightness in colored objects. They're quick to notice differences in shapes, like boxes that are similar in size but differ in shape. If the prize is consistently put in a box of the same shape, they quickly learn to choose the right one by association. They also learn to recognize cards with short words or symbols, coming down when they see the "Yes" card and staying put when they see the "No" card. Raised in forest environments where being alert can mean the difference between life and death, they're quick to react to sudden movements or notice new things in their surroundings. The same applies to their hearing abilities.
Power of Manipulation
Another quality which separates monkeys very markedly from ordinary mammals is their manipulative expertness, the co-ordination[Pg 233] of hand and eye. This great gift follows from the fact that among monkeys the fore-leg has been emancipated. It has ceased to be indispensable as an organ of support; it has become a climbing, grasping, lifting, handling organ. The fore-limb has become a free hand, and everyone who knows monkeys at all is aware of the zest with which they use their tool. They enjoy pulling things to pieces—a kind of dissection—or screwing the handle off a brush and screwing it on again.
Another quality that clearly sets monkeys apart from typical mammals is their skillful manipulation, the coordination of hand and eye. This remarkable ability comes from the fact that in monkeys, the foreleg has become more flexible. It’s no longer just a support tool; it has evolved into a climbing, grasping, lifting, and handling limb. The forelimb has turned into a free hand, and anyone familiar with monkeys knows how enthusiastically they use their dexterity. They love taking things apart—like a kind of dissection—or unscrewing the handle off a brush and putting it back on again.

Photo: W. P. Dando
Photo: W.P. Dando
BABY ORANG
Baby orangutan
Notice the small ears and the suggestion of good temper. The mother orang will throw prickly fruits and pieces of branches at those who intrude on her maternal care.
Notice the small ears and the hint of a friendly disposition. The mother orangutan will toss thorny fruits and bits of branches at anyone who interrupts her nurturing.

Photo: Gambier Bolton.
Photo: Gambier Bolton.
ORANG-UTAN
Orangutan
A large and heavy ape, frequenting forests in Sumatra and Borneo, living mainly in trees, where a temporary nest is made. The expression is melancholy, the belly very protuberant, the colour yellow-brown, the movements are cautious and slow.
A large and heavy ape that lives in the forests of Sumatra and Borneo, spending most of its time in trees where it builds a temporary nest. Its expression is sad, with a very prominent belly, yellow-brown fur, and its movements are careful and slow.

1. CHIMPANZEE
Chimp
2. BABY ORANG-UTAN
Baby orangutan
3. ORANG-UTAN
3. ORANGUTAN
4. BABY CHIMPANZEES
4. Baby Chimpanzees
Photos: James's Press Agency.
Photos: James's Press Agency.
In his famous book on The Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals (1872) Charles Darwin showed that many forms of facial expression familiar in man have their counterparts in apes and other mammals. He also showed how important the movements of expression are as means of communication between mother and offspring, mate and mate, kith and kin.
In his well-known book The Expression of the Emotions in Man and Animals (1872), Charles Darwin demonstrated that many facial expressions common to humans have similar versions in apes and other mammals. He also highlighted the significance of expressive movements as a way for mothers and their young, partners, and friends and family to communicate.
The anthropoid apes show notable differences of temperament as the photographs show. The chimpanzee is lively, cheerful, and educable. The orang is also mild of temper, but often and naturally appears melancholy in captivity. This is not suggested, however, by our photograph of the adult. Both chimpanzee and orang are markedly contrasted with the fierce and gloomy gorilla.
The anthropoid apes demonstrate significant differences in temperament, as the photos illustrate. The chimpanzee is energetic, happy, and trainable. The orangutan is also gentle, but tends to look sad in captivity. However, this isn’t reflected in our photo of the adult. Both the chimpanzee and orangutan are clearly different from the fierce and somber gorilla.
Activity for Activity's Sake
Professor Thorndike hits the nail on the head when he lays stress on the intensity of activity in monkeys—activity both of body and mind. They are pent-up reservoirs of energy, which almost any influence will tap. Watch a cat or a dog, Professor Thorndike says; it does comparatively few things and is content for long periods to do nothing. It will be splendidly active in response to some stimulus such as food or a friend or a fight, but if nothing appeals to its special make-up, which is very utilitarian in its interests, it will do nothing. "Watch a monkey and you cannot enumerate the things he does, cannot discover the stimuli to which he reacts, cannot conceive the raison d'etre of his pursuits. Everything appeals to him. He likes to be active for the sake of activity."
Professor Thorndike really hits the mark when he emphasizes how active monkeys are—both physically and mentally. They are like overflowing reservoirs of energy that can be tapped by almost any influence. "Look at a cat or a dog," Professor Thorndike explains; they do relatively few things and can comfortably lounge around for long stretches without doing anything. They'll spring into action when they encounter something stimulating, like food, a friend, or a fight, but if nothing piques their utilitarian interests, they'll just remain inactive. "Now, watch a monkey and you can’t count the things it does, can't figure out what stimuli it responds to, and can’t even understand the reason behind its activities. Everything interests it. It enjoys being active just for the sake of being active."
This applies to mental activity as well, and the quality is one of extraordinary interest, for it shows the experimenting mood at a higher turn of the spiral than in any other creature, save man. It points forward to the scientific spirit. We cannot, indeed, believe in the sudden beginning of any quality, and we recall the experimenting of playing mammals, such as kids and kittens, or of inquisitive adults like Kipling's mongoose, Riki-Tiki-Tavi, which made it his business in life to find out about things. But in monkeys the habit of restless experimenting rises to a higher pitch. They appear to be curious about the world. The psychologist whom we have quoted tells of a monkey which[Pg 234] happened to hit a projecting wire so as to make it vibrate. He went on repeating the performance hundreds of times during the next few days. Of course, he got nothing out of it, save fun, but it was grist to his mental mill. "The fact of mental life is to monkeys it own reward." The monkey's brain is "tender all over, functioning throughout, set off in action by anything and everything."
This also applies to mental activity, and the quality is particularly fascinating because it reflects a more advanced experimenting mindset than in any other creature, except for humans. It anticipates the scientific spirit. We can't really believe that any quality suddenly appears out of nowhere, and we remember how playful mammals, like kids and kittens, or curious adults like Kipling's mongoose, Riki-Tiki-Tavi, made it their mission to learn about the world. However, in monkeys, the habit of constantly experimenting reaches a higher level. They seem genuinely interested in exploring their surroundings. The psychologist we quoted mentions a monkey that[Pg 234] accidentally hit a wire, making it vibrate. He continued to do this hundreds of times over the next few days. Obviously, he didn't gain anything from it, except enjoyment, but it served as mental exercise for him. "The fact of mental life is to monkeys its own reward." The monkey's brain is "active all over, working continuously, triggered by anything and everything."
Sheer Quickness
Correlated with the quality of restless inquisitiveness and delight in activity for its own sake there is the quality of quickness. We mean not merely the locomotor agility that marks most monkeys, but quickness of perception and plan. It is the sort of quality that life among the branches will engender, where it is so often a case of neck or nothing. It is the quality which we describe as being on the spot, though the phrase has slipped from its original moorings. Speaking of his Bonnet Monkey, an Indian macaque, second cousin to the kind that lives on the Rock of Gibraltar, Professor S. J. Holmes writes: "For keenness of perception, rapidity of action, facility in forming good practical judgments about ways and means of escaping pursuit and of attaining various other ends, Lizzie had few rivals in the animal world.... Her perceptions and decisions were so much more rapid than my own that she would frequently transfer her attention, decide upon a line of action, and carry it into effect before I was aware of what she was about. Until I came to guard against her nimble and unexpected manœuvres, she succeeded in getting possession of many apples and peanuts which I had not intended to give her except upon the successful performance of some task."
Connected to the quality of restless curiosity and joy in activity for its own sake is the quality of quickness. We’re not just talking about the physical agility typical of most monkeys, but also quickness in perception and planning. This is the type of quality that life in the trees will develop, where it’s often a case of neck or nothing. It’s the quality we refer to as being on the spot, although that term has lost its original meaning. Speaking of his Bonnet Monkey, an Indian macaque, a close relative of the ones that live on the Rock of Gibraltar, Professor S. J. Holmes writes: "For sharpness of perception, speed of action, and ease in making good practical judgments about how to escape danger and achieve various other goals, Lizzie had few rivals in the animal kingdom.... Her perceptions and decisions were so much quicker than mine that she would often shift her focus, choose a course of action, and execute it before I even realized what she was doing. Until I learned to anticipate her quick and surprising moves, she managed to grab a lot of apples and peanuts that I hadn’t intended to give her unless she successfully completed a certain task."
Quick to Learn
Quite fundamental to any understanding of animal behaviour is the distinction so clearly drawn by Sir Ray Lankester between the "little-brain" type, rich in inborn or instinctive capacities,[Pg 235] but relatively slow to learn, and the "big-brain" type, with a relatively poor endowment of specialised instincts, but with great educability. The "little-brain" type finds its climax in ants and bees; the "big-brain" type in horses and dogs, elephants and monkeys. And of all animals monkeys are the quickest to learn, if we use the word "learn" to mean the formation of useful associations between this and that, between a given sense-presentation and a particular piece of behaviour.
A key part of understanding animal behavior is the distinction made by Sir Ray Lankester between the "little-brain" type, which has a lot of inborn or instinctual abilities,[Pg 235] but is relatively slow to learn, and the "big-brain" type, which has fewer specialized instincts but is highly teachable. The "little-brain" type reaches its peak in ants and bees, while the "big-brain" type is represented by horses, dogs, elephants, and monkeys. Of all animals, monkeys learn the fastest, if we define "learn" as forming useful connections between different experiences, linking specific sensory inputs to relevant behaviors.
The Case of Sally
Some of us remember Sally, the chimpanzee at the "Zoo" with which Dr. Romanes used to experiment. She was taught to give her teacher the number of straws he asked for, and she soon learned to do so up to five. If she handed a number not asked for, her offer was refused; if she gave the proper number, she got a piece of fruit. If she was asked for five straws, she picked them up individually and placed them in her mouth, and when she had gathered five she presented them together in her hand. Attempts to teach her to give six to ten straws were not very successful. For Sally "above six" meant "many," and besides, her limits of patience were probably less than her range of computation. This was hinted at by the highly interesting circumstance that when dealing with numbers above five she very frequently doubled over a straw so as to make it present two ends and thus appear as two straws. The doubling of the straw looked like an intelligent device to save time, and it was persistently resorted to in spite of the fact that her teacher always refused to accept a doubled straw as equivalent to two straws. Here we get a glimpse of something beyond the mere association of a sound—"Five"—and that number of straws.
Some of us remember Sally, the chimpanzee at the "Zoo" who Dr. Romanes used to experiment with. She was taught to give her teacher the number of straws he asked for, and she quickly learned to do this up to five. If she handed over a number that wasn’t requested, her offer was rejected; if she provided the correct amount, she received a piece of fruit. When asked for five straws, she picked them up one by one and put them in her mouth, and when she had collected five, she presented them together in her hand. Attempts to teach her to give six to ten straws weren't very successful. For Sally, "above six" meant "many," and besides, her patience was likely less than her ability to count. This was suggested by the fascinating fact that when dealing with numbers over five, she often bent a straw in half to make it look like two straws. The way she doubled the straw seemed like a smart way to save time, and she consistently did this even though her teacher always refused to accept a bent straw as equal to two straws. Here we see a glimpse of something beyond just the basic connection between the word—"Five"—and the corresponding number of straws.
The Case of Lizzie
The front of the cage in which Professor Holmes kept Lizzie was made of vertical bars which allowed her to reach out with her arm. On a board with an upright nail as handle, there was[Pg 236] placed an apple—out of Lizzie's reach. She reached immediately for the nail, pulled the board in and got the apple. "There was no employment of the method of trial and error; there was direct appropriate action following the perception of her relation to board, nail, and apple." Of course her ancestors may have been adepts at drawing a fruit-laden branch within their reach, but the simple experiment was very instructive. All the more instructive because in many other cases the experiments indicate a gradual sifting out of useless movements and an eventful retention of the one that pays. When Lizzie was given a vaseline bottle containing a peanut and closed with a cork, she at once pulled the cork out with her teeth, obeying the instinct to bite at new objects, but she never learned to turn the bottle upside down and let the nut drop out. She often got the nut, and after some education she got it more quickly than she did at first, but there was no indication that she ever perceived the fit and proper way of getting what she wanted. "In the course of her intent efforts her mind seemed so absorbed with the object of desire that it was never focussed on the means of attaining that object. There was no deliberation, and no discrimination between the important and the unimportant elements in her behaviour. The gradually increasing facility of her performances depended on the apparently unconscious elimination of useless movements." This may be called learning, but it is learning at a very low level; it is far from learning by ideas; it is hardly even learning by experiment; it is not more than learning by experience, it is not more than fumbling at learning!
The front of the cage where Professor Holmes kept Lizzie had vertical bars that let her reach out with her arm. On a board with a nail as a handle, there was[Pg 236] an apple placed—just out of Lizzie's reach. She immediately went for the nail, pulled the board in, and grabbed the apple. "She didn't use a trial-and-error method; she took direct action based on her understanding of the board, nail, and apple." Sure, her ancestors might have been skilled at bringing a fruit-laden branch within their reach, but this simple experiment was quite educational. It was even more enlightening because, in many other situations, the experiments show a gradual elimination of useless movements while retaining the effective ones. When Lizzie was given a vaseline bottle with a peanut inside, sealed with a cork, she instinctively pulled the cork out with her teeth, following her instinct to bite at new things. However, she never figured out to turn the bottle upside down to let the nut drop out. She often managed to get the nut, and after some time, she was faster at it than before, but there was no sign that she ever recognized the right way to get what she wanted. "In her focused attempts, her mind seemed so fixated on the object of her desire that she never concentrated on how to obtain it. There was no thought, and she couldn’t tell the important parts of her behavior from the unimportant ones. The growing ease of her actions came from what seemed like an unconscious elimination of unnecessary movements." This might be called learning, but it’s basic learning; it’s far from idea-based learning; it’s barely even experimental learning; it’s really just learning from experience, just clumsily trying to learn!
Trial and Error
A higher note is struck in the behaviour of some more highly endowed monkeys. In many experiments, chiefly in the way of getting into boxes difficult to open, there is evidence (1) of attentive persistent experiment (2) of the rapid elimination of ineffective movements, and (3) of remembering the solution when it[Pg 237] was discovered. Kinnaman taught two macaques the Hampton Court Maze, a feat which probably means a memory of movements, and we get an interesting glimpse in his observation that they began to smack their lips audibly when they reached the latter part of their course, and began to feel, dare one say, "We are right this time."
A higher level of intelligence is seen in some more advanced monkeys. In various experiments, mainly involving getting into boxes that are hard to open, there is evidence of (1) focused persistence in their experimentation, (2) quickly eliminating ineffective actions, and (3) remembering the solution once it was found. Kinnaman taught two macaques the Hampton Court Maze, which likely indicates a memory of their movements. He noted an interesting behavior where the monkeys started to smack their lips loudly as they approached the final part of the maze, suggesting they were feeling, shall we say, “We are on the right track this time.”
In getting into "puzzle-boxes" and into "combination-boxes" (where the barriers must be overcome in a definite order), monkeys learn by the trial and error method much more quickly than cats and dogs do, and a very suggestive fact emphasized by Professor Thorndike is "a process of sudden acquisition by a rapid, often apparently instantaneous abandonment of the unsuccessful movements and selection of the appropriate one, which rivals in suddenness the selections made by human beings in similar performances." A higher note still was sounded by one of Thorndike's monkeys which opened a puzzle-box at once, eight months after his previous experience with it. For here was some sort of registration of a solution.
In working with "puzzle boxes" and "combination boxes" (where obstacles must be overcome in a specific order), monkeys learn through trial and error much faster than cats and dogs do. A noteworthy point highlighted by Professor Thorndike is the "sudden acquisition process where unsuccessful movements are quickly, often seemingly instantly, abandoned in favor of the successful one, which happens as abruptly as it does for humans in similar situations." An even more impressive example came from one of Thorndike's monkeys, which opened a puzzle box immediately, eight months after its last encounter with it. This indicates some form of retained solution.
Imitation
Two chimpanzees in the Dublin Zoo were often to be seen washing the two shelves of their cupboard and "wringing" the wet cloth in the approved fashion. It was like a caricature of a washerwoman, and someone said, "What mimics they are!" Now we do not know whether that was or was not the case with the chimpanzees, but the majority of the experiments that have been made do not lead us to attach to imitation so much importance as is usually given to it by the popular interpreter. There are instances where a monkey that had given up a puzzle in despair returned to it when it had seen its neighbour succeed, but most of the experiments suggested that the creature has to find out for itself. Even with such a simple problem as drawing food near with a stick, it often seems of little use to show the monkey how it is done. Placing a bit of food outside his monkey's[Pg 238] cage, Professor Holmes "poked it about with the stick so as to give her a suggestion of how the stick might be employed to move the food within reach, but although the act was repeated many times Lizzie never showed the least inclination to use the stick to her advantage." Perhaps the idea of a "tool" is beyond the Bonnet Monkey, yet here again we must be cautious, for Professor L. T. Hobhouse had a monkey of the same macaque genus which learned in the course of time to use a crooked stick with great effect.
Two chimpanzees at the Dublin Zoo were often seen cleaning the two shelves of their cupboard and "wringing" out a wet cloth just like a washerwoman. Someone remarked, "What good mimics they are!" We can't say for sure if that was true for the chimpanzees, but most of the experiments conducted don’t support the idea that imitation is as important as commonly believed. In some cases, a monkey that had given up on a puzzle in frustration would try again after seeing its neighbor succeed, but the majority of experiments indicated that the animal needs to figure things out on its own. Even with something as simple as using a stick to pull food closer, showing the monkey how to do it often doesn’t help. For instance, when Professor Holmes placed a piece of food just outside a monkey’s [Pg 238] cage and used the stick to suggest how to reach it, even after many attempts, Lizzie never showed any interest in using the stick to her advantage. It's possible that the concept of a "tool" is beyond the Bonnet Monkey; however, we should be careful, as Professor L. T. Hobhouse had a monkey of the same macaque species that eventually learned to effectively use a crooked stick.
The Case of Peter
Perhaps the cleverest monkey as yet studied was a performing chimpanzee called Peter, which has been generally described by Dr. Lightner Witmer. Peter could skate and cycle, thread needles and untie knots, smoke a cigarette and string beads, screw in nails and unlock locks. But what Peter was thinking about all the time it was hard to guess, and there is very little evidence to suggest that his rapid power of putting two and two together ever rose above a sort of concrete mental experimenting, which Dr. Romanes used to call perceptual inference. Without supposing that there are hard-and-fast boundary lines, we cannot avoid the general conclusion that, while monkeys are often intelligent, they seldom, if ever, show even hints of reason, i.e. of working or playing with general ideas. That remains Man's prerogative.
Perhaps the smartest monkey ever studied was a performing chimpanzee named Peter, who was mostly described by Dr. Lightner Witmer. Peter could skate and ride a bike, thread needles and untie knots, smoke a cigarette and string beads, screw in nails and unlock locks. But it was hard to guess what Peter was really thinking, and there’s very little evidence to suggest that his quick ability to make connections ever went beyond basic mental experimentation, which Dr. Romanes used to call perceptual inference. While we can’t say there are strict boundaries, we can generally conclude that, even though monkeys can be smart, they rarely show any signs of reasoning, that is, working or playing with abstract ideas. That ability remains uniquely human.
The Bustle of the Mind
In mammals like otters, foxes, stoats, hares, and elephants, what a complex of tides and currents there must be in the brain-mind! We may think of a stream with currents at different levels. Lowest there are the basal appetites of hunger and sex, often with eddies rising to the surface. Then there are the primary emotions, such as fear of hereditary enemies and maternal affection for offspring. Above these are instinctive aptitudes, inborn powers of doing clever things without having to learn[Pg 239] how. But in mammals these are often expressed along with, or as it were through, the controlled life of intelligent activity, where there is more clear-cut perceptual influence.
In mammals like otters, foxes, stoats, hares, and elephants, what a complex mix of thoughts and feelings must exist in the brain! We can imagine it like a stream with currents at different levels. At the bottom are the basic desires of hunger and sex, often bubbling up to the surface. Next are the primary emotions, like the fear of natural enemies and a mother's love for her young. Above these are instinctive abilities, natural talents for doing smart things without needing to learn[Pg 239] how. But in mammals, these are often expressed alongside, or rather through, the organized life of intelligent activity, where there is a more distinct influence from perception.

Photo: W. P. Dando.
Photo: W. P. Dando.
CHIMPANZEE
CHIMP
An African ape, at home in the equatorial forests, a lively and playful creature, eminently educable.
An African ape, native to the equatorial forests, is a lively and playful animal, highly trainable.

Photo: W. S. Berridge.
Photo: W. S. Berridge.
YOUNG CHEETAHS, OR HUNTING LEOPARDS
Young cheetahs, or hunting leopards
Trained to hunt from time immemorial and quite easily tamed. Cheetahs occur in India, Persia, Turkestan, and Africa.
Trained to hunt since ancient times and fairly easy to tame. Cheetahs are found in India, Persia, Turkestan, and Africa.

Photo: C. Reid.
Photo: C. Reid.
COMMON OTTER
Common Otter
One of the most resourceful of animals and the "most playsomest crittur on God's earth." It neither stores nor hibernates, but survives in virtue of its wits and because of the careful education of the young. The otter is a roving animal, often with more than one resting-place; it has been known to travel fifteen miles in a night.
One of the most clever animals and the "most playful creature on God's earth." It doesn't store food or hibernate, but survives thanks to its intelligence and the careful upbringing of its young. The otter is a wandering animal, often having more than one resting spot; it has been known to travel fifteen miles in a night.
Higher still are the records or memories of individual experience and the registration of individual habits, while on the surface is the instreaming multitude of messages from the outside world, like raindrops and hailstones on the stream, some of them penetrating deeply, being, as we say, full of meaning. The mind of the higher animal is in some respects like a child's mind, in having little in the way of clear-cut ideas, in showing no reason in the strict sense, and in its extraordinary educability, but it differs from the child's mind entirely in the sure effectiveness of a certain repertory of responses. It is efficient to a degree.
Higher up are the records or memories of personal experiences and the documentation of individual habits, while on the surface is the constant flow of messages from the outside world, like raindrops and hailstones in a stream, some of which penetrate deeply, being, as we say, full of meaning. The mind of a higher animal is somewhat like a child’s mind, having few clear-cut ideas, showing no strict reasoning, and exhibiting extraordinary ability to learn, but it differs completely from a child's mind in the effective range of certain responses. It is efficient to a significant degree.
"Until at last arose the Man."
Man's brain is more complicated than that of the higher apes—gorilla, orang, and chimpanzee—and it is relatively larger. But the improvements in structure do not seem in themselves sufficient to account for man's great advance in intelligence. The rill of inner life has become a swift stream, sometimes a rushing torrent. Besides perceptual inference or Intelligence—a sort of picture-logic, which some animals likewise have—there is conceptual inference—or Reason—an internal experimenting with general ideas. Even the cleverest animals, it would seem, do not get much beyond playing with "particulars"; man plays an internal game of chess with "universals." Intelligent behaviour may go a long way with mental images; rational conduct demands general ideas. It may be, however, that "percepts" and "concepts" differ rather in degree than in kind, and that the passage from one to the other meant a higher power of forming associations. A clever dog has probably a generalised percept of man, as distinguished from a memory-image of the particular men it has known, but man alone has the concept Man,[Pg 240] or Mankind, or Humanity. Experimenting with concepts or general ideas is what we call Reason.
Man's brain is more complex than that of higher apes—gorillas, orangutans, and chimpanzees—and it’s relatively larger. But the changes in its structure alone don’t seem enough to explain humanity's significant leap in intelligence. The flow of inner life has turned into a swift stream, sometimes even a rushing torrent. Besides perceptual inference or Intelligence—a type of picture-logic that some animals also have—there is conceptual inference—or Reason—which involves internal experimentation with general ideas. Even the smartest animals seem to mostly play with "particulars"; humans engage in an internal game of chess with "universals." Intelligent behavior can go far with mental images, but rational conduct requires general ideas. However, it may be that "percepts" and "concepts" differ more in degree than in type, and that the transition from one to the other reflects a greater ability to form associations. A clever dog likely has a generalized perception of humans, distinct from a memory of specific individuals it has encountered, but only humans possess the concept of Man,[Pg 240] or Mankind, or Humanity. Experimenting with concepts or general ideas is what we refer to as Reason.
Here, of course, we get into deep waters, and perhaps it is wisest not to attempt too much. So we shall content ourselves here with pointing out that Man's advance in intelligence and from intelligence to reason is closely wrapped up with his power of speech. What animals began—a small vocabulary—he has carried to high perfection. But what is distinctive is not the vocabulary so much as the habit of making sentences, of expressing judgments in a way which admitted of communication between mind and mind. The multiplication of words meant much, the use of words as symbols of general ideas meant even more, for it meant the possibility of playing the internal game of thinking; but perhaps the most important advance of all was the means of comparing notes with neighbours, of corroborating individual experience by social intercourse. With words, also, it became easier to enregister outside himself the gains of the past. It is not without significance that the Greek Logos, which may be translated "the word," may also be translated Mind.
Here, we definitely dive into complex territory, and it might be best not to overreach. So, we'll settle for highlighting that humanity's growth in intelligence, transitioning from intelligence to reason, is closely connected to our ability to speak. What animals started with—a limited vocabulary—humans have refined to an incredible degree. However, what really stands out is not just the vocabulary, but the habit of forming sentences, of expressing judgments in a way that allows for communication between minds. The increase in words was significant, and using words as symbols for general ideas was even more important, as it paved the way for engaging in internal thought processes. But perhaps the greatest advancement of all was the ability to share insights with others, confirming personal experiences through social interaction. With words, it also became easier to document the knowledge gained from the past. It's worth noting that the Greek term Logos, which can be translated as "the word," can also mean Mind.
§ 9
Looking Backwards
When we take a survey of animal behaviour we see a long inclined plane. The outer world provokes simple creatures to answer back; simple creatures act experimentally on their surroundings. From the beginning this twofold process has been going on, receiving stimuli from the environment and acting upon the environment, and according to the efficiency of the reactions and actions living creatures have been sifted for millions of years. One main line of advance has been opening new gateways of knowledge—the senses, which are far more than five in number. The other main line of advance has been in most general terms, experimenting or testing, probing and proving, trying one key after another till a door is unlocked. There is[Pg 241] progress in multiplying the gateways of knowledge and making them more discriminating, and there is progress in making the modes of experimenting more wide-awake, more controlled, and more resolute. But behind both of these is the characteristically vital power of enregistering within the organism the lessons of the past. In the life of the individual these enregistrations are illustrated by memories and habituations and habits; in the life of the race they are illustrated by reflex actions and instinctive capacities.
When we look at animal behavior, we notice a long incline. The outside world prompts simple creatures to respond; these creatures experiment with their surroundings. This twofold process of receiving stimuli from the environment and reacting to it has been occurring from the very start, and over millions of years, living beings have been refined based on the effectiveness of their reactions and actions. One major avenue of progress has been the discovery of new ways to gain knowledge—the senses, which actually number far more than just five. The other key area of advancement has been, broadly speaking, experimentation—testing, probing, and proving, trying one key after another until a door is opened. There is[Pg 241] progress in expanding the ways to acquire knowledge and making them more precise, as well as in enhancing the methods of experimentation to be more alert, controlled, and determined. However, behind both of these developments is the essential life force of retaining lessons from the past within the organism. In an individual’s life, these memories and learned behaviors are reflected in recollections and habits; in the life of a species, they manifest in reflex actions and instinctive abilities.
Body and Mind
We must not shirk the very difficult question of the relation between the bodily and the mental side of behaviour.
We must not avoid the very challenging question of the connection between the physical and mental aspects of behavior.
(a) Some great thinkers have taught that the mind is a reality by itself which plays upon the instrument of the brain and body. As the instrument gets worn and dusty the playing is not so good as it once was, but the player is still himself. This theory of the essential independence of the mind is a very beautiful one, but those who like it when applied to themselves are not always so fond of it when it is applied to other intelligent creatures like rooks and elephants. It may be, however, that there is a gradual emancipation of the mind which has gone furthest in Man and is still progressing.
(a) Some great thinkers have suggested that the mind exists independently, interacting with the brain and body like an instrument. As that instrument becomes worn and dusty, its performance declines, but the player remains the same. This idea of the mind's independence is quite beautiful, but those who embrace it for themselves often have mixed feelings when it's applied to other intelligent beings, like crows and elephants. However, it might be that there's a gradual liberation of the mind, which has advanced the most in humans and is still ongoing.
(b) Some other thinkers have taught that the inner life of thought and feeling is only, as it were, an echo of the really important activity—that of the body and brain. Ideas are just foam-bells on the hurrying streams and circling eddies of matter and energy that make up our physiological life. To most of us this theory is impossible, because we are quite sure that ideas and feelings and purposes, which cannot be translated into matter and motion, are the clearest realities in our experience, and that they count for good and ill all through our life. They are more than the tickings of the clock; they make the wheels go round.[Pg 242]
(b) Some other thinkers have argued that our inner thoughts and feelings are just an echo of the truly significant actions—that of our body and brain. Ideas are merely bubbles floating on the fast currents and swirling eddies of matter and energy that form our physiological existence. For most of us, this theory seems impossible, as we firmly believe that ideas, feelings, and intentions, which cannot be reduced to matter and motion, are the most evident realities in our experience, influencing both the good and the bad throughout our lives. They are more than just the ticking of a clock; they keep the wheels turning.[Pg 242]
(c) There are others who think that the most scientific position is simply to recognise both the bodily and the mental activities as equally important, and so closely interwoven that they cannot be separated. Perhaps they are just the outer and the inner aspects of one reality—the life of the creature. Perhaps they are like the concave and convex curves of a dome, like the two sides of a shield. Perhaps the life of the organism is always a unity, at one time appearing more conspicuously as Mind-body, at another time as Body-mind. The most important fact is that neither aspect can be left out. By no jugglery with words can we get Mind out of Matter and Motion. And since we are in ourselves quite sure of our Mind, we are probably safe in saying that in the beginning was Mind. This is in accordance with Aristotle's saying that there is nothing in the end which was not also in kind present in the beginning—whatever we mean by beginning.
(c) Some people believe that the most scientific approach is to recognize both physical and mental activities as equally important, so intertwined that they can't be separated. They might just be the outer and inner sides of one reality—the life of a creature. Perhaps they are like the concave and convex curves of a dome, like the two sides of a shield. Maybe the life of an organism is always a unity, sometimes showing up more as Mind-body and at other times as Body-mind. The key point is that neither aspect can be ignored. No amount of wordplay can separate Mind from Matter and Motion. And since we are quite sure of our Mind, it’s probably safe to say that in the beginning was Mind. This aligns with Aristotle's saying that there is nothing at the end that wasn't also present in some form at the beginning—whatever we mean by beginning.
In conclusion
What has led to the truly wonderful result which we admire in a creature like a dog or an otter, a horse or a hare? In general, we may say, just two main processes—(1) testing all things, and (2) holding fast that which is good. New departures occur and these are tested for what they are worth. Idiosyncrasies crop up and they are sifted. New cards come mysteriously from within into the creature's hand, and they are played—for better or for worse. So by new variations and their sifting, by experimenting and enregistering the results, the mind has gradually evolved and will continue to evolve.[Pg 243]
What has brought about the amazing result we see in animals like dogs, otters, horses, or hares? Generally, we can say there are just two main processes—(1) testing everything, and (2) keeping what’s good. New ideas come up, and we evaluate their value. Unique traits appear and they get sorted through. New elements mysteriously emerge from within the creature, and they are utilized—for better or for worse. Through new variations and their evaluation, through experimentation and recording the outcomes, the mind has gradually developed and will keep evolving.[Pg 243]
VIII
FOUNDATIONS OF THE UNIVERSE
THE WORLD OF ATOMS
Most people have heard of the oriental race which puzzled over the foundations of the universe, and decided that it must be supported on the back of a giant elephant. But the elephant? They put it on the back of a monstrous tortoise, and there they let the matter end. If every animal in nature had been called upon, they would have been no nearer a foundation. Most ancient peoples, indeed, made no effort to find a foundation. The universe was a very compact little structure, mainly composed of the earth and the great canopy over the earth which they called the sky. They left it, as a whole, floating in nothing. And in this the ancients were wiser than they knew. Things do not fall down unless they are pulled down by that mysterious force which we call gravitation. The earth, it is true, is pulled by the sun, and would fall into it; but the earth escapes this fiery fate by circulating at great speed round the sun. The stars pull each other; but it has already been explained that they meet this by travelling rapidly in gigantic orbits. Yet we do, in a new sense of the word, need foundations of the universe. Our mind craves for some explanation of the matter out of which the universe is made. For this explanation we turn to modern Physics and Chemistry. Both these sciences study, under different aspects, matter and energy; and between them they have put together a conception of the fundamental nature of things which marks an epoch in the history of human thought.[Pg 246]
Most people have heard of the Eastern viewpoints that pondered the foundations of the universe, concluding it must rest on the back of a giant elephant. But what about the elephant? They placed it on the back of a massive tortoise, and left it at that. If every animal in nature had been asked, they wouldn't have gotten any closer to finding a foundation. Most ancient cultures, in fact, didn't even try to seek one out. The universe was seen as a compact little structure, mainly made up of the earth and the vast canopy above it, which they referred to as the sky. They viewed it, as a whole, floating in nothingness. In this regard, the ancients were smarter than they realized. Objects don't fall unless they're pulled down by that mysterious force we call gravity. It's true that the earth is pulled by the sun and would fall into it; however, the earth avoids this fiery doom by orbiting the sun at great speed. The stars attract each other; but as already explained, they counter this by moving swiftly in massive orbits. Yet, in a new sense, we do need to understand the universe's foundations. Our minds crave an explanation for the matter that makes up the universe. For this explanation, we turn to modern Physics and Chemistry. These two sciences explore, from different angles, matter and energy; and together, they have crafted a concept of the fundamental nature of things that signifies a major turning point in the history of human thought.[Pg 246]
§ 1
The Bricks of the Cosmos
More than two thousand years ago the first men of science, the Greeks of the cities of Asia Minor, speculated on the nature of matter. You can grind a piece of stone into dust. You can divide a spoonful of water into as many drops as you like. Apparently you can go on dividing as long as you have got apparatus fine enough for the work. But there must be a limit, these Greeks said, and so they supposed that all matter was ultimately composed of minute particles which were indivisible. That is the meaning of the Greek word "atom."
More than two thousand years ago, the first scientists, the Greeks from the cities of Asia Minor, contemplated the nature of matter. You can grind a piece of stone into dust. You can split a spoonful of water into as many drops as you want. Apparently, you can keep dividing as long as you have the right tools for the job. But the Greeks believed there had to be a limit, so they assumed that all matter was ultimately made up of tiny particles that couldn’t be divided. That’s what the Greek word "atom" means.
Like so many other ideas of these brilliant early Greek thinkers, the atom was a sound conception. We know to-day that matter is composed of atoms. But science was then so young that the way in which the Greeks applied the idea was not very profound. A liquid or a gas, they said, consisted of round, smooth atoms, which would not cling together. Then there were atoms with rough surfaces, "hooky" surfaces, and these stuck together and formed solids. The atoms of iron or marble, for instance, were so very hooky that, once they got together, a strong man could not tear them apart. The Greeks thought that the explanation of the universe was that an infinite number of these atoms had been moving and mixing in an infinite space during an infinite time, and had at last hit by chance on the particular combination which is our universe.
Like many ideas from these brilliant early Greek thinkers, the concept of the atom was a solid one. Today, we know that matter is made up of atoms. However, science was still quite new back then, so the way the Greeks used this idea was not very deep. They believed that a liquid or gas was made of round, smooth atoms that wouldn’t stick together. Then there were atoms with rough, "hooked" surfaces that would attach to one another and form solids. The atoms of iron or marble, for example, were so hooked together that once they bonded, even a strong person couldn't pull them apart. The Greeks thought the explanation for the universe was that an infinite number of these atoms had been moving and mixing in infinite space for an infinite amount of time, and eventually, by chance, formed the particular combination that makes up our universe.
This was too simple and superficial. The idea of atoms was cast aside, only to be advanced again in various ways. It was the famous Manchester chemist, John Dalton, who restored it in the early years of the nineteenth century. He first definitely formulated the atomic theory as a scientific hypothesis. The whole physical and chemical science of that century was now based upon the atom, and it is quite a mistake to suppose that recent discoveries have discredited "atomism." An atom is the smallest particle[Pg 247] of a chemical element. No one has ever seen an atom. Even the wonderful new microscope which has just been invented cannot possibly show us particles of matter which are a million times smaller than the breadth of a hair; for that is the size of atoms. We can weigh them and measure them, though they are invisible, and we know that all matter is composed of them. It is a new discovery that atoms are not indivisible. They consist themselves of still smaller particles, as we shall see. But the atoms exist all the same, and we may still say that they are the bricks of which the material universe is built.
This was too simple and superficial. The concept of atoms was set aside, only to be brought back in various ways. It was the well-known Manchester chemist, John Dalton, who revived it in the early 1800s. He was the first to clearly define atomic theory as a scientific hypothesis. The entire physical and chemical science of that century was now based on atoms, and it's a mistake to think that recent discoveries have discredited "atomism." An atom is the smallest particle[Pg 247] of a chemical element. No one has ever seen an atom. Even the amazing new microscope that has just been invented can't show us particles that are a million times smaller than the width of a hair, which is the size of atoms. We can weigh them and measure them, even though they are invisible, and we know that all matter is made up of them. It’s a new discovery that atoms are not indivisible. They are made up of even smaller particles, as we will see. But atoms do exist, and we can still say that they are the building blocks of the material universe.

Photo: Elliott & Fry.
Photo: Elliott & Fry.
SIR ERNEST RUTHERFORD
Sir Ernest Rutherford
One of our most eminent physicists who has succeeded Sir J. J. Thomson as Cavendish Professor of Physics at the University of Cambridge. The modern theory of the structure of the atom is largely due to him.
One of our most prominent physicists who has taken over from Sir J. J. Thomson as Cavendish Professor of Physics at the University of Cambridge. The current theory about the structure of the atom is largely credited to him.

Photo: Rischgitz Collection.
Photo: Rischgitz Collection.
J. CLERK-MAXWELL
J. Clerk Maxwell
One of the greatest scientific men who have ever lived. He revolutionised physics with his electro-magnetic theory of light, and practically all modern researches have had their origin, direct or indirect, in his work. Together with Faraday he constitutes one of the main scientific glories of the nineteenth century.
One of the greatest scientists in history, he revolutionized physics with his electromagnetic theory of light, and nearly all modern research has its roots, either directly or indirectly, in his work. Along with Faraday, he is one of the major scientific figures of the nineteenth century.

Photo: Ernest H. Mills.
Image: Ernest H. Mills.
SIR WILLIAM CROOKES
Sir William Crookes
Sir William Crookes experimented on the electric discharge in vacuum tubes and described the phenomena as a "fourth state of matter." He was actually observing the flight of electrons, but he did not fully appreciate the nature of his experiments.
Sir William Crookes experimented with electric discharge in vacuum tubes and described the phenomena as a "fourth state of matter." He was actually observing the movement of electrons, but he didn't fully understand the nature of his experiments.

Photo: Photo Press
Image: Photo Press
PROFESSOR SIR W. H. BRAGG
PROFESSOR SIR W. H. BRAGG
One of the most distinguished physicists of the present day.
One of the most renowned physicists of today.
But if we had some magical glass by means of which we could see into the structure of material things, we should not see the atoms put evenly together as bricks are in a wall. As a rule, two or more atoms first come together to form a larger particle, which we call a "molecule." Single atoms do not, as a rule, exist apart from other atoms; if a molecule is broken up, the individual atoms seek to unite with other atoms of another kind or amongst themselves. For example, three atoms of oxygen form what we call ozone; two atoms of hydrogen uniting with one atom of oxygen form water. It is molecules that form the mass of matter; a molecule, as it has been expressed, is a little building of which atoms are the bricks.
But if we had a magical glass that allowed us to see into the structure of material things, we wouldn't see atoms arranged neatly like bricks in a wall. Usually, two or more atoms come together to form a larger particle, which we call a "molecule." Single atoms generally don't exist on their own; when a molecule breaks apart, the individual atoms try to bond with other atoms of different kinds or with each other. For example, three oxygen atoms combine to make ozone, and two hydrogen atoms combined with one oxygen atom create water. Molecules are what make up the bulk of matter; a molecule, as it's been described, is like a little building made of atoms as the bricks.
In this way we get a useful first view of the material things we handle. In a liquid the molecules of the liquid cling together loosely. They remain together as a body, but they roll over and away from each other. There is "cohesion" between them, but it is less powerful than in a solid. Put some water in a kettle over the lighted gas, and presently the tiny molecules of water will rush through the spout in a cloud of steam and scatter over the kitchen. The heat has broken their bond of association and turned the water into something like a gas; though we know that the particles will come together again, as they cool, and form once more drops of water.
In this way, we get a useful first look at the material things we work with. In a liquid, the molecules stick together loosely. They stay together as a whole, but they roll around and move away from each other. There is "cohesion" between them, but it's not as strong as in a solid. Put some water in a kettle over the lit gas, and soon the tiny water molecules will rush out through the spout in a cloud of steam and spread throughout the kitchen. The heat has broken their bond and turned the water into something like a gas; although we know that the particles will come together again as they cool and form droplets of water once more.
In a gas the molecules have full individual liberty. They[Pg 248] are in a state of violent movement, and they form no union with each other. If we want to force them to enter into the loose sort of association which molecules have in a liquid, we have to slow down their individual movements by applying severe cold. That is how a modern man of science liquefies gases. No power that we have will liquefy air at its ordinary temperature. In very severe cold, on the other hand, the air will spontaneously become liquid. Some day, when the fires of the sun have sunk very low, the temperature of the earth will be less than -200° C.: that is to say, more than two hundred degrees Centigrade below freezing-point. It will sink to the temperature of the moon. Our atmosphere will then be an ocean of liquid air, 35 feet deep, lying upon the solidly frozen masses of our water-oceans.
In a gas, the molecules have complete freedom. They[Pg 248] move violently and don't bond with each other. To force them into the loose associations that molecules have in a liquid, we need to slow down their individual movements by applying extreme cold. That's how modern scientists turn gases into liquids. No power we possess can liquefy air at its normal temperature. However, at extremely low temperatures, air will naturally become liquid. Someday, when the sun's fires have diminished significantly, the Earth's temperature will drop below -200° C; in other words, over two hundred degrees Celsius below freezing. It will reach the temperature of the moon. Our atmosphere will then become an ocean of liquid air, 35 feet deep, resting on the solidly frozen bodies of our water oceans.
In a solid the molecules cling firmly to each other. We need a force equal to twenty-five tons to tear asunder the molecules in a bar of iron an inch thick. Yet the structure is not "solid" in the popular sense of the word. If you put a piece of solid gold in a little pool of mercury, the gold will take in the mercury between its molecules, as if it were porous like a sponge. The hardest solid is more like a lattice-work than what we usually mean by "solid"; though the molecules are not fixed, like the bars of a lattice-work, but are in violent motion; they vibrate about equilibrium positions. If we could see right into the heart of a bit of the hardest steel, we should see billions of separate molecules, at some distance from each other, all moving rapidly to and fro.
In a solid, the molecules are tightly packed together. It takes a force of about twenty-five tons to pull apart the molecules in a one-inch thick bar of iron. However, the structure isn't "solid" in the everyday sense of the term. If you place a piece of solid gold in a small pool of mercury, the gold will absorb the mercury between its molecules, as if it were porous like a sponge. The hardest solid is more like a lattice structure than what we typically mean by "solid"; although the molecules aren't fixed like the bars of a lattice, they are in constant motion, vibrating around their equilibrium positions. If we could look deep inside a piece of the hardest steel, we would see billions of separate molecules, spaced apart, all moving rapidly back and forth.
This molecular movement can, in a measure, be made visible. It was noticed by a microscopist named Brown that, in a solution containing very fine suspended particles, the particles were in constant movement. Under a powerful microscope these particles are seen to be violently agitated; they are each independently darting hither and thither somewhat like a lot of billiard balls on a billiard table, colliding and bounding about in all directions. Thousands of times a second these encounters occur, and this lively commotion is always going on, this incessant colliding of[Pg 249] one molecule with another is the normal condition of affairs; not one of them is at rest. The reason for this has been worked out, and it is now known that these particles move about because they are being incessantly bombarded by the molecules of the liquid. The molecules cannot, of course, be seen, but the fact of their incessant movement is revealed to the eye by the behaviour of the visible suspended particles. This incessant movement in the world of molecules is called the Brownian movement, and is a striking proof of the reality of molecular motions.
This molecular movement can, to some extent, be seen. A microscopist named Brown observed that in a solution with very fine suspended particles, these particles were constantly moving. Under a powerful microscope, these particles appear to be wildly agitated; each of them darts around independently, much like billiard balls on a table, colliding and bouncing in all directions. These encounters happen thousands of times a second, and this lively activity—a continuous collision of[Pg 249] one molecule with another—is the normal state of affairs; none of them is at rest. The reason for this has been understood, and it's now known that these particles move around because they are constantly bombarded by the liquid's molecules. The molecules themselves can't be seen, but their continuous movement is revealed through the behavior of the visible suspended particles. This ongoing movement in the molecular world is called Brownian movement, and it strongly demonstrates the reality of molecular motions.
§ 2
The Wonder-World of Atoms
The exploration of this wonder-world of atoms and molecules by the physicists and chemists of to-day is one of the most impressive triumphs of modern science. Quite apart from radium and electrons and other sensational discoveries of recent years, the study of ordinary matter is hardly inferior, either in interest or audacity, to the work of the astronomer. And there is the same foundation in both cases—marvellous apparatus, and trains of mathematical reasoning that would have astonished Euclid or Archimedes. Extraordinary, therefore, as are some of the facts and figures we are now going to give in connection with the minuteness of atoms and molecules, let us bear in mind that we owe them to the most solid and severe processes of human thought.
The exploration of the amazing world of atoms and molecules by today's physicists and chemists is one of the most impressive achievements of modern science. Aside from radium, electrons, and other exciting discoveries of recent years, the study of ordinary matter is just as interesting and bold as the work of astronomers. Both fields rely on the same foundation—incredible equipment and complex mathematical reasoning that would have amazed Euclid or Archimedes. Therefore, while some of the facts and figures we'll discuss about the tiny nature of atoms and molecules are extraordinary, let's remember that they come from rigorous and thoughtful human inquiry.
Yet the principle can in most cases be made so clear that the reader will not be asked to take much on trust. It is, for instance, a matter of common knowledge that gold is soft enough to be beaten into gold leaf. It is a matter of common sense, one hopes, that if you beat a measured cube of gold into a leaf six inches square, the mathematician can tell the thickness of that leaf without measuring it. As a matter of fact, a single grain of gold has been beaten into a leaf seventy-five inches square. Now the mathematician can easily find that when a single grain of gold is beaten out to that size, the leaf must be 1/367,000 of an inch thick,[Pg 250] or about a thousand times thinner than the paper on which these words are printed; yet the leaf must be several molecules thick.
Yet the principle can usually be made so clear that the reader won't be asked to take much on faith. It's common knowledge that gold is soft enough to be beaten into gold leaf. It’s common sense, hopefully, that if you beat a measured cube of gold into a leaf six inches square, a mathematician can determine the thickness of that leaf without measuring it. In fact, a single grain of gold has been beaten into a leaf seventy-five inches square. Now the mathematician can easily find that when a single grain of gold is spread out to that size, the leaf must be 1/367,000 of an inch thick,[Pg 250] or about a thousand times thinner than the paper on which these words are printed; yet the leaf must be several molecules thick.
The finest gold leaf is, in fact, too thick for our purpose, and we turn with a new interest to that toy of our boyhood the soap-bubble. If you carefully examine one of these delicate films of soapy water, you notice certain dark spots or patches on them. These are their thinnest parts, and by two quite independent methods—one using electricity and the other light—we have found that at these spots the bubble is less than the three-millionth of an inch thick! But the molecules in the film cling together so firmly that they must be at least twenty or thirty deep in the thinnest part. A molecule, therefore, must be far less than the three-millionth of an inch thick.
The finest gold leaf is actually too thick for what we need, so we turn our attention to that childhood favorite, the soap bubble. If you take a close look at one of these delicate films of soapy water, you'll notice certain dark spots or patches on them. These represent the thinnest areas, and through two completely different methods—one using electricity and the other light—we’ve discovered that at these spots, the bubble is less than three millionths of an inch thick! However, the molecules in the film stick together so tightly that they must be at least twenty or thirty deep in the thinnest part. Therefore, a molecule must be much thinner than the three millionths of an inch.
We found next that a film of oil on the surface of water may be even thinner than a soap-bubble. Professor Perrin, the great French authority on atoms, got films of oil down to the fifty-millionth of an inch in thickness! He poured a measured drop of oil upon water. Then he found the exact limits of the area of the oil-sheet by blowing upon the water a fine powder which spread to the edge of the film and clearly outlined it. The rest is safe and simple calculation, as in the case of the beaten grain of gold. Now this film of oil must have been at least two molecules deep, so a single molecule of oil is considerably less than a hundred-millionth of an inch in diameter.
We discovered that a film of oil on the surface of water can be even thinner than a soap bubble. Professor Perrin, the renowned French expert on atoms, managed to create oil films as thin as fifty-millionths of an inch! He poured a measured drop of oil onto the water, then determined the exact boundaries of the oil film by blowing a fine powder on the water, which spread to the edge of the film and clearly defined it. The rest is straightforward calculation, similar to what’s done with beaten gold. This oil film must have been at least two molecules thick, meaning a single molecule of oil is significantly less than a hundred-millionth of an inch in diameter.
Innumerable methods have been tried, and the result is always the same. A single grain of indigo, for instance, will colour a ton of water. This obviously means that the grain contains billions of molecules which spread through the water. A grain of musk will scent a room—pour molecules into every part of it—for several years, yet not lose one-millionth of its mass in a year. There are a hundred ways of showing the minuteness of the ultimate particles of matter, and some of these enable us to give definite figures. On a careful comparison of the best methods we can say that the average molecule of matter is less[Pg 251] than the 1/125,000,000 of an inch in diameter. In a single cubic centimetre of air—a globule about the size of a small marble—there are thirty million trillion molecules. And since the molecule is, as we saw, a group or cluster of atoms, the atom itself is smaller. Atoms, for reasons which we shall see later, differ very greatly from each other in size and weight. It is enough to say that some of them are so small that it would take 400,000,000 of them, in a line, to cover an inch of space; and that it takes at least a quintillion atoms of gold to weigh a single gramme. Five million atoms of helium could be placed in a line across the diameter of a full stop.
Innumerable methods have been tried, and the outcome is always the same. A single grain of indigo, for example, can color a ton of water. This clearly indicates that the grain contains billions of molecules that spread throughout the water. A grain of musk can scent a room—sending molecules into every part of it—for several years without losing even one-millionth of its mass in a year. There are numerous ways to demonstrate the tiny size of the ultimate particles of matter, and some of these allow us to provide specific figures. By carefully comparing the best methods, we can say that the average molecule of matter is less[Pg 251] than 1/125,000,000 of an inch in diameter. In a single cubic centimeter of air—a globule about the size of a small marble—there are thirty million trillion molecules. Since a molecule, as we noted, is a group or cluster of atoms, the atom itself is even smaller. Atoms, for reasons we will explore later, vary greatly in size and weight. It’s sufficient to mention that some are so small that it would take 400,000,000 of them, in a line, to cover an inch of space; and that it takes at least a quintillion atoms of gold to weigh a single gram. Five million atoms of helium could fit in a line across the diameter of a period.

An atom is the smallest particle of a chemical element. Two or more atoms come together to form a molecule: thus molecules form the mass of matter. A molecule of water is made up of two atoms of hydrogen and one atom of oxygen. Molecules of different substances, therefore, are of different sizes according to the number and kind of the particular atoms of which they are composed. A starch molecule contains no less than 25,000 atoms.
An atom is the smallest unit of a chemical element. When two or more atoms bond, they create a molecule, which makes up the bulk of matter. A water molecule consists of two hydrogen atoms and one oxygen atom. Molecules made of different substances vary in size, depending on the number and types of atoms they contain. A starch molecule has at least 25,000 atoms.
Molecules, of course, are invisible. The above diagram illustrates the comparative sizes of molecules.
Molecules, of course, can't be seen. The diagram above shows the relative sizes of molecules.

INCONCEIVABLE NUMBERS AND INCONCEIVABLY SMALL PARTICLES
INCONCEIVABLE NUMBERS AND INCONCEIVABLY SMALL PARTICLES
The molecules, which are inconceivably small, are, on the other hand, so numerous that if one was able to place, end to end, all those contained in, for example, a cubic centimetre of gas (less than a fifteenth of a cubic inch), one would obtain a line capable of passing two hundred times round the earth.
The molecules, which are unbelievably small, are so plentiful that if you could line up all those found in, for instance, a cubic centimeter of gas (less than a fifteenth of a cubic inch), you would create a line long enough to wrap around the Earth two hundred times.

WHAT IS A MILLION?
WHAT IS A MILLION?
In dealing with the infinitely small, it is difficult to apprehend the vast figures with which scientists confront us. A million is one thousand thousand. We may realise what this implies if we consider that a clock, beating seconds, takes approximately 278 hours (i.e. one week four days fourteen hours) to tick one million times. A billion is one million million. To tick a billion the clock would tick for over 31,735 years.
In dealing with the incredibly small, it's hard to grasp the enormous numbers that scientists throw at us. A million is one thousand thousand. We can get a sense of what this means if we think about the fact that a clock, ticking every second, takes about 278 hours (which is one week, four days, and fourteen hours) to tick one million times. A billion is one million million. To tick a billion, the clock would need to run for more than 31,735 years.
(In France and America a thousand millions is called a billion.)
(In France and America, a billion means a thousand million.)

THE BROWNIAN MOVEMENT
Brownian motion
A diagram, constructed from actual observations, showing the erratic paths pursued by very fine particles suspended in a liquid, when bombarded by the molecules of the liquid. This movement is called the Brownian movement, and it furnishes a striking illustration of the truth of the theory that the molecules of a body are in a state of continual motion.
A diagram created from real observations shows the erratic paths taken by tiny particles suspended in a liquid when they are bombarded by the liquid's molecules. This movement is called Brownian motion, and it provides a clear example of the idea that the molecules in a substance are always in motion.
The Energy of Atoms
And this is only the beginning of the wonders that were done with "ordinary matter," quite apart from radium and its revelations, to which we will come presently. Most people have heard of "atomic energy," and the extraordinary things that might be accomplished if we could harness this energy and turn it to human use. A deeper and more wonderful source of this energy has been discovered in the last twenty years, but it is well to realise that the atoms themselves have stupendous energy. The atoms of matter are vibrating or gyrating with extraordinary vigour. The piece of cold iron you hold in your hand, the bit of brick you pick up, or the penny you take from your pocket is a colossal reservoir of energy, since it consists of trillions of moving atoms. To realise the total energy, of course, we should have to witness a transformation such as we do in atoms of radio-active elements, about which we shall have something to say presently.
And this is just the start of the amazing things that have been done with "ordinary matter," separate from radium and its discoveries, which we'll discuss soon. Most people know about "atomic energy" and the incredible things that could happen if we could harness this energy for human use. In the last twenty years, a deeper and more incredible source of this energy has been found, but it’s important to understand that atoms themselves contain immense energy. The atoms in matter are vibrating or moving with incredible intensity. The cold iron you hold in your hand, the brick you pick up, or the penny you take from your pocket is a massive storehouse of energy, since it’s made up of trillions of moving atoms. To grasp the total energy, of course, we would have to see a transformation like those occurring in atoms of radioactive elements, which we'll address shortly.
If we put a grain of indigo in a glass of water, or a grain of musk in a perfectly still room, we soon realise that molecules travel. Similarly, the fact that gases spread until they fill every "empty" available space shows definitely that they consist of small particles travelling at great speed. The physicist brings his refined methods to bear on these things, and he measures the[Pg 252] energy and velocity of these infinitely minute molecules. He tells us that molecules of oxygen, at the temperature of melting ice, travel at the rate of about 500 yards a second—more than a quarter of a mile a second. Molecules of hydrogen travel at four times that speed, or three times the speed with which a bullet leaves a rifle. Each molecule of the air, which seems so still in the house on a summer's day, is really travelling faster than a rifle bullet does at the beginning of its journey. It collides with another molecule every twenty-thousandth of an inch of its journey. It is turned from its course 5,000,000,000 times in every second by collisions. If we could stop the molecules of hydrogen gas, and utilise their energy, as we utilise the energy of steam or the energy of the water at Niagara, we should find enough in every gramme of gas (about two-thousandths of a pound) to raise a third of a ton to a height of forty inches.
If we put a grain of indigo in a glass of water, or a grain of musk in a perfectly still room, we quickly realize that molecules are in motion. Similarly, the way gases spread out until they fill every available space shows that they are made up of tiny particles moving at high speeds. The physicist uses advanced methods to analyze these phenomena, measuring the[Pg 252] energy and speed of these incredibly small molecules. He tells us that oxygen molecules, at the temperature of melting ice, travel at about 500 yards per second—more than a quarter of a mile per second. Hydrogen molecules travel at four times that speed, which is three times faster than a bullet leaves a rifle. Each molecule of air, which seems so still in a house on a summer day, is actually moving faster than a rifle bullet at the start of its journey. It collides with another molecule every twenty-thousandth of an inch it travels, being deflected from its path 5,000,000,000 times every second due to these collisions. If we could stop the molecules of hydrogen gas and harness their energy, just like we do with steam or the energy from water at Niagara, we would find enough in every gram of gas (about two-thousandths of a pound) to lift a third of a ton to a height of forty inches.
I have used for comparison the speed of a rifle bullet, and in an earlier generation people would have thought it impossible even to estimate this. It is, of course, easy. We put two screens in the path of the bullet, one near the rifle and the other some distance away. We connect them electrically and use a fine time-recording machine, and the bullet itself registers the time it takes to travel from the first to the second screen.
I’ve compared it to the speed of a rifle bullet, and in the past, people would have thought estimating that was impossible. But it’s actually pretty simple. We set up two screens in the bullet's path, one close to the rifle and the other further away. We connect them with wires and use a precise timing device, allowing the bullet to record how long it takes to travel from the first screen to the second one.
Now this is very simple and superficial work in comparison with the system of exact and minute measurements which the physicist and chemist use. In one of his interesting works Mr. Charles R. Gibson gives a photograph of two exactly equal pieces of paper in the opposite pans of a fine balance. A single word has been written in pencil on one of these papers, and that little scraping of lead has been enough to bring down the scale! The spectroscope will detect a quantity of matter four million times smaller even than this; and the electroscope is a million times still more sensitive than the spectroscope. We have a heat-measuring instrument, the bolometer, which makes the best thermometer seem Early Victorian. It records the millionth of a degree of[Pg 253] temperature. It is such instruments, multiplied by the score, which enable us to do the fine work recorded in these pages.
Now, this work is very basic and superficial compared to the precise and detailed measurements that physicists and chemists use. In one of his fascinating works, Mr. Charles R. Gibson provides a photo of two identical pieces of paper balanced in a fine scale. A single word written in pencil on one of these papers is enough to tip the scale! The spectroscope can detect a quantity of matter four million times smaller than that; and the electroscope is a million times more sensitive than the spectroscope. We have a heat-measuring device, the bolometer, that makes the best thermometer look outdated. It can record temperature changes to a millionth of a degree of[Pg 253]. It is these kinds of instruments, often used in multiples, that allow us to perform the precise work documented in these pages.

Reproduced from "The Forces of Nature" (Messrs. Macmillan).
Reproduced from "The Forces of Nature" (Macmillan).
A SOAP BUBBLE
A soap bubble
The iridescent colours sometimes seen on a soap bubble, as in the illustration, may also be seen in very fine sections of crystals, in glass blown into extremely fine bulbs, on the wings of dragon-flies and the surface of oily water. The different colours correspond to different thicknesses of the surface. Part of the light which strikes these thin coatings is reflected from the upper surface, but another part of the light penetrates the transparent coating and is reflected from the lower surface. It is the mixture of these two reflected rays, their "interference" as it is called, which produces the colours observed. The "black spots" on a soap bubble are the places where the soapy film is thinnest. At the black spots the thickness of the bubble is about the three-millionth part of an inch. If the whole bubble were as thin as this it would be completely invisible.
The shimmering colors you sometimes see on a soap bubble, like in the illustration, can also be found in very thin sections of crystals, in glass blown into super fine bulbs, on the wings of dragonflies, and on the surface of oily water. The different colors correspond to varying thicknesses of the surface. Part of the light that hits these thin coatings reflects off the top surface, while another part of the light goes through the transparent layer and reflects off the bottom surface. It's the mix of these two reflected rays, known as "interference," that creates the colors we see. The "black spots" on a soap bubble are where the soapy film is thinnest. At these black spots, the bubble's thickness is about three-millionths of an inch. If the entire bubble were that thin, it would be completely invisible.
§ 3
THE DISCOVERY OF X-RAYS AND RADIUM
The Discovery of Sir Wm. Crookes
But these wonders of the atom are only a prelude to the more romantic and far-reaching discoveries of the new physics—the wonders of the electron. Another and the most important phase of our exploration of the material universe opened with the discovery of radium in 1898.
But these marvels of the atom are just a lead-in to the more exciting and far-reaching discoveries of modern physics—the marvels of the electron. Another crucial part of our exploration of the material universe began with the discovery of radium in 1898.
In the discovery of radio-active elements, a new property of matter was discovered. What followed on the discovery of radium and of the X-rays we shall see.
In the discovery of radioactive elements, a new property of matter was found. What happened next with the discovery of radium and X-rays will be explored.
As Sir Ernest Rutherford, one of our greatest authorities, recently said, the new physics has dissipated the last doubt about the reality of atoms and molecules. The closer examination of matter which we have been able to make shows positively that it is composed of atoms. But we must not take the word now in its original Greek meaning (an "indivisible" thing). The atoms are not indivisible. They can be broken up. They are composed of still smaller particles.
As Sir Ernest Rutherford, one of our top experts, recently said, the new physics has removed any doubts about the existence of atoms and molecules. Our closer look at matter confirms that it is made up of atoms. However, we shouldn't use the term "atom" in its original Greek sense (meaning "indivisible"). Atoms are not indivisible. They can be split apart. They are made up of even smaller particles.
The discovery that the atom was composed of smaller particles was the welcome realisation of a dream that had haunted the imagination of the nineteenth century. Chemists said that there were about eighty different kinds of atoms—different kinds of matter—but no one was satisfied with the multiplicity. Science is always aiming at simplicity and unity. It may be that science has now taken a long step in the direction of explaining the fundamental unity of all the matter. The chemist was unable to break up these "elements" into something simpler, so he called their atoms "indivisible" in that sense. But one man of science after another expressed the hope that we would yet discover[Pg 254] some fundamental matter of which the various atoms were composed—one primordial substance from which all the varying forms of matter have been evolved or built up. Prout suggested this at the very beginning of the century, when atoms were rediscovered by Dalton. Father Secchi, the famous Jesuit astronomer said that all the atoms were probably evolved from ether; and this was a very favoured speculation. Sir William Crookes talked of "prothyl" as the fundamental substance. Others thought hydrogen was the stuff out of which all the other atoms were composed.
The discovery that atoms are made up of smaller particles was the exciting realization of a dream that had captivated the imagination of the nineteenth century. Chemists noted that there were about eighty different types of atoms—different forms of matter—but no one was content with this variety. Science always strives for simplicity and unity. It seems that science has now made significant progress in explaining the fundamental unity of all matter. Chemists couldn’t break these "elements" down into something simpler, so they referred to their atoms as "indivisible" in that context. However, one scientist after another expressed hope that we would eventually uncover[Pg 254] some basic matter from which the various atoms were formed—one primordial substance from which all the different forms of matter have evolved or been built up. Prout suggested this idea at the start of the century, when Dalton rediscovered atoms. Father Secchi, the well-known Jesuit astronomer, believed that all atoms likely evolved from ether; this was a popular theory. Sir William Crookes mentioned "prothyl" as the essential substance. Others thought hydrogen was the material from which all other atoms were made.
The work which finally resulted in the discovery of radium began with some beautiful experiments of Professor (later Sir William) Crookes in the eighties.
The work that ultimately led to the discovery of radium started with some impressive experiments by Professor (later Sir William) Crookes in the 1880s.
It had been noticed in 1869 that a strange colouring was caused when an electric charge was sent through a vacuum tube—the walls of the glass tube began to glow with a greenish phosphorescence. A vacuum tube is one from which nearly all the air has been pumped, although we can never completely empty the tube. Crookes used such ingenious methods that he reduced the gas in his tubes until it was twenty million times thinner than the atmosphere. He then sent an electric discharge through, and got very remarkable results. The negative pole of the electric current (the "cathode") gave off rays which faintly lit the molecules of the thin gas in the tube, and caused a pretty fluorescence on the glass walls of the tube. What were these Rays? Crookes at first thought they corresponded to a "new or fourth state of matter." Hitherto we had only been familiar with matter in the three conditions of solid, liquid, and gaseous.
In 1869, it was observed that sending an electric charge through a vacuum tube created a strange color—the walls of the glass tube began to glow with a greenish phosphorescence. A vacuum tube is one where nearly all the air has been removed, though it's impossible to completely empty it. Crookes used such clever methods that he thinned the gas in his tubes to about twenty million times less dense than the atmosphere. He then sent an electric discharge through and achieved very notable results. The negative end of the electric current (the "cathode") emitted rays that faintly illuminated the molecules of the thin gas in the tube, resulting in a lovely fluorescence on the glass walls. What were these rays? At first, Crookes believed they represented a "new or fourth state of matter." Until then, we had only known matter in three states: solid, liquid, and gas.
Now Crookes really had the great secret under his eyes. But about twenty years elapsed before the true nature of these rays was finally and independently established by various experiments. The experiments proved "that the rays consisted of a stream of negatively charged particles travelling with enormous velocities from 10,000 to 100,000 miles a second. In addition, it was found[Pg 255] that the mass of each particle was exceedingly small, about 1/1800 of the mass of a hydrogen atom, the lightest atom known to science." These particles or electrons, as they are now called, were being liberated from the atom. The atoms of matter were breaking down in Crookes tubes. At that time, however, it was premature to think of such a thing, and Crookes preferred to say that the particles of the gas were electrified and hurled against the walls of the tube. He said that it was ordinary matter in a new state—"radiant matter." Another distinguished man of science, Lenard, found that, when he fitted a little plate of aluminum in the glass wall of the tube, the mysterious rays passed through this as if it were a window. They must be waves in the ether, he said.
Now Crookes really had the great secret right in front of him. But about twenty years went by before the true nature of these rays was finally and independently confirmed through various experiments. The experiments showed "that the rays were made up of a stream of negatively charged particles traveling at incredible speeds of 10,000 to 100,000 miles per second. Additionally, it was found[Pg 255] that the mass of each particle was extremely small, about 1/1800 of the mass of a hydrogen atom, the lightest atom known to science." These particles, now called electrons, were being released from the atom. The atoms of matter were breaking down in Crookes tubes. At that time, however, it was too early to think of such a concept, and Crookes preferred to say that the particles of the gas were electrified and thrown against the walls of the tube. He suggested it was ordinary matter in a new state—"radiant matter." Another notable scientist, Lenard, discovered that when he placed a small aluminum plate in the glass wall of the tube, the mysterious rays passed through it as if it were a window. He claimed they must be waves in the ether.

From "Scientific Ideas of To-day."
From "Today's Scientific Ideas".
DETECTING A SMALL QUANTITY OF MATTER
DETECTING A SMALL AMOUNT OF MATTER
In the left-hand photograph the two pieces of paper exactly balance. The balance used is very sensitive, and when the single word "atoms" has been written with a lead pencil upon one of the papers the additional weight is sufficient to depress one of the pans as shown in the second photograph. The spectroscope will detect less than one-millionth of the matter contained in the word pencilled above.
In the left-hand photo, the two sheets of paper are perfectly balanced. The scale used is very sensitive, and when the word "atoms" is written with a pencil on one of the sheets, the extra weight is enough to lower one of the pans, as shown in the second photo. The spectroscope can detect less than one-millionth of the matter in the word written above.

Reproduced by permission of X-Rays Ltd.
Reproduced with permission from X-Rays Ltd.
THIS X-RAY PHOTOGRAPH IS THAT OF A HAND OF A SOLDIER WOUNDED IN THE GREAT WAR
THIS X-RAY PHOTOGRAPH SHOWS THE HAND OF A SOLDIER INJURED IN THE GREAT WAR
Note the pieces of shrapnel which are revealed.
Note the pieces of shrapnel that are exposed.

Photo: National Physical Laboratory.
Image: National Physical Laboratory.
AN X-RAY PHOTOGRAPH OF A GOLF BALL, REVEALING AN IMPERFECT CORE
AN X-RAY IMAGE OF A GOLF BALL, SHOWING AN IMPERFECT CORE

Reproduced by permission of X-Rays Ltd.
Reproduced with permission from X-Rays Ltd.
A WONDERFUL X-RAY PHOTOGRAPH
An amazing X-ray image
Note the fine details revealed, down to the metal tags of the bootlace and the nails in the heel of the boot.
Note the fine details shown, down to the metal tags on the shoelace and the nails in the heel of the boot.
§ 4
The Discovery of X-rays
So the story went on from year to year. We shall see in a moment to what it led. Meanwhile the next great step was when, in 1895, Röntgen discovered the X-rays, which are now known to everybody. He was following up the work of Lenard, and he one day covered a "Crookes tube" with some black stuff. To his astonishment a prepared chemical screen which was near the tube began to glow. The rays had gone through the black stuff; and on further experiment he found that they would go through stone, living flesh, and all sorts of "opaque" substances. In a short time the world was astonished to learn that we could photograph the skeleton in a living man's body, locate a penny in the interior of a child that had swallowed one, or take an impression of a coin through a slab of stone.
So the story continued year after year. We’ll see shortly where it led. In the meantime, the next major milestone happened in 1895 when Röntgen discovered X-rays, which everyone knows today. He was building on Lenard's work when he covered a “Crookes tube” with some black material. To his surprise, a nearby chemical screen started to glow. The rays passed through the black material; and upon further experimentation, he discovered they could penetrate stone, living flesh, and all kinds of “opaque” substances. Before long, the world was amazed to find out we could capture images of the skeleton inside a living person, locate a penny inside a child who had swallowed it, or take an impression of a coin through a slab of stone.
And what are these X-rays? They are not a form of matter; they are not material particles. X-rays were found to be a new variety of light with a remarkable power of penetration. We have seen what the spectroscope reveals about the varying nature of light wave-lengths. Light-waves are set up by vibrations in[Pg 256] ether,[2] and, as we shall see, these ether disturbances are all of the same kind; they only differ as regards wave-lengths. The X-rays which Röntgen discovered, then, are light, but a variety of light previously unknown to us; they are ether waves of very short length. X-rays have proved of great value in many directions, as all the world knows, but that we need not discuss at this point. Let us see what followed Röntgen's discovery.
And what are these X-rays? They aren’t a form of matter; they aren’t material particles. X-rays were discovered to be a new type of light with an incredible ability to penetrate. We’ve seen what the spectroscope shows about the different nature of light wavelengths. Light waves are created by vibrations in[Pg 256] the ether,[2] and, as we will see, these ether disturbances are all the same; they only differ in terms of wavelengths. The X-rays that Röntgen discovered are light, but a type of light that was previously unknown to us; they are ether waves of very short length. X-rays have proven to be extremely valuable in many areas, as everyone knows, but we won’t go into that right now. Let’s look at what happened after Röntgen's discovery.
[2] We refer throughout to the "ether" because, although modern theories dispense largely with this conception, the theories of physics are so inextricably interwoven with it that it is necessary, in an elementary exposition, to assume its existence. The modern view will be explained later in the article on Einstein's Theory.
[2] We use the term "ether" throughout because, even though modern theories mostly move away from this idea, the theories of physics are so deeply connected to it that it's essential, in a basic explanation, to assume it exists. The modern perspective will be explained later in the article on Einstein's Theory.
While the world wondered at these marvels, the men of science were eagerly following up the new clue to the mystery of matter which was exercising the mind of Crookes and other investigators. In 1896 Becquerel brought us to the threshold of the great discovery.
While the world marveled at these wonders, scientists were eagerly pursuing the new clue to the mystery of matter that was intriguing Crookes and other researchers. In 1896, Becquerel brought us to the brink of the great discovery.
Certain substances are phosphorescent—they become luminous after they have been exposed to sunlight for some time, and Becquerel was trying to find if any of these substances give rise to X-rays. One day he chose a salt of the metal uranium. He was going to see if, after exposing it to sunlight, he could photograph a cross with it through an opaque substance. He wrapped it up and laid it aside, to wait for the sun, but he found the uranium salt did not wait for the sun. Some strong radiation from it went through the opaque covering and made an impression of the cross upon the plate underneath. Light or darkness was immaterial. The mysterious rays streamed night and day from the salt. This was something new. Here was a substance which appeared to be producing X-rays; the rays emitted by uranium would penetrate the same opaque substances as the X-rays discovered by Röntgen.
Certain substances glow in the dark—they become luminous after being exposed to sunlight for a while, and Becquerel was trying to see if any of these substances produce X-rays. One day, he chose a salt of the metal uranium. He wanted to find out if, after exposing it to sunlight, he could photograph a cross with it through an opaque material. He wrapped it up and set it aside to wait for the sun, but he discovered that the uranium salt didn’t wait for the sun. Some strong radiation from it went through the opaque covering and made an impression of the cross on the plate underneath. Light or darkness didn’t matter. The mysterious rays streamed out day and night from the salt. This was something new. Here was a substance that seemed to be producing X-rays; the rays emitted by uranium could penetrate the same opaque materials as the X-rays discovered by Röntgen.
Discovery of Radium
Now, at the same time as many other investigators, Professor Curie and his Polish wife took up the search. They decided to[Pg 257] find out whether the emission came from the uranium itself or from something associated with it, and for this purpose they made a chemical analysis of great quantities of minerals. They found a certain kind of pitchblende which was very active, and they analysed tons of it, concentrating always on the radiant element in it. After a time, as they successively worked out the non-radiant matter, the stuff began to glow. In the end they extracted from eight tons of pitchblende about half a teaspoonful of something that was a million times more radiant than uranium. There was only one name for it—Radium.
Now, at the same time as many other researchers, Professor Curie and his Polish wife began their investigation. They aimed to[Pg 257] determine whether the emission came from the uranium itself or from something associated with it, so they conducted a chemical analysis of large amounts of minerals. They discovered a specific type of pitchblende that was highly active, and they analyzed tons of it, always focusing on the radiant element within it. Over time, as they systematically removed the non-radiant materials, the substance started to glow. In the end, they extracted about half a teaspoonful of something that was a million times more radiant than uranium from eight tons of pitchblende. There was only one name for it—Radium.
That was the starting-point of the new development of physics and chemistry. From every laboratory in the world came a cry for radium salts (as pure radium was too precious), and hundreds of brilliant workers fastened on the new element. The inquiry was broadened, and, as year followed year, one substance after another was found to possess the power of emitting rays, that is, to be radio-active. We know to-day that nearly every form of matter can be stimulated to radio-activity; which, as we shall see, means that its atoms break up into smaller and wonderfully energetic particles which we call "electrons." This discovery of electrons has brought about a complete change in our ideas in many directions.
That was the starting point of a new era in physics and chemistry. From every lab around the world came a demand for radium salts (since pure radium was too valuable), and hundreds of talented researchers focused on the new element. The investigation expanded, and over the years, one substance after another was discovered to have the ability to emit rays, which means they are radio-active. Today, we know that nearly every type of matter can be stimulated to become radio-active; this means that its atoms break down into smaller and incredibly energetic particles that we call "electrons." This discovery of electrons has completely transformed our understanding in many areas.
So, instead of atoms being indivisible, they are actually dividing themselves, spontaneously, and giving off throughout the universe tiny fragments of their substance. We shall explain presently what was later discovered about the electron; meanwhile we can say that every glowing metal is pouring out a stream of these electrons. Every arc-lamp is discharging them. Every clap of thunder means a shower of them. Every star is flooding space with them. We are witnessing the spontaneous breaking up of atoms, atoms which had been thought to be indivisible. The sun not only pours out streams of electrons from its own atoms, but the ultra-violet light which it sends to the earth is one of the most powerful agencies for releasing electrons from the surface-atoms[Pg 258] of matter on the earth. It is fortunate for us that our atmosphere absorbs most of this ultra-violet or invisible light of the sun—a kind of light which will be explained presently. It has been suggested that, if we received the full flood of it from the sun, our metals would disintegrate under its influence and this "steel civilisation" of ours would be impossible!
So, instead of atoms being indivisible, they're actually splitting apart on their own and releasing tiny fragments of their substance throughout the universe. We'll explain what was discovered later about the electron, but for now, we can say that every glowing metal is emitting a stream of these electrons. Every arc lamp is discharging them. Every clap of thunder means a shower of them. Every star is filling space with them. We're witnessing the spontaneous breakdown of atoms, which were once thought to be indivisible. The sun not only emits streams of electrons from its own atoms, but the ultraviolet light it sends to Earth is one of the strongest forces for releasing electrons from the surface atoms[Pg 258] of matter on Earth. It's fortunate for us that our atmosphere absorbs most of this ultraviolet or invisible light from the sun—a type of light that will be explained later. It's been suggested that if we received the full intensity of it from the sun, our metals would break down under its impact, and this "steel civilization" of ours would be impossible!
But we are here anticipating, we are going beyond radium to the wonderful discoveries which were made by the chemists and physicists of the world who concentrated upon it. The work of Professor and Mme. Curie was merely the final clue to guide the great search. How it was followed up, how we penetrated into the very heart of the minute atom and discovered new and portentous mines of energy, and how we were able to understand, not only matter, but electricity and light, will be told in the next chapter.
But we're here looking ahead, moving beyond radium to the amazing discoveries made by chemists and physicists worldwide who focused on it. The work of Professor and Madame Curie was just the last clue to lead the great search. How that was pursued, how we delved deep into the core of the tiny atom and uncovered new and significant sources of energy, and how we were able to understand not just matter, but also electricity and light, will be explained in the next chapter.
THE DISCOVERY OF THE ELECTRON AND HOW IT EFFECTED A REVOLUTION IN IDEAS
What the discovery of radium implied was only gradually realised. Radium captivated the imagination of the world; it was a boon to medicine, but to the man of science it was at first a most puzzling and most attractive phenomenon. It was felt that some great secret of nature was dimly unveiled in its wonderful manifestations, and there now concentrated upon it as gifted a body of men—conspicuous amongst them Sir J. J. Thomson, Sir Ernest Rutherford, Sir W. Ramsay, and Professor Soddy—as any age could boast, with an apparatus of research as far beyond that of any other age as the Aquitania is beyond a Roman galley. Within five years the secret was fairly mastered. Not only were all kinds of matter reduced to a common basis, but the forces of the universe were brought into a unity and understood as they had never been understood before.
What the discovery of radium meant was only gradually understood. Radium fascinated people everywhere; it was a great help to medicine, but for scientists, it was initially a confusing and intriguing phenomenon. It seemed like a major secret of nature was barely revealed through its amazing behaviors, and a remarkable group of individuals—among them Sir J. J. Thomson, Sir Ernest Rutherford, Sir W. Ramsay, and Professor Soddy—focused their efforts on it. They had research tools that were as advanced compared to the past as the Aquitania is compared to a Roman ship. Within five years, the secret was largely unraveled. Not only were all types of matter connected on a common level, but the forces of the universe were unified and understood in ways that had never been achieved before.

ELECTRIC DISCHARGE IN A VACUUM TUBE
ELECTRIC DISCHARGE IN A VACUUM TUBE
The two ends, marked + and -, of a tube from which nearly all air has been exhausted are connected to electric terminals, thus producing an electric discharge in the vacuum tube. This discharge travels straight along the tube, as in the upper diagram. When a magnetic field is applied, however, the rays are deflected, as shown in the lower diagram. The similarity of the behaviour of the electric discharge with the radium rays (see diagram of deflection of radium rays, post) shows that the two phenomena may be identified. It was by this means that the characteristics of electrons were first discovered.
The two ends of a tube, labeled + and -, have had almost all the air removed and are connected to electric terminals, creating an electric discharge in the vacuum tube. This discharge travels straight through the tube, as shown in the upper diagram. However, when a magnetic field is applied, the rays are deflected, as illustrated in the lower diagram. The way the electric discharge behaves similarly to the radium rays (see the diagram of the deflection of radium rays, post) indicates that the two phenomena can be recognized as the same. This method was how the properties of electrons were first discovered.

THE RELATIVE SIZES OF ATOMS AND ELECTRONS
THE RELATIVE SIZES OF ATOMS AND ELECTRONS
An atom is far too small to be seen. In a bubble of hydrogen gas no larger than the letter "O" there are billions of atoms, whilst an electron is more than a thousand times smaller than the smallest atom. How their size is ascertained is described in the text. In this diagram a bubble of gas is magnified to the size of the world. Adopting this scale, each atom in the bubble would then be as large as a tennis ball.
An atom is way too small to see. In a bubble of hydrogen gas no bigger than the letter "O," there are billions of atoms, and an electron is more than a thousand times smaller than the smallest atom. How their size is determined is explained in the text. In this diagram, a bubble of gas is enlarged to the size of the world. Using this scale, each atom in the bubble would then be as large as a tennis ball.

IF AN ATOM WERE MAGNIFIED TO THE SIZE OF ST. PAUL'S CATHEDRAL, EACH ELECTRON IN THE ATOM (AS REPRESENTED BY THE CATHEDRAL) WOULD THEN BE ABOUT THE SIZE OF A SMALL BULLET
IF AN ATOM WERE ENLARGED TO THE SIZE OF ST. PAUL'S CATHEDRAL, EACH ELECTRON IN THE ATOM (AS REPRESENTED BY THE CATHEDRAL) WOULD THEN BE ROUGHLY THE SIZE OF A SMALL BULLET.

ELECTRONS STREAMING FROM THE SUN TO THE EARTH
ELECTRONS FLOWING FROM THE SUN TO THE EARTH
There are strong reasons for supposing that sun-spots are huge electronic cyclones. The sun is constantly pouring out vast streams of electrons into space. Many of these streams encounter the earth, giving rise to various electrical phenomena.
There are strong reasons to believe that sunspots are huge electronic storms. The sun is constantly releasing huge streams of electrons into space. Many of these streams hit the earth, leading to various electrical phenomena.
§ 5
The Discovery of the Electron
Physicists did not take long to discover that the radiation from radium was very like the radiation in a "Crookes tube." It was quickly recognised, moreover, that both in the tube and in radium (and other metals) the atoms of matter were somehow breaking down.
Physicists soon realized that the radiation from radium was very similar to the radiation in a "Crookes tube." It was quickly acknowledged that in both the tube and in radium (and other metals), the atoms of matter were somehow deteriorating.
However, the first step was to recognise that there were three distinct and different rays that were given off by such metals as radium and uranium. Sir Ernest Rutherford christened them, after the first three letters of the Greek alphabet, the Alpha, the Beta, and Gamma rays. We are concerned chiefly with the second group and purpose here to deal with that group only.[3]
However, the first step was to acknowledge that there were three distinct and different types of radiation emitted by metals like radium and uranium. Sir Ernest Rutherford named them after the first three letters of the Greek alphabet: Alpha, Beta, and Gamma rays. We are mainly interested in the second group and intend to focus solely on that group.[3]
[3] The "Alpha rays" were presently recognised as atoms of helium gas, shot out at the rate of 12,000 miles a second.
[3] The "Alpha rays" are now known to be helium atoms, emitted at a speed of 12,000 miles per second.
The "Gamma rays" are waves, like the X-rays, not material particles. They appear to be a type of X-rays. They possess the remarkable power of penetrating opaque substances; they will pass through a foot of solid iron, for example.
The "Gamma rays" are waves, like X-rays, not material particles. They seem to be a kind of X-ray. They have the amazing ability to penetrate solid materials; for instance, they can pass through a foot of solid iron.
The "Beta rays," as they were at first called, have proved to be one of the most interesting discoveries that science ever made. They proved what Crookes had surmised about the radiations he discovered in his vacuum tube. But it was not a fourth state of matter that had been found, but a new property of matter, a property common to all atoms of matter. The Beta rays were later christened Electrons. They are particles of disembodied electricity, here spontaneously liberated from the atoms of matter: only when the electron was isolated from the atom was it recognised for the first time as a separate entity. Electrons, therefore, are a constituent of the atoms of matter, and we have discovered that they can be released from the atom by a variety of agencies. Electrons are to be found everywhere, forming part of every atom.
The "Beta rays," as they were initially named, turned out to be one of the most fascinating discoveries in science. They confirmed what Crookes had suspected about the radiations he found in his vacuum tube. But it was not a fourth state of matter that had been discovered; rather, it was a new property of matter, a property that all atoms share. The Beta rays were later named Electrons. They are particles of free electricity that were spontaneously released from the atoms of matter: only when the electron was separated from the atom was it recognized for the first time as an individual entity. Electrons are, therefore, a component of the atoms of matter, and we have found that they can be released from the atom by various means. Electrons are present everywhere, forming part of every atom.
"An electron," Sir William Bragg says, "can only maintain a separate existence if it is travelling at an immense rate, from one three-hundredth of the velocity of light upwards, that is to[Pg 260] say, at least 600 miles a second, or thereabouts. Otherwise the electron sticks to the first atom it meets." These amazing particles may travel with the enormous velocity of from 10,000 to more than 100,000 miles a second. It was first learned that they are of an electrical nature, because they are bent out of their normal path if a magnet is brought near them. And this fact led to a further discovery: to one of those sensational estimates which the general public is apt to believe to be founded on the most abstruse speculations. The physicist set up a little chemical screen for the "Beta rays" to hit, and he so arranged his tube that only a narrow sheaf of the rays poured on to the screen. He then drew this sheaf of rays out of its course with a magnet, and he accurately measured the shift of the luminous spot on the screen where the rays impinged on it. But when he knows the exact intensity of his magnetic field—which he can control as he likes—and the amount of deviation it causes, and the mass of the moving particles, he can tell the speed of the moving particles which he thus diverts. These particles were being hurled out of the atoms of radium, or from the negative pole in a vacuum tube, at a speed which, in good conditions, reached nearly the velocity of light, i.e. nearly 186,000 miles a second.
"An electron," Sir William Bragg says, "can only stay separate if it's moving really fast, from one three-hundredth of the speed of light and up, which means at least[Pg 260] around 600 miles per second. Otherwise, the electron sticks to the first atom it encounters." These incredible particles can move at amazing speeds ranging from 10,000 to over 100,000 miles per second. We first discovered they're electrically charged because they change direction when a magnet is nearby. This finding led to another surprising discovery, one of those sensational estimates that the general public often thinks is based on complicated theories. The physicist set up a small chemical screen for the "Beta rays" to hit, arranging his tube so that only a narrow beam of rays would hit the screen. He then used a magnet to bend this beam of rays away from its path, accurately measuring how much the bright spot on the screen shifted when the rays hit it. Once he knows the exact strength of his magnetic field—which he can control—and the amount of deviation it causes, along with the mass of the moving particles, he can determine the speed of the particles he's diverting. These particles were being ejected from radium atoms or the negative pole in a vacuum tube at speeds that, under ideal conditions, approached nearly the speed of light, which is about 186,000 miles per second.
Their speed has, of course, been confirmed by numbers of experiments; and another series of experiments enabled physicists to determine the size of the particles. Only one of these need be described, to give the reader an idea how men of science arrived at their more startling results.
Their speed has, of course, been confirmed by a number of experiments; and another set of experiments allowed physicists to figure out the size of the particles. Only one of these needs to be described to give the reader an idea of how scientists reached their more surprising findings.
Fog, as most people know, is thick in our great cities because the water-vapour gathers on the particles of dust and smoke that are in the atmosphere. This fact was used as the basis of some beautiful experiments. Artificial fogs were created in little glass tubes, by introducing dust, in various proportions, for supersaturated vapour to gather on. In the end it was possible to cause tiny drops of rain, each with a particle of dust at its core, to fall upon a silver mirror and be counted. It was a method of counting[Pg 261] the quite invisible particles of dust in the tube; and the method was now successfully applied to the new rays. Yet another method was to direct a slender stream of the particles upon a chemical screen. The screen glowed under the cannonade of particles, and a powerful lens resolved the glow into distinct sparks, which could be counted.
Fog, as most people know, is thick in our big cities because water vapor collects on the dust and smoke particles in the air. This fact served as the basis for some fascinating experiments. Artificial fogs were created in small glass tubes by adding dust in various amounts for the supersaturated vapor to gather on. In the end, it became possible to make tiny raindrops, each with a dust particle at its center, fall onto a silver mirror and be counted. It was a method for counting[Pg 261] the completely invisible dust particles in the tube; and this method was now successfully applied to the new rays. Another way was to direct a thin stream of the particles onto a chemical screen. The screen lit up under the barrage of particles, and a powerful lens focused the glow into distinct sparks that could be counted.
In short, a series of the most remarkable and beautiful experiments, checked in all the great laboratories of the world, settled the nature of these so-called rays. They were streams of particles more than a thousand times smaller than the smallest known atom. The mass of each particle is, according to the latest and finest measurements 1/1845 of that of an atom of hydrogen. The physicist has not been able to find any character except electricity in them, and the name "electrons" has been generally adopted.
In short, a series of the most remarkable and beautiful experiments, checked in all the major labs around the world, confirmed the nature of these so-called rays. They were streams of particles more than a thousand times smaller than the smallest known atom. The mass of each particle is, according to the latest and most precise measurements, 1/1845 of that of a hydrogen atom. Physicists have only found one characteristic in them, which is electricity, and the name "electrons" has generally been accepted.
The Key to many Mysteries
The Electron is an atom, of disembodied electricity; it occupies an exceedingly small volume, and its "mass" is entirely electrical. These electrons are the key to half the mysteries of matter. Electrons in rapid motion, as we shall see, explain what we mean by an "electric current," not so long ago regarded as one of the most mysterious manifestations in nature.
The electron is an atom of pure electricity; it takes up an incredibly small space, and its "mass" is entirely electrical. These electrons are crucial to understanding many of the mysteries of matter. Electrons moving quickly, as we will discuss, explain what we refer to as an "electric current," which was once considered one of the most mysterious phenomena in nature.
"What a wonder, then, have we here!" says Professor R. K. Duncan. "An innocent-looking little pinch of salt and yet possessed of special properties utterly beyond even the fanciful imaginings of men of past time; for nowhere do we find in the records of thought even the hint of the possibility of things which we now regard as established fact. This pinch of salt projects from its surface bodies [i.e. electrons] possessing the inconceivable velocity of over 100,000 miles a second, a velocity sufficient to carry them, if unimpeded, five times around the earth in a second, and possessing with this velocity, masses a thousand times smaller than the smallest atom known to science. Furthermore,[Pg 262] they are charged with negative electricity; they pass straight through bodies considered opaque with a sublime indifference to the properties of the body, with the exception of its mere density; they cause bodies which they strike to shine out in the dark; they affect a photographic plate; they render the air a conductor of electricity; they cause clouds in moist air; they cause chemical action and have a peculiar physiological action. Who, to-day, shall predict the ultimate service to humanity of the beta-rays from radium!"
"What a wonder we have here!" says Professor R. K. Duncan. "An innocent-looking little pinch of salt, yet it has special properties that are totally beyond even the wildest imaginations of people from the past; for nowhere in historical thought do we find even a hint of the possibilities we now accept as established facts. This pinch of salt emits particles [i.e. electrons] moving at an unimaginable speed of over 100,000 miles per second, fast enough to circle the Earth five times in a second, and these particles have masses a thousand times smaller than the smallest atom known to science. Furthermore,[Pg 262] they carry a negative electric charge; they pass right through objects deemed opaque with stunning indifference to the properties of the material, aside from its density; they make objects shine in the dark when they hit them; they affect photographic plates; they turn the air into a conductor of electricity; they create clouds in moist air; they trigger chemical reactions and have a unique physiological effect. Who today can predict the ultimate benefit to humanity from the beta rays of radium!"
§ 6
THE ELECTRON THEORY, OR THE NEW VIEW OF MATTER
The Structure of the Atom
There is general agreement amongst all chemists, physicists, and mathematicians upon the conclusions which we have so far given. We know that the atoms of matter are constantly—either spontaneously or under stimulation—giving off electrons, or breaking up into electrons; and they therefore contain electrons. Thus we have now complete proof of the independent existence of atoms and also of electrons.
There is widespread agreement among all chemists, physicists, and mathematicians on the conclusions we've presented so far. We understand that the atoms of matter are continuously—either on their own or when stimulated—emitting electrons or breaking apart into electrons; therefore, they contain electrons. As a result, we now have solid evidence for the independent existence of atoms as well as electrons.
When, however, the man of science tries to tell us how electrons compose atoms, he passes from facts to speculation, and very difficult speculation. Take the letter "o" as it is printed on this page. In a little bubble of hydrogen gas no larger than that letter there are trillions of atoms; and they are not packed together, but are circulating as freely as dancers in a ball-room. We are asking the physicist to take one of these minute atoms and tell us how the still smaller electrons are arranged in it. Naturally he can only make mental pictures, guesses or hypotheses, which he tries to fit to the facts, and discards when they will not fit.
When a scientist tries to explain to us how electrons make up atoms, he shifts from established facts to complex guessing. Take the letter "o" as it appears on this page. In a tiny bubble of hydrogen gas no bigger than that letter, there are trillions of atoms; and they aren’t crammed together but are moving around as freely as dancers at a ball. We’re asking the physicist to pick one of these tiny atoms and tell us how the even smaller electrons are arranged inside it. Of course, he can only create mental images, make guesses, or come up with theories, which he tries to align with the facts and discards when they don’t fit.
At present, after nearly twenty years of critical discussion, there are two chief theories of the structure of the atom. At first[Pg 263] Sir J. J. Thomson imagined the electrons circulating in shells (like the layers of an onion) round the nucleus of the atom. This did not suit, and Sir E. Rutherford and others worked out a theory that the electrons circulated round a nucleus rather like the planets of our solar system revolving round the central sun. Is there a nucleus, then, round which the electrons revolve? The electron, as we saw, is a disembodied atom of electricity; we should say, of "negative" electricity. Let us picture these electrons all moving round in orbits with great velocity. Now it is suggested that there is a nucleus of "positive" electricity attracting or pulling the revolving electrons to it, and so forming an equilibrium, otherwise the electrons would fly off in all directions. This nucleus has been recently named the proton. We have thus two electricities in the atom: the positive = the nucleus; the negative = the electron. Of recent years Dr. Langmuir has put out a theory that the electrons do not revolve round the nucleus, but remain in a state of violent agitation of some sort at fixed distances from the nucleus.
Currently, after almost twenty years of critical discussion, there are two main theories about the structure of the atom. Initially, Sir J. J. Thomson thought that electrons orbited in shells (like the layers of an onion) around the nucleus of the atom. This theory didn’t hold up, and Sir E. Rutherford and others developed a theory suggesting that electrons move around a nucleus similar to how planets in our solar system revolve around the sun. So, is there a nucleus around which the electrons move? The electron, as we noted, is a free particle of electricity; we would refer to it as "negative" electricity. Let’s imagine these electrons all orbiting with great speed. Now, it’s proposed that there’s a nucleus of "positive" electricity that attracts or pulls the revolving electrons towards it, creating a balance; otherwise, the electrons would scatter in all directions. This nucleus has recently been named the proton. Thus, we have two types of electricity in the atom: positive = the nucleus; negative = the electron. In recent years, Dr. Langmuir has proposed a theory that the electrons do not revolve around the nucleus, but instead remain in a state of vigorous agitation at fixed distances from the nucleus.

PROFESSOR SIR J. J. THOMSON
Professor Sir J. J. Thomson
Experimental discoverer of the electronic constitution of matter, in the Cavendish Physical Laboratory, Cambridge. A great investigator, noted for the imaginative range of his hypotheses and his fertility in experimental devices.
Experimental discoverer of the electronic structure of matter at the Cavendish Physical Laboratory, Cambridge. An exceptional researcher, recognized for the creative breadth of his theories and his inventiveness in experimental setups.

From the Smithsonian Report, 1915.
From the Smithsonian Report, 1915.
ELECTRONS PRODUCED BY PASSAGE OF X-RAYS THROUGH AIR
ELECTRONS GENERATED BY X-RAYS PASSING THROUGH AIR
A photograph clearly showing that electrons are definite entities. As electrons leave atoms they may traverse matter or pass through the air in a straight path The illustration shows the tortuous path of electrons resulting from collision with atoms.
A photograph clearly showing that electrons are definite entities. As electrons leave atoms, they can move through matter or travel through the air in a straight line. The illustration depicts the winding path of electrons caused by collisions with atoms.

MAGNETIC DEFLECTION OF RADIUM RAYS
Magnetic Deflection of Radium Rays
The radium rays are made to strike a screen, producing visible spots of light. When a magnetic field is applied the rays are seen to be deflected, as in the diagram. This can only happen if the rays carry an electric charge, and it was by experiments of this kind that we obtained our knowledge respecting the electric charges carried by radium rays.
The radium rays hit a screen, creating visible spots of light. When a magnetic field is applied, the rays are seen to bend, as shown in the diagram. This can only occur if the rays have an electric charge, and it was through experiments like this that we learned about the electric charges carried by radium rays.

Reproduced by permission of "Scientific American."
Reproduced by permission of "Scientific American."
PROFESSOR R. A. MILLIKAN'S APPARATUS FOR COUNTING ELECTRONS
PROFESSOR R. A. MILLIKAN'S EQUIPMENT FOR COUNTING ELECTRONS
But we will confine ourselves here to the facts, and leave the contending theories to scientific men. It is now pretty generally accepted that an atom of matter consists of a number of electrons, or charges of negative electricity, held together by a charge of positive electricity. It is not disputed that these electrons are in a state of violent motion or strain, and that therefore a vast energy is locked up in the atoms of matter. To that we will return later. Here, rather, we will notice another remarkable discovery which helps us to understand the nature of matter.
But we will stick to the facts here and leave the competing theories to the scientists. It's now widely accepted that an atom of matter is made up of several electrons, or negative electric charges, held together by a positive electric charge. It's undisputed that these electrons are in a state of intense motion or tension, meaning that a huge amount of energy is stored in the atoms of matter. We'll come back to that later. Instead, we'll highlight another amazing discovery that helps us understand the nature of matter.
A brilliant young man of science who was killed in the war, Mr. Moseley, some years ago showed that, when the atoms of different substances are arranged in order of their weight, they are also arranged in the order of increasing complexity of structure. That is to say, the heavier the atom, the more electrons it contains. There is a gradual building up of atoms containing more and more electrons from the lightest atom to the heaviest.[Pg 264] Here it is enough to say that as he took element after element, from the lightest (hydrogen) to the heaviest (uranium) he found a strangely regular relation between them. If hydrogen were represented by the figure one, helium by two, lithium three, and so on up to uranium, then uranium should have the figure ninety-two. This makes it probable that there are in nature ninety-two elements—we have found eighty-seven—and that the number Mr. Moseley found is the number of electrons in the atom of each element; that is to say, the number is arranged in order of the atomic numbers of the various elements.
A brilliant young scientist who was killed in the war, Mr. Moseley, showed years ago that when you arrange the atoms of different substances by their weight, they also line up according to their increasing structural complexity. In other words, the heavier the atom, the more electrons it has. There is a gradual increase in the number of electrons from the lightest atom to the heaviest.[Pg 264] It's sufficient to say that as he examined each element from the lightest (hydrogen) to the heaviest (uranium), he discovered a surprisingly regular relationship among them. If we represent hydrogen as one, helium as two, lithium as three, and so forth up to uranium, then uranium would be represented by ninety-two. This suggests that there are likely ninety-two elements in nature—we’ve identified eighty-seven of them—and that the number Mr. Moseley identified corresponds to the number of electrons in the atom of each element; in other words, these numbers are arranged in order of the atomic numbers of various elements.
§ 7
The New View of Matter
Up to the point we have reached, then, we see what the new view of Matter is. Every atom of matter, of whatever kind throughout the whole universe, is built up of electrons in conjunction with a nucleus. From the smallest atom of all—the atom of hydrogen—which consists of one electron, rotating round a positively charged nucleus, to a heavy complicated atom, such as the atom of gold, constituted of many electrons and a complex nucleus, we have only to do with positive and negative units of electricity. The electron and its nucleus are particles of electricity. All Matter, therefore, is nothing but a manifestation of electricity. The atoms of matter, as we saw, combine and form molecules. Atoms and molecules are the bricks out of which nature has built up everything; ourselves, the earth, the stars, the whole universe.
Up to this point, we see what the new understanding of Matter is. Every atom of matter, no matter what type, across the entire universe, is made up of electrons along with a nucleus. From the tiniest atom—the hydrogen atom—which has one electron rotating around a positively charged nucleus, to a large, complex atom like gold, which consists of many electrons and a complex nucleus, we are only dealing with positive and negative units of electricity. The electron and its nucleus are particles of electricity. Therefore, all Matter is just a manifestation of electricity. The atoms of matter, as we've noted, combine to form molecules. Atoms and molecules are the building blocks out of which nature has constructed everything: ourselves, the earth, the stars, and the entire universe.
But more than bricks are required to build a house. There are other fundamental existences, such as the various forms of energy, which give rise to several complex problems. And we have also to remember, that there are more than eighty distinct elements, each with its own definite type of atom. We shall deal with energy later. Meanwhile it remains to be said that, although we have discovered a great deal about the electron and the constitution[Pg 265] of matter, and that while the physicists of our own day seem to see a possibility of explaining positive and negative electricity, the nature of them both is unknown. There exists the theory that the particles of positive and negative electricity, which make up the atoms of matter, are points or centres of disturbances of some kind in a universal ether, and that all the various forms of energy are, in some fundamental way, aspects of the same primary entity which constitutes matter itself.
But building a house requires more than just bricks. There are fundamental elements, like various forms of energy, that lead to many complex problems. We also need to remember that there are over eighty different elements, each with its own specific type of atom. We will cover energy later. In the meantime, it's important to mention that although we've learned a lot about electrons and the structure[Pg 265] of matter, and even though today's physicists seem to think they might explain positive and negative electricity, the true nature of both remains a mystery. There's a theory that the particles of positive and negative electricity that make up atoms are points or centers of disturbances in a universal ether, and that all the different forms of energy are, in some fundamental way, aspects of the same primary entity that makes up matter itself.
But the discovery of the property of radio-activity has raised many other interesting questions, besides that which we have just dealt with. In radio-active elements, such as uranium for example, the element is breaking down; in what we call radio-activity we have a manifestation of the spontaneous change of elements. What is really taking place is a transmutation of one element into another, from a heavier to a lighter. The element uranium spontaneously becomes radium, and radium passes through a number of other stages until it, in turn, becomes lead. Each descending element is of lighter atomic weight than its predecessor. The changing process, of course, is a very slow one. It may be that all matter is radio-active, or can be made so. This raises the question whether all the matter in the universe may not undergo disintegration.
But the discovery of radioactivity has brought up a lot of other interesting questions, in addition to the one we've just discussed. In radioactive elements, like uranium for example, the element breaks down; in what we call radioactivity, we see a spontaneous change of elements. What’s really happening is a transformation of one element into another, shifting from a heavier element to a lighter one. Uranium spontaneously turns into radium, and then radium goes through several other stages until it eventually becomes lead. Each element that emerges is lighter in atomic weight than the one before it. This process, of course, happens very slowly. It’s possible that all matter is radioactive or can be made that way. This raises the question of whether all the matter in the universe might eventually break down.
There is, however, another side of the question, which the discovery of radio-activity has brought to light, and which has effected a revolution in our views. We have seen that in radio-active substances the elements are breaking down. Is there a process of building up at work? If the more complicated atoms are breaking down into simpler forms, may there not be a converse process—a building up from simpler elements to more complicated elements? It is probably the case that both processes are at work.
There is, however, another side to the question that the discovery of radioactivity has revealed, leading to a revolution in our understanding. We've observed that in radioactive substances, the elements are breaking down. Is there a process of building up happening as well? If more complex atoms are breaking down into simpler forms, could there also be a reverse process—a building up from simpler elements into more complex elements? It’s likely that both processes are occurring simultaneously.
There are some eighty-odd chemical elements on the earth to-day: are they all the outcome of an inorganic evolution, element giving rise to element, going back and back to some primeval[Pg 266] stuff from which they were all originally derived infinitely long ago? Is there an evolution in the inorganic world which may be going on, parallel to that of the evolution of living things; or is organic evolution a continuation of inorganic evolution? We have seen what evidence there is of this inorganic evolution in the case of the stars. We cannot go deeply into the matter here, nor has the time come for any direct statement that can be based on the findings of modern investigation. Taking it altogether the evidence is steadily accumulating, and there are authorities who maintain that already the evidence of inorganic evolution is convincing enough. The heavier atoms would appear to behave as though they were evolved from the lighter. The more complex forms, it is supposed, have evolved from the simpler forms. Moseley's discovery, to which reference has been made, points to the conclusion that the elements are built up one from another.
There are about eighty chemical elements on Earth today: are they all the result of an inorganic evolution, where one element generates another, tracing back to some original[Pg 266] substance from which they all originated a long time ago? Is there an ongoing evolution in the inorganic world, happening alongside the evolution of living things; or is organic evolution a continuation of inorganic evolution? We have observed some evidence of this inorganic evolution in the case of stars. We can't dive deeply into this topic here, nor is the time right for any definitive statements based on modern research findings. Overall, the evidence is steadily building, and some experts argue that the evidence for inorganic evolution is already quite convincing. Heavier atoms seem to behave as if they evolved from lighter ones. It is believed that the more complex forms have evolved from simpler ones. Moseley's discovery, which has already been mentioned, suggests that elements are constructed from one another.
§ 8
Other New Views
We may here refer to another new conception to which the discovery of radio-activity has given rise. Lord Kelvin, who estimated the age of the earth at twenty million years, reached this estimate by considering the earth as a body which is gradually cooling down, "losing its primitive heat, like a loaf taken from the oven, at a rate which could be calculated, and that the heat radiated by the sun was due to contraction." Uranium and radio-activity were not known to Kelvin, and their discovery has upset both his arguments. Radio-active substances, which are perpetually giving out heat, introduce an entirely new factor. We cannot now assume that the earth is necessarily cooling down; it may even, for all we know, be getting hotter. At the 1921 meeting of the British Association, Professor Rayleigh stated that further knowledge had extended the probable period during which there had been life on this globe to about one thousand[Pg 267] million years, and the total age of the earth to some small multiple of that. The earth, he considers, is not cooling, but "contains an internal source of heat from the disintegration of uranium in the outer crust." On the whole the estimate obtained would seem to be in agreement with the geological estimates. The question, of course, cannot, in the present state of our knowledge, be settled within fixed limits that meet with general agreement.
We can now mention another new idea that the discovery of radioactivity has introduced. Lord Kelvin, who estimated the earth's age at twenty million years, made this estimate by viewing the earth as a body that is gradually cooling down, "losing its initial heat, like a loaf taken from the oven, at a calculable rate, and that the heat radiated by the sun was due to contraction." Kelvin was not aware of uranium and radioactivity, and their discovery has challenged his arguments. Radioactive substances continuously emit heat, adding a completely new factor. We can no longer assume that the earth is definitely cooling; it might even, for all we know, be getting hotter. At the 1921 meeting of the British Association, Professor Rayleigh stated that our understanding has extended the likely period during which life has existed on this planet to about one thousand[Pg 267] million years, and the total age of the earth to a small multiple of that. He believes the earth is not cooling but "contains an internal source of heat from the disintegration of uranium in the outer crust." Overall, the estimate seems to align with geological estimates. Of course, the question cannot, given our current knowledge, be settled within fixed limits that everyone agrees on.

MAKING THE INVISIBLE VISIBLE
Making the unseen seen
Radium, as explained in the text, emits rays—the "Alpha," the "Beta" (electrons), and "Gamma" rays. The above illustration indicates the method by which these invisible rays are made visible, and enables the nature of the rays to be investigated. To the right of the diagram is the instrument used, the Spinthariscope, making the impact of radium rays visible on a screen.
Radium, as described in the text, emits rays: the "Alpha," the "Beta" (electrons), and "Gamma" rays. The illustration above shows how these invisible rays can be made visible, allowing us to explore their nature. To the right of the diagram is the device used, the Spinthariscope, which makes the effects of radium rays visible on a screen.
The radium rays shoot out in all directions; those that fall on the screen make it glow with points of light. These points of light are observed by the magnifying lens.
The radium rays radiate in all directions; those that hit the screen make it light up with spots. These spots are seen through the magnifying lens.
A. Magnifying lens. B. A zinc sulphite screen. C. A needle on whose point is placed a speck of radium.
A. Magnifying lens. B. A zinc sulfide screen. C. A needle with a speck of radium on its tip.
The lower picture shows the screen and needle magnified..
The lower picture shows the screen and needle magnified.

THE THEORY OF ELECTRONS
The Electron Theory
An atom of matter is composed of electrons. We picture an atom as a sort of miniature solar system, the electrons (particles of negative electricity) rotating round a central nucleus of positive electricity, as described in the text. In the above pictorial representation of an atom the whirling electrons are indicated in the outer ring. Electrons move with incredible speed as they pass from one atom to another.
An atom of matter is made up of electrons. We imagine an atom as a tiny solar system, with electrons (particles of negative charge) orbiting around a central nucleus of positive charge, as explained in the text. In the illustration above, the spinning electrons are shown in the outer ring. Electrons move at astonishing speeds as they transition from one atom to another.

ARRANGEMENTS OF ATOMS IN A DIAMOND
ARRANGEMENTS OF ATOMS IN A DIAMOND
The above is a model (seen from two points of view) of the arrangement of the atoms in a diamond. The arrangement is found by studying the X-ray spectra of the diamond.
The above is a model (viewed from two perspectives) of how the atoms in a diamond are arranged. This arrangement is determined by analyzing the X-ray spectra of the diamond.
As we have said, there are other fundamental existences which give rise to more complex problems. The three great fundamental entities in the physical universe are matter, ether, and energy; so far as we know, outside these there is nothing. We have dealt with matter, there remain ether and energy. We shall see that just as no particle of matter, however small, may be created or destroyed, and just as there is no such thing as empty space—ether pervades everything—so there is no such thing as rest. Every particle that goes to make up our solid earth is in a state of perpetual unremitting vibration; energy "is the universal commodity on which all life depends." Separate and distinct as these three fundamental entities—matter, ether, and energy—may appear, it may be that, after all, they are only different and mysterious phases of an essential "oneness" of the universe.
As we've mentioned, there are other basic existences that lead to more complex issues. The three main fundamental entities in the physical universe are matter, ether, and energy; as far as we know, nothing exists outside of these. We've discussed matter, and now we have ether and energy left to explore. We'll see that just as no particle of matter, no matter how small, can be created or destroyed, and just as there’s no such thing as empty space—ether fills everything—there's also no such thing as rest. Every particle that makes up our solid Earth is in a constant state of vibration; energy "is the universal commodity on which all life depends." While these three fundamental entities—matter, ether, and energy—may seem separate and distinct, they could actually just be different and mysterious aspects of an essential "oneness" of the universe.
§ 9
The Future
Let us, in concluding this chapter, give just one illustration of the way in which all this new knowledge may prove to be as valuable practically as it is wonderful intellectually. We saw that electrons are shot out of atoms at a speed that may approach 160,000 miles a second. Sir Oliver Lodge has written recently that a seventieth of a grain of radium discharges, at a speed a thousand times that of a rifle bullet, thirty million electrons a second. Professor Le Bon has calculated that it would take 1,340,000 barrels of powder to give a bullet the speed of one of these electrons. He shows that the smallest French copper coin—smaller[Pg 268] than a farthing—contains an energy equal to eighty million horsepower. A few pounds of matter contain more energy than we could extract from millions of tons of coal. Even in the atoms of hydrogen at a temperature which we could produce in an electric furnace the electrons spin round at a rate of nearly a hundred trillion revolutions a second!
Let’s wrap up this chapter with an example of how this new knowledge can be just as practically valuable as it is intellectually fascinating. We learned that electrons are ejected from atoms at speeds that can reach almost 160,000 miles per second. Sir Oliver Lodge recently noted that a seventieth of a grain of radium emits, at a speed a thousand times faster than a bullet, thirty million electrons every second. Professor Le Bon calculated that it would take 1,340,000 barrels of gunpowder to launch a bullet at the speed of one of these electrons. He points out that the smallest French copper coin—smaller than a farthing—holds energy equivalent to eighty million horsepower. Just a few pounds of matter contain more energy than we could generate from millions of tons of coal. Even in hydrogen atoms, at temperatures we could achieve in an electric furnace, the electrons rotate at nearly a hundred trillion times per second!
Every man asks at once: "Will science ever tap this energy?" If it does, no more smoke, no mining, no transit, no bulky fuel. The energy of an atom is of course only liberated when an atom passes from one state to another. The stored up energy is fortunately fast bound by the electrons being held together as has been described. If it were not so "the earth would explode and become a gaseous nebula"! It is believed that some day we shall be able to release, harness, and utilise atomic energy. "I am of opinion," says Sir William Bragg, "that atom energy will supply our future need. A thousand years may pass before we can harness the atom, or to-morrow might see us with the reins in our hands. That is the peculiarity of Physics—research and 'accidental' discovery go hand in hand." Half a brick contains as much energy as a small coal-field. The difficulties are tremendous, but, as Sir Oliver Lodge reminds us, there was just as much scepticism at one time about the utilisation of steam or electricity. "Is it to be supposed," he asks, "that there can be no fresh invention, that all the discoveries have been made?" More than one man of science encourages us to hope. Here are some remarkable words written by Professor Soddy, one of the highest authorities on radio-active matter, in our chief scientific weekly (Nature, November 6, 1919):
Every person wonders right away: "Will science ever harness this energy?" If it does, there won't be any more smoke, mining, transportation, or heavy fuel. The energy of an atom is only released when an atom transitions from one state to another. Thankfully, the stored energy is tightly bound by the electrons, as has been explained. If it weren't, "the earth would explode and turn into a gaseous nebula!" It's believed that someday we will be able to unleash, capture, and use atomic energy. "I believe," says Sir William Bragg, "that atomic energy will meet our future needs. It could take a thousand years before we learn to control the atom, or tomorrow might find us ready to take charge. That’s the interesting thing about Physics—research and 'accidental' discovery often go hand in hand." Half a brick has as much energy as a small coal field. The challenges are enormous, but as Sir Oliver Lodge points out, there was once just as much doubt about using steam or electricity. "Can we really think," he asks, "that no new inventions are possible, that all discoveries have already been made?" Many scientists encourage us to be hopeful. Here are some remarkable words written by Professor Soddy, one of the leading experts on radioactive materials, in our major scientific weekly (Nature, November 6, 1919):
The prospects of the successful accomplishment of artificial transmutation brighten almost daily. The ancients seem to have had something more than an inkling that the accomplishment of transmutation would confer upon men powers hitherto the prerogative of the gods. But now we know definitely that the material aspect of transmutation[Pg 269] would be of small importance in comparison with the control over the inexhaustible stores of internal atomic energy to which its successful accomplishment would inevitably lead. It has become a problem, no longer redolent of the evil associations of the age of alchemy, but one big with the promise of a veritable physical renaissance of the whole world.
The chances of successfully achieving artificial transmutation seem to improve almost every day. The ancients appeared to have more than just a hint that accomplishing transmutation would give people powers usually reserved for the gods. But now we understand that the material side of transmutation[Pg 269] is far less significant compared to the ability to control the endless supply of internal atomic energy that successful transmutation would lead to. It has transformed into a challenge that no longer carries the dark associations of alchemy but is filled with the promise of a true physical renaissance for the entire world.
If that "promise" is ever realised, the economic and social face of the world will be transformed.
If that "promise" ever becomes a reality, the economic and social landscape of the world will be changed.
Before passing on to the consideration of ether, light, and energy, let us see what new light the discovery of the electron has thrown on the nature and manipulation of electricity.
Before we move on to discussing ether, light, and energy, let's see what new insights the discovery of the electron has provided regarding the nature and control of electricity.
WHAT IS ELECTRICITY?
The Nature of Electricity
There is at least one manifestation in nature, and so late as twenty years ago it seemed to be one of the most mysterious manifestations of all, which has been in great measure explained by the new discoveries. Already, at the beginning of this century, we spoke of our "age of electricity," yet there were few things in nature about which we knew less. The "electric current" rang our bells, drove our trains, lit our rooms, but none knew what the current was. There was a vague idea that it was a sort of fluid that flowed along copper wires as water flows in a pipe. We now suppose that it is a rapid movement of electrons from atom to atom in the wire or wherever the current is.
There is at least one occurrence in nature that, as recently as twenty years ago, seemed to be one of the most mysterious phenomena of all, but has since been largely explained by new discoveries. At the beginning of this century, we talked about our "age of electricity," yet there were many aspects of nature that we understood very little about. The "electric current" powered our bells, ran our trains, and lit up our rooms, but nobody really knew what the current actually was. There was a vague notion that it was some kind of fluid flowing through copper wires like water in a pipe. Now, we understand that it is a rapid movement of electrons from atom to atom in the wire or wherever the current travels.
Let us try to grasp the principle of the new view of electricity and see how it applies to all the varied electrical phenomena in the world about us. As we saw, the nucleus of an atom of matter consists of positive electricity which holds together a number of electrons, or charges of negative electricity.[4] This[Pg 270] certainly tells us to some extent what electricity is, and how it is related to matter, but it leaves us with the usual difficulty about fundamental realities. But we now know that electricity, like matter, is atomic in structure; a charge of electricity is made up of a number of small units or charges of a definite, constant amount. It has been suggested that the two kinds of electricity, i.e. positive and negative, are right-handed and left-handed vortices or whirlpools in ether, or rings in ether, but there are very serious difficulties, and we leave this to the future.
Let’s try to understand the principle behind the new perspective on electricity and see how it relates to the various electrical phenomena around us. As we discussed, the nucleus of an atom contains positive electricity that keeps together several electrons, or negative charges. This does give us some insight into what electricity is and how it connects to matter, but it still leaves us with the usual challenges regarding fundamental realities. However, we now understand that electricity, like matter, has an atomic structure; an electrical charge is made up of several small units or charges that have a specific, constant amount. It has been proposed that the two types of electricity, positive and negative, are like right-handed and left-handed vortices or whirlpools in ether, or rings in ether. But there are significant challenges with this idea, so we’ll leave it for future exploration.
[4] The words "positive" and "negative" electricity belong to the days when it was regarded as a fluid. A body overcharged with the fluid was called positive; an undercharged body was called negative. A positively-electrified body is now one whose atoms have lost some of their outlying electrons, so that the positive charge of electricity predominates. The negatively-electrified body is one with more than the normal number of electrons.
[4] The terms "positive" and "negative" electricity date back to when electricity was thought of as a fluid. A body that had an excess of this fluid was called positive, while a body with a deficiency was called negative. A positively charged object today is one whose atoms have lost some of their outer electrons, leading to a predominance of positive charge. Conversely, a negatively charged object has more electrons than what is considered normal.
§ 10
What an Electric Current is
The discovery of these two kinds of electricity has, however, enabled us to understand very fairly what goes on in electrical phenomena. The outlying electrons, as we saw, may pass from atom to atom, and this, on a large scale, is the meaning of the electric current. In other words, we believe an electric current to be a flow of electrons. Let us take, to begin with, a simple electrical "cell," in which a feeble current is generated: such a cell as there is in every house to serve its electric bells.
The discovery of these two types of electricity has, however, allowed us to understand quite well what happens in electrical phenomena. The outer electrons, as we noted, can move from atom to atom, and this, on a large scale, represents the electric current. In simpler terms, we think of an electric current as a flow of electrons. Let's start with a basic electrical "cell," which generates a weak current: a cell like the one found in every home that powers its electric bells.
In the original form this simple sort of "battery" consisted of a plate of zinc and a plate of copper immersed in a chemical. Long before anything was known about electrons it was known that, if you put zinc and copper together, you produce a mild current of electricity. We know now what this means. Zinc is a metal the atoms of which are particularly disposed to part with some of their outlying electrons. Why, we do not know; but the fact is the basis of these small batteries. Electrons from the atoms of zinc pass to the atoms of copper, and their passage is a "current." Each atom gives up an electron to its neighbour. It was further found long ago that if the zinc and copper were immersed in certain chemicals, which slowly dissolve the zinc, and the two metals were connected by a copper wire, the current was stronger. In modern language, there is a brisker flow of[Pg 271] electrons. The reason is that the atoms of zinc which are stolen by the chemical leave their detachable electrons behind them, and the zinc has therefore more electrons to pass on to the copper.
In its original form, this simple type of "battery" consisted of a zinc plate and a copper plate placed in a chemical solution. Long before anyone understood electrons, it was known that combining zinc and copper would create a mild electric current. Now we understand what this means. Zinc is a metal whose atoms are particularly likely to lose some of their outer electrons. The reason for this is unknown, but it forms the basis of these small batteries. Electrons from the zinc atoms move to the copper atoms, and this flow is what we call a "current." Each atom gives up an electron to its neighbor. It was also discovered long ago that if the zinc and copper were submerged in certain chemicals that slowly dissolve the zinc, and if the two metals were connected by a copper wire, the current became stronger. In modern terms, there is a more vigorous flow of[Pg 271] electrons. This happens because the zinc atoms that are dissolved by the chemical leave their movable electrons behind, so the zinc ends up having more electrons to transfer to the copper.

DISINTEGRATION OF ATOMS
Atom disintegration
An atom of Uranium, by ejecting an Alpha particle, becomes Uranium X. This substance, by ejecting Beta and Gamma rays, becomes Radium. Radium passes through a number of further changes, as shown in the diagram, and finally becomes lead. Some radio-active substances disintegrate much faster than others. Thus Uranium changes very slowly, taking 5,000,000,000 years to reach the same stage of disintegration that Radium A reaches in 3 minutes. As the disintegration proceeds, the substances become of lighter and lighter atomic weights. Thus Uranium has an atomic weight of 238, whereas lead has an atomic weight of only 206. The breaking down of atoms is fully explained in the text.
An atom of Uranium ejects an Alpha particle and turns into Uranium X. This substance then ejects Beta and Gamma rays and transforms into Radium. Radium undergoes several more changes, as shown in the diagram, and eventually becomes lead. Some radioactive substances break down much faster than others. For instance, Uranium takes 5 billion years to reach the same level of disintegration that Radium A achieves in just 3 minutes. As the decay process continues, the substances become lighter in atomic weight. Uranium has an atomic weight of 238, while lead has an atomic weight of only 206. The breakdown of atoms is explained in detail in the text.

Reproduced by permission from "The Interpretation of Radium" (John Murray).
Reproduced by permission from "The Interpretation of Radium" (John Murray).
SILK TASSEL ELECTRIFIED
Silk tassel electrified
The separate threads of the tassel, being each electrified with the same kind of electricity, repel one another, and thus the tassel branches out as in the photograph.
The individual threads of the tassel, all charged with the same type of electricity, push away from each other, causing the tassel to spread out like shown in the photograph.

SILK TASSEL DISCHARGED BY THE RAYS FROM RADIUM
SILK TASSEL DISCHARGED BY THE RAYS FROM RADIUM
When the radium rays, carrying an opposite electric charge to that on the tassel, strikes the threads, the threads are neutralised, and hence fall together again.
When the radium rays, which have an electric charge opposite to that of the tassel, hit the threads, the threads are neutralized and fall back together.

A HUGE ELECTRIC SPARK
A massive electric spark
This is an actual photograph of an electric spark. It is leaping a distance of about 10 feet, and is the discharge of a million volts. It is a graphic illustration of the tremendous energy of electrons.
This is a real photo of an electric spark. It is jumping about 10 feet and represents the discharge of a million volts. It visually demonstrates the massive energy of electrons.

From "Scientific Ideas of To-day."
From "Today's Scientific Ideas."
ELECTRICAL ATTRACTION BETWEEN COMMON OBJECTS
ELECTRICAL ATTRACTION BETWEEN COMMON ITEMS
Take an ordinary flower-vase well dried and energetically rub it with a silk handkerchief. The vase which thus becomes electrified will attract any light body, such as a feather, as shown in the above illustration.
Take a regular flower vase, make sure it's dry, and vigorously rub it with a silk handkerchief. The vase will become electrified and will attract any light object, like a feather, as shown in the illustration above.
Such cells are now made of zinc and carbon, immersed in sal-ammoniac, but the principle is the same. The flow of electricity is a flow of electrons; though we ought to repeat that they do not flow in a body, as molecules of water do. You may have seen boys place a row of bricks, each standing on one end, in such order that the first, if it is pushed, will knock over the second, the second the third, and so on to the last. There is a flow of movement all along the line, but each brick moves only a short distance. So an electron merely passes to the next atom, which sends on an electron to a third atom, and so on. In this case, however, the movement from atom to atom is so rapid that the ripple of movement, if we may call it so, may pass along at an enormous speed. We have seen how swiftly electrons travel.
Such cells are now made of zinc and carbon, soaked in sal-ammoniac, but the principle is the same. The flow of electricity is a flow of electrons; however, we should clarify that they don’t flow as a whole, like molecules of water do. You might have seen kids set up a line of bricks, each standing on one end, arranged so that if the first brick is pushed, it will knock over the second, the second the third, and so on until the last. There’s a flow of movement throughout the line, but each brick only moves a short distance. Similarly, an electron just moves to the next atom, which then sends an electron to a third atom, and so forth. In this scenario, though, the movement from atom to atom is so quick that the ripple of movement, if we can call it that, can travel at an incredible speed. We’ve seen how fast electrons move.
But how is this turned into power enough even to ring a bell? The actual mechanical apparatus by which the energy of the electron current is turned into sound, or heat, or light will be described in a technical section later in this work. We are concerned here only with the principle, which is clear. While zinc is very apt to part with electrons, copper is just as obliging in facilitating their passage onward. Electrons will travel in this way in most metals, but copper is one of the best "conductors." So we lengthen the copper wire between the zinc and the carbon until it goes as far as the front door and the bell, which are included in the circuit. When you press the button at the door, two wires are brought together, and the current of electrons rushes round the circuit; and at the bell its energy is diverted into the mechanical apparatus which rings the bell.
But how does this produce enough power to ring a bell? The actual mechanical setup that converts the energy from the electron flow into sound, heat, or light will be covered in a technical section later in this work. Here, we only need to focus on the principle, which is straightforward. Zinc easily gives up electrons, while copper readily helps them move along. Electrons can travel this way in most metals, but copper is one of the best "conductors." So, we extend the copper wire between the zinc and the carbon until it reaches the front door and the bell, both of which are part of the circuit. When you press the button at the door, two wires connect, and the current of electrons rushes around the circuit; at the bell, its energy is redirected into the mechanism that rings the bell.
Copper is a good conductor—six times as good as iron—and is therefore so common in electrical industries. Some other substances are just as stubborn as copper is yielding, and we call them "insulators," because they resist the current instead of letting[Pg 272] it flow. Their atoms do not easily part with electrons. Glass, vulcanite, and porcelain are very good insulators for this reason.
Copper is a great conductor—six times better than iron—which is why it's widely used in electrical industries. There are other materials that are just as resistant as copper is adaptable, and we refer to them as "insulators" because they block the current instead of allowing it to flow. Their atoms don't easily give up electrons. Glass, vulcanite, and porcelain are excellent insulators for this reason.
What the Dynamo does
But even several cells together do not produce the currents needed in modern industry, and the flow is produced in a different manner. As the invisible electrons pass along a wire they produce what we call a magnetic field around the wire, they produce a disturbance in the surrounding ether. To be exact, it is through the ether surrounding the wire that the energy originated by the electrons is transmitted. To set electrons moving on a large scale we use a "dynamo." By means of the dynamo it is possible to transform mechanical energy into electrical energy. The modern dynamo, as Professor Soddy puts it, may be looked upon as an electron pump. We cannot go into the subject deeply here, we would only say that a large coil of copper wire is caused to turn round rapidly between the poles of a powerful magnet. That is the essential construction of the "dynamo," which is used for generating strong currents. We shall see in a moment how magnetism differs from electricity, and will say here only that round the poles of a large magnet there is a field of intense disturbance which will start a flow of electrons in any copper that is introduced into it. On account of the speed given to the coil of wire its atoms enter suddenly this magnetic field, and they give off crowds of electrons in a flash.
But even several batteries together don’t generate the currents needed in modern industry, and the flow is created differently. As the invisible electrons travel along a wire, they produce what we call a magnetic field around the wire, causing a disturbance in the surrounding ether. To be precise, it’s through the ether around the wire that the energy generated by the electrons is transmitted. To get electrons moving on a large scale, we use a "dynamo." With the dynamo, it’s possible to convert mechanical energy into electrical energy. The modern dynamo, as Professor Soddy describes it, can be viewed as an electron pump. We can’t dive too deeply into the topic here, but we’ll just say that a large coil of copper wire is rapidly rotated between the poles of a powerful magnet. That’s the basic design of the "dynamo," which is used to generate strong currents. We’ll soon see how magnetism differs from electricity, and for now, we’ll just mention that around the poles of a large magnet, there’s an area of intense disturbance that will trigger a flow of electrons in any copper placed within it. Because of the speed at which the coil of wire is spun, its atoms suddenly enter this magnetic field and release bursts of electrons in an instant.
It is found that a similar disturbance is caused, though the flow is in the opposite direction, when the coil of wire leaves the magnetic field. And as the coil is revolving very rapidly we get a powerful current of electricity that runs in alternate directions—an "alternating" current. Electricians have apparatus for converting it into a continuous current where this is necessary.
A similar disturbance occurs, even though the flow is in the opposite direction, when the coil of wire exits the magnetic field. Since the coil is spinning very quickly, we generate a strong current of electricity that alternates directions—an "alternating" current. Electricians have equipment to convert it into a continuous current when needed.
A current, therefore, means a steady flow of the electrons from atom to atom. Sometimes, however, a number of electrons[Pg 273] rush violently and explosively from one body to another, as in the electric spark or the occasional flash from an electric tram or train. The grandest and most spectacular display of this phenomenon is the thunderstorm. As we saw earlier, a portentous furnace like the sun is constantly pouring floods of electrons from its atoms into space. The earth intercepts great numbers of these electrons. In the upper regions of the air the stream of solar electrons has the effect of separating positively-electrified atoms from negatively-electrified ones, and the water-vapour, which is constantly rising from the surface of the sea, gathers more freely round the positively-electrified atoms, and brings them down, as rain, to the earth. Thus the upper air loses a proportion of positive electricity, or becomes "negatively electrified." In the thunderstorm we get both kinds of clouds—some with large excesses of electrons, and some deficient in electrons—and the tension grows until at last it is relieved by a sudden and violent discharge of electrons from one cloud to another or to the earth—an electric spark on a prodigious scale.
A current is a steady flow of electrons from one atom to another. However, sometimes a bunch of electrons[Pg 273] rushes rapidly and explosively from one object to another, like in an electric spark or the occasional flash from a tram or train. The most impressive and dramatic example of this is a thunderstorm. As mentioned earlier, the sun, acting like a powerful furnace, constantly sends out streams of electrons from its atoms into space. The earth catches a lot of these electrons. In the upper atmosphere, the influx of solar electrons separates positively charged atoms from negatively charged ones, and the water vapor rising from the ocean tends to gather more around the positively charged atoms, eventually falling as rain to the earth. This process causes the upper air to lose some positive electricity, becoming "negatively electrified." In a thunderstorm, there are clouds with excess electrons and some that lack electrons, creating tension until it finally releases in a sudden and explosive discharge of electrons from one cloud to another or to the earth—a huge electric spark.
§ 11
Magnetism
We have seen that an electric current is really a flow of electrons. Now an electric current exhibits a magnetic effect. The surrounding space is endowed with energy which we call electro-magnetic energy. A piece of magnetised iron attracting other pieces of iron to it is the popular idea of a magnet. If we arrange a wire to pass vertically through a piece of cardboard and then sprinkle iron filings on the cardboard we shall find that, on passing an electric current through the wire, the iron filings arrange themselves in circles round it. The magnetic force, due to the electric current, seems to exist in circles round the wire, an ether disturbance being set up. Even a single electron, when in movement, creates a magnetic "field," as it is called, round its path. There is no movement of electrons without this attendant field[Pg 274] of energy, and their motion is not stopped until that field of energy disappears from the ether. The modern theory of magnetism supposes that all magnetism is produced in this way. All magnetism is supposed to arise from the small whirling motions of the electrons contained in the ultimate atoms of matter. We cannot here go into the details of the theory nor explain why, for instance, iron behaves so differently from other substances, but it is sufficient to say that here, also, the electron theory provides the key. This theory is not yet definitely proved, but it furnishes a sufficient theoretical basis for future research. The earth itself is a gigantic magnet, a fact which makes the compass possible, and it is well known that the earth's magnetism is affected by those great outbreaks on the sun called sun-spots. Now it has been recently shown that a sun-spot is a vast whirlpool of electrons and that it exerts a strong magnetic action. There is doubtless a connection between these outbreaks of electronic activity and the consequent changes in the earth's magnetism. The precise mechanism of the connection, however, is still a matter that is being investigated.
We know that an electric current is essentially a flow of electrons. Now, an electric current produces a magnetic effect. The space around it is filled with energy we call electromagnetic energy. The common idea of a magnet is a piece of magnetized iron attracting other pieces of iron. If we set up a wire to run vertically through a piece of cardboard and sprinkle iron filings on the cardboard, we'll see that when we pass an electric current through the wire, the iron filings form circles around it. The magnetic force generated by the electric current appears to exist in circles around the wire, causing a disturbance in the ether. Even a single moving electron creates a magnetic "field" around its path. There's no electron movement without this accompanying field of energy, and their motion doesn't stop until that field of energy disappears from the ether. The modern theory of magnetism suggests that all magnetism is produced this way. It's believed that all magnetism comes from the tiny swirling motions of the electrons in the fundamental atoms of matter. We can't dive into the details of this theory or explain why, for example, iron behaves so differently from other materials, but it suffices to say that the electron theory holds the key here as well. This theory isn't definitively proven yet, but it provides a solid theoretical foundation for future research. The Earth itself is a massive magnet, which is why compasses work, and it's well-known that the Earth's magnetism is influenced by large eruptions on the sun called sunspots. Recently, it has been shown that a sunspot is a huge whirlpool of electrons and has a strong magnetic effect. There's undoubtedly a link between these bursts of electronic activity and the resultant changes in the Earth's magnetism. However, the exact mechanism of this connection is still being studied.
ETHER AND WAVES
Ether and Waves
The whole material universe is supposed to be embedded in a vast medium called the ether. It is true that the notion of the ether has been abandoned by some modern physicists, but, whether or not it is ultimately dispensed with, the conception of the ether has entered so deeply into the scientific mind that the science of physics cannot be understood unless we know something about the properties attributed to the ether. The ether was invented to explain the phenomena of light, and to account for the flow of energy across empty space. Light takes time to travel. We see the sun at any moment by the light that left it 8 minutes before. It has taken that 8 minutes for the light from the[Pg 275] sun to travel that 93,000,000 miles odd which separates it from our earth. Besides the fact that light takes time to travel, it can be shown that light travels in the form of waves. We know that sound travels in waves; sound consists of waves in the air, or water or wood or whatever medium we hear it through. If an electric bell be put in a glass jar and the air be pumped out of the jar, the sound of the bell becomes feebler and feebler until, when enough air has been taken out, we do not hear the bell at all. Sound cannot travel in a vacuum. We continue to see the bell, however, so that evidently light can travel in a vacuum. The invisible medium through which the waves of light travel is the ether, and this ether permeates all space and all matter. Between us and the stars stretch vast regions empty of all matter. But we see the stars; their light reaches us, even though it may take centuries to do so. We conceive, then, that it is the universal ether which conveys that light. All the energy which has reached the earth from the sun and which, stored for ages in our coal-fields, is now used to propel our trains and steamships, to heat and light our cities, to perform all the multifarious tasks of modern life, was conveyed by the ether. Without that universal carrier of energy we should have nothing but a stagnant, lifeless world.
The entire material universe is thought to be situated in a vast medium called the ether. While some modern physicists have moved away from the idea of the ether, the concept has become so ingrained in scientific thought that understanding physics requires knowledge of the properties linked to the ether. The ether was introduced to explain light phenomena and to account for the flow of energy through empty space. Light takes time to travel. We see the sun at any moment because of the light that left it 8 minutes earlier. It takes that 8 minutes for light from the [Pg 275] sun to cover the approximately 93,000,000 miles separating it from Earth. Besides the fact that light takes time to travel, we can also show that light moves in the form of waves. We know sound travels in waves; sound consists of waves in the air, water, wood, or any medium we hear it through. If you put an electric bell in a glass jar and pump the air out, the sound of the bell gets weaker and weaker until, when enough air is removed, we can no longer hear it at all. Sound can't travel in a vacuum. However, we can still see the bell, so it's clear that light can travel in a vacuum. The invisible medium through which light waves travel is the ether, and this ether fills all space and all matter. There are vast regions between us and the stars that have no matter at all. But we see the stars; their light reaches us, even if it takes centuries to get here. Therefore, we believe that the universal ether is what carries that light. All the energy that has reached Earth from the sun, which has been stored for ages in our coal fields and is now used to power our trains and steamships, heat and light our cities, and perform countless tasks of modern life, was transmitted by the ether. Without that universal carrier of energy, we would have nothing but a stagnant, lifeless world.

Photo: Leadbeater.
Photo: Leadbeater.
AN ELECTRIC SPARK
An electric spark
An electric spark consists of a rush of electrons across the space between the two terminals. A state of tension is established in the ether by the electric charges, and when this tension passes a certain limit the discharge takes place.
An electric spark is a flow of electrons moving across the gap between two terminals. Electric charges create a state of tension in the surrounding space, and when this tension exceeds a certain threshold, the discharge happens.

From "Scientific Ideas of To-day."
From "Today's Scientific Ideas."
AN ETHER DISTURBANCE AROUND AN ELECTRON CURRENT
AN ETHER DISTURBANCE AROUND AN ELECTRON CURRENT
In the left-hand photograph an electric current is passing through the coil, thus producing a magnetic field and transforming the poker into a magnet. The poker is then able to support a pair of scissors. As soon as the electric current is broken off, as in the second photograph, the ether disturbance ceases. The poker loses its magnetism, and the scissors fall.
In the left-hand photograph, an electric current is flowing through the coil, creating a magnetic field and turning the poker into a magnet. The poker can now hold up a pair of scissors. Once the electric current is shut off, as shown in the second photograph, the disturbance in the ether stops. The poker loses its magnetism, and the scissors drop.
We have said that light consists of waves. The ether may be considered as resembling, in some respects, a jelly. It can transmit vibrations. The waves of light are really excessively small ripples, measuring from crest to crest. The distance from crest to crest of the ripples in a pond is sometimes no more than an inch or two. This distance is enormously great compared to the longest of the wave-lengths that constitute light. We say the longest, for the waves of light differ in length; the colour depends upon the length of the light. Red light has the longest waves and violet the shortest. The longest waves, the waves of deep-red light, are seven two hundred and fifty thousandths of an inch in length (7/250,000 inch). This is nearly twice the length[Pg 276] of deep-violet light-waves, which are 1/67,000 inch. But light-waves, the waves that affect the eye, are not the only waves carried by the ether. Waves too short to affect the eye can affect the photographic plate, and we can discover in this way the existence of waves only half the length of the deep-violet waves. Still shorter waves can be discovered, until we come to those excessively minute rays, the X-rays.
We have mentioned that light is made up of waves. The ether can be thought of as something like jelly. It can transmit vibrations. The waves of light are actually tiny ripples, measured from crest to crest. The distance between the crests of ripples in a pond can sometimes be just an inch or two. This distance is incredibly large compared to the longest wavelengths that make up light. We refer to the longest wavelengths because light waves vary in length; the color is determined by the wavelength. Red light has the longest waves, while violet light has the shortest. The longest waves, which belong to deep-red light, measure seven two hundred and fifty thousandths of an inch (7/250,000 inch). This is almost twice the length of deep-violet light waves, which are 1/67,000 inch. However, light waves that affect our eyes are not the only waves transmitted by the ether. Waves that are too short to be seen can still impact photographic plates, allowing us to detect waves that are only half the length of the deep-violet waves. Even shorter waves can be found until we reach those incredibly tiny rays known as X-rays.
Below the Limits of Visibility
But we can extend our investigations in the other direction; we find that the ether carries many waves longer than light-waves. Special photographic emulsions can reveal the existence of waves five times longer than violet-light waves. Extending below the limits of visibility are waves we detect as heat-waves. Radiant heat, like the heat from a fire, is also a form of wave-motion in the ether, but the waves our senses recognise as heat are longer than light-waves. There are longer waves still, but our senses do not recognise them. But we can detect them by our instruments. These are the waves used in wireless telegraphy, and their length may be, in some cases, measured in miles. These waves are the so-called electro-magnetic waves. Light, radiant heat, and electro-magnetic waves are all of the same nature; they differ only as regards their wave-lengths.
But we can also explore in the other direction; we find that the ether carries many waves that are longer than light waves. Special photographic emulsions can show the presence of waves that are five times longer than violet light waves. Below the limits of visibility, we detect waves as heat waves. Radiant heat, like the heat from a fire, is also a type of wave motion in the ether, but the waves that our senses recognize as heat are longer than light waves. There are even longer waves, but our senses can’t detect them. However, we can pick them up with our instruments. These are the waves used in wireless telegraphy, and their length can sometimes be measured in miles. These waves are known as electromagnetic waves. Light, radiant heat, and electromagnetic waves are all the same in nature; they only differ in their wavelengths.
LIGHT—VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE
If Light, then, consists of waves transmitted through the ether, what gives rise to the waves? Whatever sets up such wonderfully rapid series of waves must be something with an enormous vibration. We come back to the electron: all atoms of matter, as we have seen, are made up of electrons revolving in a regular orbit round a nucleus. These electrons may be affected by out-side influences, they may be agitated and their speed or vibration increased.[Pg 277]
If light is made up of waves moving through the ether, what causes these waves? Whatever creates such incredibly rapid waves must have a massive vibration. We return to the electron: as we've seen, all atoms of matter consist of electrons orbiting regularly around a nucleus. These electrons can be influenced by external factors, which can disturb them and increase their speed or vibration.[Pg 277]
Electrons and Light
The particles even of a piece of cold iron are in a state of vibration. No nerves of ours are able to feel and register the waves they emit, but your cold poker is really radiating, or sending out a series of wave-movements, on every side. After what we saw about the nature of matter, this will surprise none. Put your poker in the fire for a time. The particles of the glowing coal, which are violently agitated, communicate some of their energy to the particles of iron in the poker. They move to and fro more rapidly, and the waves which they create are now able to affect your nerves and cause a sensation of heat. Put the poker again in the fire, until its temperature rises to 500° C. It begins to glow with a dull red. Its particles are now moving very violently, and the waves they send out are so short and rapid that they can be picked up by the eye—we have visible light. They would still not affect a photographic plate. Heat the iron further, and the crowds of electrons now send out waves of various lengths which blend into white light. What is happening is the agitated electrons flying round in their orbits at a speed of trillions of times a second. Make the iron "blue hot," and it pours out, in addition to light, the invisible waves which alter the film on the photographic plate. And beyond these there is a long range of still shorter waves, culminating in the X-rays, which will pass between the atoms of flesh or stone.
The particles in a piece of cold iron are actually vibrating. Our nerves can't feel or register the waves they give off, but your cold poker is actively radiating or sending out waves in every direction. Given what we've learned about the nature of matter, this shouldn't come as a surprise. If you put your poker in the fire for a while, the particles in the hot coal, which are moving around vigorously, transfer some of their energy to the particles in the iron poker. They start to move back and forth more quickly, and the waves they create can now affect your nerves, making you feel heat. If you leave the poker in the fire until it reaches a temperature of 500° C, it starts to glow a dull red. At this point, its particles are moving extremely fast, and the waves they emit are short and quick enough to be detected by the eye—we see visible light. However, they still wouldn’t affect a photographic plate. If you heat the iron even more, the electrons generate waves of different lengths that combine to create white light. What’s happening is that the excited electrons are spinning in their orbits at a speed of trillions of times a second. When the iron becomes "blue hot," it emits not only light but also invisible waves that alter the film on the photographic plate. Beyond these, there’s a long range of even shorter waves, culminating in X-rays, which can penetrate the atoms of flesh or stone.
Nearly two hundred and fifty years ago it was proved that light travelled at least 600,000 times faster than sound. Jupiter, as we saw, has moons, which circle round it. They pass behind the body of the planet, and reappear at the other side. But it was noticed that, when Jupiter is at its greatest distance from us, the reappearance of the moon from behind it is 16 minutes and 36 seconds later than when the planet is nearest to us. Plainly this was because light took so long to cover the additional distance. The distance was then imperfectly known, and the speed[Pg 278] of light was underrated. We now know the distance, and we easily get the velocity of light.
Nearly two hundred and fifty years ago, it was demonstrated that light travels at least 600,000 times faster than sound. Jupiter, as we observed, has moons that orbit around it. They move behind the planet and then reappear on the other side. However, it was noted that when Jupiter is at its farthest point from us, the moon's reappearance from behind it is 16 minutes and 36 seconds later than when the planet is closest to us. This delay was clearly due to the time it takes for light to cover the extra distance. The distance was not accurately known at the time, and the speed[Pg 278] of light was underestimated. We now know the distance, and we can easily calculate the speed of light.
No doubt it seems far more wonderful to discover this within the walls of a laboratory, but it was done as long ago as 1850. A cogged wheel is so mounted that a ray of light passes between two of the teeth and is reflected back from a mirror. Now, slight as is the fraction of a second which light takes to travel that distance, it is possible to give such speed to the wheel that the next tooth catches the ray of light on its return and cuts it off. The speed is increased still further until the ray of light returns to the eye of the observer through the notch next to the one by which it had passed to the mirror! The speed of the wheel was known, and it was thus possible again to gather the velocity of light. If the shortest waves are 1/67,000 of an inch in length, and light travels at 186,000 miles a second, any person can work out that about 800 trillion waves enter the eye in a second when we see "violet."
No doubt it seems much more amazing to find this out in a lab, but it was done way back in 1850. A notched wheel is set up so that a beam of light passes between two of the teeth and reflects back from a mirror. Now, even though the time it takes for light to travel that distance is just a tiny fraction of a second, the wheel can be spun fast enough that the next tooth catches the light beam on its return and cuts it off. The speed is ramped up even more until the light comes back to the observer's eye through the notch right next to the one that let it pass to the mirror! The wheel's speed was known, so it was possible to calculate the speed of light again. If the shortest light waves are 1/67,000 of an inch long, and light travels at 186,000 miles per second, anyone can figure out that about 800 trillion waves enter the eye in a second when we see "violet."
Sorting out Light-waves
The waves sent out on every side by the energetic electrons become faintly visible to us when they reach about 1/35,000 of an inch. As they become shorter and more rapid, as the electrons increase their speed, we get, in succession, the colours red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo, and violet. Each distinct sensation of colour means a wave of different length. When they are all mingled together, as in the light of the sun, we get white light. When this white light passes through glass, the speed of the waves is lessened; and, if the ray of light falls obliquely on a triangular piece of glass, the waves of different lengths part company as they travel through it, and the light is spread out in a band of rainbow-colour. The waves are sorted out according to their lengths in the "obstacle race" through the glass. Anyone may see this for himself by holding up a wedge-shaped piece of crystal between the sunlight and the eye; the prism separates the[Pg 279] sunlight into its constituent colours, and these various colours will be seen quite readily. Or the thing may be realised in another way. If the seven colours are painted on a wheel as shown opposite page 280 (in the proportion shown), and the wheel rapidly revolved on a pivot, the wheel will appear a dull white, the several colours will not be seen. But omit one of the colours, then the wheel, when revolved, will not appear white, but will give the impression of one colour, corresponding to what the union of six colours gives. Another experiment will show that some bodies held up between the eye and a white light will not permit all the rays to pass through, but will intercept some; a body that intercepts all the seven rays except red will give the impression of red, or if all the rays except violet, then violet will be the colour seen.
The waves created by fast-moving electrons become slightly visible to us when they measure about 1/35,000 of an inch. As these waves get shorter and faster with the increasing speed of the electrons, we perceive the colors red, orange, yellow, green, blue, indigo, and violet in succession. Each distinct color sensation corresponds to a wave of a different length. When mixed together, as in sunlight, we see white light. When this white light passes through glass, the waves slow down; if the light hits a triangular piece of glass at an angle, the waves of different lengths separate as they travel through, spreading out into a band of rainbow colors. The waves are sorted by length in the "obstacle race" through the glass. Anyone can see this for themselves by holding a wedge-shaped piece of crystal between sunlight and their eye; the prism breaks the sunlight into its various colors, which can be easily observed. Alternatively, if the seven colors are painted on a wheel as shown on page 280 and the wheel spins quickly on a pivot, it will look dull white, and the individual colors won’t be visible. However, if you omit one color, then the turning wheel won’t appear white but will convey the impression of one color, corresponding to what the combination of six colors provides. Another experiment shows that some objects placed between the eye and a white light will block certain rays; an object that blocks all seven rays except red will look red, and if it blocks all rays except violet, the observed color will be violet.

Photo: H. J. Shepstone.
Photo: H.J. Shepstone.
LIGHTNING
In a thunderstorm we have the most spectacular display in lightning of a violent and explosive rush of electrons (electricity) from one body to another, from cloud to cloud, or to the earth. In this wonderful photograph of an electrical storm note the long branched and undulating flashes of lightning. Each flash lasts no longer than the one hundred-thousandth part of a second of time.
In a thunderstorm, we witness the most amazing show of lightning, which is a violent and explosive flow of electrons (electricity) from one object to another, whether from cloud to cloud or to the ground. In this stunning photograph of an electrical storm, take note of the long, branching, and twisting flashes of lightning. Each flash lasts no longer than one-hundred-thousandth of a second.

LIGHT WAVES
Light Waves
Light consists of waves transmitted through the ether. Waves of light differ in length. The colour of the light depends on the wave-length. Deep-red waves (the longest) are 7/250000 inch and deep-violet waves 1/67000 inch. The diagram shows two wave-motions of different wave-lengths. From crest to crest, or from trough to trough, is the length of the wave.
Light is made up of waves that travel through the ether. Light waves vary in length. The color of the light is determined by its wavelength. Deep red waves (the longest) are 7/250,000 inch and deep violet waves are 1/67,000 inch. The diagram illustrates two wave motions of different wavelengths. The distance from crest to crest, or from trough to trough, is the length of the wave.

THE MAGNETIC CIRCUIT OF AN ELECTRIC CURRENT
THE MAGNETIC CIRCUIT OF AN ELECTRIC CURRENT
The electric current passing in the direction of the arrow round the electric circuit generates in the surrounding space circular magnetic circuits as shown in the diagram. It is this property which lies at the base of the electro-magnet and of the electric dynamo.
The electric current flowing in the direction of the arrow around the electric circuit creates circular magnetic fields in the surrounding space, as illustrated in the diagram. This property is the foundation of both the electromagnet and the electric dynamo.

THE MAGNET
THE MAGNET
The illustration shows the lines of force between two magnets. The lines of force proceed from the north pole of one magnet to the south pole of the other. They also proceed from the north to the south poles of the same magnet. These facts are shown clearly in the diagram. The north pole of a magnet is that end of it which turns to the north when the magnet is freely suspended.
The illustration shows the magnetic field lines between two magnets. The lines of force move from the north pole of one magnet to the south pole of the other. They also move from the north to the south poles of the same magnet. These details are clearly presented in the diagram. The north pole of a magnet is the end that points north when the magnet is freely hanging.
The Fate of the World
Professor Soddy has given an interesting picture of what might happen when the sun's light and heat is no longer what it is. The human eye "has adapted itself through the ages to the peculiarities of the sun's light, so as to make the most of that wave-length of which there is most.... Let us indulge for a moment in these gloomy prognostications, as to the consequences to this earth of the cooling of the sun with the lapse of ages, which used to be in vogue, but which radio-activity has so rudely shaken. Picture the fate of the world when the sun has become a dull red-hot ball, or even when it has cooled so far that it would no longer emit light to us. That does not all mean that the world would be in inky darkness, and that the sun would not emit light to the people then inhabiting this world, if any had survived and could keep themselves from freezing. To such, if the eye continued to adapt itself to the changing conditions, our blues and violets would be ultra-violet and invisible, but our dark heat would be light and hot bodies would be luminous to them which would be dark to us."[Pg 280]
Professor Soddy has painted an intriguing picture of what could happen when the sun's light and heat are no longer what they are. The human eye "has adapted over time to the unique qualities of the sun's light, making the most of the wavelengths that are most abundant.... Let’s take a moment to dwell on these gloomy predictions about the consequences for Earth as the sun cools over the ages, predictions that used to be common but have been shaken up by radioactivity. Imagine the world’s fate when the sun becomes a dull red-hot ball, or even when it cools to the point that it no longer emits light to us. This doesn’t necessarily mean that the world would be plunged into complete darkness, and that the sun wouldn't emit light to whatever humans might still be around, if any could avoid freezing. For those survivors, if the eye continued to adapt to the changing conditions, our blues and violets would appear as ultraviolet and invisible, while our heat would be perceived as light, and hot objects would be luminous to them, even though they would be dark to us."[Pg 280]
§ 12
What the Blue "Sky" means
We saw in a previous chapter how the spectroscope splits up light-waves into their colours. But nature is constantly splitting the light into its different-lengthed waves, its colours. The rainbow, where dense moisture in the air acts as a spectroscope, is the most familiar example. A piece of mother-of-pearl, or even a film of oil on the street or on water, has the same effect, owing to the fine inequalities in its surface. The atmosphere all day long is sorting out the waves. The blue "sky" overhead means that the fine particles in the upper atmosphere catch the shorter waves, the blue waves, and scatter them. We can make a tubeful of blue sky in the laboratory at any time. The beautiful pink-flush on the Alps at sunrise, the red glory that lingers in the west at sunset, mean that, as the sun's rays must struggle through denser masses of air when it is low on the horizon, the long red waves are sifted out from the other shafts.
We talked in a previous chapter about how the spectroscope breaks light waves into their colors. But nature is always breaking light into its different wavelengths, its colors. The rainbow, where moisture in the air acts like a spectroscope, is the most familiar example. A piece of mother-of-pearl, or even a thin film of oil on the street or on water, creates the same effect due to the small variations in its surface. The atmosphere constantly sorts these waves throughout the day. The blue "sky" overhead indicates that the tiny particles in the upper atmosphere catch the shorter, blue waves and scatter them. We can easily create a tube filled with blue sky in the lab. The lovely pink glow on the Alps at sunrise and the red beauty that lingers in the west at sunset mean that when the sun is low on the horizon, its rays have to pass through denser air, filtering out the longer red waves from the rest.
Then there is the varied face of nature which, by absorbing some waves and reflecting others, weaves its own beautiful robe of colour. Here and there is a black patch, which absorbs all the light. White surfaces reflect the whole of it. What is reflected depends on the period of vibration of the electrons in the particular kind of matter. Generally, as the electrons receive the flood of trillions of waves, they absorb either the long or the medium or the short, and they give us the wonderful colour-scheme of nature. In some cases the electrons continue to radiate long after the sunlight has ceased to fall upon them. We get from them "black" or invisible light, and we can take photographs by it. Other bodies, like glass, vibrate in unison with the period of the light-waves and let them stream through.
Then there's the diverse face of nature which, by absorbing some waves and reflecting others, creates its own beautiful array of colors. Here and there, there's a dark spot that absorbs all the light. White surfaces reflect all of it. What gets reflected depends on the vibration frequency of the electrons in that specific material. Generally, as the electrons take in the torrent of trillions of waves, they absorb either the long, medium, or short waves, giving us the stunning color scheme of nature. In some cases, the electrons keep radiating long after the sunlight has stopped hitting them. We see "black" or invisible light from them, and we can take photographs with it. Other materials, like glass, vibrate in sync with the light wave frequencies and allow them to pass through.
Light without Heat
There are substances—"phosphorescent" things we call them—which give out a mysterious cold light of their own. It is one[Pg 281] of the problems of science, and one of profound practical interest. If we could produce light without heat our "gas bill" would shrink amazingly. So much energy is wasted in the production of heat-waves and ultra-violet waves which we do not want, that 90 per cent. or more of the power used in illumination is wasted. Would that the glow-worm, or even the dead herring, would yield us its secret! Phosphorus is the one thing we know as yet that suits the purpose, and—it smells! Indeed, our artificial light is not only extravagant in cost, but often poor in colour. The unwary person often buys a garment by artificial light, and is disgusted next morning to find in it a colour which is not wanted. The colour disclosed by the sun was not in the waves of the artificial light.
There are materials—what we call "phosphorescent" things—that emit a mysterious cold light of their own. It's one[Pg 281] of the challenges in science, and it has significant practical importance. If we could generate light without producing heat, our "gas bill" would drop dramatically. So much energy is wasted creating heat waves and ultraviolet waves that we don’t need, that over 90 percent of the energy used for lighting is wasted. If only the glow-worm, or even the decaying herring, could share its secret! Phosphorus is the only substance we know of that fits the need, and—it has a smell! In fact, our artificial light is not only expensive but often lacks good color quality. People often buy clothes under artificial light and are disappointed the next morning to discover a color they didn’t want. The color revealed by sunlight isn’t present in the artificial light waves.

ROTATING DISC OF SIR ISAAC NEWTON FOR MIXING COLOURS
ROTATING DISC OF SIR ISAAC NEWTON FOR MIXING COLORS
The Spectroscope sorts out the above seven colours from sunlight (which is compounded of these seven colours). If painted in proper proportions on a wheel, as shown in the coloured illustration, and the wheel be turned rapidly on a pivot through its centre, only a dull white will be perceived. If one colour be omitted, the result will be one colour—the result of the union of the remaining six.
The spectroscope separates the seven colors from sunlight (which is made up of these seven colors). If you paint them in the right proportions on a wheel, like shown in the colored illustration, and spin the wheel quickly around its center, you'll only see a dull white. If one color is left out, the result will be one color—the combination of the other six.
Beyond the waves of violet light are the still shorter and more rapid waves—the "ultra-violet" waves—which are precious to the photographer. As every amateur knows, his plate may safely be exposed to light that comes through a red or an orange screen. Such a screen means "no thoroughfare" for the blue and "beyond-blue" waves, and it is these which arrange the little grains of silver on the plate. It is the same waves which supply the energy to the little green grains of matter (chlorophyll) in the plant, preparing our food and timber for us, as will be seen later. The tree struggles upward and spreads out its leaves fanwise to the blue sky to receive them. In our coal-measures, the mighty dead forests of long ago, are vast stores of sunlight which we are prodigally using up.
Beyond the violet light are even shorter and faster waves—the "ultra-violet" waves—which are valuable to photographers. As every amateur knows, their film can safely be exposed to light that passes through a red or orange filter. Such a filter blocks the blue and beyond-blue waves, which are the ones that develop the tiny grains of silver on the film. These same waves provide energy to the little green particles in plants (chlorophyll), which help produce our food and wood, as we will discuss later. The tree reaches upward and spreads its leaves out like a fan toward the blue sky to capture them. In our coal deposits, the immense ancient forests are vast reserves of sunlight that we are carelessly consuming.
The X-rays are the extreme end, the highest octave, of the series of waves. Their power of penetration implies that they are excessively minute, but even these have not held their secret from the modern physicist. From a series of beautiful experiments, in which they were made to pass amongst the atoms of a crystal, we learned their length. It is about the ten-millionth of a millimetre, and a millimetre is about the 1/25 of an inch!
The X-rays are at the extreme end, the highest level, of the wave series. Their ability to penetrate means they are extremely tiny, but even these have not kept their secrets from modern physicists. Through a series of impressive experiments, where they passed through the atoms of a crystal, we discovered their wavelength. It's about ten millionths of a millimeter, and a millimeter is roughly 1/25 of an inch!
One of the most recent discoveries, made during a recent[Pg 282] eclipse of the sun, is that light is subject to gravitation. A ray of light from a star is bent out of its straight path when it passes near the mass of the sun. Professor Eddington tells us that we have as much right to speak of a pound of light as of a pound of sugar. Professor Eddington even calculates that the earth receives 160 tons of light from the sun every year!
One of the most recent discoveries, made during a recent[Pg 282] eclipse of the sun, is that light is affected by gravity. A beam of light from a star gets bent out of its straight path when it passes close to the mass of the sun. Professor Eddington explains that we can talk about a pound of light just like we talk about a pound of sugar. He even estimates that the earth gets 160 tons of light from the sun every year!
ENERGY: HOW ALL LIFE DEPENDS ON IT
As we have seen in an earlier chapter, one of the fundamental entities of the universe is matter. A second, not less important, is called energy. Energy is indispensable if the world is to continue to exist, since all phenomena, including life, depend on it. Just as it is humanly impossible to create or to destroy a particle of matter, so is it impossible to create or to destroy energy. This statement will be more readily understood when we have considered what energy is.
As we discussed in an earlier chapter, one of the basic components of the universe is matter. Another equally important component is energy. Energy is essential for the continued existence of the world, as all phenomena, including life, rely on it. Just as it's impossible for humans to create or destroy a particle of matter, the same goes for energy. This will become clearer once we explore what energy really is.
Energy, like matter, is indestructible, and just as matter exists in various forms so does energy. And we may add, just as we are ignorant of what the negative and positive particles of electricity which constitute matter really are, so we are ignorant of the true nature of energy. At the same time, energy is not so completely mysterious as it once was. It is another of nature's mysteries which the advance of modern science has in some measure unveiled. It was only during the nineteenth century that energy came to be known as something as distinct and permanent as matter itself.
Energy, like matter, can't be destroyed, and just as matter comes in different forms, so does energy. Additionally, just as we don't fully understand what the positive and negative particles of electricity that make up matter really are, we also don't fully grasp the true nature of energy. However, energy isn't as mysterious as it used to be. It's one of nature's mysteries that modern science has partially uncovered. It was only in the nineteenth century that energy started to be recognized as something just as distinct and permanent as matter itself.
Forms of Energy
The existence of various forms of energy had been known, of course, for ages; there was the energy of a falling stone, the energy produced by burning wood or coal or any other substance, but the essential identity of all these forms of energy had not been suspected. The conception of energy as something which, like[Pg 283] matter, was constant in amount, which could not be created nor destroyed, was one of the great scientific acquisitions of the past century.
The existence of different forms of energy had been recognized for a long time; there was the energy of a falling stone, the energy released by burning wood or coal or any other substance, but the fundamental identity of all these energy forms hadn’t been realized. The idea that energy, like[Pg 283] matter, is constant in quantity and cannot be created or destroyed was one of the significant scientific breakthroughs of the last century.

WAVE SHAPES
Waveforms
Wave-motions are often complex. The above illustration shows some fairly complicated wave shapes. All such wave-motions can be produced by superposing a number of simple wave forms.
Wave motions can be pretty complicated. The illustration above shows some fairly intricate wave shapes. All these wave motions can be created by overlaying several simple wave forms.

THE POWER OF A MAGNET
MAGNETIC FORCE
The illustration is that of a "Phœnix" electric magnet lifting scrap from railway trucks. The magnet is 52 inches in diameter and lifts a weight of 26 tons. The same type of magnet, 62 inches in diameter, lifts a weight of 40 tons.
The illustration shows a "Phoenix" electric magnet picking up scrap from railway trucks. The magnet is 52 inches in diameter and can lift a weight of 26 tons. A larger version, 62 inches in diameter, can lift a weight of 40 tons.

Photo: The Locomotive Publishing Co., Ltd.
Photo: The Locomotive Publishing Co., Ltd.
THE SPEED OF LIGHT
LIGHT SPEED
A train travelling at the rate of sixty miles per hour would take rather more than seventeen and a quarter days to go round the earth at the equator, i.e. a distance of 25,000 miles. Light, which travels at the rate of 186,000 miles per second, would take between one-seventh and one-eighth of a second to go the same distance.
A train going at sixty miles per hour would take just over seventeen and a quarter days to circle the earth at the equator, which is a distance of 25,000 miles. Light, moving at 186,000 miles per second, would cover that same distance in about one-seventh to one-eighth of a second.

ROTATING DISC OF SIR ISAAC NEWTON FOR MIXING COLOURS
ROTATING DISC OF SIR ISAAC NEWTON FOR MIXING COLORS
The Spectroscope sorts out the above seven colours from sunlight (which is compounded of these seven colours). If painted in proper proportions on a wheel, as shown in the coloured illustration, and the wheel turned rapidly on a pivot through its centre, only a dull white will be perceived. If one colour be omitted, the result will be one colour—the result of the union of the remaining six.
The spectroscope separates the seven colors from sunlight (which is made up of these seven colors). If you paint them in the right proportions on a wheel, like in the colored illustration, and spin the wheel quickly around its center, you will only see a dull white light. If one color is left out, you'll get one color—the result of blending the other six.
It is not possible to enter deeply into this subject here. It is sufficient if we briefly outline its salient aspects. Energy is recognised in two forms, kinetic and potential. The form of energy which is most apparent to us is the energy of motion; for example, a rolling stone, running water, a falling body, and so on. We call the energy of motion kinetic energy. Potential energy is the energy a body has in virtue of its position—it is its capacity, in other words, to acquire kinetic energy, as in the case of a stone resting on the edge of a cliff.
It’s not possible to dive deeply into this topic here. It’s enough to briefly highlight its key points. Energy is recognized in two forms: kinetic and potential. The form of energy that is most obvious to us is the energy of motion; for example, a rolling stone, flowing water, a falling object, and so on. We refer to the energy of motion as kinetic energy. Potential energy is the energy a body has due to its position—it’s its ability, in other words, to gain kinetic energy, like a stone sitting on the edge of a cliff.
Energy may assume different forms; one kind of energy may be converted directly or indirectly into some other form. The energy of burning coal, for example, is converted into heat, and from heat energy we have mechanical energy, such as that manifested by the steam-engine. In this way we can transfer energy from one body to another. There is the energy of the great waterfalls of Niagara, for instance, which are used to supply the energy of huge electric power stations.
Energy can take different forms; one type of energy can be converted directly or indirectly into another form. For instance, the energy from burning coal is transformed into heat, which can then be converted into mechanical energy, like that produced by a steam engine. This process allows us to transfer energy from one object to another. A great example is the energy from the massive waterfalls at Niagara, which is harnessed to power large electric power stations.
What Heat is
An important fact about energy is, that all energy tends to take the form of heat energy. The impact of a falling stone generates heat; a waterfall is hotter at the bottom than at the top—the falling particles of water, on striking the ground, generate heat; and most chemical changes are attended by heat changes. Energy may remain latent indefinitely in a lump of wood, but in combustion it is liberated, and we have heat as a result. The atom of radium or of any other radio-active substance, as it disintegrates, generates heat. "Every hour radium generates sufficient heat to raise the temperature of its own weight of water, from the freezing point to the boiling point." And what is heat? Heat is molecular motion. The molecules of every substance, as[Pg 284] we have seen on a previous page, are in a state of continual motion, and the more vigorous the motion the hotter the body. As wood or coal burns, the invisible molecules of these substances are violently agitated, and give rise to ether waves which our senses interpret as light and heat. In this constant movement of the molecules, then, we have a manifestation of the energy of motion and of heat.
An important fact about energy is that all energy tends to turn into heat energy. When a stone falls, it generates heat; a waterfall is warmer at the bottom than at the top—the falling water particles, upon hitting the ground, produce heat; and most chemical reactions involve heat changes. Energy can stay inactive indefinitely in a piece of wood, but during combustion, it’s released, and we get heat as a result. The atom of radium or any other radioactive substance generates heat as it breaks down. "Every hour, radium produces enough heat to raise the temperature of its own weight of water from the freezing point to the boiling point." And what is heat? Heat is molecular motion. The molecules of every substance, as[Pg 284] we’ve seen on a previous page, are constantly moving, and the more intense the motion, the hotter the material. As wood or coal burns, the invisible molecules of these substances are violently stirred, creating ether waves that our senses perceive as light and heat. In this constant movement of molecules, we see a demonstration of the energy of motion and heat.
That energy which disappears in one form reappears in another has been found to be universally true. It was Joule who, by churning water, first showed that a measurable quantity of mechanical energy could be transformed into a measurable quantity of heat energy. By causing an apparatus to stir water vigorously, that apparatus being driven by falling weights or a rotating flywheel or by any other mechanical means, the water became heated. A certain amount of mechanical energy had been used up and a certain amount of heat had appeared. The relation between these two things was found to be invariable. Every physical change in nature involves a transformation of energy, but the total quantity of energy in the universe remains unaltered. This is the great doctrine of the Conservation of Energy.
The energy that vanishes in one form always emerges in another, and this has been proven to be universally true. Joule was the one who first demonstrated, by stirring water, that a measurable amount of mechanical energy could be converted into a measurable amount of heat energy. By using a device to vigorously stir the water, powered by falling weights, a spinning flywheel, or any other mechanical method, the water heated up. A specific amount of mechanical energy was consumed, and an equal amount of heat energy was generated. The relationship between these two forms of energy was found to be constant. Every physical change in nature involves a transformation of energy, but the total amount of energy in the universe stays the same. This is the fundamental principle of the Conservation of Energy.
§ 13
Substitutes for Coal
Consider the source of nearly all the energy which is used in modern civilisation—coal. The great forests of the Carboniferous epoch now exists as beds of coal. By the burning of coal—a chemical transformation—the heat energy is produced on which at present our whole civilisation depends. Whence is the energy locked up in the coal derived? From the sun. For millions of years the energy of the sun's rays had gone to form the vast vegetation of the Carboniferous era and had been transformed, by various subtle processes, into the potential energy that slumbers in those immense fossilized forests.[Pg 285]
Consider the source of almost all the energy used in modern civilization—coal. The massive forests from the Carboniferous period now exist as coal deposits. By burning coal—a chemical change—we produce the heat energy that our entire civilization currently relies on. Where does the energy stored in coal come from? The sun. For millions of years, the sun's rays helped create the extensive vegetation of the Carboniferous era, which was transformed through various complex processes into the potential energy that lies dormant in those vast fossilized forests.[Pg 285]
The exhaustion of our coal deposits would mean, so far as our knowledge extends at present, the end of the world's civilisation. There are other known sources of energy, it is true. There is the energy of falling water; the great falls of Niagara are used to supply the energy of huge electric power stations. Perhaps, also, something could be done to utilise the energy of the tides—another instance of the energy of moving water. And attempts have been made to utilise directly the energy of the sun's rays. But all these sources of energy are small compared with the energy of coal. A suggestion was made at a recent British Association meeting that deep borings might be sunk in order to utilise the internal heat of the earth, but this is not, perhaps, a very practical proposal. By far the most effective substitutes for coal would be found in the interior energy of the atom, a source of energy which, as we have seen, is practically illimitable. If the immense electrical energy in the interior of the atom can ever be liberated and controlled, then our steadily decreasing coal supply will no longer be the bugbear it now is to all thoughtful men.
The depletion of our coal reserves could mean, based on what we currently know, the end of civilization as we know it. It’s true that there are other energy sources available. For example, we can harness the energy of falling water; the powerful Niagara Falls provides energy for large electric power stations. There might also be potential in utilizing tidal energy—another form of moving water energy. Additionally, there have been efforts to harness solar energy directly. However, all these energy sources are relatively minor compared to coal. At a recent British Association meeting, someone suggested drilling deep into the earth to tap into its internal heat, but that idea might not be very practical. The most viable alternatives to coal would likely come from the energy contained within atoms, which, as we discussed, is essentially limitless. If we can ever release and manage the vast electrical energy within atoms, our diminishing coal supplies will no longer be the major concern they currently are to thoughtful individuals.
The stored-up energy of the great coal-fields can be used up, but we cannot replace it or create fresh supplies. As we have seen, energy cannot be destroyed, but it can become unavailable. Let us consider what this important fact means.
The stored energy in the vast coal fields can be depleted, but we can't replenish it or generate new supplies. As we've established, energy can't be destroyed, but it can become unavailable. Let's think about what this crucial fact signifies.
§ 14
Dissipation of Energy
Energy may become dissipated. Where does it go? since if it is indestructible it must still exist. It is easier to ask the question than to give a final answer, and it is not possible in this Outline, where an advanced knowledge of physics is not assumed on the part of the reader, to go fully into the somewhat difficult theories put forward by physicists and chemists. We may raise the temperature, say, of iron, until it is white-hot. If we stop the process the temperature of the iron will gradually[Pg 286] settle down to the temperature of surrounding bodies. As it does so, where does its previous energy go? In some measure it may pass to other bodies in contact with the piece of iron, but ultimately the heat becomes radiated away in space where we cannot follow it. It has been added to the vast reservoir of unavailable heat energy of uniform temperature. It is sufficient here to say that if all bodies had a uniform temperature we should experience no such thing as heat, because heat only travels from one body to another, having the effect of cooling the one and warming the other. In time the two bodies acquire the same temperature. The sum-total of the heat in any body is measured in terms of the kinetic energy of its moving molecules.
Energy can get wasted. Where does it go? Since it's indestructible, it must still be around. It's easier to ask this question than to provide a clear answer, and in this Outline, we won't delve deeply into the complex theories proposed by physicists and chemists, especially since we don't assume the reader has an advanced understanding of physics. For instance, we can heat iron until it’s white-hot. If we stop the heating, the temperature of the iron will gradually[Pg 286] cool down to match the temperature of the surrounding objects. As this happens, where does its previous energy go? Some of it may transfer to other objects in contact with the iron, but ultimately, the heat dissipates into space, where we cannot trace it. It has contributed to the vast pool of unavailable heat energy at uniform temperature. To simplify, if all objects were at a uniform temperature, we wouldn't experience heat because heat only moves from one object to another, cooling one and warming the other. Over time, the two objects reach the same temperature. The total amount of heat in any object is measured by the kinetic energy of its moving molecules.
There must come a time, so far as we can see at present, when, even if all the heat energy of the universe is not radiated away into empty infinite space, yet a uniform temperature will prevail. If one body is hotter than another it radiates heat to that body until both are at the same temperature. Each body may still possess a considerable quantity of heat energy, which it has absorbed, but that energy, so far as reactions between those two bodies are concerned, is now unavailable. The same principle applies whatever number of bodies we consider. Before heat energy can be utilised we must have bodies with different temperature. If the whole universe were at some uniform temperature, then, although it might possess an enormous amount of heat energy, this energy would be unavailable.
There will come a time, as far as we can tell right now, when even if not all the heat energy in the universe is lost to the vast emptiness of space, a uniform temperature will exist. If one object is hotter than another, it transfers heat to the cooler one until they reach the same temperature. Each object might still hold a significant amount of heat energy that it has absorbed, but that energy, in terms of interactions between those two objects, is now unavailable. This same principle applies regardless of how many objects we consider. In order to use heat energy, we need bodies at different temperatures. If the entire universe were at a uniform temperature, then, even though it might contain an enormous amount of heat energy, that energy would be unusable.
What a Uniform Temperature would mean
And what does this imply? It implies a great deal: for if all the energy in the world became unavailable, the universe, as it now is, would cease to be. It is possible that, by the constant interchange of heat radiations, the whole universe is tending to some uniform temperature, in which case, although all molecular motion would not have ceased, it would have become unavailable. In this sense it may be said that the universe is running down.
And what does this mean? It means a lot: if all the energy in the world became unavailable, the universe as we know it would come to an end. It's possible that, through the ongoing exchange of heat radiations, the entire universe is moving toward a uniform temperature. In that case, while all molecular motion wouldn't stop, it would become unavailable. In this sense, we could say that the universe is winding down.

NIAGARA FALLS
NIAGARA FALLS
The energy of this falling water is prodigious. It is used to generate thousands of horse-power in great electrical installations. The power is used to drive electric trams in cities 150 to 250 miles away.
The energy of this falling water is incredible. It's harnessed to generate thousands of horsepower in large electrical plants. This power is used to operate electric trams in cities 150 to 250 miles away.

Photo: Stephen Cribb.
Photo: Stephen Cribb.
TRANSFORMATION OF ENERGY
Energy Transformation
An illustration of Energy. The chemical energy brought into existence by firing the explosive manifesting itself as mechanical energy, sufficient to impart violent motion to tons of water.
An illustration of Energy. The chemical energy created by detonating the explosive shows up as mechanical energy, strong enough to cause massive movement in tons of water.

Photo: Underwood & Underwood.
Photo: Underwood & Underwood.
"BOILING" A KETTLE ON ICE
"Boiling" a kettle on ice
When a kettle containing liquid air is placed on ice it "boils" because the ice is intensely hot when compared with the very low temperature of the liquid air.
When a kettle with liquid air is put on ice, it "boils" because the ice is really hot compared to the very low temperature of the liquid air.
If all the molecules of a substance were brought to a standstill, that substance would be at the absolute zero of temperature. There could be nothing colder. The temperature at which all molecular motions would cease is known: it is -273° C. No body could possibly attain a lower temperature than this: a lower temperature could not exist. Unless there exists in nature some process, of which we know nothing at present, whereby energy is renewed, our solar system must one day sink to this absolute zero of temperature. The sun, the earth, and every other body in the universe is steadily radiating heat, and this radiation cannot go on for ever, because heat continually tends to diffuse and to equalise temperatures.
If all the molecules of a substance were brought to a complete stop, that substance would be at absolute zero temperature. There couldn’t be anything colder. The temperature at which all molecular motion would stop is known: it is -273° C. No object could ever reach a temperature lower than this; a lower temperature simply can't exist. Unless there is some process in nature that we don’t know about right now, our solar system will eventually cool down to this absolute zero. The sun, the earth, and all other bodies in the universe are continuously radiating heat, and this radiation can’t continue forever, because heat always moves toward diffusion and equalization of temperatures.
But we can see, theoretically, that there is a way of evading this law. If the chaotic molecular motions which constitute heat could be regulated, then the heat energy of a body could be utilised directly. Some authorities think that some of the processes which go on in the living body do not involve any waste energy, that the chemical energy of food is transformed directly into work without any of it being dissipated as useless heat energy. It may be, therefore, that man will finally discover some way of escape from the natural law that, while energy cannot be destroyed, it has a tendency to become unavailable.
But theoretically, we can see a way around this law. If we could control the chaotic molecular movements that make up heat, we could use the heat energy of a body directly. Some experts believe that certain processes in the living body don’t waste any energy, meaning the chemical energy from food is converted directly into work without any being lost as useless heat. So, it’s possible that one day humanity will find a way to escape the natural law that states while energy can't be destroyed, it tends to become unusable.
The primary reservoir of energy is the atom; it is the energy of the atom, the atom of elements in the sun, the stars, the earth, from which nature draws for all her supply of energy. Shall we ever discover how we can replenish the dwindling resources of energy, or find out how we can call into being the at present unavailable energy which is stored up in uniform temperature?
The main source of energy is the atom; it's the energy of the atom, the atoms of elements in the sun, the stars, and the Earth, from which nature sources all her energy supply. Will we ever find out how to replenish the depleting energy resources, or discover how we can access the currently unavailable energy stored at a uniform temperature?
It looks as if our successors would witness an interesting race, between the progress of science on the one hand and the depletion of natural resources upon the other. The natural rate of flow of energy from its primary atomic reservoirs to the sea of waste heat energy of uniform temperature, allows life to proceed at a complete pace sternly[Pg 288] regulated by the inexorable laws of supply and demand, which the biologists have recognised in their field as the struggle for existence.[5]
It seems like our future generations will witness an intriguing competition between advancements in science and the depletion of natural resources. The natural flow of energy from its primary atomic sources to the sea of waste heat energy at a consistent temperature enables life to proceed at a steady pace, strictly governed by the unavoidable laws of supply and demand, which biologists recognize in their field as the struggle for survival.[Pg 288][5]
It is certain that energy is an actual entity just as much as matter, and that it cannot be created or destroyed. Matter and ether are receptacles or vehicles of energy. As we have said, what these entities really are in themselves we do not know. It may be that all forms of energy are in some fundamental way aspects of the same primary entity which constitutes matter: how all matter is constituted of particles of electricity we have already seen. The question to which we await an answer is: What is electricity?
It’s clear that energy is a real entity just like matter, and it can’t be created or destroyed. Matter and ether are containers or carriers of energy. As we mentioned, we don’t truly know what these entities are in their essence. It’s possible that all forms of energy are fundamentally just different aspects of the same primary entity that makes up matter: we’ve already noted how all matter is made up of particles of electricity. The question we’re looking to answer is: What is electricity?
§ 15
MATTER, ETHER, AND EINSTEIN
The supreme synthesis, the crown of all this progressive conquest of nature, would be to discover that the particles of positive and negative electricity, which make up the atoms of matter, are points or centres of disturbances of some kind in a universal ether, and that all our "energies" (light, magnetism, gravitation, etc.) are waves or strains of some kind set up in the ether by these clusters of electrons.
The ultimate achievement, the pinnacle of all this progressive understanding of nature, would be to find out that the particles of positive and negative electricity, which form the atoms of matter, are points or centers of disturbances in a universal ether. Furthermore, all our "energies" (light, magnetism, gravitation, etc.) are waves or strains created in the ether by these clusters of electrons.
It is a fascinating, tantalising dream. Larmor suggested in 1900 that the electron is a tiny whirlpool, or "vortex," in ether; and, as such a vortex may turn in either of two opposite ways, we seem to see a possibility of explaining positive and negative electricity. But the difficulties have proved very serious, and the nature of the electron is unknown. A recent view is that it is "a ring of negative electricity rotating about its axis at a high speed," though that does not carry us very far. The unit of positive electricity is even less known. We must be content to know[Pg 289] the general lines on which thought is moving toward the final unification.
It’s a fascinating, intriguing dream. In 1900, Larmor suggested that the electron is a tiny whirlpool, or "vortex," in ether; and since such a vortex can spin in either of two opposite directions, it seems like we have a possibility to explain positive and negative electricity. However, the challenges have proven to be quite serious, and the true nature of the electron remains unknown. A more recent perspective is that it’s "a ring of negative electricity rotating around its axis at a high speed," but that doesn't really help us much. The concept of positive electricity is even less understood. We have to be satisfied with knowing[Pg 289] the general trends in which thought is progressing toward a final unification.
We say "unification," but it would be a grave error to think that ether is the only possible basis for such unity, or to make it an essential part of one's philosophy of the universe. Ether was never more than an imagined entity to which we ascribed the most extraordinary properties, and which seemed then to promise considerable aid. It was conceived as an elastic solid of very great density, stretching from end to end of the universe, transmitting waves from star to star at the rate of 186,000 miles a second; yet it was believed that the most solid matter passed through it as if it did not exist.
We talk about "unification," but it would be a big mistake to think that ether is the only possible foundation for that unity, or to make it a key part of our understanding of the universe. Ether was never more than a theoretical concept that we attributed incredible properties to, and which seemed to offer significant help at the time. It was imagined as a highly dense elastic solid that spanned the entire universe, carrying waves from one star to another at the speed of 186,000 miles per second; yet it was thought that even the densest matter could pass through it as if it weren't there at all.
Some years ago a delicate experiment was tried for the purpose of detecting the ether. Since the earth, in travelling round the sun, must move through the ether if the ether exists, there ought to be a stream of ether flowing through every laboratory; just as the motion of a ship through a still atmosphere will make "a wind." In 1887 Michelson and Morley tried to detect this. Theoretically, a ray of light in the direction of the stream ought to travel at a different rate from a ray of light against the stream or across it. They found no difference, and scores of other experiments have failed. This does not prove that there is no ether, as there is reason to suppose that our instruments would appear to shrink in precisely the same proportion as the alteration of the light; but the fact remains that we have no proof of the existence of ether. J. H. Jeans says that "nature acts as if no such thing existed." Even the phenomena of light and magnetism, he says, do not imply ether; and he thinks that the hypothesis may be abandoned. The primary reason, of course, for giving up the notion of the ether is that, as Einstein has shown, there is no way of detecting its existence. If there is an ether, then, since the earth is moving through it, there should be some way of detecting this motion. The experiment has been tried, as we have said, but, although the method used was very sensitive, no motion was[Pg 290] discovered. It is Einstein who, by revolutionising our conceptions of space and time, showed that no such motion ever could be discovered, whatever means were employed, and that the usual notion of the ether must be abandoned. We shall explain this theory more fully in a later section.
Some years ago, a delicate experiment was conducted to try to detect ether. Since the Earth, while orbiting the sun, would move through ether if it exists, there should be a flow of ether streaming through every laboratory, just like how a ship moving through still air creates "wind." In 1887, Michelson and Morley attempted to find this. Theoretically, a beam of light traveling in the same direction as the ether should move at a different speed than a beam of light moving against or across it. They found no difference, and numerous other experiments have also failed to show any. This doesn't prove that ether doesn't exist, as it's believed our instruments might shrink in just the same way that light changes; however, the fact remains that we have no proof of ether's existence. J. H. Jeans states that "nature acts as if no such thing existed." He argues that even the phenomena of light and magnetism don't suggest ether's presence and believes the hypothesis could be discarded. The main reason for abandoning the idea of ether is that, as Einstein has demonstrated, there's no way to detect it. If ether exists, then since the Earth is moving through it, there should be a way to observe that motion. The experiment was conducted, and although it was very sensitive, no motion was[Pg 290] detected. It is Einstein who, by transforming our understanding of space and time, showed that such motion could never be discovered, regardless of the methods used, and that the traditional idea of ether must be let go. We will explain this theory in more detail in a later section.
INFLUENCE OF THE TIDES: ORIGIN OF THE MOON: THE EARTH SLOWING DOWN
§ 16
Until comparatively recent times, until, in fact, the full dawn of modern science, the tides ranked amongst the greatest of nature's mysteries. And, indeed, what agency could be invoked to explain this mysteriously regular flux and reflux of the waters of the ocean? It is not surprising that that steady, rhythmical rise and fall suggested to some imaginative minds the breathing of a mighty animal. And even when man first became aware of the fact that this regular movement was somehow associated with the moon, was he much nearer an explanation? What bond could exist between the movements of that distant world and the diurnal variation of the waters of the earth? It is reported that an ancient astronomer, despairing of ever resolving the mystery, drowned himself in the sea.
Until relatively recently, until the true beginning of modern science, tides were among nature's greatest mysteries. And honestly, what force could explain the mysterious and regular rise and fall of the ocean's waters? It’s no wonder that this constant, rhythmical motion made some creative minds think of the breathing of a giant creature. Even when humans first realized that this regular movement was somehow connected to the moon, did they truly find an explanation? What connection could there be between the movements of that distant celestial body and the daily changes in the earth's waters? It’s said that an ancient astronomer, frustrated with never solving the mystery, drowned himself in the sea.
The Earth Pulled by the Moon
But it was part of the merit of Newton's mighty theory of gravitation that it furnished an explanation even of this age-old mystery. We can see, in broad outlines at any rate, that the theory of universal attraction can be applied to this case. For the moon, Newton taught us, pulls every particle of matter throughout the earth. If we imagine that part of the earth's surface which comprises the Pacific Ocean, for instance, to be turned towards the moon, we see that the moon's pull, acting on the loose and mobile water, would tend to heap it up into a sort[Pg 291] of mound. The whole earth is pulled by the moon, but the water is more free to obey this pull than is the solid earth, although small tides are also caused in the earth's solid crust. It can be shown also that a corresponding hump would tend to be produced on the other side of the earth, owing, in this case, to the tendency of the water, being more loosely connected, to lag behind the solid earth. If the earth's surface were entirely fluid the rotation of the earth would give the impression that these two humps were continually travelling round the world, once every day. At any given part of the earth's surface, therefore, there would be two humps daily, i.e. two periods of high water. Such is the simplest possible outline of the gravitational theory of the tides.
But one of the great things about Newton's powerful theory of gravitation is that it provided an explanation for this ancient mystery. We can see, at least in broad terms, that the theory of universal attraction applies here. Newton taught us that the moon attracts every particle of matter on Earth. If we think about the part of the Earth's surface that includes the Pacific Ocean, for example, facing the moon, we realize that the moon's pull, acting on the loose and mobile water, tends to create a sort[Pg 291] of mound. The entire Earth is pulled by the moon, but the water is more able to respond to this pull than the solid ground, although small tides also occur in the Earth's crust. It can also be demonstrated that a corresponding bump would form on the opposite side of the Earth, mainly because the water, being more loosely connected, tends to lag behind the solid Earth. If the Earth's surface were entirely liquid, the Earth's rotation would create the illusion that these two bumps were constantly moving around the world once a day. Therefore, at any point on the Earth's surface, there would be two bumps each day, meaning two high water periods. This is the simplest outline of the gravitational theory of tides.

THE CAUSE OF TIDES
Tide causes
The tides of the sea are due to the pull of the moon, and, in lesser degree, of the sun. The whole earth is pulled by the moon, but the loose and mobile water is more free to obey this pull than is the solid earth, although small tides are also caused in the earth's solid crust. The effect which the tides have on slowing down the rotation of the earth is explained in the text.
The tides of the sea are caused by the moon's gravitational pull and, to a lesser extent, the sun's. The entire planet is affected by the moon, but the fluid water can respond to this pull more easily than the solid earth can, although there are still minor tides in the earth's solid crust. The text explains how the tides impact the slowing down of the earth's rotation.

Photo: G. Brocklehurst.
Photo: G. Brocklehurst.
THE AEGIR ON THE TRENT
THE AEGIR ON THE TRENT
An exceptionally smooth formation due to perfect weather conditions. The wall-like formation of these tidal waves (see next page also) will be noticed. The reason for this is that the downward current in the river heads the sea-water back, and thus helps to exaggerate the advancing slope of the wave. The exceptional spring tides are caused by the combined operation of the moon and the sun, as is explained in the text.
An unusually smooth formation occurs because of ideal weather conditions. The wall-like structure of these tidal waves (refer to the next page as well) will be observed. This happens because the downward current in the river pushes the sea water back, which amplifies the rising slope of the wave. The extraordinary spring tides are caused by the combined effects of the moon and the sun, as explained in the text.

Photo: G. Brocklehurst.
Photo: G. Brocklehurst.
A BIG SPRING TIDE, THE AEGIR ON THE TRENT
A BIG SPRING TIDE, THE AEGIR ON THE TRENT
The actually observed phenomena are vastly more complicated, and the complete theory bears very little resemblance to the simple form we have just outlined. Everyone who lives in the neighbourhood of a port knows, for instance, that high water seldom coincides with the time when the moon crosses the meridian. It may be several hours early or late. High water at London Bridge, for instance, occurs about one and a half hours after the moon has passed the meridian, while at Dublin high water occurs about one and a half hours before the moon crosses the meridian. The actually observed phenomena, then, are far from simple; they have, nevertheless, been very completely worked out, and the times of high water for every port in the world can now be prophesied for a considerable time ahead.
The phenomena that we actually observe are much more complex, and the complete theory looks very little like the simple version we've just described. Anyone living near a port knows, for example, that high tide rarely aligns with the moment the moon crosses the meridian. It can be several hours earlier or later. High tide at London Bridge occurs about an hour and a half after the moon has crossed the meridian, while in Dublin, high tide happens about an hour and a half before the moon crosses it. The phenomena we observe are, therefore, far from simple; however, they have been thoroughly analyzed, and we can now predict high tide times for every port in the world well in advance.
The Action of Sun and Moon
It would be beyond our scope to attempt to explain the complete theory, but we may mention one obvious factor which must be taken into account. Since the moon, by its gravitational attraction, produces tides, we should expect that the sun, whose gravitational attraction is so much stronger, should also produce tides and, we would suppose at first sight, more powerful tides than the moon. But while it is true that the sun produces tides, it is[Pg 292] not true that they are more powerful than those produced by the moon. The sun's tide-producing power is, as a matter of fact, less than half that of the moon. The reason of this is that distance plays an enormous rôle in the production of tides. The mass of the sun is 26,000,000 times that of the moon; on the other hand it is 386 times as far off as the moon. This greater distance more than counterbalances its greater mass, and the result, as we have said, is that the moon is more than twice as powerful. Sometimes the sun and moon act together, and we have what are called spring tides; sometimes they act against one another, and we have neap tides. These effects are further complicated by a number of other factors, and the tides, at various places, vary enormously. Thus at St. Helena the sea rises and falls about three feet, whereas in the Bay of Fundy it rises and falls more than fifty feet. But here, again, the reasons are complicated.
It would be beyond our scope to explain the complete theory, but we can mention one obvious factor that needs to be considered. Since the moon, through its gravitational pull, creates tides, we should expect that the sun, with its much stronger gravitational pull, would also create tides and, at first glance, we might think they would be more powerful than those caused by the moon. However, while it’s true that the sun creates tides, it is[Pg 292] not true that they are more powerful than those created by the moon. In fact, the sun's tidal influence is less than half that of the moon. The reason for this is that distance plays a significant role in tidal formation. The mass of the sun is 26,000,000 times that of the moon; on the other hand, it is 386 times farther away than the moon. This greater distance more than offsets its greater mass, resulting in the moon being more than twice as effective. Sometimes the sun and moon work together, leading to what are called spring tides; at other times, they counteract each other, resulting in neap tides. These effects are further complicated by various other factors, causing significant variations in tides at different locations. For example, at St. Helena, the sea rises and falls about three feet, while in the Bay of Fundy, it rises and falls more than fifty feet. But again, the reasons for this are complex.
§ 17
Origin of the Moon
But there is another aspect of the tides which is of vastly greater interest and importance than the theory we have just been discussing. In the hands of Sir George H. Darwin, the son of Charles Darwin, the tides had been made to throw light on the evolution of our solar system. In particular, they have illustrated the origin and development of the system formed by our earth and moon. It is quite certain that, long ages ago, the earth was rotating immensely faster than it is now, and that the moon was so near as to be actually in contact with the earth. In that remote age the moon was just on the point of separating from the earth, of being thrown off by the earth. Earth and moon were once one body, but the high rate of rotation caused this body to split up into two pieces; one piece became the earth we now know, and the other became the moon. Such is the conclusion to which we are led by an examination of the tides. In the first place let us consider the energy produced by the tides. We see[Pg 293] evidences of this energy all round the word's coastlines. Estuaries are scooped out, great rocks are gradually reduced to rubble, innumerable tons of matter are continually being set in movement. Whence is this energy derived? Energy, like matter, cannot be created from nothing; what, then, is the source which makes this colossal expenditure possible.
But there's another aspect of the tides that is way more interesting and important than the theory we've just discussed. Sir George H. Darwin, Charles Darwin's son, used the tides to shed light on the evolution of our solar system. Specifically, they have shown us the origin and development of the system formed by our Earth and moon. It's pretty clear that, a long time ago, the Earth was spinning much faster than it does now, and the moon was so close that it was actually touching the Earth. Back in that ancient time, the moon was just about to break away from the Earth, to be thrown off by it. Earth and moon were once a single body, but the high speed of rotation caused this body to split into two pieces: one became the Earth we know today, and the other became the moon. This is the conclusion we reach by examining the tides. First, let’s look at the energy produced by the tides. We see[Pg 293] evidence of this energy all around the world's coastlines. Estuaries are carved out, huge rocks are slowly weathered down to rubble, and countless tons of material are constantly set in motion. Where does this energy come from? Energy, like matter, cannot be created from nothing; so what is the source that makes this massive expenditure possible?
The Earth Slowing down
The answer is simple, but startling. The source of tidal energy is the rotation of the earth. The massive bulk of the earth, turning every twenty-four hours on its axis, is like a gigantic flywheel. In virtue of its rotation it possesses an enormous store of energy. But even the heaviest and swiftest flywheel, if it is doing work, or even if it is only working against the friction of its bearings, cannot dispense energy for ever. It must, gradually, slow down. There is no escape from this reasoning. It is the rotation of the earth which supplies the energy of the tides, and, as a consequence, the tides must be slowing down the earth. The tides act as a kind of brake on the earth's rotation. These masses of water, held back by the moon, exert a kind of dragging effect on the rotating earth. Doubtless this effect, measured by our ordinary standards, is very small; it is, however, continuous, and in the course of the millions of years dealt with in astronomy, this small but constant effect may produce very considerable results.
The answer is straightforward but surprising. The source of tidal energy is the rotation of the earth. The massive size of the earth, rotating every twenty-four hours on its axis, acts like a giant flywheel. Because of its rotation, it has a huge amount of energy stored up. However, even the largest and fastest flywheel, if it’s doing work or even just dealing with the friction from its bearings, can't release energy forever. It must gradually slow down. This reasoning is unavoidable. It’s the rotation of the earth that provides the energy for the tides, and as a result, the tides are slowing down the earth. The tides function like a kind of brake on the earth's rotation. These bodies of water, held back by the moon, create a dragging effect on the rotating earth. Certainly, this effect, by our everyday standards, is very small; however, it's continuous, and over millions of years, as discussed in astronomy, this small but constant effect can lead to significant changes.
But there is another effect which can be shown to be a necessary mathematical consequence of tidal action. It is the moon's action on the earth which produces the tides, but they also react on the moon. The tides are slowing down the earth, and they are also driving the moon farther and farther away. This result, strange as it may seem, does not permit of doubt, for it is the result of an indubitable dynamical principle, which cannot be made clear without a mathematical discussion. Some interesting consequences follow.
But there’s another effect that’s a necessary mathematical result of tidal action. The moon's influence on the earth creates the tides, but the tides also affect the moon. The tides are causing the earth to slow down, and they’re pushing the moon farther away. This outcome, as odd as it may sound, is undeniable, as it stems from a certain fundamental principle of dynamics that can’t be fully explained without a math discussion. Some interesting consequences come from this.
Since the earth is slowing down, it follows that it was once[Pg 294] rotating faster. There was a period, a long time ago, when the day comprised only twenty hours. Going farther back still we come to a day of ten hours, until, inconceivable ages ago, the earth must have been rotating on its axis in a period of from three to four hours.
Since the Earth is slowing down, it means that it used to rotate faster. A long time ago, a day lasted only twenty hours. If we go even further back, there was a time when a day lasted ten hours, and even more incredibly, ages ago, the Earth must have been spinning on its axis in just three to four hours.
At this point let us stop and inquire what was happening to the moon. We have seen that at present the moon is getting farther and farther away. It follows, therefore, that when the day was shorter the moon was nearer. As we go farther back in time we find the moon nearer and nearer to an earth rotating faster and faster. When we reach the period we have already mentioned, the period when the earth completed a revolution in three or four hours, we find that the moon was so near as to be almost grazing the earth. This fact is very remarkable. Everybody knows that there is a critical velocity for a rotating flywheel, a velocity beyond which the flywheel would fly into pieces because the centrifugal force developed is so great as to overcome the cohesion of the molecules of the flywheel. We have already likened our earth to a flywheel, and we have traced its history back to the point where it was rotating with immense velocity. We have also seen that, at that moment, the moon was barely separated from the earth. The conclusion is irresistible. In an age more remote the earth did fly in pieces, and one of those pieces is the moon. Such, in brief outline, is the tidal theory of the origin of the earth-moon system.
At this point, let’s pause and ask what was happening to the moon. We’ve seen that right now the moon is moving further away. This means that when the day was shorter, the moon was closer. As we look further back in time, we find the moon was getting closer and closer to an Earth that was spinning faster and faster. When we reach the time period we’ve already discussed, when the Earth completed a rotation in three or four hours, we find that the moon was so close it was almost touching the Earth. This fact is very striking. Everyone knows that there is a critical velocity for a rotating flywheel, a speed beyond which the flywheel would break apart because the centrifugal force becomes so strong that it overcomes the attraction between the flywheel’s molecules. We’ve already compared our Earth to a flywheel, and we’ve traced its history back to a time when it was spinning at incredible speeds. We’ve also seen that, at that time, the moon was barely separated from the Earth. The conclusion is undeniable. In an even more distant age, the Earth did break apart, and one of those pieces became the moon. This, in brief, outlines the tidal theory of the origin of the Earth-moon system.
The Day Becoming Longer
At the beginning, when the moon split off from the earth, it obviously must have shared the earth's rotation. It flew round the earth in the same time that the earth rotated, that is to say, the month and the day were of equal length. As the moon began to get farther from the earth, the month, because the moon took longer to rotate round the earth, began to get correspondingly longer. The day also became longer, because the earth was slowing[Pg 295] down, taking longer to rotate on its axis, but the month increased at a greater rate than the day. Presently the month became equal to two days, then to three, and so on. It has been calculated that this process went on until there were twenty-nine days in the month. After that the number of days in the month began to decrease until it reached its present value or magnitude, and will continue to decrease until once more the month and the day are equal. In that age the earth will be rotating very slowly. The braking action of the tides will cause the earth always to keep the same face to the moon; it will rotate on its axis in the same time that the moon turns round the earth. If nothing but the earth and moon were involved this state of affairs would be final. But there is also the effect of the solar tides to be considered. The moon makes the day equal to the month, but the sun has a tendency, by still further slowing down the earth's rotation on its axis, to make the day equal to the year. It would do this, of course, by making the earth take as long to turn on its axis as to go round the sun. It cannot succeed in this, owing to the action of the moon, but it can succeed in making the day rather longer than the month.
At the start, when the moon separated from the earth, it clearly shared the earth's rotation. It orbited the earth in the same time it took for the earth to rotate, meaning the month and the day were of equal length. As the moon moved further away from the earth, the month began to take longer because the moon took more time to orbit the earth. The day also got longer since the earth was slowing down and taking longer to rotate on its axis, but the month lengthened at a faster rate than the day. Eventually, the month became equal to two days, then three, and so on. It's been calculated that this continued until there were twenty-nine days in the month. After that, the number of days in the month started to decrease until it reached its current value, and it will keep decreasing until the month and the day are equal again. In that future time, the earth will be rotating very slowly. The tidal forces will cause the earth to always show the same face to the moon, rotating on its axis in the same time it takes the moon to orbit the earth. If only the earth and moon were involved, this scenario would be permanent. But we also need to consider the impact of solar tides. The moon equalizes the month with the day, but the sun tends to further slow down the earth's rotation, aiming to make the day equal to the year. It would do this by making the earth take just as long to rotate on its axis as it does to orbit the sun. However, it can't achieve this due to the moon's influence, but it can manage to make the day a bit longer than the month.
Surprising as it may seem, we already have an illustration of this possibility in the satellites of Mars. The Martian day is about one half-hour longer than ours, but when the two minute satellites of Mars were discovered it was noticed that the inner one of the two revolved round Mars in about seven hours forty minutes. In one Martian day, therefore, one of the moons of Mars makes more than three complete revolutions round that planet, so that, to an inhabitant of Mars, there would be more than three months in a day.
Surprisingly, we already have an example of this possibility in the satellites of Mars. A Martian day is about half an hour longer than ours, but when the two small satellites of Mars were discovered, it was noted that the inner one takes about seven hours and forty minutes to orbit Mars. Therefore, in one Martian day, one of Mars' moons completes more than three full orbits around the planet, meaning that for a resident of Mars, there would be more than three months in a single day.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Arrhenius, Svante, Worlds in the Making.
Clerk-Maxwell, James, Matter and Motion.
[Pg
296]Daniell, Alfred, A Text-Book of
the Principles of Physics.
Darwin, Sir G. H., The Tides.
Holman, Matter, Energy, Force and Work.
Kapp, Gisbert, Electricity.
Kelvin, Lord, Popular Lectures and
Addresses. Vol. i. Constitution of Matter.
Lockyer, Sir Norman, Inorganic Evolution.
Lodge, Sir Oliver, Electrons and The
Ether of Space.
Perrin, Jean, Brownian Movement and Molecular
Reality.
Soddy, Frederick, Matter and Energy and
The Interpretation of Radium.
Thompson, Silvanus P., Light, Visible and
Invisible.
Thomson, Sir J. J., The Corpuscular Theory of
Matter.
Svante Arrhenius, Worlds in the Making.
Clerk Maxwell, James, Matter and Motion.
[Pg
296]Alfred Daniell, A Textbook on the Principles of Physics.
Sir G. H. Darwin, The Tides.
Holman, Matter, Energy, Force, and Work.
Kapp, Gisbert, Electricity.
Lord Kelvin, Popular Lectures and Addresses. Vol. i. Constitution of Matter.
Sir Norman Lockyer, Inorganic Evolution.
Lodge, Sir Oliver, Electrons and The Ether of Space.
Perrin, John, Brownian Movement and Molecular Reality.
Soddy, Fred, Matter and Energy and The Interpretation of Radium.
Silvanus P. Thompson, Light, Visible and Invisible.
Sir J. J. Thomson, The Corpuscular Theory of Matter.
Download ePUB
If you like this ebook, consider a donation!